An adventuring party recruited from Osirion teleports into Azir on the 8th of Desnus. Rahadoum's recruiting contact in Osirion wrote ahead to note they were expected. Couple of guys he's known a long time - a wizard, a ranger - and a new guy, sorcerer, probably to replace the cleric they usually travel with. They spend two days in Azir getting oriented and head out to the front. The ranger wears an unusually high quality amulet of Nondetection; the sorcerer wears a headband for intelligence, which is a bit unusual as sorcerers usually don't need it to cast, but some variants do; they are otherwise unremarkable. Chaotic Good, Lawful Neutral, no reading, which could mean neutral or 'hiding it'. They work quickly and effectively, manage resources reasonably well, get recommended to higher-ups for a closer look on that account.
Word reaches him and Malduoni is, in fact, interested in a closer look.
He would like to observe them under stress-test conditions. Get a closer look at how they reason during a fight. Hmm, particularly in a fraught situation; he has enough information already to pass them on his competence bar, it's their judgement that he wants a real assessment of. None of the current invading outsiders to be dealt with are particularly interesting, so he alerts his contact in Abaddon. Who, one assumes, think they work for someone Evil, because why would anyone else provide helpful supplies and intelligence to Abaddon.
Some daemons show up. They have captive souls with them. They make it quite far during the night, before Malduoni directs the promising adventurers their way.
Malduoni is present, within range of Detect Thoughts (and quite a number of other senses that wizards usually do not have permanently.) He's also invisible, undetectable by any known kind of magic, and additionally hiding behind a rock.
He observes.
Their wizard identifies the souls, notes this to the sorcerer who apparently has telepathy, draws his summoned creatures away because they might smash the remaining souls. Directing the summoned creatures requires nearly all of his attention, he notes to himself to think about later that it's very unusual, for daemons to have souls here -
The ranger (Aroden is powerful enough to override the amulet) is likewise entirely absorbed in killing these things faster without smashing the souls - well, almost entirely absorbed, there's one thought that he might as well spend his fancy deadly magical ammunition now because it's not like he'll be using it in the war in Cheliax, where even with a Merciful weapon it'll be damned difficult not to kill anyone...
What.
Until this point he's been mulling on various other logistics in the back of his mind while watching, but the situation now has his complete attention. It's - not impossible for someone to have guessed - he chases down half a dozen possible observations and threads of inference someone could have followed. But he's surprised.
The sorcerer's able to hedge out his permanent Detect Thoughts, though maybe he just got lucky. Normally he would leave it at that, two out of three, but it's suddenly a lot more critical than usual that he understand fully, that he be oriented.
(It took him many, many years, but he eventually obtained enough permanent magical senses that he feels mostly oriented at baseline.)
The sorcerer is very distracted and Malduoni can cast more subtly than most, he doesn't think the man has any way of noticing a second attempt. He casts Detect Thoughts as a separate spell. It's one that he's optimized significantly, and his version is far more difficult to block out than the usual one.
The sorcerer apparently ALSO has permanent Detect Thoughts and Detect Magic, somehow, because he's scanning the area, trying to check if he's currently being observed. He is under the impression that he isn't - he's thinking about some type of magic he calls a Gate, though the mental image of a glowing doorway doesn't look like the kind of Gate Malduoni knows, and how he's still not going to risk using it, not that it'd be useful anyway.
He does, however, switch to using some sort of complex immobility spell, unfamiliar to Malduoni both as a sorcerer capability and as a spell at all, the shape of the magic is very odd. It makes it a lot easier for the ranger to shoot the daemons without damaging any more of their captive souls.
And then they can head on over and get the souls. Mahdi and Leareth are talking about whether there 's a way to get them somewhere safe. Releasing them will just send them back where Pharasma thinks they belong - which is probably Abaddon, though sometimes daemons do grab souls they're not entitled to.
If Aroden made the daemons in this area more active just to train up his army to invade Cheliax then that's impressively fucked up, he thinks, as they make plans to leave the souls somewhere safe in Sothis.
....What.
Malduoni does not do much speculating on the spot. It would be stupid to let himself be distracted, even if the adventurers show no sign of having noticed him, and should not be capable of it. (But how do they know - he's missing something huge...)
They know about Cheliax, fine. They also know about Aroden. Or have guessed. He's not at all sure what chain of inferences could possibly lead to that destination.
He watches and waits for them to finish up here and move on.
The wizard teleports to Sothis and back. The sorcerer offers to refill his spell slots, which is not at ALL a thing sorcerers can ordinarily do, but they agree it's probably not worth it. They walk back towards their camp instead, vaguely planning to take the souls to Nirvana once they have their party cleric back.
He's thinking that maybe they should have teleported, it's so much less annoying. And that he misses Fazil and hates having to carry water for the day. And wondering whether it's worth the money for a Ring of Wizardry like the one the wizard he was talking to here has, it'd be fun but he's going to retire after they save the world or whatever and how much added utility is it, really, when he's retired - honestly too much of his wealth is wrapped up in magic items useful to adventurers anyway, what if the Age of Glory obviates them or something, it'd be - objectively very good and all but quite a financial hit -
He is thinking that Pharasma should die in a fire (this is not a new opinion of his) and wondering whether Mahdi took the souls to Mahdi's house or to the pharaoh's palace, the pharaoh will probably make some eerie guesses from that - actually the pharaoh is probably spying on them all the time now that he can target Hagan's companions and not just Hagan himself and also possibly now that he's gotten a look at the amulet and guessed who he needs to have scrying if they want to stand a chance. He is pretty sure the pharaoh will not ask Abadar for help finding Hagan, that'd be cheating, but cheating every other way would be completely within bounds, and he's got to be desperately curious.
Well, maybe they'll have news for him as soon as tomorrow.
They get dinner. They bathe. They talk about what to tell the adventurers who are under geases and therefore probably read in about Cheliax. He thinks they should go with 'Leareth has an army' and claim that Leareth could use the army to seal the House of Oblivion. Which he probably could - the pharaoh said he didn't have the resources, not that it was impossible in principle...
Malduoni's feeling about the fact that apparently the pharaoh of Osirion knows about this, what, secret undercover mission to find out if Rahadoum is invading Cheliax or if Aroden is in charge there, is DISPLEASURE. Also confusion.
- the part where they noticed the adventurers under geas is clever. Someone is doing a very good job of guessing, from the outside, at his security precautions. Impressive. He is not particularly happy that they've guessed it but he is nonetheless impressed.
Also the bizarre alien not-sorcerer supposedly has an army, and he is pretty sure no one on the planet could conceal an army without his eventually finding out about it.
The army's from another world as is the sorcerer but he's honestly barely thinking about that, it's old news.
With the cover story they've agreed on, the sorcerer is saying, it will look much less as if they know an alarming number of probably-Aroden's secrets.
:Yeah. And, like, at this point I am leaning that we want to work with this guy whether or not he is Aroden and whether or not he is you - though admittedly it looks likely - so may as well not have everything rest on the most bizarre and hard-to-prove part of the whole thing.:
Which is startling enough that Malduoni nearly loses concentration on the spell he's re-casting to read Leareth's mind again (which is his last of the modified and optimized ninth-level Detect Thoughts), that almost never happens.
- whether or not - he is - you -
He doesn't even know how to parse that. This is possibly the most confused he has been in the last century and he is not pleased about it at all.
At this point he should probably break off soon and make actual plans, but he observes a little longer, they seem to be settling down for an uneventful night after a tiring fight, but he'd like to be more sure than he is.
Leareth thinks they don't have much reason to think Rahadoum is going to war with Cheliax if it's not secretly run by Aroden - right, it is Vanyel that Hagan explained his logic to, two weeks that feel like two lifetimes ago, and he's pleased with how well the prediction held up -
- I think Rahadoum's going to go to war with Cheliax, he'd said at the time, because they're recruiting under tighter conduct standards than make any sense for handling evil outsiders in the desert in Thuvia - you ask for that kind of thing when there are going to be civilians, and civilians you give a shit about, and Rahadoum will still think of their lost northern province as their own people...
He was (probably) right about the general picture but he will concede that he was wrong about one thing, Leareth and Aroden are in fact the kind of people who'd probably care about that just as much if they were invading Thuvia or - Valdemar - or some other place they'd never had a claim to. Lawful neutral, but not like Abadar, disinterested in the war of Good versus Evil - the opposite of that, really, doing a bazillion astoundingly Evil things for the side of Good, he wouldn't have guessed you could swing it but - maybe you can.
Malduoni switches from invisible to his usual illusion-disguise; he prefers not to do most of the hands-on work as himself. He discreetly asks some people he trusts a reasonable amount to keep an eye on that tent and alert him if anyone inside moves.
He teleports himself out, back to his usual base, already with the beginnings of a plan in mind. He gives some orders, collecting a few people who he'd like to assist him with this - it's not that he doesn't trust the random camp guards, they're recruited to a high standard, but there are levels of trust, and they can't cast the spell he needs anyway. Also he doesn't want to explain why a random group of adventurers requires kidnapping at all, much less with this many layers of contingency.
He gets some sleep - he's had a Ring of Sustenance for a very long time, so two hours is plenty - and that gives him a lot of remaining night, to prepare spells, and go over what could go wrong so he can patch it.
He teleports back to the camp an hour before dawn, invisible. The wizards who are helping him are arriving separately. He points Detect Thoughts and Detect Magic at the tent.
Now.
He casts a quickened heightened mass Hold Person, it should hold all of them for a few seconds and then there's a high likelihood of at least one of them throwing it off, they're all powerful casters, and so he needs to move faster. He Plane Shifts Leareth, the not-sorcerer, out first, as planned - the unknown quantity here, the most baffling member of the party.
Leareth struggles against it but does not successfully throw it off, and he's gone.
- he prepares for his second round of spells–
He identifies the spell and can guess, from that, at what's being brought to bear against them, and he's unsure whether it's in fact wise to fight but this doesn't stop him from throwing off the Plane Shift and then the paralysis - he's thinking he can jump a short distance without any spells prepared, and then if he can get a Teleport prepared he can get to Sothis -
Their wizard is very impressive, honestly, but also there is no way he's going to throw off all of the wizards he brought casting Hold Person at him, even if theirs aren't as powerful, so he signals to them, and uses his second Plane Shift to grab the ranger next in case he's about to pull anything unexpected.
Mindspeech doesn't work, which is deeply frustrating, but at least he seems unhurt, having fallen on one of the rugs and not headfirst into a bookshelf.
There are additional thuds.
Leareth rises in a crouch, he's settle for using just his eyes to look around. "Mahdi, Hagan?" It does appear to be both of them, and no one else yet. Not that he'd know if there were someone hiding in a bookshelf, since he doesn't have Thoughtsensing.
(He is somewhat ticked off about being thrown in an anti-magic demiplane for the second time this week.)
Leareth would help, except for the fact that he definitely cannot help because he currently lacks magic. He says something apologetic which of course Hagan can't understand, but hopefully the tone comes across. At least it looks like Fy was, as usual, snuggled up with Hagan and was hauled along.
"All of those were seventh-circle spells prepared in ninth circle slots. I've seen the concept before, though not with ninth circle slots obviously. A ninth circle caster specializing in enchantment -" he glances at Leareth, then remembers Leareth can't understand him. "Also he had a rod of greater quicken spell, he must have, or it would've taken him longer. And at least four other casters."
They're real books. The ones he pulls out mostly seem to be histories, and treatises on subjects like mathematics and economics.
There are also other bookshelves protected by something like frosted glass, except definitely unbreakable, that seemed to be locked with magic. (And cannot be unlocked by magic, at least not by any of them.)
It's very irritating not having the translation working, but some questions don't need additional words to communicate. It's been the main thing Leareth has been thinking about over the past several minutes.
He can't communicate the intricacies of his reasoning, of course. Or how incredibly jealous he is that this kind of thing works in Golarion's magic and not in Velgarth's.
He nods, emphatically.
And Malduoni stands only a few yards away, invisibly. His rod of security lets him hop to an extradimensional space where the outside world is paused. For twenty-four hours, and only once a week, but this is a place where it's clearly worth it. He's slept, he has all of his spells again, and he hasn't exactly resolved his deep pit of confusion, it's going to take asking questions to do that, but he's - clarified it, yes.
He can read Leareth's thoughts more easily, here, which is interesting; the not-sorcerer seems to have been supplementing with some sort of magic item, now disabled. He's thinking about how - all of this - is very much his own style, very - in character for himself - and this is in the abstract a baffling line of reasoning, but it accords with the other baffling piece, so there's no additional confusion it adds. And the structure of Leareth's thoughts are - it's not exactly how Malduoni thinks, it's the product of an entirely different life history, but - the resemblance is still clear. Leareth is also coping very calmly with being imprisoned here - they all are - but Leareth's particular flavour of frustration at lacking his magic is a very familiar one.
(Malduoni had considered at first whether it could have been the case that, when Aroden died, his memories returned to more than one person - a god is a very big thing and His death involved fragmentation, after all. But it doesn't fit, because 'Leareth' plainly isn't from their same world at all, he had already pieced this together from sideways references and now Leareth is thinking about it much more directly.)
They know his identity as Aroden. They knew to seek him in Rahadoum. They have a man with them - a man with powerful alien magic carried from another world, and apparently an army waiting somewhere - who claims to be, clearly in some more abstract than literal sense, the same person as Aroden/Malduoni. He must have the relevant pieces, now, but he's not yet succeeding at piecing them together.
...
A few seconds later, a figure suddenly appears. He's - very old, white-haired, his face lined.
"I apologize for my rudeness," he says. "I wished to speak with you. Since none of you are stupid, I assume you can guess why."
"I have to congratulate you on your subtlety in spying on us," Leareth says. "I assume you had someone watching us after all during the fight - or were there yourself, perhaps. And were - eavesdropping on my Mindspeech? You would not have used this much overkill if it were only that I have abilities a Golarion sorcerer ought not."
"Aroden. You survived, right? And - rebuilt, it must have been from nothing..." Leareth shakes his head. "If you were reading my mind," (he would one hundred percent be offended and scared if it were anyone else but he can't really be, here), "then - you must be very confused about who I am."
"One might say that. I have gathered that you come from another world and have an army at your beck and call - presumably you left them behind in said other world, or I would have heard something. Also you and your friends seem to believe that you are the same person as me, which does not make very much sense."
"Three weeks ago an acquaintance of Leareth's from his world, called Velgarth, landed in ours by a magical accident, we don't have more details though we think it was an accident on our end not Velgarth's. He was aware Leareth was working on a large-scale plan that as one of its steps involved conquering his country, but he didn't have more details. Eight days ago we hired the High Priestess of Nethys in Sothis, Nefreti Clepati, to kidnap Leareth from his world so we could ask about them. She did. Before she did, she said - my notes are in my Bag of Holding and my headband is disabled so this may be off - 'the same stories repeat themselves across worlds. Young men who think they're immortal, because they are, because they were, but everything else was not, everything else was lost, a price they did not know they'd need to pay, and time erodes even the mountains.'"
He's still, not answering, for a period of about five seconds.
(The centrepiece of the puzzle is falling into place and quite a lot of the confusion is resolving with it. Although not in a direction that he is exactly pleased with.)
"You are telling me," he says slowly, "that Abadar knows everything you were thinking, when you came here to investigate, and so does Nethys?"
"Not everything. On my part, I told the pharaoh - who is not, in fact, personally Abadar, though I am sure you knew that already - that I suspected Rahadoum was preparing to fight Cheliax, and that I could make inferences about the person leading because they were an alternate version of someone I knew in my own world. I suspect he guessed I meant myself. He - may have been pressing me for information later, no, almost certainly was. I do not think there is any possible way he could have made the leap to your being Aroden because it is, from an outside view, absurd."
"I suppose I ought to tell you, to - make the case better." Glance at Hagan and Mahdi. "And, at this point, I see little reason to hold it back from either of you. My world had a Cataclysm about two thousand years ago. Two powerful mages fought. One of them was myself, the other my teacher and mentor. I lost most of my memories and do not have surviving records, so I am unsure of the details, but - I did not want to fight him and I certainly did not want to kill him. I was winning the war, and then - things went very badly out of control, he destroyed his own stronghold to prevent my reaching it, and handed a weapon I had not known existed to some of his allies, who used it to murder me. In the process setting off said Cataclysm, which left the world badly damaged for millennia. I had already arranged immortality, and so I - came back."
"For what it is worth, I do not think that it was Abadar. Though perhaps I am over-updating on the fact that he - offered? requested? - to make me his cleric. I assume he would not, perhaps could not, do that if he were against the sorts of goals that someone like me - like us - would hold."
"About Aroden– Oh. I suppose He might have all of the requisite pieces. From what I told the pharaoh, and - if He spoke to the gods in Velgarth, and asked about my history, He might learn a great deal... And I am not sure if He thinks in the right way to - put it together that way, a mix of human stories and the way gods think, but the pharaoh is brilliant." He ducks his head. "I am sorry. I did not think of that."
"To help conquer Cheliax? He has his doubts that it is possible even given the resources you have - I assume you have copious additional secret plans, I would, but I did not tell him that. I suspect he also hoped to benefit from being on friendly terms with the mage from another world, which he did." Glance at Hagan. "You might be able to guess more."
" - he's my brother," he says to Aroden. "I think that's probably pretty much it? Leareth can do reasonably cheap permanent teleportation circles - well, an equivalent thing - and they've got the Healers - he wants to build Axis in Sothis, now he's closer. I don't think he'd guessed when we left but it wouldn't surprise me if he's pieced it together before we get back."
(He had finally started to be less confused and now he is more confused again and still does not especially like it.)
"So that is why you came here," he says, heavily. "To offer your help. I can tell that you are not lying, but it nonetheless seems - rather too convenient."
"Yes. I know. The existence of other worlds - the fact that the first person to come to this one had a very specific relationship with me, but also made a much better first impression than I would have... I am not sure what it means. Only of the facts I observe. I do not think my existence was engineered by the gods of your world, much less whichever one betrayed you."
"Buncha things were convenient. Vanyel has to fight a dragon, the day he arrives here. The adventuring party that gets sent to help includes, uh, me. We find the buried palace of the pharaohs of ascension, which gave us the crystal ball and the way to kidnap Leareth. But it really kinda looks like if anyone was steering here they were steering at - you succeeding. If Abadar knew enough to do all that and wanted to fuck with you he could just, uh, sell the information to Asmodeus."
"It is not lost in my world. The gods use it quite effectively." He frowns. "Nethys, we think, sees all worlds. Thus recognizing the similarities in our stories. If any of your gods could have engineered this, it would be Him, but - my impression is that He is not so much one for engineering things at all."
"I think unlikely. He was definitely reading all of our minds while he was here, and I default less to massive overkill the more information I have about what exactly is going on. I suspect a great deal hinges on whether he believes my claim that we are alternate version - I could say alts - of the same person. I believe it, though, and he would have seen that."
Leareth's eyes narrow slightly. "I suspect he is uneasy about Nethys - and Abadar though less so. I do not think he is so spooked by this that he would refuse our help. He might want to place us under a geas, I suppose."
Leareth narrows his eyes. "...I suppose you do not have to tell me. If it is not important. I - I feel that Aroden is being very reasonable here, since I would be a similar level of very alarmed if I stumbled on some people infiltrating my organization with the level of secret knowledge we have of his, and we did - come here knowing what we were up against. Still, it is objectively a hostile act, keeping us here, and I would not be bothered if someone were angry about that so I assume he will not be either."
"I spent - twelve years - a prisoner in the palace and I hate it there and I also hate places that are - nice, and pretty, and important, more important than you'll ever be and so obviously it makes perfect sense for them to - the more sense it makes the more I hate it, since I can't even be upset for a reason like that something is bad. And I'm not going to fuck anything up and so it does not actually matter.
Okay?"
"Okay. Yes, that makes sense."
He falls silent. Starts poking around at the books. "I wish I had a place like this just to keep my records in. These are presumably not the highly sensitive ones, but - this entire place is more secure than anything I could build in Velgarth."
"Clerics also get Create Demiplane," he says. "And Plane Shift to get there, though weren't you figuring you could do that with a Gate? Or you guys could share. I feel like once he's warmed up to the idea he's got to see the appeal of having two of you. He can throw off an occasional permanent demiplane for you and you can move his armies all around the world."
Malduoni (who was once Aroden, but for the most part no longer thinks of himself by that name at all, not now, not yet), sits in his private office in a different place, and thinks.
...He believes them. Specifically, he believes Leareth. On too little evidence, perhaps, but - he's seen enough pieces, and none of them fit before but the tale Leareth gave does, in fact, hold it all together. Leareth originating from an entire other world is the simplest explanation for his bizarre, un-sorcerer-like powers. Leareth being, somehow, an alt of himself is the simplest explanation for his entire mind being the way it is. And for how he and his allies could have made an impossible inference.
He's going to take precautions and seek additional evidence anyway, of course, but - he leans toward putting some qualified, caveated trust in Leareth, and extending that trust to Leareth's allies to the extent Leareth does. There's a huge upside here, if Leareth is telling the truth about his army - which, as far as Malduoni can tell from his thoughts, he absolutely is. It's not an upside he can really afford to ignore, because victory isn't overdetermined, here, not as thoroughly as he would prefer, and some of the paths to victory would bear a cost far higher than he wishes to pay.
He's not at all happy, though, about Abadar's obvious involvement, or the pharaoh of Osirion's knowledge of this. It could prove to also be an upside, and - if this is all some elaborate plot against him, it's not Abadar's work. His god-translated memories of Abadar are set on that; it's not his style, it's not a kind of scheme he's really capable of at all. Mainly he feels unhappy because there's a mystery, there's a player on his gameboard that he can't see and doesn't understand, and he isn't keen on mysteries at this stage of his planning.
He's even less happy about Nethys' role. If all of this is a scheme against him, it would be Nethys' work. Nefreti is involved. A significant chunk of the information that Leareth and his allies are reasoning from comes from Nethys directly. Nethys...might actually have the foreknowledge, stolen from other worlds, to interfere in a subtler way than the other gods are capable of in this era. He doesn't understand what Nethys is working toward.
Two gods know about his survival and his plans, and this is a deeply concerning thought, because - if it's two, it could soon be a lot more.
He doesn't think any of that changes the bottom line with Leareth.
If anything, it nudges toward moving faster. For a decade, now, he's had his pieces in positions where he can move on a week's notice. The question is whether Leareth also can, but - well, if they're the same person, or same template, then Leareth may have made similar plans.
So. One decision that he has the information and cached reasoning to make now. The question of what to do about Abadar and Nethys is still unresolved.
"I wish to accept your offer to help with Cheliax," Aroden says, levelly. "I will shortly transport all of you out of this place. However, you have already inferred that everyone in my organization who is aware of the true mission is under geas. I will place a geas on all of you before I Plane Shift you out of here. This is not an indication of mistrust; it is based on my outside-view observation that if I do not take this precaution, secrets inevitably leak."
Slight sigh. "This is not the order I prefer. Usually I would explain the full conditions of the geas before I consider bringing someone in - from a pragmatic perspective, a geas is not a good strategy for obtaining someone's cooperation when they did not give it voluntarily. Unfortunately, you already know everything. I am aware that this means the geas is no longer voluntary, and this is not ideal. I do consider it fair play, given that you came here as spies, and knew the possible consequences of spying on someone like myself."
He lays out the conditions of his geas before actually casting it, though it'll be spoken out loud then as well. They must not reveal the secrets to anyone not similarly geased or explicitly whitelisted by Aroden. (The pharaoh is approved; Aroden feels unsure of this and spent a solid chunk of his hour of thought on it, but at this point it would be an adversarial move not to, and it's not really going to give Khemet information he doesn't already have.) They must not betray him, directly or indirectly; there's an additional paragraph of conditions fleshing out this clause. They must not resist spells he casts on them - this is there for Aroden's convenience, to reduce his spell-preparation overhead.
In public Aroden goes by Malduoni. They will refer to him and think of him by that name only, unless he specifies otherwise. (He does not assume that he's the only one who can read their minds.)
Neither of the Osirians seem very upset; it is an improvement on being turned into a statue for the duration of the war and maybe forever. Mahdi spends a while trying to think of loopholes, not particularly expecting to find any and not particularly expecting to use them if he does, but it's good to check; Hagan is mostly thinking that letting them talk to the pharaoh makes it much less likely the pharaoh has it taken off the minute they get home, which is too bad.
Leareth is nodding along and smiling very slightly. He is so unsurprised. He's considering the pros and cons of geases versus standard Velgarth compulsions. He's also trying to predict the pharaoh's reaction, and modelling what Aroden must be thinking there. Wondering how annoyed he is about Nefreti. Leareth himself is mostly intrigued by her, but he has a lot less personal baggage with the Golarion gods, Nethys included.
It would be very wasteful to turn people who came here hoping to help into statues. (Though he might do it anyway he were any more in doubt that their goals are aligned with his.) Aroden is also aware of the pharaoh's incentives here. And of the fact that Leareth's main feelings toward the pharaoh are of respect, even warmth.
"Before that," he says, "who else knows? I imagine that others in the pharaoh's court are aware of the Cheliax aspect, at this point. And you had others in your party. The cleric you did not bring with you, and - Vanyel? Leareth's acquaintance from Velgarth. Where are they now?"
Oh. Right.
"If all went well, they are in Velgarth now. Vanyel's kingdom was expecting an invasion from my army; they misattributed his disappearance as my doing, and were then very suspicious of communications from him to the contrary. We expected that sending him back in person would be the best way of resolving this. There were delays there," he probably doesn't need to explain the whole difficulty with Yfandes, though he does expect Aroden is right now reading his thoughts about it, "but they planned to leave at the same time we departed Sothis. Fazil and Vanyel both know the Aroden aspect and also that we suspected you were my alt. This was - fairly relevant information, in their decision to trust me as well as consider helping you."
He is thinking that hopefully Aroden won't see fit to kidnap Vanyel, who has really been through enough recently, as has his whole country. "Van did not expect Valdemar would help you with Cheliax but he thought they'd help with the Worldwound. If it needed it. I'm now assuming that you have a plan there."
He does but not to the point that he would turn down help. "I see. I am not sure of the best way to handle that; this is all a very unexpected complication. I imagine it is likely that Vanyel told his government of your speculations about me, as part of his attempt to defuse tensions with Leareth."
"How unsurprising." Aroden is quiet for a moment. "All right. Leareth, I will consider your subordinates already geased for this purpose. Ideally I would like to meet Vanyel and Fazil and request it of them as well, but that seems logistically difficult, and I hardly think I can impose it on Vanyel's superiors in Valdemar. What is the current state of communication between Velgarth and Osirion?"
Aroden nods. Thinks, briefly.
"Well. A number of elements of this situation are not ideal, but it also includes unexpected resources and help, so on the whole I suppose I cannot complain. I will place the geases now, and then we can go elsewhere and discuss further."
He does so, starting with Leareth. Each geas takes ten minutes to cast, so it's going to take a while.
Aroden finishes.
"As soon as we leave this place," he says calmly, "I am Malduoni again. I am going to Plane Shift you to a small demiplane that is linked to my office in Azir by a permanent portal. Your possessions are already there. I would like to speak further, of course, but I am sure you would all like breakfast and a chance to regroup, and - I will not stop you from preparing spells and teleporting back to Sothis immediately if you wish. If you decide to stay and discuss more, I will be available all day and you can return to my office when you are ready."
Aroden takes Leareth's hand -
- and Malduoni arrives in the other demiplane, the three of them in tow. This one is a lot more boring; it resembles an ordinary hallway, with an ordinary door at the end. There's a nice carpet, a couple of tasteful paintings of nature scenes on the walls, and no other decor.
Malduoni releases Leareth's hand, gestures at the door. "Go on."
It goes to a sort of lobby area with a few armchairs arranged in it, and two doors. Their things from the camp are neatly packed up and waiting on said chairs.
Malduoni strolls past them and opens one of them. "This is the way out. Not the way back in when you rejoin me - you will want to go in the front door and ask the guard.
Once they've gone through, he'll re-lock the door with magic - it's not completely proof against wizards getting in, of course, but it's at least very inconvenient - and then take the other door himself.
Leareth, for his part, checks that his Gifts and Othersenses are back in working order, as well as the artifacts he's wearing and his intelligence headband. It is disappointingly not as good as the one he left behind in Malduoni's demiplane-library. (The geas is quite obtrusive here for him too, but hopefully he'll get used to it.)
"I think so, yes." He finds himself smiling, involuntarily. He's feeling sort of exhilarated, almost giddy with it.
Leareth's face lights up, albeit in a very muted way. "I am definitely going to ask him. Flexibility makes sense." He waits for Mahdi's half-dozen spells to be prepared, while absentmindedly digging out and consuming some breakfast from his pack. Leareth isn't especially fussy about what he eats.
Malduoni's public office is a spacious, comfortable room with lots of natural light from a skylight and windows. It has plants in pots. He's reading something at his desk; when they're ushered in, he slips it into a drawer and stands. "I am glad to see you back. Have a seat."
There's a small table set out for them, with comfortable chairs around it. Malduoni ducks out from behind his desk and shuts the door before sitting at the table as well.
To Leareth's Othersenses, it's obvious that the room is thoroughly shielded. He has more experiencing in parsing the very weird appearance of Golarion arcane magic; he would guess that this spell is permanent rather than cast for the occasion, it has that extra-stabilized look to it, and it blocks Thoughtsensing and mage-sight thoroughly; he would guess that it also blocks scrying (and incidentally Farsight) and prevents sound from escaping. Where he would use multiple layers of different shield techniques for the same purpose, this is a single, very complex spell.
Mahdi knows the spell, can cast it himself, and is slightly pleased to learn that it's in fact the gold standard for this and you don't need anything more complicated. There has been enough feeling completely outclassed for today. (There is definitely going to be a lot more, realistically, but.)
...Wow that is diving right into things and also why is he surprised.
"My official contingency-plan is for four days. That is assuming nothing goes wrong, which is a dubious assumption, and also does not take into account the existence of other worlds or the fact that I do not think we have yet mastered inter-world Gates. So, a week."
"Osirion doesn't fight wars. I think he'd probably raise people for you, though someone will have to supply him if you needed more than a few of them, and I think he said he'd be willing to do infrastructure in Cheliax afterwards. Abadar could probably coopt a bunch of the Asmodean church unless - are you planning to be a -" he runs into the geas and makes a face. "I think you should talk to him. I'm not clear on Abadar's constraints."
"A number of the pharaoh's researchers know of it. Not everything, but a great deal. They have been asked to keep it to themselves, but are not under geas, so - my guess is that it is secret now and will not remain so indefinitely. Velgarth's existence is less closely held but is certainly not widely known at this point."
"Another reason to move quickly." Malduoni lays his hands on the table, briskly. "All right. I think we had best cover the intricacies of Velgarth magic now. Hagan and Mahdi are already quite well-informed of this, I imagine, and so might as well be present to help generate ideas here."
"To a first approximation they can do most arcane magic that's not transmutation or conjuration, where they're limited because they have to do all the work themselves, they don't have access to any scaffolding that enables things like polymorph effects. I've wondered whether they could be taught to use the thing we use for scaffolding but I haven't given it a serious try. Instead of teleportation they can open a portal to somewhere else on the same plane, they call that a Gate. And all of it's much more flexible since it doesn't have to stabilize but maybe sorcerers here are like that too, I've never watched one closely and I think mages in Velgarth get a lot more specialized training in the use of their magic than sorcerers here. They can imitate a Pearl of Power for wizards, not for clerics. They can dispel magic in a clever way that looks like a very minimal power expenditure and they can do very very low-power enchantments. They are bottlenecked on how much they can do in a day mostly by exhaustion, which responds normally to Lesser Restoration if you have any way to get that here."
"We also have magic-specific senses, similar to Detect Magic but present in the background unless we are shielding them - they do take a minimal amount of effort to use, but comparable to, say, standing up, it is not something one will ever be too tired for except in very unusual circumstances. I can directly observe magic as I cast it, and as your casters work. This is how we can disrupt your spells with less power expenditure, by seeing the most brittle part and aiming there. We have many varieties of shields and wards, many of which are lower power than yours - thus perhaps easier to dispel with your Dispel Magic - but correspondingly cheaper to place, and also quite flexible."
(He is perhaps going to wait until he's alone with Malduoni to discuss blood-magic and the implications there.)
"There are also a number of other, more specialized Gifts in Velgarth. I have Mindspeech, which is a form of permanent telepathy, receptive and projective. We have our own variant of Healing - actually, this might be of great use to you, since you do not have clerics. It is not as good for injuries, but is in many ways more flexible, and also comes with a type of Sight useful for diagnosis and triage..."
He goes through a list of all the commonly-known Velgarth Gifts.
"–and Mindhealing can also work similarly to compulsions, though that is not its main use in Velgarth," he finishes.
"Interesting." A long pause. "I wish to politely request that you keep this between us, unless the pharaoh asks directly. Though I suppose Abadar may know of the Gift's existence via the Velgarth gods." It's not necessarily going to be salient, though, or packaged in a form useful to humans anticipating his moves.
Leareth mulls on that for thirty seconds or so.
"...I think I must return to Sothis. My mage-scholars are there, and in the absence of a workable interworld Gate-technique, the only way I can actually return to Velgarth is with Fazil, or," his lips twitch, "by asking Abadar nicely."
"I can give you some amount of context."
Malduoni intends to give them exactly the level of context he feels comfortable with Abadar knowing. He will probably give Leareth more, because - well, he's at this point placing a lot of trust in Leareth's judgement. Not with the most rock-solid justification he can imagine having, but...for this, he thinks it's enough.
They have invasion plans to discuss (he doesn't know exactly where he would put Mahdi and Hagan, yet, but can at least describe the general shape of what he'd want them to do), and magic theory to discuss, and this will easily eat the rest of the day. After lunch, which is a not-very-fancy meal brought in for them, Malduoni very politely shoos Mahdi and Hagan elsewhere so he can talk to Leareth privately.
Leareth extricates himself around sundown. He's equipped with half of a set of paired magic mirrors, a communication method that's apparently very secure - this is obnoxious to pull off with Velgarth magic - though of course only insofar as the two ends are. Given who's in possession of the two ends, though, he is kind of less worried about that.
(Well, Nefreti Clepati demonstrably can rob him of all his possessions, but he doesn't actually think she has a motive to do it again, and also it wouldn't help her or Nethys that much, neither of them are going to be able to impersonate him even as far as the proving-his-identity questions.)
After a really extensive amount of back and forth, he has Malduoni's tentative agreement to trust his judgement on Abadar. Which is, currently, that Abadar is probably worth allying with, if allying is what Abadar wants to do here. There are quite a lot of pieces there, and caveats, but - ultimately it's not favourable to Abadar's goals to have Cheliax in the hands of Asmodeus, and that seems like the strongest driver here.
He goes to find Mahdi and Hagan.
Interesting. Leareth would really like to know how that magic works; he can't tell just by attempting to watch their landing.
They should let the pharaoh know that they're back. Not only is Leareth disinclined to trust anyone else in the Palace with their news, he's literally geased against doing so.
(Malduoni did not explicitly whitelist Vanyel or Fazil. If they decide to trust Khemet fully then this isn't going to be more than inconvenient, but Leareth still wonders if it's intended as an incentive for Vanyel and Fazil to themselves accept the geas, or just as an additional preventative against more information spreading to Velgarth. Whatever it is, he's sure it's not by accident.)
The pharaoh's face is unreadable and his mind is a blind spot to Leareth's senses, and Leareth is seized by a brief, absurd temptation to attempt to remove the top of his head or something - he desperately, screamingly wants to know what he's thinking.
"Yes, some events went very badly here." He sighs. Leans forward a little. "I was right in all of my guesses. I offered my help and it was accepted. - I am not sure if that is information Abadar has already, but for better or worse, at this point He is welcome to it. We plan to move a week from now."
"If I do not crack inter-world Gates - of my variety - inside the next week, I wish to bring about three hundred mages, and ideally their support personnel, but if three hundred is pushing it that would suffice. If Valdemar agrees to help with the Worldwound, I am estimating they could spare about fifty Gifted Heralds." Pause. "If I do, which I think I can, then I am bringing twenty thousand troops across. Whatever the Velgarth deities have to say about it, they will not be able to interfere."
He looks down. "Did the Velgarth gods simply change their mind about Plane Shifts, or did something - go wrong?"
"I should have warned them– sorry." Leareth lifts a hand. "About Iftel. And the fact that Vkandis likes to set people on fire. He has tried to kill me that way twice. I - Iftel, as well as its impassible shield-barrier, has a magical effect that causes people to find it very boring and forget its existence. It is less effective on me but - still effective."
"Huh. - one second." He goes to the door, says something to someone, comes back. "Until we know that's not in effect here I want to be told it every hour," he says in explanation. "It would have been useful for them to have been warned in the sense that Fazil could have made them immune to fire, but it's not obvious to me that Vkandis wouldn't have escalated. I guess ideally they would've Plane Shifted back out immediately."
"I am not sure even I would have predicted that Vkandis would escalate so quickly with a Herald present. I suppose He must have been very alarmed by the otherworld magic." Leareth frowns. "We would appreciate their help by the Worldwound. A plan exists already that should make it somewhat less risky for them to engage. Though - it is relevant whether your Raise Dead and Resurrection will work on Velgarth natives if they die here."
(He is not even going to suggest the idea he had unless the answer is yes.)
"I will check back with my organization about diamond procurement, but we should be able to do so. Raise Dead takes a smaller diamond, no? So if some Heralds are killed in action they would be cheaper to raise immediately." His eyes narrow. "Does the diamond need to be mined? It is not a standard use of Velgarth magic to artificially make diamonds but I would not be surprised if Vanyel in particular could do it."
"That was my idea. I know our magic can be used to smelt metals and such - it is not very scalable except in places such as the Eastern Empire with a high rate of mages. For this - there is an adapted force-net spell for crushing things; I am not sure that I could overpower it hard enough, though I do not mind trying, but this is exactly the area where the strength of Vanyel's Gift would be key. He can channel...five times, maybe ten times as much power as I can."
(Well, this, and the size of fireball left by his suicide.)
"If we had access to as many diamonds as we needed we can commit to raising anyone critically necessary same-day and everyone you lose within two months. If you manage to leave the continent in one piece. I don't know how much he told you about the events of a hundred years ago, but they were very very bad."
"Especially these days.
Is he going to take up the Starstone afterwards? Much of the support we can offer is in replacing the infrastructure of the church of Asmodeus in Cheliax and that looks substantially different, depending. Also Abadar implied it would change His plans in other ways."
"Oh no, did he do something very clever and also horrifying with their currency? That - makes interacting with it at all an Evil act in a nonobvious way?"
(The fact that this is possible is making him feel like the whole alignment-assessment situation is deeply unfair. He thinks it's pretty fair of it to assess him as Evil, but - an entire country of mostly very normal people...)
"It is possible to take a dead soul captive and confine it, magically, in some fashion. It is then possible to trade, steal, or sell it, and to use it for magical power. The trade in souls is Evil, fairly enough.
Does your world have the concept of currency that is not worth the face value of its metal but backed by a promise from a nation to redeem it for metal at any time?"
"The currency of Cheliax is backed by souls.
They do know this. It is mentioned in schools, it is scribed on bills: backed by House Thrune, by our Patrons, by the Souls of the Damned, for the Greatness of The Chelish Nation. It wouldn't work if they had no way to know. Abadar didn't - see why it was unfair - when gods know things they know the things, the thing is everywhere it needs to be in their model of the world -"
"I..." For once, Leareth is lost for words. He's angry. This is not an emotion Leareth feels often and he has to ride it out for a moment, let it run its course before he can speak.
"I - see why Abadar thinks that. I think that my mind - works that way, most of the time, because I wish it to and have had centuries of practice. But. Also. From the perspective of humans, I do not feel it is particularly fair." He lets his fingers tighten together in his lap. "We will win this war and we will fix it."
"If there is anyone I could believe that from, I suppose it would have to be you.
He and I probably should not speak; I can't think of conditions acceptable to both of us and even if there are some we'd waste time coming up with them. But if he needs anything -
- I want to help."
"I know. I told him so. I - persuaded him, and it took some doing, that it is worth trusting you to the extent that you want to help."
(It's a complicated case, right, because he isn't entirely sure that Khemet and Abadar are on their side. He would bet nine out of ten odds on it, higher even, but - for a more normal scenario, the downside risk of being wrong would be too high to risk. And yet. This is a case of a sufficiently terrifying potential - probable - ally, where if he's right of Abadar's alignment with their cause, not cooperating with him has a downside risk as well - of stepping on each other's plans, or of whatever updates Khemet and Abadar might make from said distrust. And it would be different if their victory were more assured, but - it isn't, there's a lot of overkill in store but not nearly as much as either of them would feel really comfortable with.)
"I am not expecting you to know but I figured I might as well ask. Do you know which of Them betrayed him."
"...several former allies helped kill him in the end. After three weeks, when he had clearly and thoroughly lost but he kept - trying to pull the pieces back together - he didn't have enough left to know what effects it was having on the world but there wasn't going to be any mortal civilization left if it didn't end. Honestly they should have done it sooner. Is that what you mean?"
"Oh."
"...I am not sure. He is certain he was betrayed, but unsure by whom; that is why he drove all the gods out of Rahadoum."
Leareth is thinking, almost plaintively, that - he would, he would unwittingly tear apart the world just out of desperately unwillingness to die, to have it be over - and Leareth thinks that he would have wished it, too, for his allies to end it sooner, to stop letting him destroy everything around him...
"I can ask Abadar if He knows more." He has been talking to Abadar too much lately, it gives him a headache under the best of circumstances and when done repeatedly it makes the Material World feel blurry and sharp at the same time, and very very distant. The pain is worse if he puts it off but he's been using Delay Pain every day to at least schedule it for the point where everyone not possessed of a Ring of Sustenence is, unlike him, sleeping; then he can lie there in the dark and quiet until the pain ebbs and he sleeps and wakes up with a mind that remembers human things.
- obviously worth it, if this is all going to be over in a couple of weeks.
"I would appreciate it, if it is not too much trouble." He lets out his breath. "Also transport to Velgarth in a day or two, if we have not figured out our Gates by then. I will try to synchronize it with Vanyel's movements if possible to minimize the overhead for you."
He takes a deep breath, slowly lets it out. "And - I am considering Abadar's offer to me. We had a very long discussion and then he said he would leave it to my judgement, whether it is a good idea."
For a second he looks tired, more tired than most people who are thirty or for that matter on their first lifetime can look.
"Your set has even less to work with, I think. Abadar can usually understand and answer my questions fine, even if I don't always understand Him."
He hesitates.
"No one told me in advance that, uh, you do not actually become an aspect of a god. I hadn't met my grandfather before he became pharaoh, and he was very smart, and it made sense, that Abadar would want to shape someone in such a way He could easily communicate with them. I believed it. I think Abadar does want that but He doesn't know how to do it."
"That - makes sense. It sounds very difficult." He would definitely not want Khemet's job, for multiple layers of reasons.
Leareth hesitates, but only a little. "- If it would help, to have a history of Velgarth, and my life specifically, in easier to understand terms, I - would not mind telling you, at this point."
Leareth sits back.
"I should start at the beginning. About eighteen hundred years ago, by Velgarth's calendar, there was a powerful mage named Urtho, who was called the Mage of Silence - and a boy, Ma'ar, who was his student..."
He doesn't give a very detailed summary. If only because it would take too long otherwise. He mostly includes things that he's pretty sure the gods of Velgarth know, and so Khemet could know them via Abadar but it's only polite to not make him work so hard for it.
He is a good listener; he looks emotionally invested, and sad and angry at the right parts, which are most of them. He moves his chair a little closer, a couple times, though they're still at well more than arm's length apart.
Two thousand years is too long for magic to bring anyone back to life.
"The gods of Velgarth," he says wearily, "are not totally sure what caused the Cataclysm but technological and magical progress was definitely some kind of element in some way. So they're trying to make them not happen again so the world can't get destroyed again. Also, and of at least equal significance to them, because it's noisy in its own right. Probably if they weren't so upset about the noise they'd put more effort into figuring out what specifically and precisely needs to be banned from now on, because it's not sanitation. - Abadar has tried to argue this and not gotten anywhere."
"It is - complicated, I think, what needs to change. What underlying process, I mean - the decisions of individuals are always a random factor. I made a mistake in not de-escalating the war. Urtho made a mistake in - building whatever weapon it is that he used, I still know little of the details there, all the records were lost. But that is not really the level at which I would want to remove the cause, if I were a god. Still, I think our gods are using a rather broad, blunt-force strategy, here, and if They could talk to humans, They could do better."
"I care about what you're trying to do. I want to help you succeed at it. I know that part of what you're trying to do, right now, is assess whether we are on your side. Whether Abadar could reach your records or not would not, actually, be informative on that front, I don't think. But you're also - even if you think you should try to be his cleric, it's a very difficult thing to do if you desperately don't want to. I wish I could help with that part. ...also with the trust part, but that seems harder. I'm a very good liar. In your position I would be less sure than I'd like."
Leareth nods. "I think the best way you can help with - trust - is by answering my questions, and not otherwise trying too hard in a given direction. I...also would like it if I could - reason more neutrally about it. I am not sure if my experiences with Velgarth gods are applicable here, even, it is just - hard to disregard centuries of habit. I suppose you could tell me more of what it is like, what he is like, since you are also his cleric? Also of the upsides. I currently have a vague understanding that it would grant some powers but not how much."
"When humans started out, at least in Golarion, more or less all of them travelled in small groups, gathering enough food to survive, and when sufficiently bad things happened they died, and - they had other skills, some were better at them than others, but the world didn't have the thing Abadar valued in it, yet. And then, in the places where food was plentiful enough, grew easily enough, it made sense for people to start to specialize, and then it did, and then he tried very clumsily to nudge it down that route, for a long time. He is credited with having brought about civilization but I think really he didn't have many of the right places to intervene on, not back then. - the power of gods is related to their age and experience, and their number of worshippers, and the strength in this world of the underlying concepts they stand for, and He wasn't weak but he couldn't possibly have done something like Osirion...and even less of the gap had been bridged, between how we understand the world and how gods do.
People say that Abadar is the god of cities and commerce. Cities - specialization. The thing that matters is specialization, gains from trade - there's a concept, I don't know if your world has it, that even if one person is the best in a whole city at every trade he's still better off trading with all of the other incompetents, because there's something where his advantage is largest and he can maximize how much stuff he has if he focuses there and buys everything else -"
"We have that concept." Or, at least, he does, and some books written under names that were his once, and the scholars of the Eastern Empire. "'Comparative advantage'?" He had wondered about Abadar's goals; from the start, Abadar has seemed - if not aligned with him, exactly, at least much closer to a god he could work with, have a productive alliance on shared goals. Maybe. Unclear.
"Abadar wants that. With us. He wants to trade with people. And - in the theoretical case it just works, right, but in practice it's hard to have positive sum trades with toddlers, and in related ways hard to with gods, and He saw that He needed a lot of other things to be in place first. He made the vault of all human creations. He made it safe to Plane Shift to his domain in Axis - one of very few places in the Outer Planes that are safe for any mortal to visit, any time - so we could see His city and learn from it and take things home to copy if we wanted to. He played a significant role - it's hard for me to wrap my head around their negotiations but it was a major driving force - in the setup for clerics, in the gods coming to an agreement on intervention taking a form that people request deliberately because it'll advance their goals, and that the gods offer because it'll achieve Theirs. That's - what it is, to follow a god, or at least what He sees it as, to expect that working with Them will make both of you stronger."
"That - makes sense. Your clerics are a good system, I think. Certainly better than anything our gods have set up."
It's a kind of alliance Leareth knows how to have, even when he doesn't trust someone entirely (and he almost never trusts someone entirely, that's an absurdly high bar), but - qualified trust, an expectation that someone will at least behave predictably according to their goals and incentives - knowing that given the right situation and context, their goals play nicely with Leareth's.
He knows how to do that with people. It still feels - terrifying, to attempt it with a god.
"My goal is to fix the many issues I have with Velgarth's current management. I - have evidence now, albeit a very odd kind of evidence, that my initial plan might not go as smoothly as hoped. Also it is very costly and I would prefer a world where I avoid that cost. I am not sure what kinds of trade I might make with Abadar, on this, but - it does seem he is already trying to help."
"It it less straightforward than we would like for Abadar to operate there. But He is certainly trying. And it seems like more resources will make your plans less costly and more likely to succeed, which would be very definitely a good thing. Powerful users of divine magic can imitate most of arcane magic, which as I am sure you would have noticed by now is very useful; you can summon and command outsiders as allies; you can heal very serious injuries and treat magical exhaustion from your kind of magic; and while Abadar does not exactly approve of your immortality system He thinks your cleric powers would carry over through it."
"Fair enough. I also do not approve of my immortality system. It was always a backup - I think it was my fourth layer of contingencies that I set up during my first lifetime, and at least one of the others might have worked if not for the Cataclysm destroying nearly all permanent spells in multiple different planes. I was - mostly very reluctant to modify it with all of the gods of Velgarth watching me as closely as They do now, and...I am hopeful, actually, that having access to Golarion will give me more options, after we have finished dealing with Cheliax and I can spare months for research."
"Aroden was unaging, before He ascended, though I think it took him hundreds of years of research to accomplish that, and our world has lots of contingent healing and contingent-breath-of-life spells that can be used to ensure the body survives injuries that should kill it. Apparently his - ultimate backup plan - was not much different, but I think it was much, much less frequently employed. There are certainly grounds for optimism."
Leareth hadn't actually known that; the conversation with Ar with Malduoni was mostly on the topic of the current war and Leareth's magic. (The geas is kind of irritating right now). He nods, though, keeps all signs of surprise from his face. "Yes."
Pause. "Something else that it might help to know is–" he's not exactly sure how to put his question "–what is the experience like, when He interacts with you."
"Asking for spells doesn't feel like anything. There's an aspect specifically for that, it doesn't - contain very much of Him. You get what you ask for. Like picking things off a shelf, kind of, with a sense you didn't have before but not interactively. If you really really need something else you can concentrate on trying to get more attention than that to explain why you need something unusual but my understanding is that if you're not running His country for Him this doesn't even usually work.
Talking to Him feels like something. I do not particularly know how to describe it; I remember thinking, the first time, it felt kind of like sticking your head underwater if you'd never encountered water before. It usually gives me a headache, particularly if I do it too often, because god-thoughts aren't very shaped for human heads. He has never done it to me, I have to - reach for him - though occasionally He'll make me aware that He has something I need to know. I do not think He particularly expects that you would want to talk to Him."
Leareth goes back to his room and thinks in silence for a little while.
It’s getting pretty late, but he goes off in search of Nayoki anyway; she often works long days. Irritatingly he is geased not to speak to her about any details, but at least she knows the broad strokes of his guesses before, and he can give her the timeline and leave the reasoning behind it implied. His troops don’t actually need to be told why they’re preparing for a mass transit by Gate.
"Fruitful. We have a deadline. I wish you and Narva to redirect all of your research time toward inter-world Gates, with the goal of having a working method inside the next five days. I will of course work with you when I am available. You can communicate with others in Velgarth using the crystal ball if this will speed your work, though please try to be somewhat cryptic in your communications. I will obtain some of the one time use code-books at whatever point it next makes sense to visit Velgarth in person."
Fazil reads to Vanyel from The History And Future of Humanity. Aroden's personal history is in his other holy text, Tomes of Memory; this one is broader and starts earlier - the history of domestication and agriculture, the invention of magic. The reasons that empires have collapsed or destroyed themselves, over the Ages. What some of the better ones were like, before they were lost, and what they would have needed to be like, to have survived. What can be achieved in the Age of Glory.
Not all of it makes Vanyel nod along - the writing style isn't that similar, for one, for one - but a number of passages do. Yes, this part reminds him of Leareth; yes, that passage does. In particular, the reasoning behind his claims, the why of it, is very reminiscent. His vision for the future isn't identical, but that could be explainable just by the fact that the two worlds have different conditions, a different set of gods - completely different setups after people die...
It's hardly conclusive. Maybe people with similar goals would write similar things either way. But it still feels like evidence, that points in one direction.
"It's not really like–" Vanyel isn't sure how to explain it so he just shrugs. "Anyway, I'll wait to talk to them at all until they're done discussing and ask for me, but Yfandes thinks they'll probably plan a meeting for tomorrow morning. I can try to figure out then what's a good order to mention things in."
The Senior Circle does, in fact, call for Vanyel the next morning, without Fazil.
He's fairly stressed about the meeting. This seems merited when the first thing Randi brings up is the blood-magic use. The verdict, though, is that nobody has time to worry about this right now. Savil has already provided all the context, Randi thinks it was a not-unreasonable response to an unfair situation that he feels terrible about putting Vanyel in, and also can Vanyel please never ever do it again thank you.
(Vanyel can reassure him, honestly, that he intends to never ever do it again, it was dreadful).
...He tells Randi he has some maybe-good news and some worrying news, which would he like to hear first?
So Vanyel recounts his troubles with Yfandes, in the order they rehearsed together multiple times. He hopes it was a weird fluke to do with Leareth's sudden revelations to them on top of all the other stressors of the moment - in which case it's hopefully moot now, since Leareth is busy doing other things - but it seems like the core thing was discomfort with disrupting the gods' current systems, and that could come up again given that Abadar is in negotiations with Them now, and - well, given their bad experience in Iftel, it seems like there's some potential conflict. Whatever the problem is, it's fixable, as evidenced by Yfandes being fine now, but it would be very inconvenient if it were badly timed, so he and Yfandes have tried to figure out what the Heralds can do to steer around it.
“Thank you for coming.” King Randale is as neatly dressed as the day before, but looks more visibly stressed and weary. “You can have a seat. Van mentioned you have healing magic from your world that might be able to help with, er, my problem.”
His expression is quietly unhappy, and like he’s trying not to show it.
"I would be delighted to help if I can. I can't guarantee anything. There are some illnesses that would require more powerful magic than I have, and very rarely some our magic cannot address at all. But - if someone in our world were sick there are a lot of things we could try. None of them could make you any worse, though of course some percentage of the time people get worse after they are cast anyway. Your Healers could observe, if they wanted, to see what the spells did, and if any of it helped maybe to imitate it."
"All clerics of Good gods, and Good clerics of neutral gods, and most neutral clerics of neutral gods - they get to pick - can convert the divine power we get from our god, whatever spells we currently have it packaged in, into healing magic. It's very good for injuries, or anything else where our magic can find a healed state to restore someone to. It's worse for diseases, we have a separate spell instead, for that. And for - slow problems with the body that don't seem to be caused by a disease - we have Lesser Restoration, and Restoration, which take many of the effects away but do not usually fix the problem. ...my father, for example, drank for too many years and would have died of it years ago and if I cast Lesser Restoration every month he'll live to ninety but there's no spell that'd actually fix it. Restoration is the most powerful healing spell I can cast; I can also raise the dead, but that doesn't help here at all. If Restoration isn't enough, there are even more powerful healing spells we could arrange back in Golarion. At the upper end, the most powerful clerics can just - use all their power to directly request the intervention of their deity to fix the problem. That usually works. I am not anywhere near that powerful, though."
Shavri nods along. Halfway through she looks like she wants to speak, but holds off until he's finished.
"That makes sense. I would be very interested to watch your spells. Randi's illness - we don't know what it is," an apologetic, almost ashamed glance his way, as though this is personally her fault, "it's - slow cumulative damage, from some source I can't See. My Healing can slow it but not reverse it. It's not bad, yet, it's only affecting him a little - and there are still more things we can try, I've only known for six months." Her lips don't smile but her eyes light up a little. "I could probably fix your father's problem, though. Not fully, not back to a healthy person's state, but we can repair it enough that people live decades with it if they're careful with their diet and such."
"That's very kind of you, and I'd be very grateful." He looks very awkward about it, though. "Uh, from that description, I would expect Restoration - maybe even Lesser Restoration, if we're lucky - can reverse it a little bit but cannot make it permanently stop happening. But I don't have nearly as much expertise here as your people do. Would you like me to try now?"
Shavri watches intently for a little while longer, and then turns and beams at Fazil. "That definitely did something! It was very marked. He's - I should take longer to look properly, after - I don't think it's gone, whatever's causing it, I think you were right, but if I didn't know exactly what to look for I'd call him totally healthy. Randi, love, how do you feel?"
The Heralds glance around at each other.
"This seems like a reasonable time to take a break," Randi says (even though he currently feels like he could keep going all afternoon, the lack of background inexplicable fatigue is amazing.)
"Later today, though, I think we ought to discuss whether there's anything Valdemar can do to help your world." Sigh. "I am not generally in favour of wars, especially wars of conquest, but - I just learned about the existence of your Hell and it is horrible and I think all of us Heralds would very badly like to - do whatever we can, here."
Vanyel walks back with him to the guest wing - wondering privately if it makes sense for him to stay there or if he should go back to his room, but he doesn't really expect them to be in Haven that much longer - and he explains Randi's reaction to the Yfandes issue in Mindspeech. :'Fandes was right, I think, it's sufficiently not the weirdest or most concerning thing he's learned about recently that he couldn't be bothered being upset with me over it:
Aaaaand he should probably explain the blood-magic incident, too, which Yfandes thinks he also got off on very lightly due to everyone having bigger fish to fry. So he does. Along with a little of the background on his conversations with Leareth and previous soul-searching on whether using blood-magic could ever be justifiable.
:He did not mention it. Which, yes, seems very sensible, though he also may have been trying to give us less reminders about what he's done. Probably if it could be done at all with our magic Evil would have advertised how but not necessarily.... for what it's worth I'd expect it to not be Evil, or not very, in the circumstances you described. Kick you right out of Law, though."
:And I'm not sure I can do the thing he does. I'm - not careful enough. Possibly I'm just not smart enough. And Yfandes thinks it might be important, here, that he's millennia old. He's had a lot of time to develop his personal code and flesh it out for all contingencies, right? Whereas I keep - ending up in situation where I really should have thought through what decision process I'd use, and I didn't because it never felt like there was time. Sunhame...isn't the first time that happened and I was unhappy with what Heraldic ethics said to do. It's just the first time I acted on that:
:Yfandes keeps complaining about that. The world being complicated, I mean, and it not being clear how any given standard would even apply. I - guess she always really believed in our rules, before this, she was made that way. It's pretty confusing for her to have that suddenly stop being true:
They reach their rooms. Vanyel rings for a servant and asks for lunch to be brought.
"I don't know what makes sense to do next," he says, leaning on his doorframe. "I wish we could expect to hear back from Leareth and the others soon, but they're probably going to take ages."
"I think it's probably worth talking with Valdemar about plans for the Worldwound in the case where Leareth's right and there'll be a simultaneous invasion of Cheliax and also the case where he's not and we're just joining the existing forces trying to do things about the Worldwound. It seems like maybe Velgarth magic would still let us do something about the situation."
"I think so. The Worldwound is the one where there's a lot of Abyssal-related damage to the land, right? It - occurs to me that we should maybe contact the Tayledras, since they have techniques for fixing magic-damaged land here." He rubs his chin, thoughtful. "I'm also still curious if your Abyss is the same as our Abyssal Plane. And if so, why we can access that from Velgarth but not any of the other afterlives."
"Can you, er, tell by watching if someone is accessing your Abyss? We - have a technique for summoning Abyssal demons here in Velgarth. I am not technically trained on it but I could derive it from other Elemental summonings. Unfortunately then I would have an Abyssal demon on my hands and they're terrible, so."
"I am too! It would be nice to be able to - situate Velgarth in our model of the universe a little better, even though with planes that kind of thing is almost always very confusing. And if you are near enough to summon from the other Outer Planes once you know about them, Good outsiders're very useful and can often be paid in things like - a promise to dedicate a month to helping the poor, or the time and attention of an evil person who wants to repent or a detailed tactics-focused summary of a war."
"Well, Heaven fights lots of wars, and there are tactician-archons who mostly want to learn how to get better at fighting wars, and would be interested in another world mostly for the details of how it fights wars. It would be sort of a disturbing thing to be obsessed with if Hell weren't, well, what it is."
"We might have less infrastructure for 'repenting about it' to be a very productive thing to do. And I guess I've always...personally defined what 'evil' means, as doing bad things and not regretting it." He looks down. "I've done a lot of things that harmed people. I think most of the Heralds have things we regret, after the war."
"Hmmm. I've done things that hurt people because I didn't see a better option. I would like to have had better options but, well, I didn't. I've done things that hurt people and had a better option I was too young or inexperienced or overwhelmed to think of, and I regret that. That doesn't usually make you evil, assuming it's more like 'we were attacked by bandits and killed them even though in hindsight we could've taken then alive with more experience fighting' than 'we murdered some people in a botched robbery.' But, like, lots of people murdered some people in a botched robbery, and they kind of wish they hadn't done it, or they try not to think about it, and they're still going to be Evil until they actually spend a long time - changing as a person, and making the world better, and trying to make it up to the people affected. And it's mostly that group of people you're trying to convince to repent instead of doubling down and deciding they're fine with it."
"Mmm. That makes sense."
Food arrives. Vanyel takes his with a smile for the page bringing it. The young man looks kind of scared of him. When his back is turned, Vanyel grimaces slightly about it.
"Anyway. I think I should Gate to k'Treva and ask them that. And - if I'm doing that anyway, I might as well find out what they know about the history before the Cataclysm."
"...At some point I guess I should test if Nefreti is right and Gates don't hurt unless I'm expecting them to. The problem is that if I try without Delay Pain I will be expecting them to even if that's circular..." He makes a face. "And I'd better eat, and ask Savil if there's anything she wants me to pass on to them."
"Maybe? I'd have to not watch with mage-sight or else I could tell it wasn't that."
Vanyel takes his own food and goes to eat quietly in his room. After a while he Mindspeaks Savil. She agrees that the Tayledras definitely deserve to know everything and that's a much better use of his afternoon than sitting around in meetings, especially since Fazil is the one who knows the answers to any questions the Senior Circle is likely to have.
He has Yfandes pass this on and then Gates to k'Treva.
King Randale seems genuinely happy to see him! (Shavri still kind of looks like she wants to pin him down and study him all day.)
They can occupy the afternoon asking a lot of questions about his world, mostly more background detail on its different kinds of magic and its gods and its geopolitics, in both the material plane and the various afterlife planes.
His world has lots and lots and lots of kinds of magic users, it's quick enough to explain the things that ninety percent of them are doing and hopeless to get to all of the other ones.
There are five continents, but travelling between them is hard even with teleportation (you need a seventh-circle Greater Teleport and to know where you're headed), so people know only vague things about the distant ones, called Arcadia and Tian Xia. Some of the same gods are worshipped there, and some different ones. He knows Gerund, where Osirion is, quite well; it has various neighboring countries and the Mwangi Expanse of dense jungle and the Mana Wastes, scarred by a war between powerful wizards four thousand years ago. North of Gerund is Avistan, dominated by Cheliax, its colonies, and its former provinces which have broken loose at varyingly terrible costs. North of that there's the Worldwound.
East of Gerund is Casmaron, dominated by the Kelesh Empire of which Osirion was a tributary until Khemet the 1st took it back in a nearly bloodless coup three years after Aroden's death.
Their world has a lot of gods; he mostly only knows the ones who are worshipped in the Inner Sea region. Asmodeus rules Hell. Axis has lots of different cities, some of them claimed by gods and some not, each of them with a well-defined legal code but not all with the same ones. Abadar's is the biggest, and the face of Axis to the rest of the multiverse because he's made it safe to travel to. The many districts of Axis are connected with portals, so even though it's a massive sprawling city of unfathomable size no two parts are actually far away once you learn your way around, which reportedly takes centuries.
Heaven is the Lawful Good afterlife, and dedicated to the study of magic and tactics so Evil can be defeated and moral philosophy so that people can figure out parts of the pursuit of the Good that are more complicated than whether Hell needs to be fought. Nirvana is neutral good, and a significant portion of it is dedicated to healing and recovery, and to the redemption of evildoers - Nirvana attends every trial for every soul, and argues that they belong in Nirvana, and sometimes they win and get lots of people who are not neutral good by any conventional definition. Elysium (chaotic good) is an infinite wilderness, dotted with magical cities and settlements and academies and so on. Both Elysium and Nirvana intervene in the Material World as much as they can, not in armies like Heaven but individually as advisors or assistants or rescuers or teachers.
The neutral afterlife is called the Boneyard. It is mostly full of babies, because lots of people die as babies and in lots of countries it's legal to kill them, especially before they're born. There are also people who lived a long life but didn't acquire an alignment at any point during it, but those are rare; Pharasma prefers to send someone on even if they're only loosely a fit for one of the afterlives. The chaotic neutral afterlife is called the Maelstrom, and its reality is so fluid it's hard to describe it as having any particular traits. Over time the dead there mutate into things called chaos beasts, which are terrifying and confusing but not intrinsically unpleasant to become, necessarily.
Hell is lawful evil, organized into nine layers, ruled by Asmodeus. Mortals are mostly enslaved to advance the aims of Hell. Abaddon is neutral evil. They just hunt and eat all the petitioners sent there. The Abyss is - it might be the Abyssal Plane, they're not sure, but it's at least similar enough that they're not sure.
The Heralds listen attentively, and take notes, and look thoughtful about Nirvana, and seem deeply incredibly horrified about all of the evil afterlives. They're fascinated by the concept of afterlives that actually intervene in systematic ways in the mortal world (and the appropriate amount of disturbed about Asmodeus' interventions in particular.)
Savil is honestly shocked that the Tayledras couple were willing to leave their land (and also their eight-year-old son), but she goes to catch up with them, and gets them set up with a guest room.
The next morning, they have a meeting to discuss the Worldwound, at least what Fazil knows of it.
It opened up shortly after Aroden died, in a country he thinks was called Sarkoris at the time. It was a tear that opened into the Abyss, rimmed by black flames. Creatures poured out of the Abyss and quickly overwhelmed Sarkoris's defenses; the whole country was lost by the end of the decade. Eventually some powerful casters put down four wardstones of nearly unimaginable power that maintain a magical barrier over the whole area. Demons frequently try to destroy the wardstones, but they're defended by armies from the surrounding countries. Some demons are powerful enough to cut, fly, or teleport through the magical barrier, but they're usually quickly brought down on the other side. Occasionally a crusade is called and the armies fighting the Worldwound try to gain ground; if the wardstones could be moved in to cover a smaller area the magical barrier would be correspondingly more powerful and fewer demons would have a way to cut through it. But gaining ground is difficult because the land has been defiled and is now magically distorted, full of rifts and cliffs and hard to advance through. Also full of demons, of course. The fourth crusade wound down a few years ago basically a failure.
Cheliax has committed substantial forces to guarding the Worldwound, which means that if there's a war with Cheliax - and they think there probably will be - then it'll abruptly lose about half of its defenses, which has the potential to be disastrous.
That sounds like a terrible situation and they're sorry to hear his world has a such a predicament! Their own magically-defiled lands are difficult and dangerous to clear but they've at least been able to make slow progress on it over the centuries.
The Tayledras don't have armies to offer. They do have scouts and powerful mages who are experienced with work in magically-distorted, treacherous land. They also have a small number of specialized magic users called Healing-Adepts; his partner Moondance is one. Healing-Adepts have a sense for the magic inherent in a patch of land, called 'earthsense', and can use a number of secret techniques to cleanse it.
k'Treva would consider lending Moondance to help with the Worldwound, under the condition that the rest of a plan is in place to make it not unduly dangerous for him.
Yes, Golarion has magic for that, and has confirmed that it works for people from Velgarth who die in Golarion. He can do it personally as long as there's a body and Osirion would likely be willing to commit to doing it for everybody who comes from Velgarth if Velgarth can supply the diamonds though that's not actually a guarantee he can make himself. Probably they should wait for an update via Mindspeech-through-a-scry from their allies in Golarion, and can ask for that at that time.
That makes sense. They can wait to hear.
Meanwhile: Moondance has been trying to answer Vanyel's questions about the Cataclysm? (Starwind and Moondance also just learned today that Vanyel has been TALKING TO LEARETH, his destined enemy, for TEN YEARS, and they are kind of in shock about this, but the Heralds seem to be taking it in stride.)
If Leareth is claiming to have been around at the time of the Cataclysm and even been involved in it, he was probably the mage who fought Urtho, a hero and forefather of the Tayledras people, which cannot say good things about his character and they're pretty worried. Their purely oral histories are incomplete, though. The Shin'a'in keep written histories and probably do know more of that awful time in their past.
Golarion's magic allows Teleporting off a map but there's substantial chance of landing in the wrong place and they really cannot risk landing in Iftel again, probably Vkandis will escalate from setting them on fire if setting them on fire didn't work to keep them away. ...the pharaoh could get them to a location on a map with perfect precision from his palace in Golarion, and then they could Teleport home when done, and might agree to this, he too has an interest in learning more about Leareth...
Shavri is so much more engaged and animated in this conversation than in any of the previous meetings! Except for the one where he healed Randi. She would love to hear everything he knows about how healing works in his world, whether for combat or not. They don't tend to have as much specialization like that, here, although of course the Healers who volunteered on the border for the years-long war with Karse have relatively more experience with severe wounds than with treating elderly people's pneumonias and heart ailments, for example. Shavri wasn't one of the volunteers, of course, because of the lifebond with Randi; in fact, she's spent far less of her time on Healing at all than she would prefer in recent years, and especially in the last few months, since Tran is unwell and Vanyel was recovering from Sunhame and then vanished and so she's been taking on all the usual work of the King's Own.
...Speaking of that, it's possible they should see if he can heal Herald Tantras, their actual King's Own, although it's a bit confusing since the Groveborn Companion was killed in the battle and Tran was re-Chosen by his old Companion from before. (They don't currently have a Groveborn at all and this is kind of awful, especially given the recent stressors.) Fazil is probably aware at this point that it's very bad for Heralds to lose their Companion? Anyway, Tran is currently mostly unable to get out of bed; it's not a physical ailment per se, but she wonders if Lesser Restoration could help with his constant exhaustion anyway, it'd make such a difference for him if it did.
Honestly for that he would try Break Enchantment in case it makes the magical soul bond breakage effect stop, though he can also throw Lesser Restoration at the tiredness. (It might be more powerful than Break Enchantment can handle and want a limited Wish but might be worth pursuing either way because whatever does work might also work for Van’s magical soul bond breakage effect. (His world doesn’t have this; losing a familiar is bad for you both magically and emotionally but not permanently so.)
Healing in combat is different because firstly you have to be quite close so it’s dangerous and you need decent personal shields and the ability to throw off spells yourself, and secondly because everyone is much much tougher; it takes a lot more channeled energy to put Hagan back together than a commoner though it’s also much harder to hurt him that badly in the first place. Almost all adventurers in Golarion travel with a priest, for the healing and also for the moral guidance; the profession is bad for your Good and disastrous for your Law if you aren’t careful. Also he can do useful things like heighten peoples’ reflexes and shield them from evil and take curses off them and make them immune to fire or electricity and so on. Clerics can’t do as much as a wizard but they’re otherwise hard to surpass.
Wow! Healers in Valdemar can't do anything but Healing, unless they have other Gifts - though, she confesses in a lowered voice, Healing-Gift is a very general way of affecting a person's body and it's possible to harm people with it instead. Even stop their hearts. It's what Vanyel used to assassinate an extremely skilled Adept mage who had been helping the Karsites win a lot of battles and killing large numbers of Valdemaran soldiers for years; it was a better plan than a more conventional attack because the man was so well shielded but almost no one shields against Healing.
It would mean a lot to the Heralds if they could do something for Tran. Not just because it'd be so incredibly helpful for their staffing to have him back and functional, but - he's so miserable and she's been trying to visit him every day and it hurts to see him like this. (And, of course, it would be incredible if, after all these years, they could do something to make it easier for Van.)
Also! She's really curious how it works that adventurers are so much tougher! If Fazil has some of the same effect himself, can she look at him with Healing-Sight?
That would be so fascinating! Shavri, someday, would really like it if Valdemar's Healers could help study this phenomenon, figure out what implications it has.
She has a peek at Fazil with her Sight, first broadly and then diving in much closer to the very fine structure of his body's processes.
"That's really interesting! Your life-force is - brighter? Or - that's not even quite it, it's partly that and partly something else I can't describe, but the something else is a lot." She makes a face. "I'm tempted to ask you if you wouldn't mind both of us, er, giving ourselves minor injuries so I can see if that looks different, but I probably shouldn't ask that of you."
That in itself is incredibly interesting! Shavri supposes that 'harder to injure' would need to have a mechanism of some sort which would be physically noticeable.
Once it's identical to her normal eyes, is it also identical to Healing-Sight or are there differences there too?
It's one of the best things about Healing-Sight! There are quite a lot of textbooks and treatises on Healing, with carefully-drawn pictures of what their Sight (and, sometimes, animal or cadaver dissections) have shown about various disease and natural healing processes. Maybe Healers' should have all of them copied so that some can be sent over to Golarion whenever there's a chance?
:Vanyel says you should feel free not to if you've had enough of people for today and just want a quiet evening: Yfandes informs him privately. :He spent the afternoon catching up on all the heavy lifting mage-work they saved up for him so he wants company but you don't have to join unless you actually want to:
Savil has a really good story about how she met Starwind! It was when she was pursuing an obnoxious criminal mage, er, technically outside of Valdemar's borders, and Starwind, age eighteen, had also been on said mage's trail and had - perhaps - been overconfident about what he could handle alone. And had gotten himself badly burned by mage-lightning.
Savil moves on to embarrassing stories about Vanyel's various escapades early on in his Herald-hood, including his first mission where he 1) fought twenty bandits singlehanded and rescued a lot of kidnapped children, and 2) managed to make his focus-stone explode by channeling too much power through it.
He has no trouble believing either of these and can supplement by telling the story of how when Vanyel showed up in Golarion he fought a dragon without even knowing what dragons were, and then when he realized they were intelligent decided to negotiate a peaceful resolution with the dragon instead. And then a couple days later did the same thing with an enraged elder water elemental.
Awww, that sounds exactly like Vanyel! Savil gives him a one-armed hug and smiles fondly at him.
Glasses of wine are refilled after dinner and the conversation turns to darker topics. Neither Savil nor Vanyel has had a chance to catch up with Starwind and Moondance since Sunhame. Nor for the last three years of the war, not properly, there was just a brief conversation by a Gate once.
There are a lot of songs about Vanyel's heroic exploits from the war that Vanyel hates because the memories he attaches to them are awful, but he can be coaxed to tell Starwind and Moondance and Fazil about the Demonsbane incident. The battle where Mardic lost his Companion - hours after he Gated back from k'Treva the previous visit, actually, and he'd gotten himself stupidly stabbed by an assassin with energy-sucking magic blades and so couldn't intervene. He mentions, because he might as well, that this is the first time he considered and decided against using blood-magic. He talks about the battle in Highjorune where Mardic and Donni died, although not the events of the night before.
"It is. Even when it needs to happen, one way or another." She lets out her breath. "I could really wish we didn't need to send Vanyel right into another war. The last war's barely over and it was really, really bad for him. But - if there's a way he can help your world too, he's not going to walk away from it."
:I am not going to say too much via this communication method, but - we learned some things. We are concerned about interference and so wish to move quickly - the current timeline is one week. We are researching transport option on this side. For your part, it would be helpful if you could ask the Valdemaran leadership about the earlier proposal for their aid, here, and determine what numbers they can have available on that deadline:
Vanyel raises a privacy-barrier and switches to less-tiring spoken words. "He was being kind of vague, I think he doesn't trust the security of the crystal ball Mindspeech thing as a communication method, but - pretty sure they confirmed what we were guessing. Also, apparently they've moved the invasion up to one week from now."
"Maybe? He said he would check back in with me at noon. Wants me to talk to the Heralds and see what they can have ready in a week, I assume for the Worldwound. Says they're sorting out transport, which I assume means they're working flat-out to crack inter-world Gates in time to move an army around. And - right, I think if we want to talk about details with him, it'll have to be from there." He frowns. "You can safely Plane Shift us back, right? It'll just be a burden on the pharaoh if we then decide we need to come back here to talk to the Heralds some more."
"How many people can you Plane Shift today? We should maybe check if it makes sense to bring others. For one it'd be good to know if Moondance can do his thing to the Worldwound land before they fire off the invasion. Though I don't know how easy it'd be to get him close enough safely - unless there are other places that are similar where he could try..."
Nod. "All right. We should go talk to the Heralds and get on the same page about this, and then - probably sometime today we should Plane Shift back. Maybe bring Keiran and Savil too, if that doesn't put us over the total, they can talk with whoever about our Heraldic and military resources and about our magic."
"I think probably worries that enough people know 'Rahadoum is going to invade Cheliax' that it won't stay a secret for that much longer. Also maybe that the gods will start scheming to interfere. Leareth was being pretty cagey over the crystal ball, though." He looks over at Fazil. "We were thinking we should go back, to talk properly with them. And - possibly bring you and Keiran, and maybe Starwind and Moondance too if they're willing."
Savil rolls her eyes. "I'm going to make that Joshel's problem. Let's talk about Herald deployments first - it sounds like we won't even be able to move the Guard unless they invent a new technique of Gate on a week's notice, right? But we could get a decent number of Heralds across with Plane Shifts or that portal spell the pharaoh has."
"The pharaoh can hold a portal for a little less than two minutes, once a day. Trades off against some other things, though. My advice would be that we do whatever coordination can be done on this end, and then I Plane Shift up to seven people with me - Yfandes counts as two - and we do coordination on the other end, and then we arrange a portal once to bring people through."
Nod. "We could get a good number of people through that size portal in two minutes, if they were well-organized enough."
And they can get to work on whatever coordination can be done on this end, which isn't all of it since they don't yet know for sure which Heralds in Karse can reasonably be spared, but Savil thinks it's not even hard to get fifty people through a portal of that size in two minutes, they were bringing the Guard through at nearly seventy people a minute for the Sunhame Gate, and realistically that's the maximum number of Heralds they can spare anyway.
If they want to use a bunch of lantern archons for communications that don't need to be particularly secure, that's what Heaven uses them for and they can teleport even to places they've only seen a Mindspeech picture of and this might make it less of a strain on Valdemar to have many of their Gifted heralds absent.
Long-range Mindspeech isn’t guaranteed secure either. Savil thinks that would be a really good idea.
They should probably ask for volunteers from Healers’ too. And does Fazil have any sense for which of the more common Heraldic Gifts would be most useful for the Worldwound? In particular they have a surprising number of Heralds available with short range Foresight, generally very useful in battle, but of course it might not work in Golarion where prophecy is broken.
But if it does work somehow it'd be an enormous advantage. It seems maybe worth sending someone over with the first group and checking, if it can be checked? What's most useful kind of depends on what the existing plan is, and no one's going to tell them that until they're in Sothis, but Mindspeech for coordination is really hard to replicate with Golarion magic and they have speculated that you can disable enemy spellcasters fairly effectively with Fetching (this is more relevant if they might be doing anything in Cheliax than if they're operating entirely at the Worldwound.)
That makes sense. Maybe they should swap out either herself or Keiran for a Herald who has both Fetching and short-range Foresight - Callia does and she's in Horn, it's feasible to Gate her over today especially if Van can do it with Delay Pain again. Nearly all Heralds have at least weak Mindspeech, and all Companion have very strong Mindspeech plus their attention is better set up for simultaneous conversations, usually they relay messages between Heralds who are in a fight together.
He can do Delay Pain for Van and probably they can save their experiments with whether it's necessary for after the war, wars not being a great time for experiments like that. Are they planning to head out today? They can do that but he can only summon one archon if they're going to leave today. They can always send more over through the portal in a couple of days.
Vanyel should probably find out from Leareth in a bit what they think makes sense, how valuable it is to have them there one day sooner. Sending more archons through the portal seems fine, though, that's when they'll actually be pulling most of the Heralds. Savil, on reflection, thinks she should stay back and let Keiran and Callia though, since Vanyel is nearly as much an expert on magic as she is and one of them should stay back in order to do Gates.
Sounds good. Callia confirms that she's willing to be separated from her Companion for a high stakes mission of unspecified nature, and so Vanyel raises a Gate to Horn and collects her. Along with about half of the Heralds deployed there; they don't really need to be there for border security at this point and were mostly just waiting on a cue to be moved.
They'll be sad to see him go but that makes sense. Unfortunately the scribes aren't done copying books so those will have to be sent over at some later point. Also they think they can rustle up a dozen or so Healers as volunteers, Savil passed on that this was requested although they don't know why and seem to think it's just for general research and aid to his world.
Then he can gather around, instruct them to hold hands, explain that they'll land somewhere in Golarion and then hopefully Van can Gate them to the pharaoh's palace. Osirion is at peace with everywhere within five hundred miles (at least for one more week) and they usually don't land in the ocean leaving from land but it's a possibility.
He Plane Shifts them.
They land on the street in Absalom; traffic parts ways for them without any surprise and with just the slightest whiff of annoyance. The buildings around here are six to eight stories; a window displays brightly-colored dresses and an opposing window displays clocks. :...probably we should get out of sight before we Gate:, he says to Van.
Then they can meet the pharaoh, who seems to also be a bit tired of the protocols, going off his tone as he invites them to sit down.
"Welcome to Golarion. This is far from a traditional welcoming committee, for which we apologize, but we're trying to keep this news very quiet for now. We have learned that forces in Rahadoum are preparing for an invasion of Cheliax. We are interested in helping."
And he has had nice maps made so that everyone can get oriented about where Rahadoum, Cheliax, Osirion and the Worldwound all are, and he can summarize the current state of forces at the Worldwound. "We don't know what plans our allies in Rahadoum have to manage the Worldwound during the war; they have some, but thought that they could use more help, and that's all we know now."
"That sounds like it could be extraordinarily valuable as soon as the area is clear of demons. It seems likely to us that our acquaintance in Rahadoum has a way to achieve that, and that if we're prepared we can move the ward-stones in at least a few miles and take some land back from the demons. What would you need, in order to work on the land, there..."
"I do not need special equipment. Ideally we would bring in other scouts and Adept mages from k'Treva who are used to working with me, but if that were too difficult, Starwind and I could make progress alone. I do need a source of magical energy - Vanyel says that there are nodes, here, but I am not sure if the damaged lands would have usable local magic."
Keiran looks thoughtful.
"This isn't something Valdemar would normally get involved with, but - it sounds like the situation in Cheliax is much better grounds for an invasion than has ever been the case in Velgarth. Maybe. Though we can't spare that many soldiers, especially on short notice - the situation in Karse is still kind of unstable and it's worsened after we pulled so many people to the northern border, though fortunately we've been able to reverse that now."
He nods. "Osirion is committed to attempting to raise anyone committed from Velgarth who is lost in the course of the war. This is much, much easier if we have a body, so please prioritize retrieving those, if you can. Resurrection uses, and destroys, a diamond as a focus." He looks at Vanyel. "We thought it was possible you might be able to make those. Conjuring them doesn't work but we think imitating the conditions under which they form in the earth...might."
Yfandes, listening through Vanyel's ears, jumps in to answer. :I think probably? Assuming that whatever killed the Herald didn't get us at the same time, we - it's not usually instant when a Herald dies of old age or something, we get time to say our goodbyes, so I think if we knew they were coming back we could probably hang on. Might be a good idea to keep us asleep or something for that day:
He nods. "I think it's plausible that Leareth has more ideas about what can be done with additional help from Velgarth. However, he's very busy on the interworld Gate and also under a spell placed by his acquaintance that restricts how much he can tell you about the plans for the war. I could remove it, but it would be a substantial resource expenditure and potentially taken as hostile by the acquaintance; if Abadar tells me to do so anyway I will, of course.
You must have a lot of questions, both about the war and more broadly - may I answer them?"
In this world, there was an immortal survivor of the Azlantl empire named Aroden, who somehow returned from the devastation of Earthfall when no one else did (they think now that he did not return in the same body, but his histories elide this, probably so as not to inspire imitators.) He founded another empire and worked to prevent the magical knowledge of ancient Azlantl from being forgotten forever, and he led an army into the Abyss and fought a demon lord, and he became a master of magic unparalleled in his world, and then he dragged the Starstone out of the sea. It was a remnant of the moon that hit Golarion during Earthfall. It's said that it contained the essence of two gods, the ones killed when Earthfall happened. Abadar implies it is more complicated that that but that that's close enough for humans. Aroden set a series of elaborate precautions around it, and then ascended, and became a god. He was destined to return and usher in the prophecied Age of Glory, but instead he was murdered and prophecy broke and his ancient immortality method caught him again, or at least one tiny piece of him.
Leareth thinks - and Abadar agrees - that Leareth is the same person, in many important ways. He has the same motivations and a strikingly similar history. There are differences. Leareth is Evil, when Aroden wasn't. This is probably partially because Aroden, being aware of the alignment system, would have tried harder to mostly avoid being labelled by it as a servant of Hell, and partially because with Evil magic like blood magic in their world, ruthless mages are incentivized to commit mass murder in a fashion that, in Golarion, they largely are not.
But Abadar thinks there is the same core. And - this makes the people of Golarion want to work with him. Because Aroden was the god of humanity, the god who died trying to end the small horrors of ordinary mortal lives, and Abadar knew him, and trusted him, and because Asmodeus is the god who obviously benefitted the most from his destruction and being on the opposite side from Asmodeus is often a pretty good plan. Leareth says that he will learn from Aroden's mistakes, and not attempt any plans like the ones that failed here, and he wants to fight Hell, and Abadar would like to keep a close eye on him - has offered, in fact, to make him a cleric - but thinks that this alliance is advisable.
"Though the gods can't see farther than us, not anymore. More, but not farther."
Vanyel lowers his voice. "I don't know how much you still feel it'd be useful to know more of Leareth's past, but - we think we know a place in Velgarth that has written histories of the Mage Wars period. It would be with the Shin'a'in people, who are in a pact with the Star-Eyed Goddess, but it might be - easier to interpret as a human, than whatever she's given you." He looks over at Moondance. "The Tayledras are a sister people, they're on good terms, and Starwind and Moondance would be willing to accompany whoever wants to go."
"That sounds worth it to me. Since we are betting a great deal on Leareth and his counterpart being capable of pulling this off and, well, better than Asmodeus is a low bar and 'as bad but more tractably toppled' seems extremely likely because Asmodeus is one of the most powerful of our gods but...still, if we could learn more of him, I think we ought to. You'd need a Gate, for that?"
"Yes. It's a long way south - we can give you the location on a map, but none of us have ever been. We could Plane Shift back afterward, though, or I could just do my kind of Gate to Haven and join the other Heralds. ...We really could use better disambiguation between those spells."
Leareth, who is kind of stuck right now and glad of a break, greets Vanyel with surprising warmth and explains the spell. He asks Khemet's researchers if they can supply black carbon or coal or something for Vanyel to try compressing, and also do they have any shielded rooms for practicing magic in? This seems like the type of test where if it goes badly something might explode, and Leareth can provide shielding too but Vanyel is five to ten times as powerful as he is.
Vanyel takes a pile of black carbon and coal into a practice room, and shoves it into an approximate sphere with the barrier-spell, and then tightens the force-net as instructed - and pushes power into it - and more power - there's a node within reach and he reaches for it and feeds more and more power–
The cleric casts Lesser Restoration. If anyone is annoyed by the node being drained they don't say so.
"By rights the possibility ought to make diamond prices considerably lower," someone is murmuring to someone else.
"Only if people with the information are allowed to trade on it. I don't think it's a way to get us cheap diamonds quickly enough for the war."
Leareth, back with Nayoki, has what he thinks is their first breakthrough on Velgarth Gates - which is that they can route the search part of the spell through one or more of the elemental planes, without actually having the Gate land there. If they're right and Velgarth shares the same elemental planes with Golarion, then if they go 'through' the spell ought at some point be able to find it.
He demonstrates a tiny test Gate on two hand-sized practice thresholds across a table from each other. Notes that it has the surprise plus of, he suspects, also being untraceable - even if a mage is directly watching one terminus, they won't be able to follow the threads of magic to where the other one is.
Leareth is delighted! He's tempted to go find Khemet and tell him right away, but 'go find the pharaoh' is probably a huge breach of protocol, so instead he just asks one of the servants if Khemet is still available.
(Leareth really appreciates talking about Velgarth magic - or anything really - with Khemet, who has zero context on it and is nonetheless smart enough to follow easily.)
He takes the Gate down. "Unfortunately it is more tiring than an ordinary Gate, which will present a greater difficulty if we wish to move thousands of people, but - once the spell exists I can teach it to others. I think we can make it work."
"Lesser Restoration is quite effective on backlash but I have not tested continuing to do tiring work for a long time while having it cast repeatedly. It does seem worth trying. If someone is available to cast fatigue-combating spells now, it will not matter much if I do end up exhausted since I am going to bed after that."
Hmm, what's the most tiring but still non-destructive magic he can do...? Leareth settles on repeatedly raising a very big un-scaffolded Gate from where he is to his bedroom and taking it down again; holding a Gate is easier than raising one, and un-scaffolded uses a bit more power than putting a Gate on a doorway, not normally enough to be that significant but if he's going to do it twenty times in a row it'll add up.
...He's going into it kind of tired already, after working all day, and despite the short range, he's tired enough after the third one that he kind of wants to sit down. He nods to the cleric who's going to cast the spell for him.
He's now less tired! He casts another three Gates and then is tired again, and the second iteration of the spell - doesn't seem to quite do as much, or something, he feels physically fine and has the reserves for another Gate but it still feels like something, somewhere, is emptying and not getting refilled.
He does another two and then is tired again, and the next iteration of the spell only ekes out one more Gate. That's interesting.
He is watching fascinated. "There is a cleric spell - not a healing spell - called Recharge Innate Reserves, that creatures with innate magic use can cast - but only on themselves, there're a lot of spells like that... I wonder if it works better than Restoration for something like this."
"Some species are - I guess you could think of them as all sorcerers but usually there's just one or two limited magical abilities that are common among them. Invisibility, or magical flight, or teleportation, or a electricity attack... Sometimes we've been able to design a spell that imitates the ability, sometimes we haven't. Dragons have lots of them, which is one of the things that makes them terrifying. Outsiders usually have some."
"It calls for a spell that can sustain higher power without breaking; the one I use has never had Vanyel thrown at it. It is not a complicated redesign but it will still take some work, and I hear Vanyel must return to Valdemar to help coordinate things there, so he will not be around to test it."
"My method is not particularly fast and will land me somewhere in Velgarth without most of my memories at first, so it depends whether you want me for the rest of the war effort. I will be fine either way, though, so - ought certainly not be the highest priority. I think his method is faster but we did not discuss it in detail."
"Oh, if it might get you back we'll definitely try for you. I was worried we might get the wrong person or something. It would really surprise me if he needed our help and if he does he'll just want me to do it in advance for him with a Contingency spell to set it for when it's needed, but if he wants that he is welcome to it."
The place isn't very magical, actually! The only magic to be sensed is somewhere ahead in the cluster of buildings.
As they draw near, a couple of people come out to meet them. One of them is a vigorous-looking man in his fifties or so, iron-grey hair swept back into a long brain, wearing loose, light-coloured garments with copious embroidery and some sort of simple headdress, and reads as True Neutral. The other is younger with jet-black hair and sparkling black eyes, dressed in plain brown, and reads as Chaotic Evil.
"I am Tre’haren shena Vuy she'edras," the older man says. "Senior shaman to Kata’shin’a’in. This is Ke’valen shena Pretera'sedrin, Swordsworn. Wingbrothers, what brings you here?"
Vanyel is so startled by the Swordsworn's alignment! He looks so friendly. Then again, the entire definition of someone being a Shin'a'in Swordsworn is that they swore an oath to serve the Goddess so that they could be permitted to go on blood feud; this seems like maybe-useful cultural context so he passes it on.
Finally the shaman returns. This time he has a different person with him - a woman, short and slim, dressed in blue robes. She also reads as True Neutral.
- and, to Vanyel's Sight, is noticeable a weak mage. So is the shaman, actually.
"This is Karna shena Tale'sedrin," the shaman introduces her. "She is Scrollsworn - a priestess-historian of our people. You wish to learn of the mage who killed our forefather Urtho."
Urtho was a powerful and brilliant Adept mage, a scholar and teacher, who became Archmage to the kingdom of Tantara, a large and prosperous country before the Cataclysm. He built his Tower there, and made it one of the foremost mage-academies in the world, and the kingdom flourished with him. Young mages came from all over the known world to study with him.
One of these young men was Ma'ar, from the neighbouring kingdom of Predain. He studied with Urtho, and was known for his sharp mind and also his ruthlessness and ambition. He went back to Predain and rose rapidly in the ranks of the kingdom's government, ending up advisor to their King at a very young age and enacting many reforms. Predain was expanding, not trying to conquer Tantara yet but absorbing territories on its other borders. Urtho was concerned.
Urtho and Ma'ar ended up at war. Urtho had his gryphons, but Ma'ar had created his own species, the makaar. The war was bloody and Ma'ar waged it brutally. He used an evil artifact called a dyrstaff to spread fear and panic in the Palace, so that everyone fled overnight and he could take over from the inside without even having to fight.
Urtho's armies fought valiantly, but they were losing ground, and then there was a terrible betrayal from one of the generals who Ma'ar had suborned, and Ma'ar's armies were rapidly approaching Urtho's Tower.
Urtho ordered his people to evacuate. He said he would make a last stand. He told Ravenwing, one of the first historians of the Kaled'a'in tribes who remained in the Plains where Urtho's Tower once was and became the Shin'a'in, that he had a plan and all might not be lost.
Urtho called a Final Strike down on his own tower and set off magical safeguards, to destroy it entirely and prevent any of his possessions from falling into Ma'ar's hands.
And then - something else happened. The Cataclysm. Their histories aren't clear on it, but the land was devastated. Many of their people died. It took them years to walk, on foot, back to where Urtho's Tower had once been, and to find only a vast crater.
They have lunch and then the afternoon is spent with Karna recounting some of the history after the Mage Wars and ensuing Cataclysm.
After reaching the crater left of their homeland, there are arguments between the remaining clans. Five of them end up leaving, seeking better lands (these are the ones that became the Tayledras). The remaining clans are the ones who, in the days of arguments, advocated foreswearing magic forever, since magic was the cause of all the destruction.
The remaining clans perform a ritual to summon their Goddess; the ritual includes the blood-sacrifice of a senior shaman from each remaining clan. The Star-Eyed personally manifests. She tells them a little more of the Cataclysm, claiming three things were involved - a weapon of Urtho's design, his Final Strike, and the self-destruction of the Gate they fled through, one node in a vast network of interconnected permanent Gates that Urtho had built. Also, She warns them of some poorly-specified danger, buried deep beneath the Plains; this was interpreted to mean further magic of Urtho's, sealed into the earth forever but not entirely destroyed.
She agrees to make their former homeland habitable again, in what must have been a very costly miracle, in exchange for a pact binding them and all of their descendants to remain here and guard what will now be called the Dhorisha Plains, the Plains of Sacrifice. They must not let outsiders enter the Plains except with Her blessing.
They nod respectfully; they can speculate later.
(Golarion gods cannot bind a people forever to remain somewhere and serve a specific god. At least, he doesn't think so. But it's possible that Velgarth gods are different or that the Star-Eyed misrepresented to the people what she was capable of or that they induct all their children into the pact, which probably would work.)
Moondance shifts his weight. "It feels right. The - deep beneath the earth..." His voice is toneless, strange. "A forgotten story - master and student - a young man who acts as one immortal, because he is - who turns to evil, not for lack of caring, but because he cares too much–" He breaks off. Blinks. "Mmm?"
"Yeah. Uh, I can meditate and know an area like I'd spent my whole life there, including underground, radius of like two miles. If we had any guesses about where the buried danger is I'd be able to confirm them, probably. I wouldn't want to do it without your god but it sounds like she wants us to check this?"
"Leareth would absolutely do that if their positions were reversed. He is very - cautious, that way. And, Aroden's situation is almost worse, right, he was betrayed by the other gods - well, at least one of them - he's got to be feeling awfully paranoid about making waves now."
"That's a good point. My plan here is to just try really hard not to think about it if I'm somewhere my mind might be read by some hostile telepathic person in your world - that's not a worry in Velgarth because Thoughtsensers can't get past a stronger Thoughtsenser's shields and definitely not without it being very obvious, and I'm very strongly Gifted. Anyway. Are we - worried we might find something that level of, er, dangerous and fraught. Given the other resemblances here."
"Huh. That's - more plausible, I guess, at least to the extent that all Leareth really needs is an unimaginable amount of power, and I don't know anything else about the Cataclysm-causing weapon but it threw a lot of power around. Not in a very, er, usable-sounding way, but maybe one of the other weapons is better for that. Still not very reassuring to go near where they are, but... Probably they can't be set off by accident, that'd be even stupider than building them in the first place, right?"
Yfandes, too big to fit in the room with them but listening through Vanyel's ears, jumps in. :He sounds brilliant. But - well, you know how in your world you distinguish cleverness and wisdom? He sounds like someone with all the cleverness in the world and, er, perhaps a deficit of wisdom about how to use it:
"He really does.
I'm curious whether Ma'ar did any particularly Evil things in the war aside from being very ruthless about winning it. Because we don't...mind if Malduoni is very ruthless about winning it but if he, say, used captured civilian population centers for blood magic or something that does seem like the kind of thing we care about in thinking about what he's planning in our world. Not that he's - necessarily the same now, but -"
Vanyel nods. "They seemed the most upset about him using the - whatever-it's-called, the artifact that generated fear and made everyone flee the city in a panic. And that reduced bloodshed. Maybe the memory tapestries they want to show us have more detail on the war?" He's not that hopeful, though, two thousand years is a long time to maintain a detailed history. "I...get the feeling Leareth might not know, anymore, he's admitted he loses memories between lives and he wouldn't've had any surviving written records from the first one."
"Right, if that was the first time that two mages that powerful had fought in earnest... They wouldn't have past examples to use as lessons." Vanyel grimaces. "And our world barely remembers the Cataclysm. The Shin'a'in and Tayledras do but I knew almost nothing about its circumstances. I'm not sure how easily it could happen again, but - a lot of people don't know."
The tapestry is in a stone room with a glass roof and windows, already letting in a sliver of moonlight. It looks very, very old; the colours are faded, the picture no longer discernible by ordinary eyes.
It is, to mage-sight and Detect Magic, very magical, though in a strange way, different from any other Velgarth magic they've seen to date.
"I will show you several pieces," Karna says. "The most important, since I am told you wish to depart soon."
She starts to narrate - a similar beginning to the story she told before, but in rote, verse-like sentences.
- And suddenly they're somewhere else.
Shaman Ravenwing shena Taylesederin, of the Hawk Clan, stood at the rim of the world, staring out onto what they had come so far to see. Which was…nothing.
(The clans grieve. They discuss. Argue. The future Tayledras leave. Shift to another scene.)
"I have done a Seeking and a Calling," she says to Silverhorse, the too-young Elder of her clan, "and I have been answered. But the price of their aid will be in blood.”
“Whose?”
“The Elders of each Clan that is left.”
...
“I will leave you to think on this. Come to me by moonrise with your decision.”
“I do not need until moonrise. It is not all that difficult a choice to make, after all.” A smile, sweet and without fear. “When will you require me?"
...
Silverhorse stepped off the top of the ridge, without a sound. Without hesitation. Falling into darkness, and then he was gone.
And with the rising moon, She came.
The face of her Goddess shifted from moment the moment, Maid to Crone, Warrior to Mother, filling the sky – and yet She stood directly before Ravenwing, a woman in black, her features were those of the Kaled’a’in people but her eyes weren’t.
Eyes that held the whole night sky.
(The Star-Eyed speaks to Her people. The three causes of the Cataclysm are mentioned. The pact is agreed upon.)
And the Goddess stepped down from the sky, stepped down from the ridge into the crater, and began to walk. She spread her hands, and wherever her feet touched, a carpet of flowers grew. Grass, trees, springing up to hide the ruined scars.
They watch Ravenwing as a child, meeting Urtho for the first time, declining to study at his academy because she instead wants to become a shaman to the Kaled'a'in people. Urtho looks exactly like the stereotype of a wise old man. Tall, thin, curly silver hair falling to his waist, his face more weathered than wrinkled, with a prominent beak-like nose, a deep gentle voice and kind blue eyes.
...
There isn't anything on the start of the war or really on the reasons for it at all. The next vision is twenty years later, a meeting with the Kaled'a'in tribes after the loss of the Palace and capital city. Urtho, sick horror in his voice, explains Ma'ar's use of a dark magical artifact to sow fear in the Palace and empty it overnight, allowing his troops and mages to Gate in and take over with almost no resistance. The King was rescued, but is in a bad way and unable to lead. Urtho is visibly flustered by having to lead the war effort and give a speech in front of hundreds of people, but he tries very earnestly.
They discuss the Gate-terminus in the Palace; it's only keyed to approved mages, so Ma'ar shouldn't be able to use it, but he might discover how with study. The idea is floated that Urtho could shut it down destructively from a distance, releasing the energies bound in its stored power source and flattening the Palace, maybe killing Ma'ar. Urtho refuses. He can shut it down non-destructively.
He attempts a rousing speech about how they have gryphons and courageous people and can still win.
“Ma’ar must not win,” Urtho said, and his voice was hard, his blue eyes like ice. “No matter what, above all else, he must never take this tower. I fear he has become a scourge on the world, and we are the last chance to stop him.” He took a deep breath, shoulders straightening. “And so we will. We can find a way. You are my allies, and my friends, and I trust you with all my heart.”
...
The next memory is unspecified weeks or months later, the war a blur to Ravenwing. Ma'ar's army is approaching and cannot be held back for long. Urtho orders the evacuation through the permanent Gates. His people take as many of his precious books as they can, but a great deal is left behind, and no one but Urtho is allowed in the lowest levels of the Tower anyway.
Ravenwing goes to say goodbye to him.
“All is not lost,” Urtho said. “There is a plan, though I cannot tell you more now.”
“Why?” It was a cracked, broken, pointless word.
“You want to know why Ma’ar is doing this?” A breath. “I cannot tell you. I have only guesses.” For the first time, she heard doubt in his voice. Confusion. “I knew him in his youth, and he was arrogant then – but such things are natural, when one is young and brilliant, brimming over with ideas and plans to change the world. I never thought…” His voice faltered. “I fear perhaps I left him with no better options. Yet he seeks power, and he cannot be allowed to succeed. And so this is how it must end, now, even if I wish it could have been otherwise.”
And then he released her face, and pulled her in close to hug her.
It ends there.
The shaman explains that he isn't sure they'll find anything useful by Urtho's Tower, there's nothing left but slagged rock, but - he's spoken to one of the spirit warriors and guides, and if Moondance has a feeling this is important, they will honour that.
It's also a four-day ride into the Plains.
Which means two days on Yfandes, but she's the only Companion here.
"Mahdi, could you Teleport there if you had a memory shared by Mindspeech?" he asks. "I assume you have been there," he adds to the shaman. "I guess I could try to do that and Gate, if you want to save your teleports."
"...I guess 'Fandes could stay back," Vanyel offers, with some reluctance. "It'll be a bit uncomfortable, but she's a lot of weight and I don't think Mahdi should exhaust himself with teleports. Or I could try to Gate first and see if that works, that isn't per-person."
Above ground is a silvery, melted-looking stub of what must have once been Urtho's Tower. It's enormous.
Belowground is lots of melted rock, some of it with remaining crushed structures, fragments of stone walls and doorways and marble floor - and then, below that, many hundreds of feet but well under a mile deep, is a staircase which seems intact, at least past the point where the stone itself melted and sagged onto itself, sealing it utterly from the surface. The stairs lead down, deeper into the bedrock. There's a door.
He can't seem to get further than that, though. There's a blind spot around the whole area.
He studies the shielding, double-checking that it is in fact just that and not some sort of trap that will explode when they open the door. And then shields both of them and opens the door, just in case he's wrong.
Nothing explodes. There's also no fragile explode-y magic on the other side, so he uses the doorway for a Gate to bring the others down.
On the other side of the door is a large square room in unfinished grey-brown stone - or almost square, it seems slightly off in a dizzying way - with a sort of ledge around it and a knee-high railing, like a narrow balcony. One corner has a very rusty steel gate. The floor is recessed, with a circular stone hatch or trap-door made of a number of crescent-shaped 'leaves' filling nearly all of it, wide enough to fit a small house through. One of the leaves is still cracked open, showing a wedge of inky blackness.
...The ceiling proves to contain a similar hatch, or did once. It's bulging, half-buckling, like the stone once melted, sagged, and almost but not quite started to run. Which is probably exactly what happened. The walls are also slightly distorted, not quite in line.
"I think it's fine but - yes, just a moment..."
He can't reach Yfandes anymore after entering the bigger room, which is sort of disconcerting although not surprising. (She is not really abled for stairs and was left behind at the surface.)
"Air's fine. Weirdly. I think there's some sort of ventilation but I have no idea how it's still working and I can't even see the spell for it."
Vanyel uses Fetching instead of mage-gift, on the thought that it's less likely to interact with any aged and maybe-fragile set-spells, to cautiously lift each leaf. They're hinged, with a mechanism that has some resistance in it so they stay put once they're folded back most of the way. They have eyelets at the corners which were presumably once home to ropes for reeling them back by hand.
A pool of darkness opens below.
"I'll have a look." Vanyel uses Farsight and mage-sight - the shields have a gap now that the hatch is open, he can sense through it.
"Big round room - lots of doors, I think sixteen - they're really shielded too, looks like Work Rooms for magic. But there aren't any defensive spells. I think we can risk going down." He frowns. "Maybe one of you who's, er, physically tougher than me should go first, and I'll put shields on you too. I'm pretty sure it's safe, but - Leareth would be paranoid anyway and I think that's reasonable here."
A huge, roughly circular room, panelled in pink-veined marble, almost empty. Four large crystal globes dangling from silver chains, evenly spaced around the ceiling-hatch. Sixteen very large, heavy-looking doors. Fifteen closed, one ajar.
The platform, when dismounted from and investigated, proves to be floating a couple of feet in the air.
Vanyel, as the person best able to shield himself, makes a case that he should go down next, and then does so.
"...No offensive spells, still. Just a really ridiculously thorough amount of shielding–" He stops.
A floating magic lift, clearly once meant to transport objects up, maybe all the way to the surface. A number of doors. One open door with an empty room behind it.
"I - think - that these might be the rooms where the rest of Urtho's weapons are kept," he says, hesitantly.
"That seems possible and also I'm really dubious it's a good idea to go poking our heads in rooms with potentially world-destroying weapons in them. I don't think they'll be trapped or anything, that seems stupid when there's a weapon in them, but - I don't know, they might be fragile or unstable after so long."
Yeah, you usually search for secret doors by pouring water on the ground and seeing whether there are seams it runs in, and running your hands along the walls and floor searching for cracks, and tapping everything for the sound of hollowed spaces or hidden mechanisms, and using Goggles of Minute Seeing to look closer at anything that looks off.
There are, in fact, some minute cracks in the floor! An octagonal section big enough to fit a person through, and arranged around it, four round coin-sized pieces of stone, all the exact same colour as the surrounding white marble and exactly flush with the floor. The octagonal bit sounds maybe hollow underneath.
"Is that a thing in your world? It sounds really hard with our kind of magic, although," brief exhalation, "I'm hesitant to put anything past Urtho, I don't have the faintest idea how the floating spell works or how it's still active at all."
Vanyel sends a mage-light down the stairs ahead of them.
At the bottom of the stairs is another big, round room, only slightly narrower smaller than the vault above though with a much lower ceiling, but this one, rather than being bare and minimalist, feels downright crowded, workbenches and shelves everywhere, all of them absolutely covered with stuff. Glassware and jars, still intact, showing dust and residue where chemicals had once been. A table dedicated to wood-working, with a lathe, clamps, vice, and assorted tools. Another station for metalworking, and one for glassblowing, with several beakers and more complex apparatuses in various states of completion.
The shelves are loaded with incomplete projects, scattered with notes and diagrams. A fine sheen of dust covers everything, but surprisingly little. (There haven't been any humans around to shed dead skin cells in millennia, after all.)
Here too, the air is perfectly fresh and breathable when Vanyel checks.
"If we go slowly I can at least tell you if things are going to explode. ...You can touch that brooch, if you want, it's not magical at all."
It's a beautiful piece, half-completed, in the shape of a hummingbird; the inlaid mosaic of tiny agate-pieces as feathers is mostly unfinished.
"Maybe he was one of those bizarre people who only need four hours of sleep a night, I know a Herald like that. And - I figure he didn't have time, after the war."
He leans in to try to read Urtho's notes, and is stymied by the fact that it's both in an extremely archaic form of a language he barely knows how to read in the first place (Shin'a'in and Tayledras use a different script from the Valdemaran one, ideographic rather than a phonetic alphabet), and also that Urtho, apparently, had the worst handwriting.
Well, if he can puzzle out the handwriting then Vanyel can try to interpret what the magical terms mean; Urtho also apparently wrote in a frequently-abbreviated shorthand that's pretty obscure to someone who never even met him.
"Should we copy it or something? I have a feeling some of this could be really valuable but I don't think we have time to read all of it and it feels weird to just take it." Shrug. "Though I guess I'm not sure why."
"I think it's fine, if it's going to be lower-energy than my light anyway - there aren't any wards in here, I guess all his defences were further out. Some of the magic projects might be a little unstable, since they're incomplete, but at a glance, I'd have to raise a Gate next to one for that to actually be a problem, and also most of them aren't powered anyway."
"Do you always draw maps of everywhere you explore? That's a good idea."
Vanyel is poking around looking at things with mage-sight. "...Ooh. I think this is a focus for a paired scrying-spell, I didn't know that was possible." He points at two hand-sized wooden boxes, the lids flipped up to reveal matching mirrors on the inner surface.
"There are more of his notebooks than that, he wrote a great deal, but I am skimming to prioritize," Karna says. "They are dated, I think we want the ones from Ma'ar's time as a student and from the war, and I will go through to look for other mentions of his name. Also I brought paper, although still not enough for all of this, we have several crates full."
"Speaking of that, what's our plan here - are we camping out down here tonight? I'm not delighted about camping in the room with all the superweapons but they are behind doors and I'd also prefer not to do a ton of extra Gates. - wait." He stops dead. "Fazil, did you cast Delay Pain before I did the Gates today?"
"In that case I don't mind Gating us to the surface, it's really short range - I was just worried Delay Pain would've worn off, but if I didn't have it before anyway..." He seems sort of awed. "Anyway we've still got some day, I think. Don't actually know what time it is but we got here in the morning - I guess if I go up the stairs again I can Mindspeak Yfandes?"
Starwind and Moondance and Vanyel can all do that too, and with teamwork they're able to get through all the notebooks and catch a couple dozen mentions of Ma'ar in between the student years and the war year, which Karna then reads more thoroughly so she can bookmark where Mahdi ought to start and end the copying. It'll fit in less than forty notebooks but it's still quite a large number of pages to copy.
Day four, midmorning.
Leareth sets down his half of the two-way mirror and sighs, letting his head fall forward into his hands and keeping it there for a moment. Malduoni...isn't entirely convinced, he can tell, but in the end, he agrees that it's Leareth's decision.
They have the interworld Gate. He and Nayoki, with the help of an entire team of scholars back in Velgarth and copious reference to his books and notes in his various libraries, finally cast a miniature demonstration Gate a few minutes ago, after which he immediately excused himself to go contact Malduoni and give him the news.
(Malduoni is a little displeased that Vanyel and the others immediately went back to Velgarth for some sort of Herald coordination there, and still aren't under geas, but at least the travel between Velgarth and Golarion is very tightly restricted now, the communications almost as tightly, and no one in Cheliax should even know Velgarth exists much less know enough about the Heralds to try to scry them.)
Leareth stands, puts away the mirror in a pocket of his tunic, and goes to the door to ring for a servant.
"Is the pharaoh available?"
The servants will go and check. (The servants are thinking that one is not really supposed to just ask if the pharaoh is available but also the pharaoh has put off almost all his meetings this week, citing the birth of his daughter though he's never taken a day off for that before, and will definitely be available.)
(Leareth is still managing to remember to prostrate himself first but he's almost forgotten a couple of times now, he has kind of a lot on his mind.)
"One. We successfully demonstrated a Gate to Velgarth this morning. It is a more challenging spell than the standard Gate technique, but we have three and a half days remaining to teach it to my other mages. I would like to send Nayoki and Narva back to Velgarth to hold those trainings."
Leareth nods. "I do not mind doing it, I simply thought it fair to warn you."
He pauses. Takes a slow breath, lets it out through his nose.
"I wish to accept Abadar's offer. Given that I have decided, and the Gate research is complete, I might as well do so now in case it helps to have three days of practice. I - do not actually know how to tell Him, though."
"I'm glad. Trust isn't - an easy thing. But I think it will serve you both.
Why don't you look at a listing of spells, and also at the options for domains - you get spells and some special powers from your domains, you should definitely take Travel because it's the only way to get flight and teleportation, but you get one other and it's less obvious what's next best - did you know that Hubris is a domain, it doesn't have the best powers necessarily but it would privately entertain me which is definitely a very good reason...and we can get you a holy symbol, and then once you know exactly what you want you pray for it. You can pray for it without knowing exactly what you want but it's very difficult to consult reference books in the middle."
"I would imagine not. Uh, you hold your holy symbol, and you clear your head, and you think about - the things that you and your god both care about, the things you're aligned on, the space where something like this exists, the chance to work together - and then there's something there? Not very much of it, and it feels very mechanical, and you can request and get your spells from it.
And if you ever want to actually talk to Him, when you get the thing that's very mechanical you reach past it, and try to find the rest."
"It uniquely identifies your god, you need it as a focus for many though not all of the spells and they stabilize around it when you pray for them. People who don't like relying on objects that could conceivably stop being in their possession get it tattooed, sometimes. You need it to channel energy, though you're not going to be able to do that very usefully until after the war."
"Evil clerics channel negative energy, which harms or kills everyone around them. It's easy enough to learn how to exclude your allies but this is still kind of stupid since if people are within thirty feet of you you probably have a lot of ways to kill them. Neutral clerics get to choose, and almost all of them choose to channel positive energy. I asked Abadar if he could make an exception but it's one of their godagreements and he can't. He did confirm you can retrain it once you're not evil."
"Well I don't know for sure but Abadar says it is mostly the killing children to wear as a skin and that's - the kind of thing that doing a lot of Good can, in principle, pull more than enough in the other direction, but it has to be a lot of good, and if the next week doesn't count I don't know what would but I would bet - have bet - that it will."
"Not especially. Less than five percent but not less than two percent, I'd guess? He's planning to do a bunch of it in Cheliax after the war so there's not a whole country with no clerics. And He's not, Himself, Good, right, there are plenty of ways to be Evil which don't touch on anything He cares about... murder isn't one of those, He disapproves of murder."
Leareth sort of wants to say that he also disapproves of murder, but, as someone who has done rather a lot of murder, it feels questionable that he personally has the right to claim that.
(Also, more generally, he disapproves of people dying - there are reasons murder is worse than death by natural causes but they're all indirect ones, the harm to the dead person is the same. In Velgarth at least, where people are to a first approximation just gone when they die, in a maybe-retrievable way but one the gods don't bother implementing. And he remembers trading the lives of bandits exploiting the chaos after the Cataclysm, for ten times as many lives of starving children, or so he hoped when he added it up in his ledgers, blood-sacrifice to power weather magic so there would be a harvest at all... He wonders what Abadar would think of that.)
He can get him the book of cleric spells. There are hundreds at each level. And he can talk him through the domains, there's a handy chart so he can compare all his options. The most sensible thing to optimize for with domains is getting spells that aren't otherwise available to clerics at all. Thus Travel, which grants him flight and teleportation. Protection eventually gets you Mind Blank, the spell he uses to be impossible to read magically, otherwise only on the wizard list; he chose it for that reason. Abadar is planning to eventually work out a suite of spells related to cities but hasn't yet. And so on.
It's a lot of spells!
Leareth, after a lot of thought, decides to go with Travel and then Protection as the second domain; it's duplicating a lot of the shielding he can already do, but extra shielding is hardly a bad thing, and - well, he knows Malduoni can read him right through his shields even when he has a talisman for additional coverage, Golarion's magic is in some ways stronger than his own.
Picking spells is harder because there are so many and also they are so, incredibly, obnoxiously specific. For cantrips he eventually goes with Stabilize, Guidance and Resistance, mostly on the grounds that they seem different from the kind of magic he already has easily. He - should definitely ask for Recharge Innate Magic, to see if that works, and then maybe he'll test Sure Casting and Divine Favour, again on the grounds that they seem different from what Velgarth magic can do.
All right, is the next step getting a holy symbol?
"Clerics wear Wisdom, usually, and you can't just put both on or they interfere oddly with each other. - you can enchant something to have both and not interfere but it's much more expensive. Mine does all three and is, accordingly, worth a significant fraction of the total wealth of this kingdom."
"Magic items that have permanent ongoing effects for the caster generally interfere with each other a lot, which is the only thing that stops people going around draped in forty of them. There are known techniques to avoid that problem but they take more time and more talent."
Leareth goes back to his room with the holy symbol and his list of spells. He sits down on his bed and puts up shields, absently.
He clears his mind. He thinks about...trying to be the kind of entity that other people can have positive-sum interactions with. About trying, over and over and over, to make Velgarth the kind of place where people can trade and flourish from it, and he thinks about how Abadar is that - how Osirion, despite its flaws, is in other ways exactly what he was trying to build all this time. He thinks about how his plans, which he's pretty sure are making more of the things Abadar cares about exist in the world, will benefit from this agreement between them - how it will further Abadar's plans, though he's not sure how and that in itself is an uneasy thought - but this is worth it, he thinks, to make that leap of faith, to try to cooperate even when so many forces push against that trust...
He waits for the presence of a god.
And then there's something there. It's - slightly more intimate than Khemet's description might have led one to think, it's projecting not just presence but warmth, recognition. Reassuringness. You are the right person, it seems to want to say, you are valued, you are trusted and worthy of that trust, you will do things and they will matter a great deal to me.
–aaaaaaaaaaaaaah -
Leareth does not flinch away from the presence even though he really wants to. He fights to take in a breath and let it out, to relax his shoulders and unclench his face; he waits for his racing heart to slow, for the extremely pointless panic to subside so that he can think properly and figure out how to ask the (terrifying) warm, reassuring, presence of a god for magic.
...Well. All right. That's done. He can feel the spells there, ready. It's very odd.
He considers going back to his work area to try out some of the spells with Khemet's researchers and Nayoki before she leaves, but - there's one more thing he has to do first. Part of the mandatory due diligence of taking this risk at all, even though it feels in itself like an unacceptable, terrifying leap into danger.
He reaches further, past that single surface of god-presence neatly designed for handing out spells, toward - whatever's on the other side.
Abadar?
And then -
- it's like tilting and falling into something, something fast-moving and complicated and very very magic, something that pulls away as you fall into it - by comparison the single surface was indeed mechanical and impersonal -
:Leareth:, it sends, and it comes packed with godemotions that are far harder to parse than reassurance and recognition, though those are there - or meant to be - the predominant one is a kind of identification. Leareth is a pattern, a way-an-agent-can-be, and a pattern He values, a pattern that moves the world towards all of the things that matter, a pattern He can trade with though He is very big and it is very small.
It's overwhelming and terrifying - and presumably Abadar can tell that he's scared which is even worse - but that won't help, fear is only a message his mind is sending him that what he's doing is dangerous and he's already decided to do it anyway, so Leareth waits for the fear to settle and then folds it away.
:Abadar. I wish to know what your plan is: His answer is not quite in words, the words wouldn't be the right ones - he suspects the raw concepts are the wrong ones too, Abadar is too big for the human idea of plans or goals or strategies to quite apply.
There is a pause at the edge of his senses where Abadar - reaches for concepts, discards them as too far away to be usable for translation -
- a prediction: Asmodeus will not directly intervene, will grant advice and resources through the ordinary channels - if the prediction is correct, then Abadar will not directly intervene, this fact about Abadar makes the prediction more likely, the prediction being likelier means more worlds where Golarion is not torn apart by another war among the gods -
- a prediction: if Asmodeus does directly intervene, then Abadar will, the outcome in this case is Golarion torn apart by a war among the gods but the consequence of this prediction is less war, He thinks Leareth can see why -
- a prediction: Sothis a city of portals, interconnected with Absalom and Almas and Quantium and Azir and Westcrown and Egorian, sprawling and tall and prosperous and full of people - the thing He is steering towards, or one of them -
:I understand: Or Leareth thinks so, anyway, hopes so, it's just as hard to wrap his mind around the godconcepts as he'd expected - even with the translation, even with Abadar clearly trying as hard as He can.
It's beautiful, the sprawling flourishing city. It's - there's a blazing bright feeling, Leareth wants that, he's been trying to build it in Velgarth for so goddamned long, centuries and centuries and the gods aren't having it and here is a god who, however alien His true goals and values, wants that too. He feels recognition there too, and it feels precious, and he holds that part of himself up, wordlessly, like tilting one face of a gem toward the light. There are darker facets to a Leareth's pattern and he knows that Abadar sees that too - and still recognizes him as an ally, still wants to grant him power, and that in itself is dizzying and...he doesn't really know what to do with it, doesn't know how to fit it into the rest of his conception of the world...
(The pattern that is a Leareth is not one that finds trust particularly comfortable, even if he, too, is often steering toward cooperation...)
Flickering through concepts looking for -
- Khemet III, speaking to Abadar of Leareth. I think he has never had anything go right - advance his goals in any lasting way - that he wasn't steering. There are - still trades that you can make, like that - but I think he is alone in Velgarth like you were alone, before we built our first cities -
and another one - Khemet III trying to relate a conversation they'd had, about Abaddon - Khemet trying to guess - what must a man who feels such deep anguish at the death of anyone have done, to count as Evil - Abadar trying to show him - piecing it together, between the two of them, a whole picture, of a person who can make the world better with the right tools, and so so much worse, with the wrong ones...
He's not even sure why that hurts. It's true, right, he is and always has been someone who will use the tools at his disposal, however awful they are - and he's someone shaped by circumstances where everything was so broken, where he had so little to work with, so few true allies - almost none, really, not in a lasting way, and that doesn't normally ache like this but for some reason, right now, it does.
Leareth isn't a good person, in a conventional sense. He never has been and he told Vanyel that upfront, he - prefers not to hide it, people who want to make trades with him should know what's on the other side of the bargain. But, from the very beginning, he's been trying to fix Velgarth - and it seems more and more true, over the millennia, that the people who are good don't succeed in this task, not in any lasting way, and that if anything was ever going to change it would have to be done by someone like him -
- and that doesn't change the costs he's been willing to pay, for a victory that isn't even assured.
And Abadar would like him to have more resources. It will make things go better. It's - it's almost exactly what Abadar is for, people who will get better results with more resources. It costs more, to offer them in Velgarth, He's probably not going to do it very often, but here it was so startlingly clear - there are more bright rich sparkling cities, in a world where Leareth has more from the world.
Abadar doesn't do - forgiveness, redemption, that's the domain of the Good gods, it's something that doesn't really apply to any of the things that He understands or values, but - the Good god concept here is that every pattern at every moment has a Good future ahead, if it chooses to walk it, that there has never been a pattern or a moment that cannot turn upwards with the right reasons or the right resources or the right thoughts (that a mind might be too panicked and young and weak and threatened to ever successfully think) -
- and Leareth's paths are so clean, the only thing that has to be there is a way to fix everything, and he will think of it and he will walk there, and Abadar is - proud -
- and would forgive him all the things along his path so far, if that were the kind of thing it made any sense to do, which it isn't, but certainly He does not need them defended, and if great evils someday stand again on all the paths Leareth can see to victory Abadar will not withhold Himself on that account -
Leareth is experiencing a surprising level of emotions about this, enough that it's hard to pick apart what they all are - also it's continually effortful to parse and deconstruct Abadar's thoughts, even though Abadar is clearly trying very very hard to convey them in simplified form.
He - glad. Grateful. Touched. He's hopeful, that - Abadar predicts he will, successfully, fix everything if there is a way to do so, that's the kind of entity he's been trying to shape himself into for millennia but it's not like he's ever had an opportunity, before now, to - have that checked, by something so much bigger than himself...
He wants to have allies, wants to no longer have to walk this path alone, and - for some reason there's a lot of pain in that desire.
He's not alone. Aroden -
- Abadar pulls the geas away from the surface of Leareth's mind, temporarily, because it'll make it even harder to communicate -
- Aroden is alive (Abadar is satisfied, about this, He did not predict it and it is better than any of the things He did predict), and Aroden has allies - will take them up again, once he knows which ones he can trust -
- and Abadar tried, when Aroden died, to do the thing Aroden had been doing, to build through humans, even though it's very hard, and Abadar's church has people Leareth can rely on, in the ways Leareth finds it hard to rely on people as well as the bounded self-interested ways Leareth finds it easy -
- this is important, that Abadar's church has people Leareth can count on, but Abadar does not know how to communicate His reasons for believing it and does not expect it to otherwise be believed and - frustrated shuffling -
(Leareth is concerned that Aroden won't be happy at all that Abadar can and did meddle with his geas, even if it's not at all surprising a god can do that, but this is a distant worry, for the future.)
It's not that it's hard to believe on an explicit level, so much, but it's hard to feel it - hard to even see how he could have enough certainty in that to put real weight on it.
Leareth waits, patiently, even though his head is now hurting; he can fold the pain away into a corner too, along with the gibbering pointless fear that his mind is bare before a god like an insect pinned to a board, neither of them is adaptive to dwell on right now.
Abadar is reaching for the concept of Khemet again. Abadar likes him, the godsense He has is - fond, admiring - maybe Leareth and Khemet can figure this out, if Abadar cannot, because He does think it's important -
- Leareth can trust Khemet and he does not have enough information to conclude that and that's maddening. If they were gods they would trust enough other because gods can be legible in the right way and it would be great and Abadar is so annoyed that humans do not work this way.
Leareth finds that pretty frustrating too! More than most people, probably a lot more, he hates having missing information - not being able to feel oriented to a situation... Honestly a lot of the time he addresses this by reading people's minds, but the pharaoh is understandably leery about that and always impenetrably shielded in Leareth's presence.
(Leareth would normally not make this a two-way process, which is arguably kind of hypocritical of him, to be protective of his own thoughts while invading the minds of others, but - there's a sort of fundamental asymmetry, in a lot of those cases, he doesn't think of almost anyone in Velgarth as a value-aligned equal. Rare exceptions: he's let Nayoki read his surface thoughts before, when words were insufficient to convey some technical explanation to her, he's had the thought before that he would consider doing that for Vanyel if they were ever in a situation where it were safe and might give Vanyel a way to trust him, that's kind of been obviated now...)
Abadar could give him that. Or - advise the pharaoh to agree, but that's worse, he thinks, things that are known to be observed change - but He doesn't need to ask the pharaoh to agree, the pharaoh is His and He could just show Leareth. It might help. The pharaoh would not even particularly want the reciprocal capacity because - because of something Leareth will be able to understand if Abadar shows him, maybe understand better than Abadar does Himself.
–Leareth is genuinely startled, enough that somewhere off in the distance where his body is, he can feel his heart rate speeding again. That - well, it would help, maybe a lot, this is basically why he trusts Nayoki as much as he does, and the point about thoughts under observation is valid, but also it seems kind of hostile, doing it without the permission of Osirion's godking, he's not sure it would count as breaking their laws - and maybe he's thinking of it wrong, if Khemet also thinks of himself as Abadar's then maybe he would on reflection endorse it, if he knew... Still, it feels fraught.
Osirion's laws are an approximation of something, because humans need approximations. Whether Khemet would endorse it on reflection is also an approximation, though a much closer one because if Khemet were reflecting about this then Abadar would be able to explain it to him. The actual thing is - frustrated shuffling - if it is an aim towards which Abadar and Khemet are entirely aligned, then it's all right, for Abadar to use the connection that they have to advance those aims; the same applies if it is an aim which Khemet has more strongly than Abadar, which this might be, Khemet has all his human reasons for wanting Cheliax to be destroyed, human reasons he's tried hopelessly to hold up to Abadar, unsure whether they have a stronger and more sensible form -
- peoples' values are not, themselves, things that they trade; not all of the things Khemet wants translate at all and they don't get weighed less highly for that, though Abadar usually cannot make enough sense of them to advance them -
- if it were an aim which Abadar had and Khemet didn't, then even though Khemet took power from Abadar willingly, knowing of the connection that this made between them, knowing insofar as humans know things that this was a power Abadar might bend towards His ends even when they were not shared ones -
- then it wouldn't be all right, in this case, because it would make being a cleric of Abadar's invisibly worse, it would make it a thing you might not want to do unless you were entirely aligned and confident of remaining so, which humans cannot do - so if it were like that then Abadar would not be able to do it, He can't do things that make Him less possible to cooperate with -
- it occurs to Him in a manner of speaking once He has pushed all this through that maybe Leareth actually means he has practical concerns about offending Khemet in which case he shouldn't, Abadar shouldn't tell Khemet beforehand but He should and will afterwards and Khemet will - humans have so many incoherent preferences - not be upset with Leareth though -
That makes sense. To the extent that it can, concepts stretching and shifting like cubes of jelly to fit into his too-limited human mind, Leareth has never been more frustrated than he is now not to be smarter and that's with the intelligence headband.
The core thing Leareth was worried about, he thinks, is covered by Abadar's middle point. He was concerned this might feel to Khemet like a betrayal, disturb what is clearly a functional, healthy working relationship between the pharaoh and his god, and he now believes that Abadar can understand that shape of concern - better than Leareth can, maybe - and if He's confident in his assessment that this isn't a risk here, that this is not damaging cooperation between any of the parties involved, then Leareth is reasonably comfortable with that.
The pharaoh is trying to figure out what the plan for the Worldwound is such that it'll be useful to add the Heralds and non-disastrous to lose Cheliax's forces. No one's going to tell him, for obvious reasons, but if he can derive it he suspects they won't complain. He has a map out, he has a list of known ninth-level wizard spells just so he doesn't have to hold that piece in memory -
- and he is thinking of Leareth, imagining Leareth sitting here across the table from him considering these plans, imagining him in fairly extraordinary detail -
- what could you do about the Worldwound? You could bring in a powerful artifact with a dimensional anchor spell with a range a thousand times the ordinary one, so that none of Cheliax's forces could get down south to begin with -
- his imaginary Leareth doesn't like the plan. Why not. One point of failure - Asmodeus, if he's responding, can just destroy the artifact. Fine. Same hypothetical but the spell uses every person in it as a focus, somehow - he doesn't know this to be possible but he's not going to derive the correct magic with this method just the correct shape of a solution -
- his imaginary Leareth still doesn't like it. Why not. Dimensional anchor is - probably too narrow - he doesn't know another way to move large groups of people but maybe Asmodeus does - maybe the war lasts a long enough time they can travel a hundred miles on horseback - maybe they walk right into the Abyss and then Asmodeus can open a Gate home from there - maybe you can bar those specific things but there are too many things -
- how do you come up with a plan that doesn't have that trait though?
Discard the list of known spells, what outcome, if it happened, would make Leareth relax.
Everything within a thousand miles of the Worldwound dead. (Horrifying, but that's a separate dimension of interest, he's trying to look at the other side of the problem right now). Yes. This is satisfactory. There's a known way to bring people back to life, but one at a time, it'd be an unfathomable expenditure of power even for Asmodeus to bring them all back, and not really worth it in the vast majority of cases - they're only soldiers - his model of Leareth does like this plan better, even if he's grimacing about it, even if he wants to object that he'd find a better way if there possibly was one -
- no spell to undo, the effect has to be immediate and then require reverting one by one, if it's possible to revert at all. A known way to do it is fine, as long as that known way is expensive, as long as it would break the rules of the gods for Asmodeus to do it directly even once and he'd have to do it ten thousand times. That's the correct shape of a solution.
Hopefully the actual solution is less horrifying but he's not going to guess it, it'd be too detailed, depend too much on things he doesn't even know about magic. For a placeholder in his head he comes up with "kick everyone at the Worldwound five years forward in time". Probably Aroden can't do that but from a strategic standpoint it's nearly isomorphic to 'kill them all', and the real solution probably falls somewhere on that spectrum. And that means you need the Heralds to hold the Worldwound itself but only the Worldwound itself, the surrounding area won't be swarmed with demons, they'll be dead or gone, the thing you want is a plan to move the wardstones inward as fast as possible and then a plan to keep the demons from flooding through the crack from the Abyss.
(He thinks he is only about fifty percent likely to have a good enough picture, here, but it's worth drawing up a plan for this, and then he'll try from a different angle...)
Leareth is impressed, that's his first response.
He - would normally be scared, that someone is skilled enough at understanding him and the patterns of how he thinks to reverse-engineer a plan he would design - not even his plan, Aroden's plan, who the pharaoh has never even met. But he isn't, now, he can't be, not when he can feel implicitly in every thought that Khemet wants the same things he does, here. Maybe not the exact same in details but derived from the same underlying map, steering in the same direction.
And the response to an ally understanding you that well isn't fear, it's - pride, something like fondness, and relief, gratitude, if someone else is picking up that piece then he's carrying less of it alone. He's surprised to be feeling that way. It's not an emotion-blend he recalls ever quite feeling before.
(Aroden also didn't tell Leareth his exact plan, it wasn't necessary for Leareth's planning and he, like Leareth would in his place, is sharing information only when absolutely necessary for strategic reasons - but he's already, himself, guessed that it's something like that.)
The pharaoh runs out of ideas on that and writes some incredibly cryptic notes he can pick it back up from in a language no one in the palace even speaks - he has permanent Tongues - and then picks up something else. How much coin should Cheliax have in circulation, he had asked Merenre yesterday, and of course this turned out to be an unsolved question in economics - you would think Abadar would know that sort of thing but apparently He doesn't, He can recognize when a solution is missing pieces but not translate the pieces and not just give them a number -
- the obvious next question is 'how much coin does Cheliax have in circulation and is it exhibiting any of the signs of being too much or too little', which will be inconvenient to research without anyone outside the palace having any sense that anyone inside the palace is remotely interested in Cheliax but Merenre thought it might be derivable from publicly available exchange-rate numbers, which there are lots of reasons to ask about. He'd thought at first that Asmodeus would probably whatever else His deficiencies have given Cheliax the right amount of money, but Merenre had pointed out that there are lots of ways having too much money printed can be damaging to peoples' character - the price of goods keeps on going up, there's no point in saving for the future - not necessarily things Asmodeus would want but definitely things He would have considered whether He wanted, which means Cheliax might or might not have the right amount of money right now.
(To do next year, if the world is still around: figure out whether Osirion has the right amount of money in circulation.)
Leareth, as someone with several different ciphers he personally invented and has never taught to anyone but are intuitive enough for him to partially re-derive on each new incarnation, can't help feeling warmth and amusement at the pharaoh's note-taking habits. He wonders if any of his own economics studies would be useful, here, though probably it's all standard knowledge in Osirion...
He should probably stop talking to Abadar, though, he's mostly not in his body but the headache is increasingly insistent.
Leareth spends thirty catching his breath, that was helpful but it was also really stressful and his pulse is taking a while to return to normal. The headache isn't helping.
He opens his eyes and sits up - or rather, tries, ow ow ow ow, this is - possibly the most pain he's ever experienced in this body, it's at least tied with the time he got stabbed and it's hitting his ability to think a lot harder, it feels like an icepick is being driven in just above his eyes and directly into his brain. Khemet sort of warned him, he remembers blearily, but he'd been imagining a standard backlash headache, not whatever this is.
It's a little better when he's lying down again with his eyes closed and his arm over them; the curtains are open and letting in light, which is terribly rude of them, but doing anything about it would require either moving again or doing magic and he's inclined toward neither right now.
That doesn't sound promising for 'can Gate her back to Velgarth', she had better go check on him and find out if he wants her to attempt a Gate back herself - she can do the spell but she's not as strong a mage nor as efficient as he is and it'll wear her out for the rest of the day - or ask the pharaoh, who then maybe won't be able to transport the Valdemaran contingent. Also she's a little worried.
She goes to his door. Doesn't knock, just calls out quietly. "Leareth? You all right?"
Nayoki doesn't have standard Healing-Gift but this doesn't look like ordinary backlash to her, and besides Leareth is very good about not pushing his magic too hard, he's had lots of experience to calibrate.
She Mindspeaks one of the researchers with cleric levels and asks if they can come have a look at Leareth, he seems to be ill or something, and maybe bring along one of the Velgarth Healers, who she can't find right now, maybe they're testing something in one of the Work Rooms.
Leareth hadn't really thought through whether or not to keep this secret, but it's a bit late at this point and besides the researchers here aren't supposed to talk to anyone outside. "Abadar wished to make me His cleric and I decided to accept. I have spells that I wanted to cast today. Maybe that would be fine since it is a different kind of magic that does not cause backlash..."
"We did! Also we have a difficulty. I had been planning to leave nowish, but Leareth decided to talk to Abadar and then suffered what appeared to be a very awful headache, and should probably not do a Gate even though one of the clerics cast Delay Pain for him. I can probably do it but I will be very tired. I am trying to gauge which option is least costly, out of doing it myself, asking you for your transport spell, or waiting until tomorrow morning."
"Yes. I did. It was probably worth the headache, even, though if I had known it would be this bad I would have scheduled it for after Nayoki's Gate." Aaaand now he feels very awkward, because Abadar had said He would tell Khemet about the mindreading but Leareth has no idea whether or not He has, yet, and it seems even more fraught to be the one to bring it up.
"He gave me a summary. Said He liked you. Said he can ignore all the spells He lets me cast, which is in hindsight unsurprising." He is as usual hard to read but definitely not annoyed. "The headache is pretty frustrating; I use Delay Pain to schedule it for the six hours when other people have to sleep and I don't. I tried the obvious thing of just going around with Delay Pain all the time - you constantly give yourself minor injuries from biting your tongue or not tossing in your sleep, but you can heal those - but over time it worked less well and if anyone ever dispels it you'd fall apart right there, so I don't recommend that."
Leareth nods. "I do not intend to do that, it sounds ill-advised. I am slightly worried that I will be in pain again at bedtime and it will keep me up all night - I do need a usual amount of sleep. I suppose I will find out." He grimaces slightly. "I cannot say you failed to warn me, but you were very - casual, about it, so I was expecting an ordinary level of backlash headache, and not 'literally worse than being stabbed.'"
"Well, I suppose it depends where one is stabbed. It is more painful - more disabling definitely - than a time I was stabbed in the gut but it missed hitting anything important. Perhaps being stabbed in the - lung, or something, would be worse, that has not happened to me in this body. It is probably not as bad as being set on fire by Vkandis."
"That makes sense. I could tell how hard He was trying. That is something I wished to - do better, with the god I was going to build. Anyway. I - liked him too." He still has a lot of yet-to-unpack emotions about the entire interaction; he'll mull on that before the war, of course, it seems important, but he's also slightly procrastinating on it. "I hoped to feel more oriented and - I am not sure I do, exactly, it is very different to be oriented to a god's thoughts and plans, but..."
He looks down. "I think there is a shape of trust here that does not require it."
"I, ah, haven't mentioned the headaches to many people. Because the thing I am supposed to be is - the thing that the human ascended gods have by default, a part of them capable of understanding people. So it would be confusing, if it were hard for me to talk to the rest of Him."
"...Your world is so different from mine." Leareth lifts his head, looks Khemet in the eye. "I - am glad, that you are the pharaoh now. You are someone I can work well with." A shape of person he knows how to cooperate with, even have calibrated and actually-quite-extensive trust in maybe, but he doesn't say that out loud.
Leareth takes notes for a while longer and then, when he seems to feel fine, risks practicing his new cantrips a bit, and then does in fact nap until someone knocks with supper, at which point he blearily eats it and decides he might as well go to bed properly, apparently god-backlash is tiring as well as painful and he might not get much sleep after the point when Delay Pain wears off.
The second day in the Tower, they can finish copying all of the relevant passages and some additional ones Karna found in the meantime (she also obtained more paper).
There are a couple more hidden rooms behind secret doors or trapdoors, in the other hallways. Vanyel asks them, again, to not touch anything unless a Velgarth mage says it's non-magical. Mostly they don't touch anything. Vanyel draws out diagrams of magical constructs, working from his mage-sight, to potentially remake later (he's sure Leareth has the skills to do it.)
At the end of a long day, Vanyel Gates them back to the surface. "...Hmm, so we could camp another night or we could just head out. Er, Fazil can Plane Shift us home, right? Or do we have to get a message to the pharaoh asking for a lift - I could also Gate us back to Haven but I don't think they'd be ready to leave yet..."
"No, I'll just notice the spell is too hard and abort it, and I should have a lot of Gate-range now that I'm, er, it turns out I don't have a stupid Gate problem anymore."
He finds a rock-arrangement that is sort of vaguely doorway like and convinces his mind it's good enough to stick a Gate on, and puts the other end back in the winter Palace.
Leareth is kind of miserably sleep-deprived in the morning - he should have just napped all afternoon, or not let them use Delay Pain in the first place, it helps Khemet out but it's much less helpful for anyone not in possession of a Ring of Sustenance. Also he still has the lingering ghost of a headache. He can at least use magic without making it worse, though.
He drags himself out of bed at dawn and requests his spells from Abadar; he's very careful to request absolutely nothing else from Abadar. As suggested, he asks for the one for detecting alignment auras this time.
Day five. Highly inconvenient timing to be fatigue-impaired. Maybe the local magic can do something about it.
First, though, he somewhat muzzily goes through his notes and then contacts Malduoni with the mirror.
"Abadar can cooperate. With me. With us. He is - not exactly the god I would choose, could I do so afresh," even in their secure communications he avoids talking about building or becoming gods, "but he is a sufficiently compatible shape. He is not skilled at communicating with humans and so I ought avoid asking him more questions, but I saw enough."
He can provide a very condensed summary of his notes. The prediction about Asmodeus. The shining, portal-filled city. Abadar pinning him down and recognizing him, as a pattern that will walk the paths Abadar prefers, and better paths with more information and resources...
He doesn't especially try to convey the alien godemotions, the pride and affection and reassurance that still hang vividly in his memory, the sacredness in feeling - seen, recognized, understood. That this is a general phenomenon of clerichood is presumably information Malduoni has.
"He is someone I can work with. Who we can work with. Very well. He...understands us. I would mislike it if I had not seen, myself, that he can be trusted - that he wishes for the same outcomes here..."
Leareth tamps down a fresh welling of confusing emotions. He should really try to figure out what's going on, there.
Leareth sits on the side of his bed with his head in his hands for a few minutes before jarring himself into motion. Work to be done. Also no more Mindspeaking with gods, his curiosity can wait.
(He is now kind of worried about Khemet, who's apparently talking to Abadar rather a lot these days.)
Autumn, circa 25 years before the Cataclysm
It is not often that I meet a student who leaves me both awed and frightened.
This time, his name is Kiyamvir Ma’ar. ... He is of Predain, to the north, born to one of their nomadic tribes. They are not much like my peaceful Kaled’a’in; his are a violent people, and I fear he has seen much horror and heartbreak in his short life.
...I have not yet earned his trust. I am not sure that anyone has his trust, and it is a sad thing to observe. He seems the most entirely self-reliant child I have ever encountered, and I am not sure that he calls anybody friend. ... He is intelligent, that much is clear, and I have rarely seen such drive. I think he will catch up with his classmates with no trouble, and perhaps far exceed them. There is a spark in him, a strength of ambition I have missed in so many others. He will let nothing hold him back.
Perhaps there is a desperation in it. A thirst, not only for knowledge, but for power. Control. This is what frightens me. We know from our past that this thirst for power is what leads so inexorably down the path of darkness.
He seeks to protect others who are vulnerable, and this does assuage my worry somewhat, though I hope he will learn to do it in a way that does not violate our customs so. I will not tolerate fights amongst my students.
He does not feel safe here, and it pains me. No one need sleep with a weapon under their pillow, here in Ka’venusho, and yet I suppose he is not yet ready to believe that.
Yet he did seek me out, and ask if I would be his teacher. I will not turn any student away, and I will do my best to guide him down the path of light.
Winter, circa 22 years before the Cataclysm
Young Ma’ar is my pride and joy, and yet I swear that he will be the death of me.
He considers nothing sacred. One might think this uncharitable of me, but I asked him and he agreed! He will say it is a concept that does not make sense, that there is only the world, the cold logic and laws on which it turns, and the lives of the people in it. He has no respect for the gods. I do not know what to say to him on this; I am no shaman, to counsel youngsters in theology. Perhaps I ought send him to one of the shamans, that they might offer the advice I cannot, but I fear he might offend them deeply.
...Ma’ar, as always, is of the opinion that ‘dark’ and ‘light’ are not coherent concepts, and that we must look only to results. He listed twenty ways that one might use a compulsion, in and off the battlefield, to save lives and improve the situation of people. As usual, his fellow students struggle to find the flaws in his logic, though the conclusions are monstrous, and so it devolves into name-calling from which I must rescue him.
And then, of course, there is the search for immortality. Ma’ar is hardly the first youngster to seek out a fountain of youth, and perhaps his naivety will fade with the years – and yet, there is something different in his approach. Death is a part of the natural order, and yet he would defy it, and I know him well; he would call that defiance good and right.
...I hope also that he will learn to make friends. ... There is a wound in him still, I think. I look at him, and I see a young man who is desperately lonely, and yet does not know there is any other way to live.
Spring, circa 17 years before the Cataclysm
I will not ask any to stay in my Tower who is not willing, and so young Adept Kiyamvir Ma’ar has left us today, and returned to his homeland.
...Learning is not enough for him; he wishes to take it out into the world, and transform it. An admirable desire, and a dangerous one. I worry less for him now than I did once; there is a darkness in him, but there is great light as well... The desire for power and control over so much more than just magic is a weakness in his spirit, and one that I was never able to convince him was a flaw.
...I reminded him of all we have to offer here in Ka’venusho, and he said that is why he must leave. Because Tantara flourishes, and so that is not where he is needed.
He tells me that these are dark times outside of my Kingdom... I know this, and yet, I am Archmage to Tantara, not to the world. I would not wish it to be otherwise; it would be entirely too much power to risk placing in the hands of one man.
I think that Ma’ar looks down on me for this, and I cannot yet explain why that is a mistake; he is still too young, too full of fire, he is not yet tempered by failure and defeat. Some things cannot be taught, only learned for oneself. Someday, perhaps, we will sit down for a drink together, as equals, and he will tell me he understands what I have tried to say to him all along.
Summer, circa 7 years before the Cataclysm
...Ma’ar has done well for himself, that is certain; he is first advisor to a King, at the tender age of thirty-three, when I myself did not become Archmage until eighty.
It is not announced which policies are his, of course, yet I would recognize his touch anywhere. The use of compulsion-spells within the armies of Predain is now standard. They say it is for purposes of coordination, that men might work smoothly together with less need of drilling, but I see a darker purpose there.
...They have declared blood-magic to be legal, taking the lives of convicts to fuel their public workings...they are promised a painless death and posthumous recognition for their service, a hero’s funeral... Ma’ar would say that these are men who would have been hanged anyway, and that the power bound in their blood might as well not go to waste. It is exactly his cold logic, and I do not like it any better now than I did before, but he is no longer my young pupil, that I might lecture on such matters. The time that Ma’ar might have listened is long past.
Perhaps he is too far lost to the darkness. Perhaps he was from the very beginning.
And yet, he writes to me still, and in the words he pens, I see the light he carries as well. It is with pride that he offers the census-tallies on his Kingdom, year by year – and so like him, to share his tale in tables of dry figures, but he is right that they tell a story. Fewer soldiers have died in border defence since his policies were enacted. Three new Healers’ compounds were built by mages using the death-energy of sentenced murderers, their names marked on plaques by the doors, and he offers a calculation of how many lives might have been saved as a result. Fewer infants die each year; fewer mothers perish in childbirth...
Spring, 18 months before the Cataclysm
Ma’ar is building an empire.
I might have seen the signs of this a decade ago, had I been looking. His meteoric rise to power and influence with the King of Predain, who they say now only listens to him.
He has built their army into a fighting machine, well-oiled by the darkest of compulsions. ...His combat mages are trained in the use of blood-power. They say it is for use in exceptional circumstances only, but that is a thin excuse.
Kingdoms fall on either side, to be absorbed and taken into this monstrosity of his making, and I fear the day that he might see nothing left to the east or west or north, and will march south on Tantara.
In his last letter to me, he told me that he would not. Tantara is a Kingdom more prosperous and well-run than most, he wrote, and he does not wish for us to be enemies. In his private letters to me, he has floated the prospect of a formal alliance.
King Leodhan will not stand for it. He is afraid, and seeks my reassurance, which I cannot give. Ma’ar knows no limits, no scruples; he would not hesitate to march on us and tear down everything I have built in seventy years. The fact that I once took him in and taught him would not stay his hand. He claims to have great respect for me, and yet he does not heed my advice, and I am not sure what paths he leaves but for us to be enemies.
I do not feel as though Ma’ar is my enemy. And yet, perhaps by remembering the boy with fondness, I have blinded myself to the man he has become. Or it could be that all along, I saw only what I wished to see. His clever mind. His noble words.
Words are cheap. Actions speak louder.
6 months before the Cataclysm
I have spoken to King Leodhan, and his decision is made. We will not wait for Ma’ar’s armies to move in on us. The day he is crowned King, as we suspect that he will be, we attack.
...The advantage is always to the first mover, and we cannot afford to wait. The risk is too high. Ma’ar’s empire is growing too quickly, and I shudder to think what he will do with more power.
It is my advice that led Leodhan to this conclusion. I have spoken to him of my once-student’s ambition, of the callousness I saw in him, the cold disregard for all that is sacred – and also of his warmth, and how once he risked punishment, fighting to defend another child. I tell Leodhan that perhaps Ma’ar cares too much, and it blinds him. ...I feared for his path twenty-five years ago, and I was unable to guide him to the light, and so now there is no choice but to stop him.
And yet, I wonder if it something I will come to regret. I am not sure.
In his heart, does Ma’ar still call me friend? If I betray him, it will surely be too late for that.
There are more journal entries during the war, though only a few. King Leodhan is incapacitated early on and Urtho is in charge, and evidently very busy. Ma'ar sends repeated messages to Urtho, trying to broker peace talks. These are ignored, with some fretting about it on Urtho's part. Various atrocities are described, though to Vanyel at least they seem less bad than what he, himself, did during the Karsite wars.
The last couple of entries aren't even dated.
I wish there were magics that might let one take back the past, and do it over. There is no such spell; this is my bed, I have made it and I must lie in it.
I think now it was a mistake to let Leodhan push for war. Perhaps it would have ended so all the same, and with Tantara in a weaker position as the unprepared defender – and yet, I sometimes think that if it had, it might have been over more quickly, mercifully, and with less bloodshed on either side.
What is wrong with me? War has left me so weary, I catch myself wishing that my worst enemy might have won sooner.
I never wished to call Ma’ar my enemy.
Perhaps I made a wrong turn sooner, and in some other world I might have salvaged my young student, and guided him to a kinder and less destructive path. Perhaps in some other world, we work together now, as allies and friends.
...Even now, he sends letters, and tries to broker an alliance that I can no longer offer him. He has strayed too far. The atrocities of this war are unforgivable.
No matter what comes, he must not take the Tower, and the powers that lie within my sanctum. ...And so it will end as it ends, as we tear apart each other’s armies in fiery destruction, and perhaps history will remember a foolish old man who misjudged his greatest enemy.
I wish it were otherwise.
"There may not have been any real agreement between countries. I'm not sure there is now. Valdemar has our internal Laws, but in the war with Karse they were using blood-magic and summoning Abyssal demons all up and down the border. And I - technically broke our Laws a couple of times. I crossed pretty far into Karsite territory to assassinate one of their mages without even having formal permission from our command, once. I used blood-magic in Sunhame. This...isn't really worse than what I did, not in terms of harm done to actual people, maybe worse in terms of precedents set I guess."
"The thing I am trying to figure out is...Urtho considered some line to have been crossed that made negotiating terms unthinkable. And...I can't actually think of a line an enemy could cross that would drive me to that conclusion. ...mass executions of captured populations with that spell that sends people to Hell regardless of their alignment, maybe. And I am unsure whether - Urtho, who never sought political power in his own right, was very naive about the necessity of peace agreements with people who did awful things while at war with you, or whether something happened that didn't make it into his journals."
“I don’t know.” Vanyel makes a face. “Ma’ar wasn’t even the one who started the war. It...doesn’t sound like Urtho gave him much indication they were headed that way, there was no warning... Maybe he felt like it was par for the course, who knows, but if I were in his shoes, that - would’ve hurt a lot.”
"Or you should be very sure to win on the first day," he says very mildly. "I'm just not entirely satisfied that we're not missing something. Because based on what we know - Urtho started a war, immediately lost it, and then blew up the world rather than surrender - expecting to blow up the world at least somewhat less than he did, admittedly..."
“He seemed to almost consider wanting power to be what Ma’ar had done that was - beyond the pale, made him impossible to trust... I’m frustrated by how much he seemed to think the fear-artifact thing was an unforgivable atrocity, when it let Ma’ar win a battle without killing almost anyone.”
"Yeah. And when Hell is defeated...Aroden is frankly probably going to be inclined more expansionist than I'd prefer Cheliax's government to be - not just reasoning from this, Cheliax under his patronage was very expansionist before - I suspect this is why Abadar is arranging to be owed a bunch of favors -
- but it's still really unambiguously good if they win."
Leareth's room is fine, it probably has better privacy-wards on it. When they've arrived, Vanyel takes out the pile of roughly-organized copied pages of Urtho's journals.
"We didn't go to Valdemar. We went to Kata'shin'a'in. To - learn more about your past. And then, it's complicated, we - thought we'd check if there was anything left to study around the remains of Urtho's Tower, Hagan has a spell or something for finding things underground. And there's a lower level that survived the Cataclysm. We found these there."
Vanyel hands them to him in silence. Waits. When it looks like Leareth isn't going to read them right this second, he goes on.
"Urtho cared about you. You were one of his favourite pupils. He - regretted starting the war, in the end, I think. And he's the one who started it. Not you. He wrote that you were trying to open peace talks with him right until the end. And - the Cataclysm itself was almost entirely not your fault. It was Urtho's weapon, Urtho's Final Strike, and something to do with Urtho's Gate-network."
Leareth blinks a few times and then sits down, heavily, his fingers loose on the papers. His expression holds the closest Vanyel has ever seen to grief.
"I had not thought to ever know what happened," he says, his voice distant, weighted. "I - do not even recall his face, anymore."
Vanyel nods. "We're not sure if there are - mitigating factors, that didn't make it into his personal journal, for why he made the choices he did. But I'm guessing even if you did - do something worse, in the war, than anything he wrote down, you probably don't remember. So we might never know."
He lets his breath sigh out. "Leareth, there were images of him, in the Kata'shin'a'in records. Do - you want me to show you?"
Leareth does that. He puts away the journal entries long before he wants to, resists the temptation to grab a nap, and goes back to researching modifications on the crushing-force spell for potential diamond production.
Aroden contacts him just before lunch, and he goes back to his room and spends a few minutes talking, and another few minutes sitting and thinking, and then goes in search of Mahdi and Hagan, as the only people aside from Khemet who he can actually speak freely to.
Sigh. "Which is fair enough, I suppose. I do not prefer being limited in my ability to speak with my people. Anyway. I suppose we can come up with a plan, discuss it with Khemet at least, and then figure out what we can say to Vanyel, or perhaps I can specifically obtain permission from Malduoni."
"Yes, and Khemet cleverly re-derived the likely overall shape of Malduoni's plan without needing to ask, which means he can brief them on that requirement. The specific request that Malduoni made today, which is potentially relevant to the Valdemarans, is that it would be helpful to have strong Mindspeakers who could Broadsend to a large number of people at range. To - announce his presence." And identity and return from the dead, that part can go unsaid.
"I have some Mindspeakers among my people, of course, but on average Valdemaran Heralds with Mindspeech tend to be much stronger and have greater range, it is unclear why but likely their Companions are helping. So it would be of particular value to have some of them. Vanyel would be particularly helpful, there, but it would be kind of underusing him, and I have a thought on how he could be even more valuable at the Worldwound."
Nod. "I will probably still need to ask Khemet to relay to Vanyel and request he find out if any of their strong Mindspeakers are willing to do this. And - I could use advice on how to propose the other idea to Vanyel, which I intend to do if my redesigned diamond-making spell works for him this afternoon. I think I can speak of it, since it is about the Worldwound and not even contingent on specific information Malduoni has told us about his plans, but - I would like a way to say it that is minimally awful. It occurred to me that if we have resurrection-grade diamonds, he can call Final Strike more than once. This would be fairly useless in Cheliax since we do not want excess civilian casualties - or military casualties, even - but it would be very effective against demons."
"I suspect he ought have enough control to at least point it in one direction, too - this is moderately but not absurdly difficult. Meaning that as long as he was in the front, the rest of the forces would not need to vacate the entire area in order to avoid the blast, and it would be even more effective at demon-destruction. ...They would die permanently, I suppose, since they are coming through an interplanar opening rather than being summoned. I am not sure whether or not I ought be bothered by that. If they are intelligent beings, even evil ones..." Sigh.
"Unless Malduoni has a lot of tricks up his sleeve that he didn't have a couple hundred years ago we don't have a way to close the Worldwound without killing demons. I think you oughta be a little bit bothered about that. Lotsa them have probably been living there for eighty years, lotsa them might not be there willingly.
I don't see another way, though. And as long as the Worldwound is open there'll be tons of people dying every day on both sides."
"That is a good idea." Leareth look thoughtful. "Anyway, the last piece is not one where I need to consult Vanyel, but I do need to think. And I suppose figure out if Vanyel ought be inconveniently elsewhere. The context is that Khemet - offered to help Malduoni with casting a contingent resurrection, and Malduoni is potentially interested, but of course he would need to travel. I am not sure where is reasonable for them to meet, possibly it ought be here."
"Reasonable of him. In Velgarth I am generally reluctant to travel to places not under my control, even to meet allies, but Malduoni may feel more secure about his ability to defend himself against almost-arbitrary threats. High level wizards in your world are absurdly powerful."
"I'm a bit surprised he doesn't have some way to access divine magic anyway - no, I guess I'm not. If you kidnap a cleric and use mind control to make them raise your dead, that maybe works once, but then their god stops giving them spells and you have Their attention.
Do we know yet who - betrayed him -"
"There generally is. And, I also hope it was short, but - additional resources will matter especially in those scenarios where it is not."
Leareth stands up. Wrangling the order of conversations feels harder than usual when he's running this short on sleep and still has the last echoes of a headache. "I think - I will speak to Khemet first about meeting Malduoni, and then I will coordinate with Malduoni and ask him about Mindspeakers, and after that I will grab Vanyel for the diamond spell and other conversations."
Hagan pretends to roll his eyes at him but his underlying expression is - overwhelmingly relieved. "Once I figured out how to say something in Vudrani that translated to 'his pharaohiness' under Tongues - which he has - but which I could credibly claim to anyone else was just a nice respectful title. However I have never actually had the nerve to try using it."
"Can you Gate him here? We redirect Teleports and Plane Shifts in, but not out so it's fine if he wants the option to leave abruptly under his own power, and I can be very sure there's no one else around who could inconvenience us. I can send standard terms, if he'll prefer that."
"For, you know, a diplomatic visit. We would commit to not slipping any magic past each other in various ways or having our entourage do that or knowing of likely routes by which this will be disastrous or making them likelier - I'm not actually very worried, not now that you and Abadar chose each other, but it's what we'd do if he had decided to stop by to negotiate a trade deal." He flips through a folder on his desk, finds a sheet of paper with terms to this effect, hands it over.
"Avistan does a lot of alliance marriages. Garund and Casmaron do not have marriage customs as conducive to it, powerful men here take more wives. And relatedly have far more children and rarely a confident prediction of who their heir will be, until they're seventy and their older children likely already married."
Leareth heads out with the pharaoh's sheet of terms, and decides to make an actual list this time of things to cover. One: permission to ask Valdemar about Mindspeakers. Two: mention Vanyel's hypothetical Final Strike plan, if they can both get diamonds and Vanyel's (and Yfandes') agreement, and its applicability for the Worldwound, see if he wants to hint about his contingency plans. Three: visit to Osirion.
He gets out a mirror. They exchange their usual brief acknowledgements, no reason for a lot of pleasantries here.
Leareth smiles a little, to convey that he hadn't doubted it for an instant. "I spoke with the pharaoh. He unsurprisingly prefers not to leave Osirion. I thought you would be willing to come here - if it suits you, I can do a Gate from the winter palace to a location of your choosing."
Malduoni thinks in silence for a minute or so.
"I will come. Tonight or early tomorrow morning are both convenient enough. Though I do have a request to make, first." And he hesitates; whatever it is, it seems to take noticeable effort to say. "I know that Abadar must know who - was responsible. I would like the pharaoh - or you, but if one of you is going to be debilitated afterward I would honestly prefer it be him - to ask Him, and tell me." A barely noticeable sigh. "His refusal to answer a direct question would also be informative, though I am not sure of what."
"I believe so. I will be in touch."
Sigh. Now he needs to go bother Khemet his pharaohiness "Ruby Prince Khemet III" again before he can move on to the conversation with Vanyel. He feels bad about contributing to the pharaoh's headaches, knowing what it's like now, but at least the pharaoh won't be sleep-deprived over it.
"I did. He is content to have me Gate him here; he said tonight or tomorrow morning would suit him equally well, so whichever is most convenient for you. He does not feel it is necessary to use the standard diplomatic process here though he appreciated your bringing it up. He also has a request."
Probably it'll stop being so much mental overhead to follow the protocols when he's practiced it more and also isn't sleep deprived. (He's even more impaired from it than he would expect; maybe lying awake most of the night with a headache is worse than sitting up hugging Vanyel.)
He finds Vanyel and mentions that he has the new spell. They should do it in one of the Work Rooms again and have a cleric standing by just in case this one just makes a bigger explosion.
Vanyel gamely tries it again, this time wearing one of Leareth's extra shield-talismans as well.
...This spell is a lot more power-drain. He can sustain it, grabbing node-energy, but he's for sure going to have mild backlash if this keeps up.
It doesn't explode, though, just keeps crushing and pressurizing his black carbon until surely something has to have happened in there...
Leareth uses a carefully controlled reverse-weather-barrier to cool their result so he can go examine it.
"Good work, Vanyel. It is a funny shaped diamond but I think it is one. I suppose we ought have someone who specializes in - rocks, and such, examine it for us and make sure it is in fact diamond and of the desired quality."
"It seems silly to use it for a major spell just as a test, but also we ought test the process before having you make many more, since it is so exhausting. Vanyel, maybe you could try making one of the much smaller ones? If it works at a larger scale it ought still work smaller."
"You cannot. Unfortunately there is some component of magical reserves that it does not help with, I discovered this earlier." He looks thoughtful for a moment. "I still need to test if my cleric spell addresses it, though - if I power-share with you, I ought to become drained enough for the difference to be noticeable, and it may be a little easier for you."
"Sure!" Vanyel throws out a Mindspeech link to Leareth, slipping into rapport - amazing how casual he feels about doing that, just a month ago he couldn't have imagined trusting Leareth this much.
They smoosh another diamond. It is easier in a sense, but he's also starting to feel a sort of hollowness that isn't quite fatigue but does make it more effortful.
Yfandes is silent, clearly taken aback.
:...Hmm. Normally I would say the last thing Vanyel needs is any encouragement to solve his problems by exploding at them, but - this is a rather significant problem, and - a neater solution than most of the others. And it'd be temporary...: She still feels deeply reluctant.
They get back to Leareth's room, and Vanyel makes a number of faces for a minute or two.
"You know," he says to Leareth finally, lightly, "I wouldn't have ever thought killing myself would be the actual best solution to a problem, and if someone had told me you would be the person to suggest it, I'd've thought they were crazy."
"If everyone else is on board then I'll do it." Honestly it sounds easier, in some ways, than a normal fight. Less thinking required. Point at enemies, explosion, repeat. He doesn't like the fact that his greatest strength is killing things with fire, but it is what it is, and it seems more justified than usual for Evil beings. And - fewer deaths in the long run, probably, if they can win here.
Yfandes, listening via Vanyel, jumps in again. :Honestly, Companions are pretty good at this. We can all Mindspeak the non-Gifted, which only very strong human Mindspeakers can do, there are a few other than Van but - gods, Tran isn't in any shape for a war: Mental sigh. :Hellfires. I wish Taver were alive. He can Mindspeak any Companion in Valdemar, his range is incredible, and he can Broadsend more easily, his attention is set up that way...:
"I am not sure. Abadar was negotiating with the Velgarth deities on matters such as whether Golarion's resurrection would work on Velgarth natives, in Velgarth. But it seems at least worth asking the pharaoh, since Taver's presence might be such a game-changer. If you think he would agree."
He makes a face. "I doubt he'd agree to fight the gods in Velgarth. But - these ones aren't his gods, and Asmodeus seems pretty unambiguously evil, I don't think it's all that complicated." Valdemar protects innocents. "If the King is on board with this, I think he'd find that compelling."
Leareth notices. He sort of wants to say something sympathetic, or apologetic, but he can't Mindspeak the pharaoh with that impenetrable shield up and he's literally mind-controlled against saying anything in front of Vanyel.
His expression is less delighted than it would be otherwise, when he shows Khemet their two large diamonds. "We tested a small one, for Restoration. It worked."
"I am quite pleased. It is tiring even for Vanyel, which limits how many he can do even with Lesser Restoration, but - perhaps five in a day, if spread out? I can make the spell more efficient but only with ten times as much research, so that is not going to help us before the war."
"Speaking of resurrection, we - thought of something, earlier, when discussing strong Mindspeakers and their uses here. Companions like Yfandes are better Mindspeakers than humans. The leader of their herd is apparently even better than that. He was quite recently killed. A few months ago, I believe. We were wondering if the negotiations on this matter with Abadar were at a position where we could, well, attempt to resurrect him for the war effort. Yfandes thinks that he would agree to help."
"We are expecting our resurrection spells to work differently in Velgarth - not at all if the person has been resurrected and not with the cheapest spells even if you try to raise them right away, because your souls go wherever they're going quickly. But then they just - stay there -
- we do have permission to try, if this is the person you'd like us to try on. And if you have the diamonds we could potentially do a lot of Heralds who've died in past wars, so long as they haven't been reincarnated..."
"I don't think so. They confirmed that it's usually centuries - Tylendel's case was a special one, I am unclear on why - and that they don't do it at all, if they were displeased with the results of a soul's first life - they were not going to ever send you back," he says to Leareth, "they never gave Urtho another life..."
"Anyway. I don't want to introduce too many - deep complications of any kind - but if there are Heralds and Companions lost in the war with Karse who'd be particularly useful at the Worldwound, I ought to be able to get them for you. And I can start with the Groveborn if you would like."
"That makes sense. I - think we should do Taver first, it's more complicated in some ways but he's also unique, right, there aren't any humans who can Broadsend Mindspeech to everyone within fifty miles, Gifted or not, and 'Fandes is pretty sure he can do that."
He frowns. "And - if Leareth's right about my diamond-making capacity," he's hoping he can get it higher by pushing, he shouldn't go into the war exhausted but at least it matters less if all he's doing is exploding, "we can't do many but - a few. Should save some for my 'Final Strike the Worldwound a few times in a row' plan, if we want to do that - er, if your people are up for helping, I'm not sure if Leareth discussed that...?"
"Not - directly. I guess -
- I guess that makes a lot of sense.
We would benefit enormously from Nefreti. I can do one True Resurrection a day, she can do two, we own one scroll of it and could pick up one or two scrolls of it in Absalom without this attracting much particular notice, I bet she owns more. I expect Aroden to absolutely refuse to tell her anything but once the war's started maybe he'd be all right with it."
"I hope so! Especially if it's just to help at the Worldwound at first - it seems like it'd be really, really valuable if I could do it a few times in a row as fast as the spell goes, instead of waiting longer." Frown. "Also, I mean, she'll know. Nethys seems to know everything that's happening in the present, even if He doesn't have Foresight for this world anymore."
"I strongly suspect Nethys already knows all of Aroden's plans but there's a question of how salient it is to him, at least. And I think Aroden is already in considerable distress that there are any people who don't answer to him involved in this, let alone one who could give him a fight in her own right, if she wanted...probably we should plan on not having her, which means no pre-war resurrections except Taver, but you can give me a list of the next ten people it'd be good to have in case she sends me a letter the morning of the invasion saying 'I prepared True Resurrection twice since it looked like you'd want it, and I have eight scrolls, I'll charge you double the normal price..."
"Heh. That'd feel like pretty good news to me, although it'd probably make Aroden uneasy. Aroden will have plenty else on his mind by then, though." He looks thoughtful. "Is there still a cost difference, here, between regular and True Resurrection? Some Heralds we do have bodies for. Unfortunately, two of the people I'm thinking of died by Final Strike, so - no bodies."
"All right. I'll try to draw up two lists, then, Heralds whose bodies we were able to retrieve and not. I'm not sure where Taver's body is, Heralds we bring back to Haven to bury them if we can but they might've done that in Horn." He grimaces. "I'm going to get such a weird look from Savil when I ask her that. Er, does Resurrection still work if someone was cremated, or does that not count as remains anymore?"
"If, er, pure cremated remains work, though, I can get a list of Heralds for Resurrection. And add some for True Resurrection in case that - ends up making sense. Mardic and Donni would be really good to have back, but that's four True Resurrections, for them and their Companions. Um, they were two lifebonded mages I trained with, they're both much less powerful than me individually but they were incredibly effective as a unit. And they have years of combat experience, and retrained as spies afterward."
(Also he misses them almost more than words can convey. He can't have Tylendel back - that's a hedge of thorns he's going to stop poking at NOW - but maybe...)
"If I can only do one per day it's going to be very inconvenient for the Companion/Herald thing but - if we win the war we can get your friends eventually." Sigh. "I asked Abadar if he could just give me more power but - they have all these balancing agreements, right, if He makes a bunch of powerful clerics Asmodeus does the same thing and wars are actually much worse with lots of powerful casters on both sides -"
"Also they're lifebonded so that's tricky, but - Mardic and Donni might be the best equipped to handle that, actually, Mardic lost his Companion years before he died, he's one of the only people who ever survived it. And Donni outlived him, too, not by long but - as long as she needed to, if it'd been a day I think she'd have managed. It's - not intolerable, the broken soulbond thing, and I think it'd have to be more bearable if you knew it was temporary."
It's getting hard to speak so he should probably stop poking at the entire subject now.
"I want to try a medium size diamond," Vanyel says as they're walking back. "Think I've got the energy for that now. After I contact Savil - we should ask them to, um, retrieve his remains and bring them somewhere convenient. And I guess you could teach me the inter-world Gate?"
"Yes. I am going to be extremely busy." Probably it'll make sense for Leareth to just leave with Malduoni after that meeting. "But one Gate will not take too long, and if I am right that the cleric spell I have restores what Lesser Restoration does not, then I ought have quite a number of Gates in me. It would be convenient if they could have it ready very early in the morning." He's going to be headed to bed pretty early anyway, he suspects, his ability to focus is definitely flagging.
(He feels a lot of sympathy right now for Khemet's inevitable many hours of awful headache.)
Vanyel learns the Gate-technique from Leareth - he practices it once, very briefly, with a very tiny Gate, just to make sure he can do it without tiring himself any more than necessary - and he contacts Savil with the crystal ball to leave a very odd request, and makes sure she can be ready to hand over what's left of Taver early the next morning. They cremated him in Horn rather than cart a dead horse all that way, but he's in an urn in the Heralds' cemetery somewhere. They might as well try to drag a cohort of Heralds across too, if Leareth is Gating to Haven.
(Giving Leareth a Gate-location in Haven would have seemed so unthinkable until so recently, and now it's hardly worth noting.)
He manages to crank out two intermediate sized, Resurrection-grade diamonds, and then goes to bed.
In the morning Khemet sends someone to tell Leareth that he's ready to do Aroden's contingent spell. There's a work room they can use; he has temporarily changed the anti-Teleportation and anti-Plane Shift protections on the palace to let people out, though not in; he's made it clear to his people not to interrupt him and Leareth (unless spells which would warn them if he's under attack are triggered).
Leareth wants to get his Gate to Velgarth for Vanyel out of the way first, since it may be logistically simplest for him to just leave with Malduoni afterward. (His brain still does a very weird thing every time someone says 'Aroden'.) It shouldn't take long. If it's all right with the pharaoh, he wants to bring some of the assembled Heralds over at the same time, it won't require holding the Gate much longer and the highest energy cost is in casting a threshold of a given size at all. He thinks it makes sense for them to stage here, with Vanyel, and leave with him, rather than setting up in Rahadoum which isn't even close to the Worldwound.
Then a bunch of Heralds can make a very, very fast rush across a Gate anchored on the Heralds' Temple in Haven.
Savil comes through first. She's carrying an urn wrapped in a blanket. "Leareth. We're very grateful for your help. - Van, gods, I missed you. Sorry, I would hug you, but..."
Leareth gets thirty Heralds across in less than ten minutes, and dismantles the Gate, and hangs around a bit longer to make sure they're getting oriented all right, but Vanyel seems to have that under control, so he takes a brief rest in his room, contacts Malduoni with a warning of an imminent Gate appearing in his shielded office, and then heads over to join the pharaoh in the shielded work room.
"I can use a Velgarth communication spell with Vanyel. It is theoretically not secure but - it will hardly matter at that point, and it will be a very brief message. I think he ought to be able to Gate there from someone's memory, if you have someone who has been there before."
It takes about ten minutes. The diamond is consumed - wasted, if Malduoni does not happen to die before the spell reaches the end of its duration, but that's much less of a worry now that they can be manufactured, and would be a reasonable expenditure of resources anyway.
Malduoni is very competent with his magic, which, well, that's what you would expect.
He'll wait for him to finish.
"I am confident in the broad strokes of this," he says when he's done. "The details were hard to interpret, and in particular there is, apparently, a secret mortals are not allowed to know and Abadar had a hard time figuring out how to give you information relevant to it without me having enough information to derive it.
In the moments before you manifested in Cheliax it ...became possible to derive, somehow, that your destruction would break Foresight in Golarion. A number of attempts were made at telling me how that was the case and I'm pretty confident at this point I just cannot understand it, but - many powers had attached a great deal of powerful magic to various foreseen future events, under unusual conditions for Foresight - it was fraying from interference - and anyhow the gods suddenly knew that if you were destroyed then there'd be no more Foresight, ever again.
There are a number of gods who, when presented with this, thought it was good. Important. Worth it. That - a world where the gods could not steer, a world with a chance of going places no god would ever steer it towards, was worth more than the thing you were trying to do. They had specific things in mind, about the space of worlds that gods wouldn't steer for, but I don't understand them.
Abadar knows who was in the coalition that decided this. It was most of the chaotic good gods, in the end, I think. He doesn't know which of them you were counting on, but he had a guess. There's a chaotic good god of revolution, of the fight against unjust rule. You made her. Milani. She has a domain in Axis, in your city, for people who - worked very hard all their life to make it there and then realized they were in the wrong place, I guess. I don't think - can gods make a mistake given the information available to them? It seems like the kind of thing Abadar couldn't do but I don't know whether that's just him. Anyway I don't think she thinks she made a mistake, but she has spent all her resources for the last hundred years trying to get Cheliax free - intervened in Andoran's independence movement and in Galt's, uh, first two revolutions, supplies the internal resistance in Cheliax, has something afoot in Kintargo...and Abadar thinks that if she knew you were alive she would be very very happy.
And that - this is the part that touches on secrets mortals aren't allowed to know - all of them would back you, if you came back. Because they didn't prefer you dead in the first place, just considered it worth it. Though Abadar says that Pharasma's mad at you, for making the river of souls overflow, when you died, and that if you do it again with this war you had better not come back right away."
Leareth listens as well, and despite himself, most of his mind is churning over - what is he thinking? What is he feeling? Leareth's alt, the version of him from another world with a longer and deeper history, who succeeded in what Leareth's worked toward his entire life - and it still wasn't enough - and four thousand years later (twice again the time Leareth has worked, it's almost hard to imagine) he lost. And now he knows why.
...What price would he pay, if he could destroy Foresight in Velgarth forever? It gives the gods power at the expense of mortals, and - something that nudges the gods toward being less comprehensible to mortals as well, less transparent, because their plans are based on a sensory modality that they literally cannot share. And if Foresight here was anything like his theories of it in Velgarth, the gods see it from a distant, alien angle, as though looking down on the world from the void of space, they don't see individual humans lives... Without Foresight, here, their interventions are clumsier, more blatant, but - also more transparent, right, it's much easier to infer the motives of the gods in Golarion now. They try harder to communicate their plans to mortals, even if they're not very good at it. And this world is certainly - more the kind he wants to live in, than Velgarth is. Abadar is a kind of entity he can cooperate with. Maybe that was true before, too, he isn't sure...
Either way, what a price to pay.
He can't tell, looking at it from the outside, whether Malduoni would endorse it as having been worthwhile.
The secret mortals cannot know... He's burningly curious, and it feels like he should be able to derive it. It's related to the process of ascension, obviously. The Starstone... Maybe he should have officially taken notice of his slight confusion sooner, dived into it, but he's been busy. Anyway. It was found and set up by Aroden in the distant past. (The geas lets him think Aroden's name in that context, just not link it to Malduoni now in the room with him.) Four gods have ascended. Varying alignments. The three others, after Aroden, certainly don't seem like what Leareth himself would have chosen... The Starstone guarded by absurd magical protections, that kill most people who attempt. Also seems suboptimal. You'd want that resource gated, but 'power' isn't what he would choose to filter on...
All the gods would back Malduoni (gods, his brain is so confused with the stupid geas, well-done compulsions are much less irritating than this). That matters.
Coalitions of power, implicit contracts between the gods. Abadar said earlier that he can't just give the pharaoh more power, or else Asmodeus would take it. Why does that feel related?
...His own cautiously-laid plans, balance of power in Velgarth, his god needs to be able to negotiate with the others - negotiate in a similar implicit, outside-of-time sense, of course, the kind of agreements you can have between minds that see past and future sprawled out, that see the patterns of each other inherent in it. He needs the final stage of power-increase to be fast, that's why he needed ten million lives as fuel, he couldn't do it over a hundred years with node-energy. But even then, he needed it not to be the case that the other gods would all unite to crush his.
Malduoni was only going to try for the Starstone in the best-case scenario. What's different there. More living worshippers is one. Maybe a prediction that the other non-Evil gods would be pleased with him rather than angry.
Malduoni must not have any doubts at all that he can reach the Starstone and ascend, but - he still needs something else. And the very slight expression of relief, at the end, is telling.
A newly-ascended god comes into the world fragile. Balance of power; the other gods need to approve of letting them in. If they don't, then... Why would Aroden have preferred to kill those not strong enough? A key difference between Leareth's world and this one: dead mortals live on in the afterlives, many of them nice. Murdered gods - maybe don't. Maybe are gone forever. (Except for one, who had already taken precautions.)
He's not exactly clear on why mortals aren't supposed to know this, but he certainly isn't going to ask right now.
"Thank you." Malduoni ducks his head. "That - I suppose it is really the best news I could receive, given - everything. I deeply appreciate your efforts to seek the answer and interpret it. I know it is not easy on mortals, speaking to gods." His breath lets out, a very slight sigh. "I cannot make any additional promises that, should we fail, Osirion will not suffer for it. I can say that I had made every effort to overdetermine success, or at least not abject failure, and that was before Leareth's arrival."
Malduoni's eyes flicker briefly to Leareth's quietly fond expression. "I see. I appreciate your vote of confidence. And Abadar's."
He looks thoughtful. "...I imagine you would like it if you could bring Nefreti Clepati into this, given limited capacity for True Resurrection. I - had already decided that if you learned the answer here and Nethys was not one of the deities involved, I would no longer endorse my unease with involving His cleric. Based on recent occurrences, Nethys cannot be entirely unaware of what I am doing. I very much do not wish Asmodeus to obtain more information, even at this late date, but - if Abadar is comfortable that involving Nefreti will not increase the likelihood of this, I am comfortable with you doing so today. Otherwise, tomorrow is fine, since we will be moving very shortly afterward anyway."
"Yes, she made it much easier for Vanyel to kidnap me and block my magic to question me, and she made off with my shield-talismans as payment. Though, given that it advanced my goals," glance at his alt, "and that I would do the exact same in his place, I endorse that help entirely."
Again, he watches with all his Othersenses, even more curious how the spell will look as it settles onto him, whether he'll be able to feel it on an ongoing basis...
He hadn't in fact been sure Malduoni knew how to do the spell on someone else, none of his researchers had heard of that. His part is the same as before. He is putting a lot of effort into not looking overawed. Yes, these people are thousands of years old and in the business of making and or being gods, but he's supposed to be a bit of a god too.
It takes about as long as the last one.
"Leareth may have already mentioned this but we think Vanyel can Final Strike repeatedly at the Worldwound, and some other Velgarth magic can be used to clean the land around it, which would make it very convenient to be able to actually close it. We are also resurrecting Valdemar's Groveborn, who can Broadsend with better range than any human. Vanyel can make diamonds, though not very efficiently, I assume you're not short on those but if you were we could address that.
If I'm involving Nefreti do you mind if I also ask her to close the House of Oblivion? I'm worried about ending up with two sets of evil outsiders pointed at us."
"Of course, as long as it does not risk tipping our hand. And, I think likely you are shorter of diamonds than we are, if you would like Vanyel to die repeatedly. I do have a contingency for that unlikely success; probably your best option, logistically, is for Vanyel to contact Leareth using their magic if it arises - or, hmm, Leareth could leave his end of our mirror here and I can provide him with a replacement." Thin smile. "Leareth, was that his idea or yours."
Savil is happy to be one of those standing by. (Vanyel has gone off to make more enormous diamonds, he thinks he can do two at a time with Lesser Restoration and then have a snack and a nap to speed up recovery on whatever Restoration doesn't fix, and then repeat all day and hopefully get a lot of diamonds that way.)
Taver is maybe going to be confused because his Herald isn't here, having been Chosen by another Companion - his previous Companion, actually - after Taver's death in battle, and now back in Haven and too unwell to join the war effort, it's an awkward complicated situation all round that won't be less complicated after Taver's return but it's clearly worth it.
"After which point he made use of their local magic to kidnap and interrogate Leareth. Leareth is - definitely on our side, he's trying very hard to cooperate, and–" she glances around at the number of other Heralds nearby, "–it's complicated. You should ask Yfandes for a full debrief on her time here. Anyway, they're about to have a war with a country currently under the control of an evil god, led by that country's former ruler. They also have resurrection magic. We need a very strong Mindspeaker, to - communicate what's happening to the civilian populace, who we think will not resist the invasion if they know the circumstances. All of us thought you'd be best placed to do that, given your Mindspeech range, and we hoped you'd be willing."
Then he will explain to Taver how his world has afterlives, some of which are Evil, and that Osirion doesn't personally lose too many people to Hell though more than you'd like but Cheliax, ruled by Asmodeus, damns nearly all of them, in varyingly insidious ways. And he explains about Aroden, and doesn't get into the part where Aroden is Leareth, and explains that Aroden has been working for a century on a plan to take Cheliax back but it would be nice to have as few casualties as possible because of the thing where they will all go to Hell.
Vanyel is now holding a couple more True Resurrection-appropriate diamonds and even with Lesser Restoration he needs a break, he's not sure who he should be giving them to for safekeeping? Building up a stash of diamonds worth 25,000 gold each in his bedroom seems suboptimal, not that theft is likely to be a problem here.
They have, er, ashes from some Heralds who died on the Border and whose bodies were retrieved but cremated rather than carted back to Haven (this seemed logistically easier and more pleasant for transport than the ones whose coffins need to be dug up), but all of them would have a miserable time of it if they have to wait a day for their Companion. Is the spell going to be wasted if they don't use it today, though?
All right, she's going to nominate Herald Umbria as probably the most emotionally stable and able to cope with a day's wait for her Companion, but it would be kind to her if he can do it as late as possible in the day, if that's not too inconvenient. Also is there magic here that could keep her asleep until the next day?
He can do those.
This is done with much more ceremony when it's Osirians who've been chosen for the Risen Guard. It feels slightly ridiculous, without all that, with most of his staff out of the way because they don't know the details of what's going on. These people wake up and have no idea who he is. He finds it kind of soothing.
Savil advises him that it's a good idea to do the Herald first even with only minutes in between. Heralds can survive this sometimes, and if they try to kill themselves Savil can tackle them or something, whereas Companions just - die - and no one knows the exact mechanism or how long it takes to kick in.
She's maybe, perhaps, crying a little bit. "Shh. It's all right. Felar will be back really soon, just a few minutes, and I'm here... You did it. You did everything you had to - they're fine, Shavri and Jisa are safe - we won the war, Jay. We won. Finally. It's over. ...In Valdemar."
She steps back from him, hands still on his shoulders. "I'm sorry to drag you in like - like this, but we're somewhere else now. Another world, Van found it. We've got a different war to fight."
He's tired, which is interesting. It's probably one of those things where he's not actually all that good with his magic because he didn't get it one level at a time over the course of years.
Or maybe it's just all the conversations with Abadar catching up with him.
He can still do two more resurrections.
Vanyel sleeps in late, which according to Yfandes is NO SURPRISE, and he still feels not quite as rested as he should, but he gets up and goes and cranks out a diamond in one of the Work Rooms. The slight hollowness even after Lesser Restoration hints that he maybe shouldn't go for two this time.
Nefreti Clepati comes when summoned, which she doesn't always. She does a pitch-perfect illusion of herself prostrating herself on the floor, which he can see right through because she always does that but which leaves the guards none the wiser.
"Sit comfortably," he says tiredly, and illusion-Clepati joins real Clepati in one of the chairs in his throne room for this purpose. "I imagine you have a guess what I'm here to ask you about."
He desperately wishes Aroden would get back to them and this conversation would be over, that's what he thinks about that. "I am not expanding my harem for men because then I would neglect my wives even more," he says instead, which isn't what he meant to say at all but whatever.
Leareth goes to find Malduoni. Waits briefly until he's finished his current task. Gets his attention, signals that it's important.
"Nefreti will help with the Worldwound. But she wishes for an - apology? From you. She said that you would know what you did." He's very curious but is not going to ask, if his alt doesn't want to say it's up to him.
Leareth nods, waits respectfully. When Malduoni acknowledges that he's ready, he contacts the pharaoh again to ask if Nefreti Clepati is willing to transport herself to Azir or if she would prefer that Malduoni Gate over to the shielded room in the palace they used before.
"Of course. I suppose there is no point in going back to our work when we will be interrupted again shortly, so." He sits down. Doesn't make any offer to invite that Leareth do the same, but he doesn't have to. "Tell me. Have you ever had a student of whom you were very proud, and who also frustrated you greatly, and - the tides of events in the worlds pulled you apart..."
"No, no, I think theirs are still different stories, as it seems Nethys would put it. But - I did miss her. And wondered, sometimes, if I were being very foolish, afraid of my own shadow. I - could not afford to take the risk and be wrong, given the circumstances, and by the time I was strong enough to be difficult to threaten, it had been such a very long time..."
Nod. Leareth understands what he's pointing at, even if not the exact analogue.
They wait in comfortable silence, occasionally making asides to each other that would sound very non-sequitur to anyone listening, which no one is because Malduoni's office is EXTREMELY SHIELDED.
She pays Leareth no attention. "In this world I never told anybody. I figured it out when I was twenty-three and I never told anybody. I don't know why. Sometimes it was because it seemed like it'd be such a shame, if they killed you before you got to do anything, if your grand denouement came in some other lifetime, after I die - I'm not old, not yet, but with them forewarned it'd have taken you ages...sometimes it was because you would have been right to fear me, if I told anybody, and were only definitely and decidedly wrong as long as I didn't. Sometimes it was because I loved you, maybe. There are a lot of stories that always take the same route, for different reasons. It feels cheap to me. But I never said a word."
He ducks his head.
"- I had hoped I was wrong to fear you. That is by far the better world to be in. I am very grateful that you kept my secret. And - I am sorry. For being wrong. For hurting you when it accomplished nothing. I...could not have taken the risk before I knew for sure. You must know that." A crooked smile. "Of course you know that. It does not exactly seem to have held you back, that I left when I did. I know it means little now, but - I am very proud of you. And you figured it out, too, I am so curious what clued you in. Though of course it would serve me right if you never told me."
"I am sorry." He looks down at the plush carpet, for a moment, then back to her. "I doubt it would have mattered at all if I had ever met you, in terms of Nethys finding you. You were always going to find a road for yourself. But - it was a very happy time, for me, when the world around seemed so dark, and I will always be grateful for that."
"I suppose I cannot help being myself, by definition. I do believe it. And - I am sorry for costing us thirty years, by being so very myself. And I am deeply grateful for your aid now." His smile broadens a little. "Do you have a plan for the House of Oblivion? The pharaoh of Osirion seems to think you may have one squirrelled away."
"Yes, do you not?" He shakes his head a little. "You ought meet them. After the war, when there is time to spare. Parmida and I married very soon after the - events of my death. When I finally told her the truth about myself and she believed it, she wished to go into stasis so that she would be here for me when the time came. I could not keep her alive as long as I could myself, the magic is harder... I missed her very much but it is what she wanted. My adopted son Saba is in Axis. I would like to introduce you, someday, when it makes sense to visit. You would like Axis. I had a city there once, it was beautiful. My daughter Zahra is retired and has a lovely little house - she knits in her rocking chair and she makes magic items for the war twelve hours a day. I love them dearly."
"I know. I have been there too. The thing we do is always what makes sense - the shape we need to be, to win. I needed them." A smile flickers. "I hope you have the chance to need people, Leareth. I know it is frightening for people like us. Nonetheless, I recommend it."
"It must. I am, as always, grateful for your help." Pause. "If Mahdi and Hagan are still interested in joining us, we will have directions for them first thing in the morning. Fazil would be welcome, I suppose, once my troops are out of Rahadoum anyway - though I expect Vanyel might appreciate his company at the Worldwound."
Nod. "There are a lot of useful things a Good cleric can do in a war effort that manages to have none of them while fighting devils, but I'd rather have Vanyel have lots of backup. I suppose his role should only last...a maximum of an hour anyway...after which maybe Fazil can drop by."
"That relies on some assumptions about the strategic situation that might not hold, I think. There might be a lot of fighting before we get to the point where that plan makes sense. Or everything could go catastrophically badly and actually tomorrow morning we're fending off a Chelish invasion of Osirion because they caught on, with wars you never really know."
Meanwhile Khemet is negotiating with a trumpet archon of the hosts of Heaven. It is enormous and birdlike in proportions, and seems to be made of marble that flows naturally, allowing the same movements as flesh but not quite moving in the same way, as its wings beat and it tilts its head to look at him.
"...so we'd like you to accompany the Heralds to the Worldwound, heal them, provide information on the weaknesses of demons where relevant, and retrieve their bodies for us when necessary. I think that if we have enough support up there tomorrow, we can close the Worldwound forever. We are grateful for your consideration."
"You're not Good," the trumpet archon says, wings beating far too slowly to be suspending it in the air like that.
"I know I still have a lot to learn, but I think I serve Good in the world, in this. And the Heralds are, all of them I've seen so far. They volunteered to help our world as soon as they learned of it. We are - put to shame, really, for a nation which is not threatened at all by the Worldwound to see its gravity immediately, to commit themselves at once to helping to solve it. If we win this, it will be because they are Good."
"But you aren't."
"I'm sorry."
"I don't want an apology but I do want to know more."
"About my...not being Good? I think it is because my motives are mostly self-serving and I only fight Evil when I'm really sure I can win."
"Hmmm. Say more about that?"
"With all due respect, is this - important -"
"It is important to me."
"I don't think I can change it."
"It's not important to me that you change it. It's important to me that you tell me about this. You spend your nation's treasure to fight the Worldwound, to do more than that - I know there is more than that, though I will not ask you what. I understand that armies keep secrets for many reasons. But -"
"...the pharaohs are always lawful neutral. Aside from the ancient ones who were evil. Guess you could say it's traditional."
"I disapprove of this tradition."
"I understand. I - a lot of traditions are very hard on people, and it might be good, someday, if there were less of them. But I don't want to wait to do any good until I'm - ready for that. I guess. And it means - everyone I know is in Axis."
"You don't want to go to Heaven."
"No. I don't."
"Not just because everyone you know is in Axis."
Khemet is having such a bad day and he hates it very much. "I guess I have a lot of reasons. I think - I think it is still better to fix the Worldwound than not do that."
"You keep doing that. Framing it around a question I'm not asking."
"I don't want to go to Heaven because I want to go to Axis and retire. I am very very tired and if I had to do this forever I am not sure I could see my way through to doing it at all. All right?"
The trumpet archon is crying.
Khemet knew that war was very terrible but he thought the terrible part would be giving orders for people to go off to die, not having his first conversations in six years with people who have no reason to respect his office and immediately discovering he's incompetent at it. This is SO MUCH WORSE. Leareth says that Abadar-headache is worse than being stabbed and he would take a WEEK of Abadar-headache over today.
"Do you still want to help."
"Of course I will help. You poor child."
"Thank you," says Khemet through gritted teeth.
In Rahadoum, armies are in place. Two hundred of Leareth's mages, everyone strong enough for a long-range Gate, have acquired locations they can Gate to in Cheliax, from carefully-drawn pictures and from memory.
Malduoni, in possession of a Ring of Sustenance, does not need much sleep.
Leareth is in possession of a Ring of Sustenance now, because per Malduoni this is trivially worth it, but it's not quite in effect yet. He's not a wizard who needs a solid night's sleep in order to prepare spells, though; he can catnap and push through on stimulants and they have an option lined up for a break before the fighting starts in earnest.
Velgarth compulsions are detectable as enchantment, albeit very low-powered ones. So Leareth doesn't cast any on the Cheliax nobles they're here to sneak up on, invisibly. He does, however, have range, and Thoughtsensing, and he can find quite a few minds and lay some delicate contingencies, unnoticeable until the right events occur.
Velgarth Mindhealing is not detectable as enchantment.
Most Mindhealers don't use it as that, of course, but Nayoki works for Leareth. And she's been studying Golarion magic for a while, now, and most recently with Malduoni's people.
She can lay a cautious Mindhealing set-command on the leadership in question, designed to imitate almost exactly the same geas that Malduoni's original plan called for. Quite a few less important nobles are under geas already, people who don't matter enough to be regularly checked for enchantments, but Malduoni left this part until right before the final move.
It's not instantaneous, it's a complicated set-command, but they've got time, and Nayoki isn't limited on spell slots. Surrender, she tells the nobles. When this and such and such happen, the obvious thing to do is to surrender.
This is quite a lot better than his original plan, though his original plan should already have been overkill, because of course you want to - have to - have overkill, in a case like this. Malduoni's mind holds the various implications, traces out the paths and ripples of this change.
It takes them only a few hours to hit everyone on the list.
Shaphe wakes up at the right time every day even though at this time of year, at the Worldwound, the sun rises late and stays in the sky only a couple of hours. Her first few years here she didn't, and felt constantly off-balance, waiting for some signal of morning that the sky was not going to offer her. But she got used to it.
She steps outside her hut, for a moment, to feel the wind on her cheeks, before she goes back in to pray. The barrier is visible from their camp, in the middle distance, a haze stretched across the horizon. Sometimes demons burst through it. There's no way to make a spell as big and permanent as the wards holding back the Worldwound also strong enough nothing can punch its way through. But the demons who manage to do that are rare, and easily tracked down on the other side. Except when they aren't, and zip or burrow or fly off to wreak horrors on the rest of the world, and -
- nothing they can do about that.
No.
She has been trying to develop the habit of not saying that to herself, even though it's tempting, even though they are in fact surrounded mostly by things they can do nothing about. Iomedae wouldn't say it. She's not quite sure what Iomedae would say instead - grapples, often, with the nagging sense that Iomedae would chase down the demon and say 'see, it wasn't that hard', which is not an example that's easily followed - but it wouldn't be 'there's nothing we can do'. Maybe 'there are higher priorities, today'.
It is also not clear what Iomedae would say about the legions of Hellknights who hold the Abyss alongside them. Or maybe she's just flattering herself that it's unclear, because the holy texts really aren't. If you find that your work serves Hell, you're doing the wrong thing, no matter how elaborate your rationalizations.
The Good gods allied with the Evil ones, once, before the beginnings of time, to stop Rovagug from eating the world. Before Iomedae was a god, but presumably she wouldn't have been the lone holdout if she had been. Or maybe if there'd been enough Good gods they wouldn't have needed to ally with the Evil ones, for that, at whatever price was paid that the histories don't speak of.
She tries not to go back inside in the morning to pray until she has ten questions she badly wants to ask. Not that prayers are answered that directly, not for ordinary soldiers, but - it seems to go better, somehow, when she's leaning in to the questions, hurting with them. This isn't ten questions but they're unusually weighty ones. She turns to go inside.
Aroden teleports into place.
He's wearing his old face now, with Alter Self. Or at least what the histories and sculptures and paintings claim he looked like, how would he know, it's too many thousands of years in the past and a god's mind doesn't think in terms of human features anyway. In any case, he no longer looks like an old man, and he mostly doesn't move like one either.
He is, however, at the moment still invisible.
He lands with his feet apart and Taver, the Groveborn Companion of Valdemar, at his side.
He takes out a diamond.
He's done a lot of setup. He's laid out the wording very, very carefully. This plan was conceived of decades ago and ready to move years ago.
The first Wish that he casts does nothing visible to the eye, yet, though it'll be very obvious to anyone with Detect Magic up - the beginnings of some sort of vast scaffolding, stretching over a hundred-mile radius around the Worldwound. He feels the magic falling into place.
The diamond is consumed. The first Wish takes exactly six seconds, and he's instantly drawing out another diamond and onto the second.
Aroden is still invisible. The magic is centred on the Worldwound, not on him.
The second Wish adds to the scaffolding, tightening, shaping. The third completes it. As far as Aroden knows, no one has ever done this exact spell, in the entire history of the world.
He takes out his last diamond. He says the words that he planned, so carefully, years ago.
And for a moment it almost, almost feels like wielding magic the way the gods do. The way his mind still remembers, strains toward, though it gives him headaches even to remember it too clearly.
...
Across a vast hundred-mile radius all around the Worldwound, every Evil creature - and only Evil creatures - is the target of the spell Flesh to Stone.
People are pouring out of their encampments to see what the fuck is going on!! This includes all of the paladins of Iomedae and most of the forces of Mendev and most of the clusters of random adventurers and approximately the quarter of the Hellknights who managed to resist petrification, the latter category very very angry -
At the voice they all stop. Stare at each other in confusion.
"Someone ask," someone snaps, and Shaphe doesn't have the spell Commune but you don't actually need the spell, and she sinks to her knees and lays the sword across her lap and reaches out with all of her mind -
- is it true -
- it's like something is ripped away from in front of her eyes, from in front of all of her senses, and she can seehearfeel clearly for the first time and it's blinding - it hurts - whatever she's found here is vast and fast-moving and uninterpretable but she would swear it's mostly confused -
- something takes hold of her and she stands up, walks back outside - the sword clatters to the ground - her eyes are unfocused -
:Aroden has returned to take back Cheliax: the alien, ringing-steel voice announces. :His allies will be here shortly to attempt to close the Worldwound. You may stay and aid them, or join his efforts at...:
Taver goes on, instructing all the non-Evil creatures within a hundred miles of the Worldwound of approximately what's going to happen next, and where they can join up with Aroden's forces and allies to make themselves useful.
(The placement was carefully selected so that non-helpful forces showing up, such as the surviving Hellknights if they tag along, can be prevented from causing trouble, though none of the Hellknights should have heard Taver's instructions.)
The surviving Hellknights were heading over to the paladins to ask for help undoing the petrification, some paladins can do that, but at this news they instead fall back around their camp, armed and anxious. A lot of people are praying.
Shaphe wakes up to someone dumping water on her face; someone else is attempting Restoration but she doesn't think it's doing anything. They all look a bit awed. "Should we fight in Cheliax or stay here?" someone asks breathlessly as soon as her eyes open.
Shaphe blinks several times to clear some of the blurriness out of her vision. Her mouth is very dry. "Why...would I know that."
"The Inheritor spoke to you!"
"I...don't remember that at all."
"What's the last thing you remember?"
"Uh. Dinner?"
There's blurred movement. They're exchanging glances, maybe, shaking heads. Armoring up. "That's all right, that's not your fault," someone says. She can't make out faces and all their voices sound funny. "Uh. Do you want the good news or the really good news?"
- nod.
He is not going to go up to the Worldwound, it introduces lots of security complications and makes Osirion's role in this more conspicuous. He'll watch through a crystal ball. He has some diamonds here. Nefreti will hopefully also be doing her part, though he hasn't heard from her yet this morning.
Leareth reaches the other way to take Nayoki's hand. Nearly two hundred of his mages, everyone who's tired from Gating twenty thousand troops over from Velgarth or from the frantic last-minute making set-spells and shield-artifacts and such, are already holding hands in a chain, ready.
It's still pretty goddamned early in the morning, according to Vanyel, when Leareth's communication-spell taps at his mind.
The Heralds are assembled and ready, though, fifty-seven of them, riding their saddled Companions, plus a dozen Healers and one Melody. She's headed to the Worldwound first, in case she can be useful there, but if Fazil does peel off Cheliax-ward afterward then she might join him. Also Starwind and Moondance, half a dozen other Adepts, and a dozen scouts with Mindspeech. The trumpet archon is with them.
Vanyel raises a Gate to the memory of a place that should be just outside the shield-barrier - no one has a new enough Gate-location inside, even though it should be safe enough now if Aroden's plan worked.
Just outside the shield-barrier there's an encampment of Hellknights; most of them are turned to stone but the ones who aren't are terrified and angry and have closed in tightly around their camp, wielding pikes.
There's a host of warriors from Mendev, circled around to sort of glare them down but not actually approaching.
There are some paladins of Iomedae.
Everyone turns to stare at the Gate. Magic...shouldn't be able to do that...
The Hellknights share anxious hopeful looks until a paladin order on horses rides through with a trumpet archon flying above them.
They don't have Taver but they do have a lot of other Companions, who can coordinate amongst each other and explain their plan to the non-Hellknight forces, while their Heralds focus on spreading out a bit, orienting to the surroundings - how many demons are both visible and moving on the other side of that barrier...
Plan! Vanyel can Farsee where all the four ward-stones are and share that vivid mental image with the others, that plus line-of-sight plus some practice of techniques Leareth showed him should be enough to Gate themselves right there rather than taking the long way. They're heavy, so the easiest way to move them is going to be by opening a Gate under them, the other end of it placed very close to the site of the Worldwound itself, which he can also Farsee and share with Mindspeech.
Vanyel takes one himself.
The locals are incredibly confused but they think the forces here are sufficient to handle the ones not turned to stone? Or at least, they definitely would be if they were fighting them, but at this moment the forces here are still tensely glaring at each other, trying to figure out whether they are obliged to go to war or obliged not to or anything.
Probably if demons show up it'll settle the impasse.
The barrier vanishes from the place where it's stood for decades.
Its defenders exchange nervous glances.
"Maybe Aroden spared you so you can redeem yourselves," someone says cautiously, which gets them angrily glared at.
" - we came here to fight demons," one of the paladins says, after a while. "So - we're going to do that. Unless we are stabbed in the back, in which case we will destroy every last one of you."
And they spread out to stop any demons that make their way out with the barrier gone.
Savil is barking orders to the several thousand blue-uniformed Guards still streaming through her Gate. She's getting tired, she had better take it down, but this is already better than she'd expected.
The other Heralds are spreading out, staying in Mindspeech contact with each other.
Vanyel doesn't wait.
The moment his Gate is done, Yfandes breaks into a gallop toward the distant Worldwound.
Vanyel flings fireballs and levinbolts and blunt force attacks and daggers of mage-force at every demon within a hundred feet of him, an extravagant, almost careless display of magic. He's clearing a path for himself, of course, but his main goal here is actually to attract a LOT of attention. He wants them coordinating against him as their biggest threat. It'll get more of them into range.
The demons have no trouble concluding that this person is a big threat! As he and Yfandes head in they swarm him. There are fire demons with long-reaching whips that reach out to rip at him with something like Fetching, there are towering demons wielding trees as clubs, there are demons flinging their own spells back at him -
Some of the surviving demons have attacked across the borders where the wardstones used to hold them; they've been engaged by the Guard and the Heralds and the paladins and some Hellknights, and so far they haven't made it too far.
More demons are swarming out of the Abyss to try to attack the wardstones in their new position, which is really close in - the locals are concerned that it's indefensible and the wardstones are gonna get destroyed?
Oh, he's got an excellent plan to discourage that decision.
Vanyel reaches out with Farsight, checking for the exact centre of the new ward-circle. He starts preparing a Gate, aiming to stick the other end a good distance up in the air, right above the crack in reality. It's not a smart place to land but he won't be there for long.
He informs Savil, relaying via Yfandes, that he thinks she should take some of the mages in close and tackle the demons on the outside for a while. He sighs and checks with Farsight whether it's back to the same density of demons as before or whether he should perhaps wait a little and let them get really packed in there so he can get all of them at once.
Then Vanyel will take a breather and give Savil and the others nearby helpful Farsight-coverage advice about what the demons are up to, and wait until the numbers inside the barrier are nice and densely packed and/or look like they're dangerously close to destroying the ward-stones before he Gates himself back into midair.
Nefreti is in Thuvia. Thousands and thousands of years ago, a pharaoh built a house half in Thuvia and half in Abaddon, in exchange for the aid of a powerful div lord in securing power. It is a beautiful piece of magic and she doesn't want to destroy it but she could move it.
She goes looking for a universe that is extremely magic and can handle having a portal to Abaddon.
She casts Miracle and asks Nethys to make her powerful enough to pull this off (this is the only kind of Miracle Nethys ever consents to grant).
The air swirls into a haze of magic around her.
Are you going to help with Resurrections today, someone Sendings her, and the response is supposed to be spoken words but she can reach back through the response-thread for the spell and slap whoever it is in the face, for being annoying, and -
The air swirls back into a haze of magic around her and when it settles the House of Oblivion is gone from the deserts of Thuvia, leaving only a gaping hole. Also she's standing in a crater, which, huh, there must have been backsplash.
She Teleports on over to Sothis to help the stupid little boyking out with True Resurrections.
What is she up to - (it's such a beautiful, captivating spell to watch) - also she turned into a dragon, this world's magic is insane and he's never going to get tired of it - he's not even dead, though, and there's nothing worth Final Striking for right now. Oh well, surely if she needs him to do something, she'll know whether or not she has to inform him of it. He'll keep helping the defenders here. this
He's not sure how clear Aroden needs the area in order to close the gap, but - the demons are looking pretty dissuaded, he bets that if he does it one more time they'll be a while emerging. So maybe his best bet is to wait a bit, contact someone - probably Leareth with the communications spell, it's the fewest steps - and tell Aroden or whoever he's sending to deal to be on standby while he does one final round. After checking that Nefreti is saving a True Resurrection for him. He'll wait to see what she's doing now.
A snow-white stallion with silvery hooves that ring like bells on the street, and piercing blue eyes, is at his side.
:Aroden is alive. Aroden is here to reclaim his land and his people:
The voice is strange and alien, cold-blue-steel, and it speaks into the mind of every person in a fifty-mile radius.
(This triggers some compulsions and some geases and Mindhealing set-commands).
Leareth, well-rested, waits on the other side of the Gate and speaks briefly to the pharaoh via his mirror. "If Hagan and Mahdi still wish to join, they can come to..." and he describes a location that was in the book of detailed pictures, and which they've now confirmed is still the same.
The Chelish response to the invading army that is - absurdly, falsely, it has to be falsely - claiming to be Aroden's is being substantially hampered by the number of important people who have said "oh, it's Aroden. We can't fight Aroden." or "We had better surrender." or other similarly useless things. In some cases it's been determined they've been Enchanted; in some cases it hasn't; wizards are being marshalled to get that fixed as soon as possible.
Everyone is terrified. The invader says he's Aroden, but that doesn't make any sense, and is probably a lie, and maybe the whole thing is a spectacular trick to test their loyalty to Asmodeus, or a faction dispute within Hell, and it's not at all clear what you do here to avoid being executed.
Some groups of them have managed to conclude that probably what you do to avoid being executed is flee. Others have managed to conclude that probably what you do is start shooting at the army which is probably an illusion or something anyway, an illusion of an army pouring through a Gate is much more consistent with what is known to be possible than an actual army pouring through an actual Gate.
Some people are preparing to go kill the claimed-Aroden, which is probably the cleanest way to end this.
Leareth suspects they're going to have a pretty hard time with that!
With both, really, his army is really well shielded, and Aroden's is not quite as well equipped with Velgarth artifacts (there wasn't time to make that many) but they've got their own Golarion-style magic items, and are very organized.
He passes on warnings of what people are up to, though. Lots of other Thoughtsensers are doing the same, relaying via Taver who has the attention span to combine their info.
Most High Aspexia Rugatonn, the grand high priestess of Asmodeus in Cheliax, cannot get out of bed and cannot cast spells and cannot talk and none of the spells her subordinates are trying are fixing this and they start slaughtering human sacrifices on the altar of the temple to get a devil or a miracle capable of fixing her.
Nayoki, flanked by a couple of Adept mages and quite a number of well-armed, well-armoured soldiers, gets within range, taps a node to boost her Mindhealing with mage-energies, and set-commands everyone in the building to please :STOP MOVING STOP DOING THINGS: and then directs in some of the Healers to see if any of the would-be-sacrifices can still be saved.
- someone is cheating. Most of Asmodeus's attention is dedicated to sweeping through the past several months now that He knows what to look at, figuring out how they cheated, what He can do in response -
On the altar a Gate to Hell opens and a devil charges through and tries to fix whatever that was with Dispel Good, and when that fails with Dispel Chaos, and when that fails by hammering the person responsible with an astonishing amount of lightning
A different devil charges through and checks whether Break Enchantment will do it.
Two Adept mages are covering Nayoki with shields and she's also running as fast as she can in the other direction because why would she stick around after doing that - when it looks like their shields might not hold it off she raises a Gate on the nearest shop-doorway and dives through it, catching herself in a roll and coming up on her feet back near one of the initial Gates. Or where it was, the troops are through now and they've taken it down before anyone can figure out that blasting Gates works.
- Huh, something feels different, it's - like he has suddenly deeper reserves, except it's not his usual reserves, it's the other kind. The kind that comes from Abadar. It's not exactly twice as much as before but he has a sense it's the right amount to get him an additional level's worth of spells.
What is he even supposed to do about that - there aren't any clerics around he can ask, Rahadoum's army doesn't work with them, he's kind of a one-time exception here.
He didn't spend very long looking through the list of higher-level spells but he tries to remember, briefly, if any of them are useful enough to be worth stopping to ask for, rather than just going on with his normal, right now much stronger kind of magic.
All right it probably doesn't take that long to get one spell and he doesn't have anyone else to cast it on him right now - he's mostly not using magic, he's here to coordinate, but obviously more backup is better.
He Mindspeaks some mages to cover him, and also Mindspeaks Taver to let him know that he appears to have gotten more cleric powers and given how the gods work this probably means Asmodeus is up to something. And then he gets out his holy symbol and kneels and reaches for the now-familiar interface with Abadar.
It does something! Much less than it'd do to a person, but not nothing.
The devil takes off in the air, flying towards the army.
Some more devils join it.
The trembling cleric of Asmodeus stands up from praying for spells and asks Asmodeous to miraculously fix everyone in the temple who has been affected in some way by the invaders. Whatever it is that the invaders did.
They can throw lightning bolts at each other.
High Priestess Aspexia Rugatonn gets herself miraculously cured, scrambles to her feet, gives hurried orders to make sure the fight for the city is as costly as possible for the attackers, Plane Shifts to Hell.
Not to that deepest level of Hell where Asmodeus is, of course, you can't get there with a Plane Shift and would be very unwise to go uninvited at all. But in the first level, Avernus, they'll at least be able to plan their response unimpeded, and their enemies seem quite competent to impede them in Cheliax itself, right now, somehow - how -
It is a question than an extraordinary number of devils and demigods in Hell have already been set to answering. They watch backwards in time through the last hours, weeks, months, years, they learn of another world and send their searching there, too -
- they are interrupted by an invasion of Hell from Heaven, because of course they are -
In addition to being able to Broadsend to thousands of people at once, Taver is an incredibly powerful Thoughtsenser, and most of the citizens don't have much in the way of shielding. He has to stop Mindspeaking to do it, but everyone's heard the message repeated quite a few times now, and he can divide his attention to reach across miles, skim a hundred people at once and then another hundred, consolidate an overall impression - how are people reacting?
People are so incredibly terrified! They're terrified that this is a ploy of some kind to test their loyalty. They're terrified that it's a war between gods and they're all going to die. They're terrified that they're going to be killed for picking the wrong side, or for not picking a side fast enough.
(They're hopeful - but it can't be true, and someone'll ask them, next week, maybe under a truth spell, did you desert your loyalties so easily, are you so worthless to Asmodeus, is there nothing of you that will remain when the unworthy bits have burned away -)
They cower in their homes and remind themselves that someday Asmodeus will conquer all the worlds, that people believe going to one of the nice afterlives is an escape but Asmodeus will come for them there, too, that hope has always been the enemy of good judgment. Some of them are thinking about which neighbors to accuse of disloyalty when Asmodeus wins, and as a backup plan which neighbors to accuse of disloyalty to the new regime if Asmodeus somehow loses.
Being upset about it right now won't help, so Leareth isn't, he folds that away for later. People cowering their homes is one of the best options, here - in some ways better than them joining the fight on Aroden's side, because that risks a lot of untrained civilians getting killed in crossfire.
He asks Taver to switch his focus to the soldiers and lower-level casters, who won't be the focus of as much attention, and to start divvying them up into sections based on who is near which of Leareth's mages, and inform said mages that a particular contingency-order is now in effect and of who their assigned people are. Oh, and also to let Aroden know he's doing so, so things don't get tangled up.
In between throwing attacks and shielding themselves, Leareth's mages find moments to reach out with compulsions - for those who don't have Thoughtsensing, Taver can help them anchor on the right minds. Casters first, then common soldiers.
The compulsions that go out are subtle. They'll show up to enchantment sight still but hopefully most people are too busy to check. The soldiers and casters affected are just going to be missing and fumbling a lot more attacks than they would otherwise.
Cheliax starts sending in forces from elsewhere in the country, only the ones that can Teleport for now. Asmodeus is being extremely generous in granting prayed-for Miracles and in sending more powerful and more cooperative devils than you'd ordinarily get from these planar binding rituals but not, so far, intervening farther than that.
They need people who can do Gates. The obvious thing is to try to grab some, with Dominate Person or Geas spells - convince them to switch sides and be rewarded in this world and the next one -
Leareth and Aroden were expecting this, because it's kind of the obvious next step for Asmodeus. They tested the spells against Velgarth shielding, which can shield out any mage-compulsion, but apparently that's not the case here; it makes it more likely someone can throw off the spell, but doesn't render them immune.
With more lead time they could have figured out shielding, either a local magic item or purpose-built Velgarth spell, but as it is, the best he could manage was a voluntary compulsion on all his mages. They know what Dominate Person and Geas feel like; some had it cast directly on them as a test, others with Mindspeech rode along in their minds or observed the memory. The compulsion is a subtle, conditional one; all it says is that if they sense enemy mind control, they must immediately stop taking actions, and contact Leareth and Taver, either with Mindspeech or a communication spell or a one-time-use emergency talisman for those who can't manage either.
How Leareth will respond to that is going to depend on the exact conditions, but having Taver to coordinate through gives them a lot of better options than they would otherwise have.
Then when the spells land, rather than enemy mages jumping over to their side the enemy mages just stand there! It's still a decent way to take them out of the fight but this is an unusual and frustrating result and Cheliax's wizards are frustrated.
Also they are running low on spells, though their opponents have to be running low on spells as well.
Someone Sends Aroden that Hell extends an invitation for him to visit and discuss terms and thereby avoid his obliteration in open war.
Leareth loses a few of his mages that way, when no one else is in range to cover them with a shield and buy time to grab them, which is very irritating. He yoinks a few by dint of opening very fast Gates right under them. Unfortunately, actually breaking enchantments is risky to do by the low-powered Velgarth method, and the spells to do so are limited, Leareth's other mages can refill spell slots for wizards but it's eventually tiring for them to cast more than their usual spell allotment. Mostly, though, they can hold their own, and his mages aren't running low on spells, they'll eventually get tired but they're well trained and there are nodes that no one else on either side is using as much.
Second contingency-order. If an enemy soldier is wounded, they get a compulsion to stop fighting and instead get out of the way, pretend to be dead and avoid notice from the enemy. Ideally one of the subtler ones, where it's not obviously distinct from their own desires, though not all of Leareth's mages are skilled enough for that.
Leareth asks Taver to alert him directly when higher-level casters are wounded, because he's very good at subtle compulsions and also seems to be better at getting past the weird local equivalent to shields.
High level casters with access to magic healing have very little margin between 'not injured enough to impair them in fighting' and 'dead or dying' but there are some. Their own side's clerics can use a spell to distinguish the injured from the dying or the dead, but, well, there aren't enough of their own side's clerics.
Someone orders a withdrawal from Egorian.
Probably someone also ordered it torched because it sure is on fire now.
Fortunately Velgarth magic is really good for putting out fires, even at a relatively low power cost. Reverse weather-barriers go up, keeping the fires from getting hot enough to spread without otherwise being too obtrusive, then chilling them until the fire loses momentum and goes out as soon as the casters have withdrawn.
Withdrawing forces from a city is never the most organized process and Leareth can take advantage of this, throwing compulsions at casters and then at as many soldiers as he can reach to get 'lost' and not make it out, or, if he thinks he can get away with it based on their thoughts, to be seized by sudden doubts and fears and decide they would rather be Aroden's prisoners than fight the rest of this war on Asmodeus' side.
Some of them are in fact in enough doubt (it's not Aroden, it can't be Aroden, but whoever it is Asmodeus hasn't crushed them like a bug yet -) that the compulsion can drag them to a terrified surrender. - presumably he'll kill them and then they'll go to Hell and it'll be so so much worse for having ended like this -
Nobody is getting killed today.
As soon as the city is enough under their control to make it safe, he Gates in all the Healers he was able to rustle up from Velgarth on short notice, which is about fifty of varying Gift-strengths. Aroden has some druids for Healing; they generally won't participate in battles but they're willing to show up after the fact and treat casualties.
Velgarth Healing isn't as nearly good as cleric healing for battle wounds, but it's very good for triage, and can be used sparingly yet to great effect to reduce deaths from wounds that would otherwise fester or slowly bleed out, even if the recovery process will still be a lengthy one.
The critically wounded on his own side come first, of course, but after that, the Chelish locals are triaged alongside the invaders. Anyone who could plausibly still pose a threat at all gets a compulsion that prevents them from trying to harm anyone around them, because Leareth isn't stupid.
None of that work is very high-power, but Leareth is still tiring. He casts Lesser Restoration on himself, which brings him back to full energy; he saves the innate reserves replenishing spell for the next iteration.
There are lots of hidden people, shut away in their houses waiting for news - whispering about the roses - most of them too scared to even do that, even if this is Aroden's invading army it's an invading army and that's always, always bad news, and if you're likely to be in Hell by the end of the day it doesn't matter, really, who this is or what they want.
Vanyel clears the area around the Worldwound one last time and ten seconds later Nefreti finishes her True Resurrection and brings him back to life among the Heralds defending the wardstones and five seconds after that Aroden arrives.
Nefreti is a red dragon circling the wardstones, lighting demons on fire with her breath and now that she's done with True Resurrection flinging Fireballs at them as well, from her front talons.
Aroden spends ten seconds orienting, scanning the area with his eyes and all his various permanent magic-senses.
Then he takes out another diamond, Dimension Door's across to the other side of the ward-stones barrier, and casts Wish. A wording he figured out nearly fifty years ago, actually, when actually making it close enough to close the Worldwound was a distant dream.
It takes only seconds.
Vanyel nods, seriously. "Thank you so much for staying. I really appreciated you being around even if I was mostly, er, racing back and forth between exploding and being dead and not actually talking to you. I might Gate over later - tell Leareth he can contact me if I need to do something ridiculous over there, but for now I'll stick with some nice civilized demon fighting."
He has deep respect for Aroden for figuring out how to do this at all without a cleric but also he can heal every injured person within thirty feet of him to full health seven times (he'd rather only use some of those now) and then stabilize an arbitrary number of additional people, taking about ten seconds for each of them.
The Velgarth Healers are extremely well organized, and know how clerics work at this point; they can shuffle and cram a really impressive number of the worst-injured people into a thirty-foot radius of him, most of whom have been minimally Healed the Velgarth way so that they're not actively dying but are still pretty miserable.
Once he's done that a few times: if his magic for stabilizing people makes them stable enough to move safely, maybe he should take direction from Taver, who's currently scanning the entire city for injured people they haven't brought to the central area yet, and then others without healing magic can transport them back.
Taver, his mindvoice distant and steely and alien, directs them down streets and alleys to locate wounded soldiers. A lot of the buildings are a bit scorched but few are burned down, the fires seem to have been dealt with quickly.
(Leareth's mage is also going to put compulsions on all of them not to attack Fazil or whoever is sent to collect them and bring them back to the main camp in his wake.)
It's a big city but there aren't an infinite number of people injured badly enough to send Fazil instead of some of Aroden and Leareth's soldiers to move them, and a lot of the worst-injured were already chased down in the first few minutes.
Back at camp, Leareth's Farseers watch the retreating forces, while Nayoki shares her memories of High Priestess Aspexia Rugatonn with all of Aroden's wizards who have spells left and can cast Scry. They know the High Priestess successfully fled the city, they aren't sure to where but Aroden suspects she'll be involved in planning the response to their invasion.
She's probably very resistant against scrying, as a high-level cleric, but they can have a lot of people try, one after another, and hope someone eventually gets lucky.
Aroden smiles to himself. Of course.
Also, he's going to have to speak with her, after this, and it's certain to be a very - interesting - conversation.
He checks in with Leareth's Farseers, some of whom have the range and skill to Farsee other cities from a map. Distraction in Hell or not, he wants to know what's going on elsewhere in Cheliax.
They don't really have Egorian under full control yet, but also Aroden can't let that stand.
His own wizards are low on spells, but if they're paired with Leareth's mages who can refill spell slots, they can manage another fight as long as it's not too prolonged. Can Leareth or his people do some Gates.
Aroden can provide high-quality drawings of some locations, while they reorganize and line up their forces. Probably Ostenso first before they commit soldiers to one or both of the others, in case it's thornier than it looks.
Aroden checks in with Taver about any remaining resistance in Egorian, gauging how many troops and mages or wizards he needs to leave behind.
It's a big city. Lots of people are cowering in their houses and the stationed troops were mostly evacuated or killed or captured and the more powerful wizards mostly Teleported far away if they didn't join the evacuation, but it's still a big city and has parts that were untouched by the fighting and haven't been traversed in the aftermath either, and it might have a lot more resistance if resistance didn't look hopeless.
<I looked at the book. You need help? Er, let me check with Savil if we can spare any of the other Heralds here>
:'Fandes, can you ask Kellan how we're doing on demons?: He's been guarding one of the ward-stones mostly by himself for a while and isn't sure how the others are going.
There's still a hundred-mile radius that contained demons this morning, contained significant less of them after Aroden's spells, and stilll contains most of the ones the spells didn't catch. This is mostly dangerous and powerful demons who were not the type to immediately run at the nearest enemy and try to eat it.
They could move the wardstones out again now, and deal with the rest of the demon cleanup later?
That's a pretty reasonable idea, honestly; they can move them out to wherever the original lineup of people guarding the barrier's previous location have made it to, and then leave behind whoever wants to keep fighting demons, which is probably going to be all of the Tayledras; moving as a unit they're tough enough that even the most powerful demons are going to have a hard time threatening them.
Nefreti is probably not ideal for Cheliax and also is presumably aware of what's going on and would go on her own initiative if she wanted to. It still feels polite to check in with her, at least to run the plan by her.
:Nefreti? Leareth wants my help; Savil and I are wondering whether to move the wardstones back out so we can go help in Ostenso and come back later for cleanup. What do you think?:
:I think people can wait a week or two for their gawking: He checks again with Yfandes. :We're going to move them and then all of the Heralds are leaving with me. The Tayledras are staying. I expect you don't want to come to Ostenso for whatever Leareth wants me for, but if I'm wrong, you'd be welcome to use our Gate. Also, thank you so much for your help:
Well, then the ward-stones will go to just inside their line. He asks Yfandes to warn whoever's in command. Probably it'll be nice for them to get a break, too.
And - Gates, all at once, and now the barrier snaps into place to cover the full hundred-mile radius again.
:Then please tell the civilians that Aroden is here reclaiming his country and wishes to minimize bloodshed, and will not harm anybody if they surrender. Probably nobody will believe it but it seems worth saying: Pause. :If you can do a very, very strong shield, we could use one here: and he sends an image of the opening to the demiplane.
Vanyel anchors his Farsight on it and as soon as they're out of the barn Yfandes breaks into a gallop in that direction; he's belted into the saddle so he can focus on distance-casting, it's not exactly fiddly work, just put a giant barrier-wall right in front of the demiplane and make it strong strong strong, there are nodes in reach, he can put quite a lot of power into it.
It could paralyze every enemy or civilian who hears its trumpet but that honestly looks like overkill right now; it can do it elsewhere, if there are panicked civilians being packed off to Hell elsewhere. It can do mass healing without Fazil's radius limit. It can banish some devils, if it sees any.
And it can raise the dead, usually, but it has already done that for the Heralds a couple times at the Worldwound and will be very tired if it does it again.
Vanyel has a very quick back and forth with Leareth and then very gratefully Mindtouches the archon again. :There are devils in Corentyn and Kintargo transporting civilians to Hell. If you can go there - we can't spare the personnel yet, it sounds like - can you teleport yourself there...?:
Is his mage-barrier holding?
Aroden can dispel the demiplane, which seems like the right call here, except that there are a lot of civilians who were just shoved through it and are now on the other side. It's obviously a trap to send people in to retrieve them, but - can Leareth or his mages do anything from the outside?
It doesn't seem to be an anti-magic demiplane; Leareth's Othersenses work fine in it. He stretches them as far as he can, sensing for minds - that part is easier, his Thoughtsensing range is pretty long - and then pushing his mage-senses to their limit to see if he can compulsion any of them into coming back through on their own.
There's a crowd of terrified civilians right on the other side and some of them can be made to turn around and come back through. They're white-faced and trembling and crying and holding little children and their loved ones who were no so compulsioned are screaming at them in confusion but they cross back into the mass of scared confused civilians on this side.
Being upset about it right now won't help, so Leareth folds that away for later.
He keeps trying, pushing his mage-gift hard, focusing hard on each mind he can still feel and sometimes trying a second time when it doesn't take, until he's sure that he's gotten absolutely everyone he can.
They're getting most of the civilians back through and then something appears in Leareth's Othersenses that is much more bright and magical than any person - it's not quite the thing Abadar is, but it's much much closer -
- the Archdevil Dispater, ruler of the second level of Hell, looks through the demiplane at them.
:You should Final Strike right now: he tells Leareth, and when Aroden's spells reached out and seized you there was at least the half-second where it felt like you might be able to bat it away; this one is both stronger and carefuller than that, and reaches casually across the two planes that stand between them.
Leareth would not, on his own, have much if any hope of resisting that -
- but the compulsion laid on all of his mages is on him too, he had Nayoki do it to make it harder to break it himself, and it holds, and now he's standing perfectly still, expression slack, simultaneously utterly convinced that he needs to Final Strike right now and also unable to do anything.
Aroden has been standing in view of the crowd, visibly looking like Aroden while the Companions keep going through the people, informing everyone as reassuringly as they can that Aroden will not harm anyone who surrenders or is captured.
About half a second after the Archdevil appears, he's in front of the demiplane, and a small number of seconds later the demiplane is gone.
Nayoki shoves several people out of the way to get to Leareth and then he collapses in a heap and she catches him.
:I am not sure what that - being - did to him but it triggered the protective compulsion: she explains to Aroden. :I will try to set it right before I wake him:
Well, see, they live in a state run by Asmodeus whose secret police will have them tortured to death for disloyalty and an hour ago they were told that there was a conquering army arriving and they should prepare to fight and get their families evacuated straight to Hell, and then the conquering army arrived and claimed to be led by Aroden, the Chelish god who died a hundred years ago, and then they were trapped in a magic forcefield and mind-controlled to leave Hell and come back and then the archdevil of the second level of Hell showed up and now weird voices in their heads are reassuring them that the conquering army isn't going to kill them, which it admittedly looks disinclined to do for the moment.
So pretty panicked.
Aroden gives some orders and his troops and mages back off a little, leaving a corridor clear for the civilians, while the Companions send a quiet message that they should, if they wish, return to their homes. (It'll mean having them out of clear sight, and possibly soldiers will hide with common citizens and plot resistance, but also they should really have the noncombatants out of the streets for this, and they'll probably panic less as a result.)
Leareth orders some of his mages to raise a couple more concert-Gates back to the garrison in Rahadoum, so he can bring over another five thousand of his troops to occupy the city.
And he Mindtouches Vanyel. :We just had a close call and it occurs to me that if you had been in sight, the Archdevil ought have gone for you, not me. All of my people have a voluntary compulsion in place to stop taking any actions if under enemy mind-control. Would you and the other Herald-Mages accept this precaution?:
Vanyel stays put, but once he's had his protective compulsion set up just in case more devils turn up, he can provide distance-casting support, using his Farsight to aim, and block the Chelish troops' movements with mage-barriers or try to take out their wizards and clerics, nonlethally if possible.
The Palace still has a lot of locals in it, but not really any resistance; the important people mostly teleported out before Aroden's troops moved on it, and the remainder are sequestered into particular wings of the Palace, held there by a mixture of weird magical barrier-walls and some mind control. A dozen of the strange not-sorcerers and a smaller number of high-level wizards are methodically combing through the Palace, disabling the traps laid by the fleeing forces as they find them.
In between watching the entire city and directing troops toward any signs of resistance in the less-occupied corners, Taver contacts the observers from other countries, helpfully informing them that Aroden is alive and has returned to take back his country.
They heard that. And saw the field of flowers. They have some questions. How is Aroden not dead. Can Aroden prove it's him. Where is the army from. Are people allowed to grab Chelish relatives and acquaintances and flee the country with them. Does Aroden want the help of Andoran or Galt or Taldor. Is Aroden also responsible for the Worldwound being closed now. Why can't Aroden's clerics get spells from him, if he's not dead.
Taver has Aroden's advance permission to answer all of those questions.
Aroden isn't dead because he was immortal as a human even before his ascension (this is public record) and because of that he was able to come back as an immortal human when he died as a god (Taver does not give any details on how). But he is still human, right now, albeit an extremely powerful caster for a human, and that's why his clerics still aren't getting spells from him. Aroden amassed his army in Rahadoum over the past century, in secret, so that he could catch Asmodeus and Cheliax by surprise when he was ready. He also has some allies from 'elsewhere' (Taver does not specify).
Aroden did personally close the Worldwound once it was clear enough, and is responsible for turning most of the demons to stone so that the ward-stones could be moved in. Actually clearing the area around the interplanar tear enough that he could close it was nearly all the work of his allies from elsewhere, with support from Osirion and from Nefreti Clepati and presumably Nethys.
People are definitely allowed to evacuate their Chelish relatives and acquaintances to other countries if they want. Especially since they believe Asmodeus has been ordering civilian evacuations to Hell in other cities, which Aroden is currently trying to head off.
Aroden will accept help in garrisoning the conquered cities from other countries if they're offering it; currently that's just Egorian, and they should run numbers past Taver first and then plan on arriving in designated areas. Aroden would also, at this point, be delighted to welcome the clerics of Good or Neutral gods to help with healing casualties and providing clean water, and other logistical aid and supplies like food or blankets for displaced people. When the battles are over, Aroden's allies can even help with transporting supplies and volunteers, so if people want to start organizing departure points in their own countries, they can run that by Taver too.
(Taver has an eidetic memory, but his attention is also very stretched, so he's passing all of this on to a soldier acting as his clerk, who's writing it down.)
Aroden does! They have limited capacity right now since it requires the same people who are currently fighting in other cities and clearing the Palace in this one, but can do a couple for the most urgent transport. They'll need someone to teleport in who has a clear memory of the place where the Gate needs to go, but if they do that, someone will show up in the designated arrival area and can do the spell using their memory.
(The weather is getting very disrupted in Egorian, from all the Gates; rain is fine, it'll put out any remaining smouldering fires, but several of Leareth's mages have been reassigned to weather-work to head off a more serious storm.)
Then a Gate can be raised between Andoran and Egorian and held to let their soldiers and clerics cross. Taver thinks it's very likely that Aroden is willing to have Good clerics on the front lines as well as in the already-conquered areas, since they're not exactly going to go off and work for Asmodeus, but had better pass a message to him and check.
One of Leareth's mages contacts him with the communication-spell to ask, and receives confirmation, and they cast a smaller, briefer Gate to Ostenso.
Aroden would prefer not to take Cheliax one city at a time, but they're going to have to keep doing that for today at least.
He orders Leareth's Farseers to check on the other two cities where the trumpet archon was dispatched, to see if evacuations have been successfully stopped and how much Cheliax's forces are digging in.
Evacuations are continuing! There is only the one trumpet archon and it can't keep people paralyzed for very long if it's not staying right there, which it also can't do because Hell is trying very diligently to kill it. Some soldiers have started killing civilians who are not cooperative about evacuating which is sure making the other ones cooperative about evacuating, insofar as they can be when most of the are paralyzed whenever the archon shows up.
Ostenso is being divvied up and taken in segments, in a pretty orderly fashion, so Aroden can duck out for a bit and take care of that.
Greater Teleport lets him bring along six others for free, so he takes five of Leareth's mages, and Nayoki.
He Teleports them to Corentyn first, invisible, and immediately starts killing the most powerful of the devils.
And Nayoki focuses on throwing moderately subtle Mindhealing set-commands at the commanders. Very shortly they're going to get some strong evidence that Aroden is here, and at that point she wants them inclined to surrender, or at least drag their heels on the preparations, since Aroden's full army will be here very shortly and entrenching themselves further will just mean a bloodier battle where more of their soldiers die and go to Hell.
The trumpet archon teleports off to the other city rather than try to make sure the new arrivals are out of trumpet range the whole time.
The devils are delighted Aroden showed up to give them a fight. They fly right at him to try to maul him; the best thing to do with a wizard is pin them down in melee and try to kill them before they can get many spells off.
Two of the mages, one from each subgroup, immediately hop onto forming a powerful, multilayered concert-shield around Aroden; if the devils are strong enough to take it down, the layers will at least mean Aroden has a second or two to no longer be there (he can Dimension Door around very quickly and make himself hard to catch, especially when he has Velgarth mages who can rapidly refill his spell slots so he doesn't have to dig into his rather excessive number of Pearls of Power.)
The other three fling lots of node-boosted lightning at the devils.
Nayoki is currently covered by Aroden's invisibility, and also right next to him where he can grab her if he has to get out, and also there are a lot of lightning bolts flying at the devils and particularly those getting close to the barrier, so they'll have a hard time with that.
Then there'll be a spectacular explosion of energies in the sky above Corentyn, to the terror of everyone on the ground. It's over very quickly (fights among high-level casters usually are). Some of the devils, the summoned ones, vanish. Others, which must have come through a portal, fall to the ground below when they die.
Leareth's mages were chosen to include several Mindspeakers plus Nayoki, and while none of them are nearly as strong as Companions, they can Broadsend some longer messages to selected clumps of people, including some further than a mile out, announcing that Aroden is back and reclaiming his kingdom and his army will be here soon, but he will take as much care as he can not to harm civilians, who are nonetheless advised to stay inside and out of the way if they can.
Aroden politely tells the trumpet archon that they're going to handle this and asks it to look for other cities with devil up to mischief, and to report to Vanyel or Leareth back in Ostenso if it seems like another city elsewhere is in urgent need of more intervention than it can provide alone.
He has Nayoki organize to Mindspeak just the resistance fighters in charge, Mindspeech is easier to target that way than his methods of communication, and inform them that Aroden is here to defeat the devils and they should get out of the way and focus on protecting the civilians.
The most powerful devils are in agreement with him about that part; no one else is going to be able to hit him at all, whereas they can at least soak him in a lot of fire and hope some of it sticks, and try to get in close enough to bludgeon him to death before he can cast enough spells to take them all down.
Aroden makes another announcement to everyone within a mile, has the Mindspeakers supplement it, and makes an on-the-spot call to leave one of Leareth's mages on-site with the rebel forces, so they have a way to coordinate and stay in touch from a distance without necessarily returning to Kintargo. The resistance seems pretty well-organized by itself; Aroden has been spying on them and on a few discreet occasions made it easier for them to arrange supplies, without it being traceable that this was connected to anything bigger. They may be able to hold Kintargo without any further help, but if more devils or other inconveniences show up, they can call.
He teleports everyone else out.
And tired is fixable, moreso as more clerics from Andoran show up.
They can clear Ostenso of organized opposition in another few hours of fighting though some people will remain flnging fireballs out of windows.
Confused ships arrive at Ostenso's port and then anchor well outside it to wait and see how this shakes out.
Some of Ostenso's merchants Sending Mahdi to offer 10000gold for a Teleport out of the city now; he tips off a friend in Sothis to come and pick them up.
Once the city is clear, Leareth Gates in the last few thousand of his Velgarth troops left behind in Rahadoum, the ones with training less suited to a last-minute battle coordinated with someone else's army. If Andoran is still offering them soldiers to help occupy cities, a couple of Leareth's mages can do a concert Gate there as well.
Yfandes and the other Companions with good Mindspeech range try to reach the captains of the ships in port, alerting them with a quick summary of Aroden's return and invasion to reclaim his country. It's recommended that the ships stay out of the way, like they're doing, until things are settled down here.
And they skim surface thoughts. How many of the locals believe that it's Aroden, at this point?
The locals have no idea what to believe. Probably the most likely thing is that the Chelish army will march right back in here tomorrow and they'll all be in a lot of trouble, if they thought it was Aroden. (This is not the same thing as thinking it is not Aroden.)
But, well, if the army doesn't come back tomorrow -
- probably no one other than Aroden could've done that.
Where the hell is the rest of the Chelish army? Leareth's Farseers are being worked hard today, scouting for any amassed troops, not just in cities but between them too. The high-level casters who've been teleporting out as cities are captured will unfortunately be harder to pin down.
How's Corentyn doing, after Aroden's visit to get rid of the devils and stop the evacuation to Hell?
There are a bunch of garrisons along Cheliax's border with Andoran that woke up this morning with their leadership mind-controlled to not do anything, and accordingly impaired in doing anything. Andoran would be delighted to take those if Aroden doesn't mind. There are few forces amassed in most other cities, and not much going on in Corentyn after Aroden's visit. The bulk of the Chelish army is not findable with scrying at all, which is presumably divine intervention; it's loosely possible they're not even on this plane, though that seems like the kind of blatant intervention that might draw a symmetric response from Abadar or Iomedae.
Aroden would, in fact, be very pleased if Andoran wanted to take those garrisons, as long as they're in agreement that what is Chelish territory will afterward still belong to Cheliax, just not under Asmodeus.
If Corentyn seems quiet then they'll peel off some mages and soldiers and drop them off there to occupy it, just in the name of preventing any resistance from building up force. Other than that, it seems like a good time to stop moving, consolidate the territory they've taken, contain prisoners, triage and heal the wounded on both sides.
Aroden has True Seeing, but it doesn't combine with scrying, which makes it kind of pointless when they have no idea where to look.
He has a crystal ball that combines True Seeing, but it's inconveniently back in Rahadoum and he would rather not leave for a long block of time, it's strategically useful for him to be visibly around.
He asks Leareth if the pharaoh has a crystal ball with this property.
Leareth actually has no idea, his studies with the researchers never touched on it, but it's possible Khemet has one that he doesn't show to visitors. However, the very fancy crystal ball in the old buried palace is another possibility. He also has no idea if it works with True Seeing, but he searches for Mahdi's mind so he can ask if the party knows.
Leareth informs Aroden, who asks if he or one of his people can Gate there and try scrying some of the soldiers and wizards they observed during the fight who they know successfully fled the city, until they succeed at one of them who turns out to be with the rest of the army.
Leareth hasn't shared the buried palace location with anyone else, and also he was a lot more oriented to the overall battle than most of his mages, who had smaller assignments, and he observed more minds. He'll go himself; he's still contactable there if they urgently need him for some reason, but he's not even a particularly strong Adept, he's hardly irreplaceable on site.
He does ask Taver for a refresher, since his memory isn't eidetic, and makes a list of people he remembers well enough with prompting that he can anchor scrying on them.
He Gates to the pharaoh's buried throne room and starts attempting to find them.
Cheliax's army is not all in one place, it looks like, though they're moving as quickly as possible under convincing illusion-cover to change that. Most of the people he looks for are in some forests. It's unfortunately hard to get more detail than that on their surroundings directly from the scry.
A couple of them are instead in Hell.
One of the missing wizards is instead in an unfamiliar city, talking urgently to some Velgarth mages.
Leareth isn't a Farseer, and Velgarth scrying is trickier to get when you don't even know what direction something is in, but he tries to hold onto some as-clear-as-possible mental images of landmarks in forests, so Vanyel or someone else can try Farseeing them when he gets back.
He'll need to make a report back immediately, and return later to see if he can find any of the travellers at their destination. Also he may need to make some other stops, given the final observation.
Vanyel actually has the best Farsight range of anyone there, because he can boost with node-energy, so since they don't have much idea where the forests are, he gets assigned to slip into mind-rapport with Leareth and try to Farsee from his memory of a particular distinctive lightning-struck tree.
Well, there wouldn't be, Leareth was looking at it a few minutes ago and the people must have moved on.
Farsight perspective, though, is moveable, and Vanyel is fresh from four years of experience scanning an entire border war zone constantly with his Farsight. He moves his mental 'eye' higher, above the trees - much higher so he can get a sense of the local land contours, try to find this place on a map, though he also watches for any movement through the forest in either direction from the original landmark.
Leareth is not planning for almost anyone except the pharaoh himself to know he's there, and he's also not asking for help with anything in Cheliax itself, though Fazil's objection is fair.
Leareth checks in on various things, makes sure that all of his people who can be spared are getting rest right now in case they end up having to fight the rest of the Chelish army in the middle of the night or something, and then covers himself with an illusion and Gates to his bedroom in the winter palace, which should still have magic shielding on it so his Gate won't show up even to nearby Detect Magic.
Instead of physically leaving the room, he Mindspeaks that particularly trustworthy servant he remembers, the one who was really good taking care of Vanyel. :This is Leareth. I need to speak with the pharaoh and I would prefer it not be known to anyone else that I am back here:
:I will do that: He casts an illusion on himself, one that leaks minimally enough that it won't be noticeable to Detect Magic unless someone is staring very directly at him - which presumably someone at the palace will be, but hopefully with someone bringing him, they won't ask questions. He makes sure no one else is in range to notice him leave the room where the mage from Velgarth known as Leareth was previously sleeping.
She will meet him at the place where they can get a Teleport back to the Dome, holding a stack of books and sending him directions in case he doesn't know the way there. She is thinking that hopefully he is not actually an impersonator or actually being puppetted by Hell or something but she can't think how to check that and he doesn't need her cooperation anyway and probably the pharaoh has a plan, here, of which not leaving the Dome is an element.
Leareth would prefer not to make her anxious, but in fact he's not an imposter and the pharaoh will probably be glad he's come by, so nothing bad is going to happen, and it's hardly going to make her more comfortable if he says anything to indicate he's reading her mind.
He follows her directions, joins her there, waits for the Teleport and follows the next steps after that.
She doesn't actually seem very anxious, just regarding it as somewhat likely that he's an assassin imposter in a way that wouldn't really be her fault and therefore isn't really worth worrying about once she's considered whether to do anything about it.
They're in the Dome, after that, and she can lead them up a servant's staircase and then tell him to wait in a study while she gets the pharaoh.
Leareth drops it. "I thought it might be better if fewer rather than more people were aware of obvious links between Osirion and current events in Cheliax. Anyway. I have some updates on our progress today, and also an urgent question and request for Abadar, unless it turns out that you are already aware of it in which case excellent."
(Leareth is not currently in a headspace where he's tracking protocol much at all; it matters less, surely, if he's meeting the pharaoh mostly in secret like this.)
He gives a quick summary of their work, Egorian and Ostenso and Corentyn and Kintargo currently occupied and mostly under control, the concealed army and the hopefully-disrupted evacuations to Hell and the local resistance and the civilian response observed so far. There've been deaths but not massive bloodshed. Wounded Chelish soldiers are being healed alongside Aroden and Leareth's casualties. The Heralds have been very helpful so far, and the Groveborn vastly more so, Taver is likely a key part of how they took Egorian so smoothly at all and could still move on to other cities the same day. According to Vanyel and Aroden, the trumpet archon has also been trying very hard to help and likely rescued a large number of people from ending up stuck in Hell. Leareth owes thanks to the pharaoh for both Taver and the archon.
Moving on to the request. He describes what he saw in Velgarth, asks if the pharaoh knows whether Abadar is aware of this.
Brisk nod. "Yes. I don't understand how he decides what things are - matched escalations - but Cheliax sent some people to Velgarth to try to offer them a lot of pay for some Gates, and Abadar communicated to the Velgarth gods that he thinks this ought to go badly. I don't know whether to expect any of them will succeed anyway, I don't know how much effort the Velgarth gods can or would throw at that.
I don't think they're positioned to interfere in Velgarth further than that. Abadar's prepared to step up involvement considerably if they go for Urtho's Tower but He doesn't think Asmodeus is the type, He doesn't want to reign over ashes any more than anyone. Probably relatedly He hasn't directly involved himself beyond levelling some clerics."
"That is very good to have confirmation of. We suspected it but were unsure if He were up to something outside of our view. I think the Velgarth gods can throw quite a lot at it, if they wish, and - I do not in general approve of Them, exactly, but I think They will not like Hell much more than I do. We will plan to keep an eye on it. Incidentally, do you have a crystal ball that includes True Seeing? It is obviously better if we are not visibly using your things, but I think I wore out the one in the buried palace, and Aroden has one but we may need to try this again more than once tonight."
"Abadar seemed optimistic. On a - grand scale, obviously, I don't think His optimism distinguished how many tens of thousands of people die along the way. But - He doesn't think Asmodeus is going to be willing to escalate.
You should get Iomedae's people in. They know, She's been answering when they ask, and She was Chelish when She was human, they might trust it..."
Leareth nods. "I will do that." If he has any time at all tonight - well, he might, his Ring of Sustenance has had another day to get its bearings, and he reads fast. If the Ring isn't working yet, though, and the Chelish army gives them trouble, he may be about to give it some very unhelpful training data.
"I think you'll be unable to Gate from here, the Dome's protections are much more expansive than an anti-teleportation ward. You have permission to try if you'd like. If you can't, you should be able to use magic to disguise yourself, it'll just take you significantly longer to get the spell right."
Leareth has decades worth of good concentration habits, here, but this is still very irritating when casting an illusion in particular, and he settles for a much worse, magic-leakier one than he'd usually consider acceptable, it won't be for long. He nods to the pharaoh and heads out.
And he Gates out in about three seconds, to a nondescript abandoned building on the outskirts of Ostenso just in case.
:Vanyel, tell Aroden I am back: It's a lot easier to Mindspeak a fellow Mindspeaker and Aroden must be very busy.
Leareth scans the city with his Othersenses. Anything new going on since his departure?
(Yes, of course the unconscious one has some Mindhealing-compulsions on them not to fight or run away or use magic, Nayoki confirms to Leareth, she isn't stupid although she does wish people would stop waking her up when she's napping just because she's the only Mindhealer around.)
Aroden tells Leareth to stay in Ostenso, but get some sleep (while well guarded). He grabs memories of the soldiers Leareth successfully scried, and Teleports himself back to his well-shielded area in Rahadoum; he's low enough on spells that he prefers not being in Cheliax, at this point. Of course, Aroden 'low on spells' could still out-power almost any wizard who isn't also ninth-circle. But not an Archdevil, necessarily, and Asmodeus must be very desperate...
The Gate opens on another world and Ramira tries not to look overawed, and walks through with the others. They split up, on the other side; they don't know where they'll have the most luck and they need as many mages as they can persuade, as quickly as possible. Someone gets in the air with some magic item for distance vision and points out cities, and off they Teleport. They can Plane Shift back.
It's hot, and the sun isn't as high in the sky here as it is back in Cheliax which means it's going to get even hotter. She has Tongues up.
"Excuse me," she says to the first person she meets. "I need to hire a powerful magic-user for something, urgently. Do you know who I should talk to?"
Two blocks in, the entire narrow street is obstructed by a farmer's cart full of enormous melons which has overturned, spilling melons everywhere - some are burst open, coating the cobbles in melon-goop - and the screaming farmer and very upset and confused oxen and someone yelling back at him that it was clearly his own fault for not looking where he was going.
If she asks for directions they can tell her how to backtrack and then cut through an alleyway to get on a different road that should eventually let her end up at the same place.
"Captain Idara is in charge, but you'll want to talk to Mama Raine, she handles finding them gigs. She's usually in the taproom this time of day - this way."
Mama Raine turns out to be a large - plump, too, but mostly just big-boned and tough-looking - with frizzy hair in an uncooperative knot and hairy forearms, dressed in men's trousers and a shirt with the sleeves rolled up, daggers at both hips. She's nursing a tankard of ale, playing dice and laughing uproariously with some men, but she seems sober enough when the man who led Ramira in interrupts her.
"Yes, girl, wha'd'you want?"
Mama Raine bulls her way through, glaring as well. They manage to reach a tavern.
However, several uniformed City Watch officers are currently out front, apprehending a ginger-haired, ruddy-complexioned man who seems to be trying to talk his way out of it, but with a sheepish, guilty expression and an obvious lack of success.
Mama Raine barges in. There is shouting.
"- What do you mean, arrested on gambling charges?" she barks. "You hand him back to me right now - I'll box his ears for you, promise, but we're shopping for a contract here, this young dearie needs her country saved."
The Guard officers are not having it. Or, at least, they are set on dragging Mama Raine's mage to the watch house and then maybe he can be remanded back to Mama Raine's tender mercy. Later today.
Mama Raine argues for a while and then flings up her hands. "Fine! We'll pick him up in a candlemark. Where's Pioter?"
Pioter is apparently still upstairs in the tavern, having not been arrested on gambling charges and having wisely kept his head down rather than go down with his fellow mage.
They go upstairs.
Pioter is friendly and pleasant and very chatty - and also, as it turns out five minutes into the conversation, does not know how to do Gates; he's a weak Master-level mage and he's spent his entire career specializing in flashy combat and thus doesn't have great control. Possibly he could get one of his fellow mages to teach him the spell on short notice, if she's going to give them that much gold, but he doesn't think he's strong enough to do that many or that far.
They trek there, fortunately it's a smaller city than most in Cheliax and doesn't take that long, but it is getting very hot and humid.
The father's wife answers. Apparently Ratek and his fiancée are shopping for wedding apparel in the nice part of town. Mama Raine thanks the lady gruffly and forges off with Ramira in that direction.
Ramira knows Endure Elements but she didn't prepare it this morning because no one told her this morning there was going to be a war which would involve mercenary recruiting in another country. Instead she will suffer. She reminds herself that it is a taste of the world to come, and you get used to that.
They find the Adept mage and his girlfriend at a fancy shoe store. The streets in this part of town are cleaner and there are no beggars in alleyways.
Ratek seems pretty distracted by the burden of organizing a wedding. "Yes, what do you want?" His girlfriend is flushed and beaming and hanging off his arm.
Ratek hears her out and seems sympathetic to her plight and also very, very tempted by the promise of help with wedding expenses; he keeps glancing at all the clearly very expensive stores on the block.
His sweetheart, however, is almost hysterical about the prospect of her beloved going off to help with a WAR which might be DANGEROUS and he could DIE on the eve of their wedding! She doesn't want him to do that at all! She's spent the last three years worried sick about him every time the company went off on a contract and he PROMISED he was done with that life and they could settle down and have a civilized, safe, comfortable life in the city!
Gah - She's from another world. Her magic doesn't work like theirs; she doesn't know exactly how theirs does work but she can demonstrate Tongues, which is about to run out anyway. And she can demonstrate that there is more gold in her Bag of Holding than ought to fit in there, she hasn't seen anything like that in this city yet and maybe they don't have it. Different world, different magic, including resurrections, perfectly standard term of a contract, see, it's mentioned in some of the sample contracts she has on hand.
Wow, huh, all of that seems pretty convincing even though it's also absurd, and Ratek is starting to look tempted again and his fiancée is placated by the ridiculous amount of gold and looking hopefully across the street at a dress store.
- and then a little boy comes tearing down the street. "Hey pretty lady sorry to bother you can you please please hold this for me for a bit I'll be right back–" and he shoves a bag into her hands and keeps running.
They start discussing contract terms, with the active cooperation of Ratek's sweetheart -
- and then the City Watch shows up again, five of them, with an angry shopkeeper on their heels, and they break up the conversation and start loudly accusing Ramira of stealing jewelry, gesturing at the bag she's holding, one of them has cuffs and wants to cuff her right then and there and haul her off to the watchhouse.
Oh, good, she's glad someone came to pick up the jewelry, she was worried there was something suspicious going on there but leaving it in the middle of the street seemed worse. She's been engaged in contract negotiations for mages all morning and been with people the whole time and also obviously wouldn't have stolen anything because there are five hundred pounds of gold in her cargo bag, but it makes sense they'd want to clear things up, do they have truth magic?
The city guard don't themselves seem to have truth magic, also the shopkeeper is not buying her story at all and is on the spot concocting a different story where she's obviously conspiring with one of the child street gangs, probably she's their pimp too, he's heard all sorts of tales about that.
Mama Raine does not seem to want to get involved in this one, and the girlfriend looks incredibly embarrassed to be seen in conversation with someone now being accused of theft and pimping out orphans, and is trying to tug Ratek away.
The shopkeeper's eyes light up with greed, if he gets that plus his jewelry back he will totally go away.
The City Watch, however, would like to take her to the temple to Anathei, they think the priests have some sort of truth magic and then they can confirm she is definitely not pimping out orphans - she looks like a respectable nice woman but sometimes criminals do and they really have to follow every lead they can on criminal street gangs.
She would like to state under the local truth magic that she has to her knowledge abided by all local laws since she got here, and definitely hasn't stolen anything, and has never talked to any children in street gangs, and is kind of worried about their child street gangs and would be delighted to come back and set up schools and orphanages in the name of her god once she has saved her country, and really needs to go now if that's all cleared up.
He nods, seriously, looking her in the eye, and seems very sympathetic, and then his eyes go unfocused...
"- Oh, you poor, poor child." He blinks back to awareness. Reaches out and takes her hands. "I am so sorry." There are tears welling in his eyes. "Your world - your country... I can hardly fathom it. But the gods of your world speak to the gods of ours, now, and so I can tell you. Aroden is indeed returned to reclaim the land from Hell - your country will be safe, soon." The tears are spilling down his cheeks, now. "But you - the darkness in your soul... Please, please, would you stay here? And perhaps we can redeem you, and your soul will not go to this - plane of horrors - when your life ends..."
The priest sighs, releasing her hands. He looks deeply grieved.
"You should arrest her," he says to the watchmen.
They look baffled. "Did she or did she not steal the–"
The priest to Anathei ducks in close to the head Guard and whispers something in his ear -
- the man's eyes widen, and he gestures to the others, who grab her and start cuffing her.
"- am I accused of a crime or just of serving a god you got fed some nonsense about." She thinks it's permissible to Teleport out if it's the latter, she bets they don't have a law about locking people up for being Asmodean because Asmodeus heard about this planet this morning and this planet, apparently, heard some propaganda about him just now.
"Thousands of people are already dead. It'll be so much worse if the invaders have several days to dig in before we're able to respond. I'm recruiting for the legitimate Queen of Cheliax, the sixth in her dynasty, and I've never been involved in any criminal activities and my country isn't perfect but it doesn't have orphan street gangs and you have no right to tell people that it's tragic, that they might care about that more than they care about the afterlife being full of flowers and fucking bunnies."
Aroden sees a woman sitting in what looks like a city watchhouse, in tears, while several extremely conflicted-looking guards interrogate her about her country's practices in war.
He sighs. It at least doesn't look like she's currently in the process of handing gold to mages.
He releases the scry without watching more than a minute of it, no need to wear out his crystal ball, and moves on to the list of Chelish soldiers believed to be evacuating through a forest, presumably to gather at some specified location.
He can find the rendevous point. It's on the western edge of the forest. There are maybe twenty thousand people there now, with large groups still on their way. Cheliax's population is a tenth wizards and they don't have Gates but there's still a lot magic can do to make a march faster and less exhausting, and it looks like they used some demiplanes as bridges to bring people in from across the country. There's an open portal to Hell. Equipment and supplies are being passed out of it.
This is very unsurprising - he would be unimpressed with them if they weren't at least this competent - and also inconvenient.
Aroden carefully notes the location, numbers, and observed magic, and then releases the scry and prepares a couple of Sendings to convey all of the information to one of his wizards back at the Ostenso camp. Leareth or the Heralds can take care of passing it from there.
It's about an hour past midnight now. If he sleeps now and then prepares his spells, they can attack in the early hours of the morning, well before dawn. Most of his wizards should be sleeping, now, covered by the Velgarth mages who don't require a night of sleep to prepare spells and can push through better on catnaps and stimulants. Everyone at sixth circle or above has a Ring of Sustenance, it's well worth it as an investment, and they should have gone to bed early, usually you can't do that and still get your full night's sleep but they'll have been plenty exhausted enough after an entire day of fighting. It'll mean disproportionately fewer of his high-level wizards will have spells left for the rest of the day, but if they take out the army tonight, while they're still gathering and tired from the long march, they'll have less fighting to do later.
He Plane Shifts to his demiplane and goes to sleep.
As a cleric with second-circle spells, he can also channel energy more powerfully; doing so would be definitely deadly to anyone who doesn't have personal shields or the local form of adventuring-related resilience, and so is probably a bad idea to test. Once he is neutral he'll be able to learn how to channel healing energy instead. Other skills that can be learned with channeling include how to exclude some people from it (so he doesn't heal enemies or injure allies), how to do it more efficiently, and (when he's much more powerful than he is now) how to channel energy at someone who just died hard enough that they are restored to life. (This only works if they died in the last few seconds.)
Other than Lesser Restoration, interesting second-circle spells include Fox's Cunning, the one that enhances intelligence (which won't stack with his headband), Owl's Wisdom, and Eagle's Splendour, Aid, which gives everybody he touches very good personal shields though they'll only last a minute, Consecrate, which has varied effects in different circumstances but is mostly relevant here because it cuts Asmodeus's temples and shrines off from Him, and Share Language.
Neat. He's curious what Owl's Wisdom feels like, but for wartime purposes he probably ought to get more of Lesser Restoration and maybe Consecrate, to help out with the temples part. He presumably can't get any additional spells until dawn - he has one use of Lesser Restoration which he's likely to need if they do end up attacking the army, which one of the Heralds on night watch confirms Aroden was able to locate. (Also, it sounds like at least one of the Chelish recruiters sent to Velgarth is confirmed to be suffering a string of ill luck. He smiles a little to himself at the though of the Velgarth gods finally helping a cause he cares about.)
He doesn't much like the channeling negative energy part and is hoping something will flip over and make him neutral soon, but can keep it in reserve in case he's cornered by enemies he in fact wants dead.
No word yet from Aroden, so he goes on to look at third-level spells, since Khemet mentioned Abadar could maybe give him more levels if he would have any idea what to do with them.
Interesting third-level spells: Aura sight lets you see peoples' alignments from a distance. Channel Vigor lets you pick from a fairly appealing set of benefits including halving your reaction times and letting you move twice as quickly, more intelligence enhancement, or improved ability to throw off spells. Remove Disease cures diseases. Speak With Dead lets you animate a body to ask it questions. Water Breathing does exactly what you'd expect.
He does not, unfortunately. Aroden, with Alter Self back in place to wear his former human face, rested and full up on spells again and equipped with his usual Pearls of Power and a stash of diamonds in his Bag of Holding, leaves his demiplane and quickly tries to scry the army again before heading back to the makeshift war camp.
Aroden would like them to stop getting supplies promptly, but - hmm, actually, the vague plan shaping in his mind works a lot better if they're caught completely and utterly by surprise. He's not sure it's possible - he could consider using Wish to help but he doesn't have a safe wording, obviously...
He Teleports back to the camp and finds Leareth and they confer, briefly.
Then, after a quick check that everything still seems quiet-ish, he takes Leareth's arm, and Plane Shifts both of them to Nirvana.
They land in a glade of trees next to a gloriously pretty waterfall. There's a bridge across the river and exquisitely pretty wooden houses on the other side. Most of them are not the right shape and size for humans. Perhaps relatedly, there's a centaur-like creature with the antlers of an elk resting at the water's edge, and half a dozen creatures who look like cats to ordinary vision but not at all to Thoughtsensing gathered around listening to a story one of them is telling.
The houses are full of magic things. The kind of magic is unfamiliar; neither Golarion's nor Velgarth's.
The centaur straightens and raises an eyebrow. "I would expect most people to have the authority to hear requests, even if it's rare to have the authority to grant them. And I can't guess who'd have the authority to grant your request without hearing it."
He doesn't have the ability to read alignments at will, like the archons; he can detect divination magic pointed at him, and notice immediately that both of these people are reading his mind. He is not especially troubled by this. The material world trains bad habits into people by virtue of being completely horrible.
Aroden nods, and straightens himself up. "I am Aroden, returned as a human and currently fighting to reclaim Cheliax from Asmodeus and the rule of Hell. I think there is likely someone here who can verify my identity, if you wish to do that; I know that Iomedae and Her people are aware. In any case, their army is regrouping and we would prefer they not have a chance to do so, however, I do not wish to kill them because then they will be in Hell and very annoying to rescue from there. Leareth, my colleague, has magic from another world that allows very large portals between planes. We would like to transport twenty to thirty thousand Chelish troops to Nirvana, where they will be out of our way; we can, of course, retrieve them after the war once I know what to do with them."
"They do risk being a danger to anyone around them, and ought accordingly be placed somewhere inaccessible if that can be done, but I do not think to each other or to themselves, Asmodeus' order is a very Lawful one. They will have supplies to camp, and some food with them, though perhaps not enough for more than a day or two. We are obtaining aid from neighbouring countries and Leareth could deliver additional food later if that is necessary."
"I do not know of an area large enough for thirty thousand people who might travel from there that is without any inhabitants," he says slowly. "I can find out whether anyone else knows of such a place, or we can ask people if they'd be willing to leave to clear space. I would expect either approach to take about an hour; can you wait that long?"
Aroden Plane Shifts back to his hallway-demiplane, since it lands him in a predictable location where he won't be seen and lets him do one last quick scry of the army's position and level of preparation from his crystal ball, and then he Teleports to Ostenso, gets out a large map in one of the planning tents, and sends someone to wake and assemble Leareth's mages while he sketches out a plan and starts assigning locations.
As the mages trickle in, he buddies some of them up with his high-level wizards, for Teleports and Invisibility, and notes down their placements, laid out in a giant circle well away from the camp's perimeter. Leareth's Farseers can See exact locations from the map and mentally share them with the wizards, even if they can't See the cloaked army.
There aren't enough wizards who have Rings of Sustenance and thus today's spells to match with the number of mages Leareth said he needed for this, so Aroden lines up a dozen of them to quickly Teleport into place himself, once it's closer to the time of. Precisely an hour from now, he wants all of them in place and with at least twenty minutes of invisibility for flexibility of timing; Aroden can cast it to last forty-two minutes with Extend Spell, so he won't want to start yet.
If they don't end up getting approval from Nirvana, well, at least they'll have two dozen Velgarth mages and a lot of wizards already surrounding the camp for a more conventional attack.
Nirvana is not really considering it in question whether they'll do this, they just have to figure out where. Eventually they settle on a mountain valley from where the trails out are impassable this time of year but not actually miserably cold down in the valley itself, owing to some hot springs, and Leareth's centaur gallops around through the valley explaining to everybody that it's recommended they evacuate and explaining why. Several people are worried that it'll be scary for the captured army if there's no one there to explain what's going on, but are successfully persuaded that if in their panic they kill some people then 1) those people will be dead and 2) they'll have more to heal from.
Eventually Leareth's centaur Teleports out of the valley with an enormous flock of creatures alongside him, birds and foxes and rabbits and lions and a dragon. "Can your friend cast a larger than usual Dimensional Lock spell to prevent the army from Plane Shifting back or Teleporting around within Nirvana?" he asks as he does this. "I would not expect many of them to have Teleport locations here but there are combinations of magics that would permit it, and we'll have to kill them, if they start attacking people."
Leareth is pretty sure his friend can do that, they briefly discussed plans there, Aroden said he could handle it, and he knows from his studies with Khemet's researchers that using Wish to extend the range of an existing spell is a relatively safe usage. In terms of telling the captured army what's going on, they have access to some people with extraordinary telepathic range, one of them can be brought over when the army is dropped to make an announcement.
Is it all right if Leareth very quickly goes around the edges of the valley and casts some of his own kind of magic on some rocks? (He wants to do a quick-and-dirty partial version of the set-spells on a permanent Gate threshold, it'll make it a lot easier for him to anchor on the destination quickly and pull off an interplanar Gate on this ridiculous scale.)
Leareth puts down half a dozen anchor points for his Gate, and then he'd better transport himself back, via a much tinier Gate, so he can prepare for the final portion.
He's going to collapse in a puddle after this. Having two dozen of his mages shaken awake to hold the perimeter of the enormous concert Gate will cut the power requirement from him for the initial threshold, nearly half a mile wide, down to something he can handle. Still, he's the one doing the heaviest lifting, since as the only one who's actually been to the valley, he'll be handling the interplanar search component and the destination threshold.
Aroden pops into place next to them a few minutes later, takes Vanyel's arm, makes him disappear from sight and mage-sight, and transports him to the second-to-final spot next to Leareth.
Then he's back, using a Pearl of Power for one last Teleport to bring Leareth himself into position.
Leareth doesn't probe the camp, it might be noticeable if they have the right kind of defences, but he does passively open his Othersenses, as he reaches out to form a cautious Mindspeech link with the mages on either side of him in the circle, slipping into concert-rapport.
There's a lot of magic in the camp; the soldiers are being equipped with items that keep them alive and make them stronger, and with magic swords that can cut through shields, and with use-activated items that will let them fly or deflect spells. Most of them are asleep but there are plenty of sentries; some pass quite close.
It all looks quite well-organized and competently done, and he's going to have to move fast so as not to give them time to react when the Gate goes up. Fortunately, if he does this right, when he does his collapsing into a puddle there won't be any Chelish forces left in this plane, except for maybe a few sentries who happen to have been outside their perimeter.
:Yfandes: he sends. :Can you give us the cue:
:Of course: And she can find each mind belonging to a Velgarth mage, and only those minds, and include them in a private Mindspeech countdown that won't be detectable to anyone inside the camp unless they have a lot more telepathy-detecting magic than she thought - and even if they do it'll be about two seconds' warning.
:Three, two, one - NOW:
It takes about a second and a half for the mages, linked in a concert-meld and all Adepts experienced with Gates, to fling up an enormous threshold. Which is very detectable as powerful magic, and also visible as a strange white glow to the naked eye, though its casters are still invisible.
Leareth reaches for Nirvana, and for the anchor-stones he left there, throwing his mind toward the destination, profligately pouring energy into the spell as Vanyel feeds him from a node. It takes maybe two seconds to find it, and he frantically builds the destination threshold, as soon as it's complete the spell will snap into place and dump the entire army there where they can't do anything about it -
The instant he dropped Leareth, Aroden Plane Shifts himself to Nirvana, and from his random arrival point, Teleports to the mountain beside the valley, grabbed from Leareth's memory. He draws out a diamond for his Wish, to extend the Dimension Lock spell to cover the entirety of the valley and everyone inside it. He worked out the wording for it as a contingency decades ago, trapping a large number of people in a given plane is useful in many circumstances, and it's a pretty safe use case anyway.
Leareth's vision blacks out a little as the power drains through him, not replenished quiiite fast enough by all of Vanyel's efforts.
- and then the Gate completes and snaps into place, and the ground is suddenly gone from under the army's feet, replaced by different ground somewhere else entirely. Thanks to the placement of Leareth's stones near the walls of the valley, for most of them it's a drop of somewhere between three and ten feet.
Aroden doesn't have a great way to stop people from flying out of the valley to where they can Teleport or Plane Shift again, aside from using See Invisibility and striking at them individually, but nonetheless he would really prefer they not!
He casts Mage's Decree and announces to everyone within the valley, tersely given the word limit, that they are now prisoners of war in Nirvana and he is promising not to harm them if they stay put but makes no promises otherwise.
- this gets the scouts to at least land while they wait for orders from whoever is in charge.
The people who are in charge are trying to do triage on people who took unusually bad falls and figure out the supply situation and establish communications with Cheliax. They do some Sendings home. They tell people to stay put for now. They are so confused.
Meanwhile, one of Aroden's wizards has just Plane Shifted Herald-Mage Savil, who didn't participate in the Gate and isn't exhausted - or, rather, she's had four candlemarks of sleep and is certainly tired but has lots of magic left in her and is waking up thanks to some stimulants. Once in Nirvana, they Teleport over to the mountain to join Aroden. Savil stays out of sight behind the ridge, just in case the army decides to lob some fireballs.
Kellan starts on a longer announcement, since he's not word-limited. He's not Taver and can't hit tens of thousands of people at once, but he can get around a quarter of them, who can hopefully inform the rest. He tells them that food and supplies can be delivered if needed, and even clerics if they need more healing than they have capacity for and the army promises them safe passage. However, Aroden has blocked them from Plane Shifting and Teleporting out, and anyone trying to leave the valley will be intercepted.
(Kellan can notice anyone doing this pretty easily, by watching for minds - unless they're using a lot of magical protections, but Companions are hard to fool.)
What are the people thinking?
They're mostly exhausted. They marched way too far yesterday, helped out by lots and lots of powerful magic, and then they were interrupted in the middle of the night by something that should have been outright impossible, even with some Wishes you can't just - kidnap thirty thousand people in a way that permits no spell resistance and no shielding and no defence -
- it's kind of got to be Aroden, right, if it's not traitorous to think that, who else could possibly -
Aroden gets a Sending. "This is Queen Abrogail Thrune. We would like to have a channel open for negotiations. Do you have any proposals?"
Aroden does, in fact, have a proposal! He had already selected and assigned some of his people as diplomats, and proposes a neutral location in Axis. (They know little about the details of his war planning or strategic assets and they're not that important to the war effort itself, though he's definitely going to raise them if they die doing this. They're also not authorized to do much without his approval, but they can at least serve as a channel of communication.)
Aroden's diplomats are sympathetic, having your country invaded is in fact really terrible!! However, sorry, that is definitely not on the table as something Aroden would be willing to do. He has enough strength to take Cheliax one way or another, and intends to; it seems like the options for the future here are a long, messy war where a lot of people die, or a shorter cleaner one where Cheliax cooperates.
Aroden's diplomats aren't authorized to make any promises or sign anything, they have to understand, but - informally, they can say that this is something Aroden would potentially sign off on. Under conditions that he chooses, of course, which are likely to involve the evacuations only happening from specified locations, so Aroden can verify that they're not hauling random people off the street and coercing them into it, and also that everyone opting in will be fully informed of Aroden's future plans for Cheliax and what he can offer them before they make their decision.
Aroden prepared so many Teleports today and ended up using a really absurd number of them before the sun was even up, so he's now asking one of Leareth's mages to Gate him, alongside a yawning Nayoki, around to the outskirts of a half-dozen smaller cities and towns they didn't visit yesterday. Gates are more detectable, but they're choosing arrival locations where the magical signature hopefully won't be too obvious, and Nayoki is going to sense anyone coming when they're still a half-mile away.
If they can make it in unnoticed, they'll slip into place to lay some mind-control on the local leadership.
He doesn't carry diamonds around in his bag (although maybe he should), he can go hunt down one of Aroden's wizards and find out if they have some diamonds, or if there's any coal around here he can just make on right now, Restoration calls for a pretty small diamond right?
He's the only Velgarth mage who can do it but it's not even that hard for him. Vanyel finds somewhere to make Leareth sort-of-comfortable and then darts around, asking people if they know who has either coal or a Restoration-grade diamond. He gets coal first, the army brought some as more portable fire fuel than wood, and so he can make a tiny diamond right there, cool it off with some wind, and hand it to the awed cleric.
Even after Restoration, Leareth doesn't exactly feel in top shape, he's probably very low on whatever kind of reserves Restoration doesn't address. It's nearly dawn, though, so he'll go back to his own tent and read a few more pages of the cleric spell list before the sun peeks up and he, alongside all the other clerics, prays for his spells.
Leareth absolutely wants third-circle spells! He'll take Channel Vigor, as many of it as Abadar is willing to give him. For second-level he'll take two of Lesser Restoration and one of Consecrate, and he'll prepare the innate reserves spell in all his first-level slots.
And then cast it right away first thing so his head will stop feeling so empty.
Taver reports in that he's been keeping an eye out for people freaking out about things like that, and discreetly Mindspeaking them to alert them of the nearest triage area with volunteer clerics and Velgarth Healers, or warning a cleric directly to go offer help. The spies he can't do much about, although when he notices them, which presumably isn't always, he gives them the usual spiel about Aroden so they can report that back to Cheliax too and also so they know they're being watched.
Taver has been one of the single most useful people in this entire war and Aroden is deeply grateful for his help, and understands that he must be very tired after twenty-four hours straight of war, but Aroden needs him for one more assignment. They're going to do another tour of Gating around between cities, dropping off whatever troops have been freed up after the active fighting in the other cities ended and have now had at least some rest, and Taver will broadcast a message telling them of the overall strategic situation and promising that if they surrender, they'll be occupied in an orderly fashion with no bloodshed.
(Hopefully the mind control will help with this bit.)
Egorian was the biggest city with the most resistance, and if he's stealing Taver he certainly isn't going to take any of their garrison too. Aroden hitches a Gate with Taver back to Ostenso.
Similar picture to in Egorian. The longer there's no response from Cheliax's armies the more people start to wonder if it might be true, but mostly they're still assuming it'll be false and the city will be retaken with a lot of bloodshed and they'll be in trouble for having cooperated.
Also there's an underground resistance working on tunnelling over to where the invaders are camped so they can suck them into an underground sinkhole.
That is so delightfully resourceful of them! And also, nope definitely not. Aroden assigns some of Leareth's mages to watch the tunnellers and hold the ground together with a force-net so their sinkhole ambitions come to nothing; in the meantime he might as well let them tunnel without interference, it'll keep them from hatching some other plan.
He lines up a thousand soldiers, about ten of Leareth's mages, and a couple of the Heralds to go be visibly paladin-like and provide mindreading and telepathy coverage once he and Taver move on. They Gate out to the biggest city on his list of next targets.
Taver, from the edge of the small city, delivers a telepathic message to everyone within it, in ringing steely tones. Aroden is here to reclaim Cheliax; within a day, he has conquered Egorian and another three major cities, taken the bulk of the Chelish army prisoner in another plane, and opened talks between their diplomats on terms of surrender. There are soldiers and wizards here to take this city; if they want to just surrender, they can be occupied in an orderly fashion without risking injuries or deaths.
On the one hand the city leadership is clearly mind-controlled to be saying in the bland tones of someone who doesn't have a choice about it that they surrender.
On the...other hand maybe that means no else will be executed for complying? Given that they tried Break Enchantment and it didn't even work and there's no one here who can do more than that?
What do you do if you are going to die today if you refuse to surrender and going to die tomorrow if you agreed to surrender today? And going to Hell either way, though Asmodeus is a sensible person and finds more use in people who served him well, while those who betrayed him are only refuse...
No one actually stops the mind-controlled countess from announcing that the city surrenders.
Aroden accepts the countess' surrender face to face, and then Gates back to the Ostenso camp to collect more soldiers for the next minor city on his list, and to find out if any of the countries offering help occupying cities have more of that available, clerics in particular, they'll want to reconsecrate Asmodeus' temples promptly. If so they should send someone who can teleport to the town in order to share a memory of where they've got volunteers lined up, and someone can do a Velgarth Gate to move them there.
And then they move onward.
Asmodeus could order the lords of Hell out onto the battlefields in Cheliax, and then it would all be over; Aroden cannot stand against that, and his forces less so. It is not done, but there are few among the gods who could stop Asmodeus, if he were to do it.
What they could do is make it worthless. And he is shaped like that, now, has been since the dawn of the previous day. If you do that, I will make it worthless; I predict that down this path lies the destruction of the world.
They could discuss it.
He sees - a world where the cities are not driven by the desire of people to live in cities but by the desire of Hell to herd them there, where the inventions are not done by eager inventors who seek to reap the benefits of their work for their own sake but by frightened obedient people hoping to make their punishment less terrible. He knows what Asmodeus tells the people of Cheliax - that Asmodeus will rule over all the realms, someday, that Axis is not an escape because Axis will not last...
He tolerated Cheliax. He was angry about the currency trick, but He tolerated it, because maybe it would be true, that humans could build valuable things under Hell's guidance. And because maybe it would be true, that humans had fallen under Asmodeus's sway as their own choice, as free as human choices can be, that they'd chosen not to fight and chosen to live in Cheliax and chosen to worship Asmodeus. But if Asmodeus sends his legions to crush Aroden today, that won't be true at all. They will have chosen otherwise and been overridden. Not persuaded, just slaughtered.
Unfortunately some of it is secret. Abadar thinks Asmodeus is maybe running into a little bit of - a mistake of weighing things in hand more highly? He's not going to be worse off than He was a hundred years ago, when this is over. He will still retain the option of having human kingdoms puppetted by Hell, so long as the forces of Good aren't organized and powerful enough to destroy them with limited and symmetric help from the Good gods. He will not retain the option of doing whatever He wants on the Material Plane in violation of all norms, and that is an option He cannot retain, so -
Well, Aroden tried doing whatever He wants on the Material Plane in violation of all norms and it would've worked if it hadn't also been an opportunity to destroy prophecy so - that's the shape you have to be, apparently, that and four thousand years of accumulated favors and stored power, to have the option of doing whatever you want on the Material Plane. Almost. Abadar suspects it's not the only shape but it was a remarkably good one, and Aroden had been willing to bend remarkably far for it, and there's not likely to be one closer to where Asmodeus is standing.
They move from city to city, Taver announcing terms, Leareth's mages Gating in parcelled-out divisions of Leareth and Aroden's combined armies to occupy them, quite peacefully if they surrender when Taver makes the announcement, with a little more violence otherwise. They pass word on to Aroden's new allies in other countries, of which cities are now pacified and could use help.
And then he returns to Egorian, drops Taver off, and writes a letter for the diplomats in Axis, though of course he's had it in his mind for years, one of the concessions he predicted Asmodeus would ask for, and that under certain circumstances he would be willing to grant.
Aroden will allow voluntary evacuations to Hell, and can personally make sure every single citizen of Cheliax is aware of this offer, with an announcement that includes whatever additional promises Asmodeus wishes to add on. Asmodeus is also welcome to send his own agents to spread word, on the condition that they be supervised by one of Aroden's people, so he knows they aren't just kidnapping or mind-controlling people. (He will of course undo any mind control he used for the invasion, once things are properly under control here.) He'll give the citizens of Cheliax time to make a considered decision; a fortnight window should be enough. He would like the evacuations to operate out of a small number of designated locations, well away from any major cities, though of course he and his allies will offer transport to anyone who requests it. He's not trying to make it insurmountably inconvenient, just a little inconvenient, make it require planning, because really something like this shouldn't be an impulse decision. But, if with full information the citizens of Cheliax would rather go to Hell than live under Aroden, he doesn't consider it his place to coerce them into not doing that.
(Aroden will, of course, be spreading his own announcements in addition to whatever propaganda Asmodeus wants to broadcast to the nation, and he thinks he has a few offers that will make staying in Cheliax seem more appealing. He thinks this is fairly obvious to anyone considering it, and doesn't include it as an official term, because it's not like Asmodeus can stop him from transporting Taver around to inform people of his own offers and promises if they stay.)
He sends the letter off with another diplomat.
Letters and Sendings go back and forth between Axis and the material plane.
Aroden will let people take their stuff, if they decide to go, it is theirs. Within reason. Hell is very wealthy and he suspects Asmodeus will promise additional luxuries as part of his offer, and also he's providing transport and it's an unreasonable strain on his allies to let every noble evacuating bring a dozen wagons of possessions with them. One wagon per person, hard maximum, that includes the royal family unless they want to negotiate directly for some special exception.
Also, Chelish slavery is kind of illegal by Rahadoum's laws - Rahadoum has some amount of slavery-like institutions remaining, selling oneself into indentured labour is legal, but it's not hereditary and slaves have significant legal rights. Slaves do not count as personal property for purposes of the evacuation. Slaves are of course also Chelish people, and can opt to accompany their owners to Hell if they want, but he'll arrange for them to make their own un-coerced decisions.
(He can't stop their owners from giving them propaganda or threats, so he suspects more slaves than he likes will feel trapped in it, but he can't win everything here.)
There are lots of other terms to be negotiated, of course, but it won't take more than the rest of the day.
When it's done Queen Abrogail Thrune is curious - it's not relevant to the surrender, just, you know, as personal curiosity, what he even means that he is Aroden. A god can't be a human, that's not how gods work.
Well, he was human before he was a god, and he was still Aroden then, right, everyone agrees on that. He was an immortal human, too, and when he died as a god, his immortality magic brought him back again as a human.
(He's going to keep implying it's something like a very weird elaborate long-lasting Contingent True Resurrection, because he doesn't exactly want to spread what it really is.)
Then, at this point, there is mostly just a lot of logistics to do. A really, really, really absurd quantity of logistics, which will be ongoing for weeks if not months. Clerics are borrowed for healing, and for clean water in cities where this was disrupted, though Velgarth mages can also quite effectively sterilize contaminated water and make it safe to drink. Temples are re-consecrated to cut Asmodeus off from them. Donated food and supplies (including some from Velgarth, via inter-world Gate) are brought to the cities hit worst by the fighting, mostly Egorian. Aroden's commanders coordinate with local secular leadership in each city, who will ideally stay put if they seem willing to cooperate with Aroden's rule.
Asmodeus' priesthood, however, definitely can't stay. He's expecting more of them to take up Asmodeus' offer to evacuate, but if they don't want to go straight to Hell, he can also offer them transport to Absalom, where they're unlikely to make much trouble, or to one of the more nominally Chelish colonies that he intends to just make independent, where multiple gods are worshipped including Asmodeus. Or they can renounce their god and stay. Aroden expects most of them not to take up that offer.
The other Chelish colonies are a thorny problem, one he's thought about a lot with no clear right answer. Isger is next door to Cheliax, and he's decided he can govern it just as part of the country for a while, since the alternative seems likely to include Asmodeus keeping it and he really doesn't want Asmodeus as a neighbour; maybe he can make it independent in a few years. Sarcova is even worse, since it's south of the Sodden Lands and very inaccessible from Cheliax, making it difficult to govern, though Gates mitigate that issue a lot. He would just give it independence, but it's also kind of terrible.
Rahadoum is about to have another election, though, since its elected leader just revealed himself to be Aroden of all people in hiding and then ran off to conquer Cheliax. He can ask if they want it as a colony, along with a dozen Velgarth mages who announce that they'd be delighted to retire to a cushy government job there.
And, announcements. Taver gets a day to rest, and then is back on an even more thorough tour, this time on foot with a couple of Heralds, informing everyone within his prodigious range of Asmodeus' offer and its terms, and the nearby transportation points where Gates can collect them and scheduled transportation days. No one will try to coerce them into not going, if they show up there, though they'll be checked for enchantments.
Then he makes a separate announcement about Aroden's terms, among them, various plans to help most of Cheliax get to Neutral, if they want, and not go to Hell when they die. Most people are going to be Evil, mostly because of the currency, but there are already plans in place to replace that system, and many people won't be very evil and can counter it with good works, which there will be opportunities for. Also, Aroden commits to offering anyone who wants it the chance at Atonement; he'll arrange clerics to cast it and provide the costly material component. Taver gives some other info on what Aroden has planned, what living in his country will be like, and the fact that Aroden is considering whether to himself go for the Starstone and ascend to godhood again.
(It's mostly going to depend what the final casualty numbers end up being, once that's been tallied, but they seem to have been on the low end of the optimistic projections.)
And Taver asks the city-folk to help the occupying forces retrieve bodies, and to list relatives who died in the fighting, because Aroden has allies who can provide diamonds to raise everyone who died in the invasion. Clerics will be available to cast the spell in every city starting in a day or two, and can cast Gentle Repose to buy more time for the cheaper Raise Dead to work, but even those who require True Resurrection will be returned to life if at all possible. But Aroden needs the locals' help to make the lists.
Clerics of Asmodeus leave. Mostly for Hell, where they've been promised comfortable lives in Asmodeus's service; most of the people who leave are clerics or their immediate families. It's about five percent of the population, all told.
People get him lists of their dead. No civilization in all of history has had so many diamonds; they're very very surprised when he says it, and more surprised when he means it.
Rahadoum can put whether to have some kind of relationship with Sargava on the ballot too. Rahadoum is kind of mad at Aroden. There is a resolution on the ballot that is just denouncing him as kind of a jerk.
People are wondering, if he goes for the Starstone, who will rule Cheliax.
Aroden thinks it's very fair of Rahadoum to be angry with him. He's planning to return their army before whoever else is officially elected and takes their seat, since it will at that point definitely not be his army anymore. Leareth's able to bring another nearly ten thousand troops over from Velgarth, the ones he wasn't able to line up for logistics sooner, which will cover any gaps. Though, of course, he doesn't intend to keep occupying his own country with an army, or for very much longer at all if he can help it.
He's still considering the question of leadership, but if he does go for the Starstone it won't be for a little while.
A couple of days after the terms are signed, the Chelish army in Nirvana gets the same announcement from Taver. They're given a few hours to consider and then two Gates will go up, at clearly marked opposite ends of the enclosure. One goes straight to one of the Hell evacuation zones; this isn't ideal but Aroden is hoping it'll reduce the incidence of troops loyal to Asmodeus coming back and then trying to stage rebellions or something. The other Gate goes to Egorian, which of course has its own regularly scheduled transport to the Hell pickups, and Taver strongly encourages people to go to Egorian so they can have more time to think, even if they're still considering Asmodeus' offer.
This is pretty unsurprising. Aroden doesn't like it, he would preferred to have offered them more plausible deniability, not made the choice to think about it in itself visible disloyalty, but - he needed to avoid an organized resistance that would kill more innocent people, and make it harder to transition to a stable rule that the civilian population is happy with, more. At this point he thinks a large scale resistance is unlikely, and Taver's countryside tours and Teleport-hops around can catch smaller underground resistance movements before they gain too much momentum.
He dispatches Leareth back to Osirion to talk to the pharaoh about replacing Cheliax's currency, and about setting up temples to Abadar. Even if he does go for the Starstone, which he probably will given the low casualty numbers, he's going to wait a while and it'll be good to have established temples in the meantime. And - well, it was a disaster when he died and suddenly none of the cities in Cheliax had clean water. He should diversify. He also makes it known that any other church (to a Good or Neutral god) that wants to open a temple in Cheliax should coordinate with his temporary administration, and will probably be approved to do so.
And now for the part that he's not exactly looking forward to.
Aroden goes back to his personal demiplane, it's where he feels safest and he thinks it should still work from there. He sheds Alter Self like someone else's skin.
He prays. To Iomedae. It's not a mental motion he's done in a very long time - or ever, in this body - but they clearly need to talk, She's probably been waiting and he wants Her to know that now he's ready.
And there's a sensation like falling headfirst into rushing water and then - landing, and sitting across from a sharp-eyed Chelish woman of forty. The formerly human gods are better at this sort of thing.
Her eyes are glittering.
"Is there," she says, "something I could have done, such that you would have told me."
He ducks his head. "Perhaps. But - I am not thinking of an example, even now–" He cuts off. Shakes his head, smiles sadly. "Choosing Leareth as a cleric demonstrably worked for Abadar, but I think he is not your type. And, how could you have known to do it at all, when you were not aware I was alive. A circular problem."
"And, while I would not have complained about you telling me a week ago, it's not the thing - the thing I should never have allowed to happen, even if neither of us can think how I could have prevented it. I would have wanted to know a hundred years ago, Aroden, so we could figure out the fastest route here."
"I know. And - I am very sorry. I never thought it was you, not really, how could I. I was so desperate for your help - for anyone's help. But, I was so scared." Here in this place that isn't a place, in his human body that isn't his real body, there can be tears in his eyes. "I did not understand what had happened, how it had happened... I was so weak, it would have taken a mere flicker of thought for a god to eradicate me from the world. Maybe forever, once they knew my immortality method had survived my time as a god. I was very scared, and - perhaps I was a coward, I think in my place you would have been braver - but, it is what I did. I am so, so sorry that it took me so long."
- she's going to cross the imaginary distance and hug him, here, where this is a metaphor she is sustaining for the sake of his mind anyway.
"I would've been braver. But I wouldn't have been in your place, I would've been dead, because I do not have so many backup immortality plans that one of them would survive dying as a god. Only you -"
He leans on the metaphor that is her shoulder. Lets himself weep, a little, because even eight-thousand-year-old humans who used to be gods can hurt, and can need the comfort of a friend.
"I missed you so very much. I hope you will forgive me - that we can work together now, as we did before."
"Of course. I do not think I could be myself and ever stop. Though - I feel much older now, and at this moment very tired, and it is an even more daunting task than I realized. I am not sure how long it will take. I hope you will make sure I do not resign myself to slowing down."
Sigh. "I think I will go for the Starstone, though. Not immediately, but quite soon. I wish I could take a year, or ten, just to - be human - but I do not have much more time left in this body, and - I would not have all the suffering people in the world wait just because I am weary."
"Oh, I was assuming that you were reading everything in my mind and my willingness to speak with you accepted that as a precondition. I should tell you this part anyway, I think, Abadar is aware and it is strategically relevant. Nethys also knows but only in the sense that He knows everything in all the worlds." He takes a metaphor-deep breath. "Leareth is - myself. From another world, another history, but a remarkably similar one, though his tale is at the point before where I became a god in mine. I had many levels of contingency-plans to win the war by an overdetermined margin even without his help, of course, but I did not even need to touch most of them, thanks to his aid. Anyway, he does not rule a country in his world and his local gods dislike him - I think even our gods find them impossible to work with, Abadar at least. I do not think he would mind moving here to inherit my realm, though I have yet to pose him the question directly."
"It's a lot less frustrating to read you but I really want to be someone you'll talk to!
- and that - makes sense of the bits of the war that I think everyone was most taken aback by. I - wish he were Chelish, I think it matters, but probably less than it matters to actually be competent and trying.
My country, Aroden, my people - there were so many children, who understood, who would've done so much for the world, and it would kill them, if I chose them, and maybe it would have been better anyway."
"I know, Iomedae. I know. I watched it happen from across the sea, and I knew what it meant - every piece of it." Sigh. "If there is someone else who is competent and trying, I will consider them too, but - I cannot justify staying human another few decades just for that, and I doubt that Asmodeus will have left me much to work with in the shorter run."
"I've picked a few. But - not anyone ready to run a country next year, no. It's going to take such a terribly long time, to fix." She bites her tongue. "I'm glad you're impatient. I don't know if it's right but I think it's good for you. It'd be - looking backwards - to stay there as long as they needed you - and there's so much to look forward to! I want to tell you all about it. I mostly can't, now. But someday soon."
Leareth, again, Gates to his previously assigned bedroom in the winter palace. This time, though, he strides out into the hall as soon as he's caught his breath, and tells the first servant he sees that he would like to speak with the pharaoh, please, of course at the pharaoh's convenience, and he can Gate himself to the other palace if that is convenient for his Highness.
(Leareth's brain is slightly less full of troop positions and mage exhaustion levels this time, and he manages to remember to prostrate himself and wait until acknowledged and told to sit.)
"Thank you. I think it went very satisfyingly well." He can't help smiling. "Did you hear about how we dumped the entire Chelish army in Nirvana? I am very proud of that piece. Also I was unconscious for half an hour from that Gate, which was suboptimal, but Vanyel rescued me."
"I think we could possibly have intervened on the evacuations to Hell more quickly, but it would have risked spreading ourselves too thin so I am not sure we did anything wrong in expectation. I am tentatively pleased; I think it went better than we could have asked. Oh, and of course we closed the Worldwound in the process. I was not there myself but I hear Vanyel was rather spectacular."
“We had temples in Cheliax before Asmodeus came to power and banned them, and at minimum want them back. We can staff them from elsewhere for now - mostly not from Osirion because we largely don’t speak the language. And we’re minting the coins. They have Aroden’s face on them.” He hands Leareth a handful of different denominations. “If you like them we can mint a million, if supplied with metal.”
Leareth inspects the coins. He has no particular aesthetic opinions on them. "We can supply the metal. It is greatly appreciated. And, if you have a list of temples you had before, we can check if the buildings are still available and were simply repurposed, or can arrange to build new ones for Abadar."
"That makes sense." Leareth frowns. That was everything on his list, which is as expected very straightforward, but it feels kind of silly to come all this way and drag the pharaoh into a meeting for three minutes. "Is there anything else we ought discuss while I am here - hmm, how are people in Osirion taking the news of the war?"
"They're taking it all right. We have not suggested to the general public there was any Osirian involvement. The gods know something about when Abadar will act which is more detailed and more accurate than 'we don't start wars' but 'we don't start wars' is a pretty good approximation. The Council of Sun and Sky knows, because I wanted to make them aware that if things went badly Cheliax was very plausibly going to come after us. They're - the entire situation with the Council of Sun and Sky is very awkward in the best of times and more awkward now but it's hard to lose political capital from winning wars. Especially this cleanly. How about you, how are all of your people doing -"
"Oh, I think morale is high. This was a far shorter and less unpleasant war than the one I recruited them for in Velgarth - and, of course, we can raise our dead, that helps. I suspect many of my mages will end up wishing to settle in Golarion, they enjoy how everyone is so awed by their capabilities. Aroden is attempting to convince some of them to settle in Rahadoum, because he wants to hand them Sargava as a colony and it will be more feasible with Gates." He smiles. "You may try to recruit some for Osirion, if you wish, it is an excellent place to live in most ways."
"I - no - I do not mean - it is, just..." Leareth has no idea how to finish that sentence, because he's currently inundated in emotions that are a lot more complex and mixed than he had realized. Also it's stupid of him not to have thought of this, once he knew that resurrection was possible...
He's spent two thousand years remembering Urtho as a friend. But Urtho died thinking of them as enemies. What would he think, dragged back into the present, a world unimaginably different?
- would he ever want to speak to his former student Ma'ar again? Would he want to keep fighting him?
Leareth finds his voice. "...That is - not entirely what I meant. I mean, he did," and he's startled to find that it still hurts, thinking of it now with this new context that makes it feel bright and nearby again, "but - I am not angry, anymore, I understand better why he made the choices he did. What I did wrong. And it would be wrong to deny him returning to life just on my behalf."
He lifts his head, manages to meet Khemet's eyes. "He was my first teacher. I - I miss him - I have spent centuries wishing I could undo what happened. That I could tell him I never wanted him to die - if I were in that situation again I would surrender, it was not worth it, he - he was wrong but that did not make me right, I was so young and stupid. And - he died fighting me, and he would probably never wish to speak to me again if you resurrected him, so I am not sure what I am hoping for there, really."
"Forever is a very long time. I know of - greater griefs, that have been mended, in that kind of time. But we should probably assume that he will not want to talk to you right away and should maybe be stuck somewhere where he cannot do anything about you running a country, as I take it is the plan."
...Leareth nods, slowly. "Aroden has not actually asked me yet, but - given how it went, I imagine his plan is to go for the Starstone as soon as Cheliax is moderately stable, and if I were him I would leave the other me as the human ruler. And, yes, I think Urtho would have some objections there. I suppose you could ask if Valdemar wants him."
"I am not sure the Velgarth gods want him back there, and I want him to die the next time in our universe where the afterlives can catch him. Unless they think he's Evil, which I guess they quite reasonably might. - you're not, by the way. Did anyone tell you? Lawful neutral, like Aroden."
"Really! No, nobody has gotten around to telling me, perhaps it was recent. I am very relieved that worked. And, you are probably right that he ought not be in Velgarth. I...am not sure if your afterlives would judge him as Evil. He caused many harms in the world, but - in the name of stopping what he believed were greater ones, and he did not murder children to wear their bodies like a skin, so he does not have that to compensate for."
Leareth grimaces slightly. "I really hope Aroden can help me figure out a different method before this body dies of old age, I do not want to have to personally fight Asmodeus every lifetime so that I can get to neutral."
"- Interesting. I suppose True Resurrection might work for that, though it would be an uncomfortable first test. I suppose if nothing else I could rework the spell slightly to be only descendants of this body, instead of Ma'ar's, and then...father a number of children..." Leareth does not seem enthused about this project at all.
"I mean, he did, in the centuries before his ascension - his method that resembles mine was the original one, and still existing as a backup. I am just not sure if it would work for me without my investing decades in becoming a powerful wizard or something, as though I do not already have enough kinds of magic to deal with."
"Yes, I should do it." Sigh. "Why is it that your resurrection does have a time limit, anyway? Apparently this did not come up in any of my past discussions. Do your people's souls go elsewhere after a time?" He shudders very slightly. "I suppose if they go to Abaddon they are generally eaten, or destroyed for fuel, at which point I assume they can no longer be raised."
"I wonder if it is possible to destroy an afterlife plane. Or - at least block it, I suppose, prevent any souls from going there. And rescue the souls already there. It sounds very, very hard, but..." Leareth trails off. Shrugs slightly. He's not giving up just because it sounds impossible.
Aroden waits another two days after Leareth's return from Osirion, arranging the various logistics for temples of Abadar and the provision of metals to mint the new currency, before, once again, returning to his demiplane.
He prays. He hopes Milani is paying some amount of attention to him, given the circumstances, which would make it easier to get Her attention.
Lurching, falling -
- and then standing before a woman, half-elven, silver-haired but otherwise looking very young. Her face is still and glassy for a second while the fuzzy grey background of the metaphor is made to stop distractingly swimming, and then her attention flows into it.
She falls to her knees.
"I'm so sorry."
- nod. She takes a moment, trying to compose herself.
"I told Iomedae - I think Foresight is a weapon Evil can wield better than Good. Because the most powerful sources of coincidence are - disease, untimely death, dangerous magical accident - we assassinated people so much more often than we saved them for some greater destiny, it was cheaper - and the paths to conquest always easier to see than the paths to freedom and democracy and discovery - and so much of it wasn't Good or Evil at all but just self-serving, people got crushed because they were making it hard to see, or because they might threaten our long-term plans, someday, and it was so much cheaper to get them out of the way than to try to bring them on board - I think when we have to work through mortals those of us who have more goals in common with mortals will win more.
And then there's - you checked lots and lots of worlds, right, before you became a god and again as a god, for ways to fix Golarion - Foresight works everywhere, right?"
"So this had the potential, suddenly, to be the only place - that gods couldn't steer. The universe hadn't had that, and on most trajectories wasn't going to have that, anywhere, ever, and - it was important to me, that it exist somewhere, a world that was free in that way.
I didn't think you'd survive it. I'm glad you did, obviously, but I wasn't - doing it thinking that everything else would be recoverable. I figured it wouldn't be."
Slow nod.
"I - am glad. Not that I died, obviously, but - that you made the decision accepting the full cost, what it could have, perhaps should have been. You still thought it was worthwhile, and - that is the shape you are, that is the shape you always were, if someone had pulled me outside the stream of time and asked me if, given such and such conditions, you would choose as you did - I would have said yes, of course."
He kneels as well, in the metaphor. Takes her hands.
"I think you were not wrong. We were - manipulative, before, even those of us trying very hard to hold their best interests at heart. Even me. We followed our incentives, because that is what beings with goals do, and - this shifts it, you are right, it means that more of the straightest paths to victory will be cooperative. Obviously, given the last century, this does not prevent Evil from winning sometimes. And - I cannot say if, by my own values, it would still have been worth it in the world where I truly died. I am not sure who else would have fought for Cheliax, or when, or if they could have succeeded. But I do not fault you for what you did. I do not trust you less, even; I already knew the shape you are. And it took courage, to make such a choice."
She closes her eyes.
"Seemed very - convenient - to believe you might say that. I tried not to - need to -"
And she opens her eyes again. "And you might believe every word of that and still be a shape-that-retaliates, as a god. I know that. I'll back you, when you come back, and you can figure that out afterwards."
Aroden nods. (He doesn't think he's that shape, as a god - or, in some ways, maybe, but he doesn't think this one. Still, he isn't currently a god, he can't hold the entirety of who he was even in his very intelligence-enhanced human mind, and so he says nothing.)
"I do wish you to know that it hurt," he says, quietly, without heat. He brings the god-memory of it to the surface, showing it to her. The searing fragmentation of it, what felt like centuries of desperately fighting to pull the pieces together, and only being shredded for it, again and again and again until finally, almost mercifully, it was over.
"I am not the one who paid the highest price. Cheliax did."
He remembers a decaying toddler's body, clinging to its dead parents on a sodden mattress under the fallen roofbeam that killed them. Remembers drowned fields and starving people and then nearly a century of Asmodeus' reign, and every. single. person. who went to Hell and is now there forever, unless he fixes it - until he fixes it - and they wouldn't have been, in the counterfactual world where Aroden lived.
"Yes. I've been there, it's what I've been doing, prying bits and pieces of it free - and I don't know if it would ever have been enough, if you hadn't lived.
I don't know if I was wrong, to think that Evil will have less power, this way. I think probably not, on a longer timescale, but I am less sure than I was a hundred years ago. If I was wrong, it would be the most important thing anyone has gotten wrong in all of history. And even if not -"
And she sends a concept, having despaired of coming up with words for it. There are strict victories, right, where everyone is not worse off, or at least everyone whose wellbeing she values; there are victories whose proceeds are mostly evenly distributed, there are victories that strengthen alliances, because their dividends accrue mostly justly, to people who worked hard for them and trusted in them and were allied in obtaining them. And then there are victories that flip the board and send good and harm flying everywhere and leave many people much worse off and other people much better off, with no rhyme or reason, and yet are still victories, if there's more good in the future after than there was before. The goddess of revolution, people started calling her, after Andoran and Galt and Varisia and Nirmathas and Molthune broke free of Cheliax. The goddess of that kind of victory. And it's an awful kind, none of the clean satisfaction of Aroden's war in Cheliax, but - but sometimes the board is unwinnable unless you flip it.
And sometimes flipping the board starts an endless cycle of violence and destruction, eats its young and burns its libraries - Galt was a disaster - Cheliax was a horrifyingly thorough victory by the forces of evil, all her work notwithstanding, and it might never be better off than it would have been if she'd stayed out of it -
And people will despise you, and not trust you, and not want to work with you, and kill you if they can, and it's tempting to consider that a conclusive counterargument but it's not really, right, just a weight on the scales - he taught her that -
He's still holding her metaphorical hands. "Yes. I understand what you mean. And - well, this is the world now, and I am here, still, and now it is on all of us to make the best of the gameboard we have. And if it is not worth it yet, well, perhaps we can still make it worth it someday."
Aroden sits in his personal demiplane for a long time. His hand, when he lifts it, is trembling slightly.
He doesn't go back to Cheliax that night. He eventually sleeps, and has formless godmemory nightmares that haven't bothered him a long time, of dissolution and terror and every part of him clinging on, frantically - he knows now what damage he caused to the world, by holding on for so long, but the pattern of an Aroden was never going to die quietly or willingly.
He prepares his spells and then returns to his country.
In Egorian, they repair the damage. Temples are reopened, to Iomedae and Abadar and any other churches that want space.
Once the announcements are definitely spread to every living soul in Cheliax, Taver spends most of his time there; many of the other Heralds have returned either to the Worldwound or gone back to Velgarth, Valdemar and Karse are in need of help too, but Taver doesn't currently have a Herald, going back for Tantras isn't going to improve anything, and this world is still benefiting so much from his help. He helps coordinate, and he skims minds, gauging the tide of public opinion toward Aroden.
People mostly believe it, now. They're shaken, and they're scared, and they're not really clear on whether rulers other than Asmodeus actually won't have you executed and eternally punished for the slightest flicker of internal doubt or disloyalty (or whether they just prefer acting like they wouldn't, so as to get you to let your guard down), but they go about their lives and follow the law and mourn relatives who were clerics of Asmodeus and sign up for Atonement once it's on offer. The church of Abadar does its offer of tours of Axis. They're popular.
People are unsure where the money is going to come from, for the universal education and universal childcare that Hell paid for, now that Hell's not paying.
Honestly, right now most of it is being subsidized by Leareth, as they try to maintain as much continuity as possible with the education and childcare institutions (though of course anything done through the church of Asmodeus needs to be replaced wholesale). Leareth was planning on a war in Velgarth that he expected to be a lot costlier than this one, which was basically over in two days, and after that to be setting up an empire, and since he's no longer planning on doing that, he can afford to instead throw his resources at Cheliax. For a while. In the longer run he needs something that's actually economically self-sustaining; he should really schedule that meeting with Khemet and his advisors to get advice from them, but right now he's very busy.
He can pay for some of it by hiring out the mages in his organization to do Gates for other countries. He can even negotiate to set up permanent Gates in some locales, for an exorbitant price.
People are absolutely willing to pay an exorbitant price for that!! It's still going to be cheaper in the long run than moving cargo overland. Some are worried that they're just setting up the infrastructure for Cheliax to conquer them once it's back on its feet, but his status as a cleric of Abadar is unreasonably reassuring on that front, and, well, there are plenty of customers for whom riches now talk louder than worries down the line.
Almost a month in, when the evacuations to Hell are over and closed and Rahadoum's army has been returned to its new administration and Egorian is feeling reasonably safe, Aroden Teleports to Absalom, to just outside a house laden with familiarity and nostalgia. He can't Teleport directly inside; among its many protections, it's only possible to Teleport out, not in.
He raises the fancy bronze knocker and lets it fall, and waits for his wife to answer her door.
"Much less terrible than it could have been! The casualty numbers - on the Chelish side, I mean - were quite low in the end, and most of them we were able to raise. We did not even fight most of the army, we stashed them in Nirvana for the duration, I am rather unreasonably proud of this feat." Aroden hugs her back, rests his chin against her shoulder. "It was - still quite terrible. The evacuations to Hell were the worst, I wish..." He trails off. "Anyway. How is Zahra?"
She tugs him inside. "All right. Very bored. She wanted to disguise herself and go fight but I told her that it wouldn't help. She will tell you that she's annoyed she cannot be a princess of Cheliax but it's not about that, really, it's about - not being quite strong enough we wouldn't be a liability - have you been eating, I know with that Ring you don't have to but it's still no good for you, going weeks without really sitting down for a nice meal -"
“I have been eating some but I confess I have not had a nice meal in some time.” Most people in Cheliax haven’t had the luxury of nice meals lately and he didn’t see why he ought to be different. Also he has a tendency to pay no attention to food unless Parmida is around making him enjoy it.
"It's like having three children," she mutters under her breath to the god who conquered Cheliax, and sits him down in the parlor and calls for some sandwiches.
Zahra's there. She doesn't get out of her rocking chair but she beams at him. "Congratulations!!! If I'd known it'd be that easy I wouldn't have bothered making all those scarves for you."
"It should have not by rights have been that easy but I cheated." He goes to hug his daughter, stroking her hair lightly, like he used to when she was tiny. "I should eat and compliment the sandwiches or else your mother will be in a tiff with me."
They are in fact very good sandwiches, and it's so pleasant and comfortable to be in his own parlor again. The place he feels second-most safe in the world, even though it's not nearly as well protected as his demiplane library.
"Parmida, love," he says between bites of sandwich. "If you are willing, I would like it if you accompanied me to visit Egorian. You ought to meet Leareth, I think." He snatched only a few brief visits to his wife during the frantic week of leadup to the war, but he did have time to fill her in on Leareth, at least the key essentials.
"Leareth is the young version of your father," Parmida says to Zahra. "Only two thousand years old. He knows nothing of love or comfort but everything about magic. - your father didn't tell me that part, I'm just guessing."
"It's a safe guess with young men," Zahra says, taking a sandwich.
"I'd be delighted to meet him," Parmida says. "I suppose he'll be needing to get a wife, if you leave him Cheliax."
Aroden chuckles. "Yes, that is right, I think. - that he knows nothing of love or comfort, I mean. He has been alone for such a very long time, and the gods of his world are so awful. I hear even Abadar agrees they are impossible to work with." Sigh. "And, yes, I think it would be good for his position to have a wife. And good for him, but he seemed rather dubious of that when I told him, so perhaps you will have to persuade him of it. You were always better at those human things."
"Perhaps you ought first persuade him to have friends. I do not think he has any, really, it is very tragic."
Aroden eats, talks to his family, teases his daughter. Absently plays with some cantrips, tries inventing a variation on the spot to see if it works.
"- I think I will try for the Starstone," he says, reminded by the surging ache of longing to have real magic again. "Not this year, Cheliax requires my attention, but... Enough of the other gods will take my side, I believe - even Milani apologized, you know, and said She would back me."
"She still thinks I might murder her, when I return as a god. And Her reasoning is not false, but - it matters, that She weighed that as a cost, and even if She had known from the start that I would survive and return to kill Her, I do not think it would have stopped Her. She thought if it was worth my death, it would also be worth Her own." A slight shrug. "Knowing that, I cannot really be angry with Her."
"Well, I can!" Zahra's knitting needles spark. "She caused a worldwide disaster! And killed millions of people! You're too much of a softie."
"He's too used to having well-intentioned plans that kill millions of people, is what he is," says Parmida. "So when people do awful things to him he goes 'well, you know, I'm sure someone somewhere feels that way about me', instead of stabbing them in the face."
"Can you even stab a god in the face?" Zahra asks. "Hypothetically."
"A piece of me will be - mostly the same. I will be able to talk to you, if you pray, all of the gods who were once human can do that. And - I will change less than the others did, I think, since much of my mind is a god trying to fit into a human head. It will be so very nice to have room to think again. Nonetheless, I will certainly be very different."
All of those things are wonderful and he's not at all impatient to leave, if only because he left Leareth in charge and Leareth is perfectly competent to handle anything that should realistically come up.
He recounts some of their particularly clever moments to Saba with great delight, even though probably everyone has heard by now.
Saba feels more personal investment in Cheliax than Parmida and Zahra do and wants more details of his exploits even though he has indeed heard lots about them by now. There is a rush on real estate in Axis right now, in the abandoned area that was Aroden's domain; Saba thinks Aroden should slip him some insider information so he can time the rush well.
Aroden will contentedly stay a bit longer and snuggle her until she's asleep, and then slip out to return to his work, since he isn't going to be sleeping for many hours yet. And in the morning maybe he can come collect her to visit Egorian, and Zahra too if she's interested in coming?
Then Aroden will be back in time to snuggle Parmida again as she wakes up, and have breakfast together, because of course they can't go off without a nice breakfast first, and then he puts on his Aroden face again, with an apology to Parmida because it's understandably weird for your husband to suddenly look completely different, and Teleports all of them to Egorian.
They walk around for a bit, wave to the locals and answer questions if anyone approaches him - he sort of hopes having his wife on his arm will make him more approachable - and after that they join Leareth for lunch.
Parmida is going to Alter Self herself younger, too, if they're doing that, it'll just be weird if people think he's going around with his mother on his arm or something. (Zahra does not do this, and accordingly looks four decades older than either of them.)
People look confused and curious and think all kinds of interesting things but still mostly don't approach him.
Leareth meets them at the palace, which Aroden has taken over because everyone seemed to expect him to, and they sit down in a nice dining room.
"You must be Parmida," he greets Aroden's wife. "He thinks highly of you, thus I can already predict I will too. And - Zahra?"
"So I'm told," the elderly woman, who is knitting, says. "Aroden says that you are him, from his carefree and foolish youth."
Both of them have pretty good local shields but neither of them are blocking him at all. Parmida is thinking that the palace is very nice and it's too bad history didn't take a slightly different turn in such a fashion that they could live here and rule Cheliax, and that Leareth does look terribly lonely, and underhugged, and underfed, and she'll have to see what she can do to fix it. Zahra is thinking that there's absolutely no way either of them ever had a carefree and foolish youth, like, probably not even when they were literally five years old.
(What does being underhugged even look like, is there some characteristic look she's picking up on, does she know a lot of hugged and not-hugged people to compare...)
He sits down with them, makes light conversation. Appreciates their family banter a surprising amount. Aroden looks happy, here, which is pleasing.
Aroden's family teases him and talks about Cheliax and the palace and the war and the future.
Parmida notices that Aroden looks happy here, too, and it makes her happy. When Aroden is underhugged he is - carefully not tense, because being tense gives you headaches and backaches, his posture good, his expression neutral, his movements unexpressive, and her theory is that when the experience of being physically embodied isn't pleasant and safe and good, he backs away from it, stops being fully in his body at all, maintains it with the dissociated precision with which he maintains other tools he could replace only at great expense...and when he's had enough hugs, he is fully present. Leareth is a little different because Leareth isn't a god with dysphoria about having a body at all but there's still an edge of similarity she's catching here.
"You can't very well rule Cheliax without a wife," Parmida says. "Or, well, I guess you could make an official court role of cultural translator and pull out a lot of stops to make sure people think of it as prestigious and meaningful and a genuine sign of an investment in ensuring Chelish people have your ear, and then try to make an official court role of 'soft power manager' who goes to all the parties and dinners and keeps track of how everyone feels about you, not the things your spymaster keeps track of but things like whether they're investing in their children's lives here or trying to send them abroad, what they think it's safe to say about you, whether their lives are nicer than they were ten years ago... and then you could identify the person in your organization who points out obvious things you are missing and appoint them to a role where they'll see you every day so they can point them out, and then you could design a powerful magical artifact so these three people could share thoughts with each other and corroborate information and figure out what to bring to your attention.
But that would be inefficient, and Aroden hates it when things are inefficient."
"Well, she should have a staff, obviously, but it's more that some parts of it are hard to get people to interact with in the right way? Making someone your official cultural translator won't make you listen to them if they say you need to take the evening off, and won't make other people invite them to lunches where they gossip about quality-of-life things."
"Fair enough, it seems a bit silly that someone needs to be my wife in order to be invited to lunches but I could see it being true, and you know more of the local way things are done than I do." His lips twitch. "Does Aroden take the evening off when you tell him he needs to?"
"I'm not actually very heavily selected," Parmida says. "My parents were merchants and Aroden did their laundry and then things got bad and we had a family strategy session about how to get through it and we came up with asking Aroden if he'd take one of us as a wife, and he did. I think he probably got a little bit lucky but not spectacularly lucky - he could've gotten luckier, say, and had me like the idea of a life adventuring in Tian Xia." She raises an eyebrow at him.
"I guess maybe it's harder in Cheliax because everyone ambitious and intelligent has been funnelled really hard into the church of Asmodeus."
"I think so. It's a little mean, because everybody's probably terrified of you, but I think they're not going to get less terrified of you until the government starts being there for them to interact with in a normal kind of way. Asmodeus wants their corruption and utter submission, Aroden-the-god-at-war wants their repentance and utter submission, they can't start picking themselves up until it's clear if anyone wants their petty magisterium admissions drama and demands to have Vanyel pave their roads."
Parmida frowns at him. She is thinking that she's worried he will add this to his list of practical necessities to endure and endure it admirably but she doesn't know what to do about that, she isn't really sure why Aroden didn't end up doing that. She gives up this line of thought as depressing and unproductive and starts fretting about how much of a mess it's going to be to host dinner parties in Cheliax when she doesn't know any of the local etiquette and everybody who does is working for Asmodeus. Maybe with a lot of windowshopping and mindreading. Maybe the palace staff hasn't all fled in terror.
The palace staff hasn't all fled in terror, or at least only half of them did, and Leareth can slip this into the conversation at an appropriate-seeming moment.
He's a bit distracted, though, by trying to wrap his head around what Parmida is worried about. Surely no one thinks the point of state dinners as a leader is just to enjoy yourself? It's not like he'll hate it; it's a lot more pleasant and less upsetting than the entirety of the war.
The Tayledras are still working at the Worldwound, trying to undo the damage done to the land. They've made a lot of progress, but it's going to be the work of years, and so they're trying to help the locals figure out how to do what Moondance does.
Eventually Starwind and Moondance take a break from the work on site and head back to Osirion, to see if they can meet with the pharaoh's magic researchers to go over some possible techniques that could be done via local arcane and divine magic. Also if Leareth is planning to visit from Cheliax anyway at some point, they think he might have helpful ideas here, since he likely knows more about magic than anyone alive in Velgarth.
Khemet has a bunch of other clerics of Abadar including his brother Merenre; they were apparently all selected on merit for economics research they were doing, "except, presumably, me," Merenre says cheerfully enough, "I like to think I'd have managed it anyway but fully a fifth of the Forthbringer's descendents are clerics which suggests the bar is considerably lower and I had fewer citations when selected than ninety-four percent of people who are selected off academic contributions."
"You were also twelve," says Khemet.
"Well, I had considerably more opportunity to write economics papers at age ten than most people. Anyway..."
They want to check how many of their empirical results hold up in Velgarth! They want to propose some implementations of a national insurance scheme for Cheliax! They want to know whether various balance-of-trade and fiat-currency schemes have been tried anywhere in Velgarth because they haven't here but people are curious whether they'd work! They want to figure out whether continuing to offer all the Hell-subsidized services in Cheliax can be made viable! They have days worth of things to talk about, really, but Khemet will cut them off after a few hours so he can do some magic research help while he's here too.
It's a very enjoyable discussion. Leareth likes Merenre, unsurprisingly.
The annoying thing about Velgarth is that whenever Leareth tried anything interesting the gods objected to it, which makes it sort of an unfair test of whether various practices work, but it's kind of possible to distinguish if something just failed right away, versus appeared to be working well for a few generations and then fell apart due to weird bad luck. Two thousand years is a lot of history and Leareth has detailed records on most of it; he makes notes of relevant bits that he should collect to send over for their perusal.
The Eastern Empire still has an interesting fiat-currency setup and a lot of complicated practices around foreign trade and investment, which seem to contribute to its unusual prosperity, but of course the Eastern Empire is weird in a lot of ways. Leareth's theory is that the gods accepted a higher level of technology and innovations of various sorts there because it was sufficiently authoritarian to be predictable to Them anyway. He doesn't actually recommend this as a scheme for getting things past the Velgarth gods, looking at it now the tradeoff doesn't seem like a good one, but the Golarion gods don't have prophecy anymore so they're probably less limited here.
No one in Golarion thought of technological progress as being particularly slow or of the gods as opposing it - and some of them are definitely in favor of it - but it is true that the last century has had wildly more going on in terms of regime change and technological and magical progress than any of the ten before it so maybe there were incentives in that direction even if there wasn't a uniform policy.
There's a city down in the Mana Wastes called Alkenstar that's industrializing, building big factories for mass manufacture of textiles and steel and so on, has anyone done that in Velgarth and is it promising, Osirion is intrigued but also Alkenstar is an incredibly unpleasant place where the air is basically unbreathable and everyone works long hours doing horribly tedious things on assembly lines and dies at 40 and they're not sure if this is a transitional stage or just how mass manufacturing things works.
Leareth can only offer them his theories and guesses, there, since he hasn't ever succeeded at this in Velgarth - it could be a transitional stage, also he can imagine ways of using magic to reduce the costs like unbreathable air, if not the cost of working long and tedious hours.
After that discussion, he heads off to meet Starwind and Moondance.
Leareth does have some ideas! He suspects Osirion divine magic can in theory replicate the Healing part of Healing-Adepts, which would at least mean they could work together with regular mages rather than indefinitely borrowing the only Healing-Adept from k'Treva. It might require inventing a new spell - he isn't sure how clerics inventing spells works, actually, do they just need to know the specifications of it and then ask their god...?
You can do that, yes, though it's much rarer than wizards inventing spells because it's nonzero costly for gods to add more to the ones they offer. But Abadar has His own first-circle truth spell, for example, because He felt truth spells were really important for commerce and the existing second-circle one wasn't good enough, and similarly you could probably request something like this if you came up with it.
And then Starwind's hand darts into his robes, it's not a large motion but it still makes Leareth twitch around, startled - and Starwind throws something at him, it's small and cubical and heavier than it looks, Leareth instinctively dodges and it smacks loudly into the stone floor, inches from him–
The object didn't look magical at all until an instant ago but now it does, almost blindingly so, and Starwind shoves Leareth with a burst of raw force, his shields catch it and it doesn't harm him but it does knock him sprawling to the floor, and Starwind spins around and seizes his lifebonded partner by the arm and within a fraction of a second, before Leareth can move from the ground, there's a Gate up on the still-closed door and they're halfway through it.
Leareth instantly switches to weaving a Gate-threshold under himself on the stone, instead, not bothering to move, his mind and his Gifts are faster than his body, and he gets most of the way there–
Two things happen almost at once.
First, something snaps, released mage-power - no, his own released blood-energies - rebounding on him. As the link that holds his current body to his soul-sanctuary that grants him immortality is snapped.
Second, the previously-invisible magical artifact under him bursts open, and - he doesn't know how but, from the feel of it, he guesses that it's violently tearing open a connection to the Abyssal Plane, which might or might not be the same thing as the Abyss, and using the energies released from such a tear to summon - something–
The demon-construct bodies are tiny but they're pouring out in thousands - millions - maybe more - and they rip through everything, eating the magic of his Gate and his shields as fuel, until there's nothing left between them.
It takes maybe a quarter-second for them to reach him, and Leareth has time for a handful of half formed thoughts, surprisingly calm. That he was utterly failing to be paranoid enough and it was stupid of him. That this has to be from Urtho's Tower, it fits, Starwind and Moondance were there, Urtho was the Mage of Silence, his signature talent was casting spells that leaked nothing and left no magical signature, and obviously the Star-Eyed wants him dead–
–that he's going to die, and there won't be anything there to catch him. It would've been easy for a Healing-Adept to snip the cord of life-energies holding him to his immortality setup, they wouldn't have needed to actually find it or know any of the specifics about how it worked.
That it was very well planned, really, and he would be impressed except for the part where he's going to DIE FOREVER.
(It's a very rushed quarter-second and Leareth isn't, in that moment, thinking ahead enough to remember that Golarion has resurrection.)
Then millions of tiny summoned demons reach him and tear his body to shreds, there are endless seconds of unimaginable pain, leaving no room for thought, and then, finally, nothing.
- at the same time someone bursts into the room he's in, throws himself to the floor -
" - what -"
" - couple of seconds ago dangerous specialized portal in Work Room, deliberate, someone's dead -"
" - the Work Room where Leareth and Starwind and Moondance are? Get people there now."
And fifteen seconds later a crowd of people round the corner. To the dismay of the pharaoh's personal guard he's among them.
Then they're going to find Starwind holding the threshold to a soon-to-be interplanar Gate back to Velgarth, while Moondance tries to make increasingly less plausible excuses for why the thing that just went horribly wrong with their spell means they have to go back to Velgarth to get help immediately.
His ninth level domain spell is Overwhelming Presence. He mostly doesn't use it because it causes people to throw themselves to the ground at your feet, believing you to be a god, and he has enough of that in his life, honestly.
He casts it, targeting everyone except the people who just walked in with him.
"Leareth's in there, isn't he." Something dangerous and summoned - Leareth might still be alive and maybe there's enough force here to stop whatever it is and rescue him but that's stupid, that would be the stupid decision, dead people can come back to life and being in control of the situation is more important than preventing Leareth from being quickly or slowly murdered by whatever they brought into his palace to do it -
His chief security person is pleading, with his eyes, for Khemet to get out of here, which makes sense, they don't know that this was the whole of the plan and these people can suicide-fireball at will and he's one of two people vaguely allied with Leareth who can cast True Resurrection and -
"Let's lock that Work Room so nothing gets out," he says, calmly, looking politely confused rather than upset, not letting up on Overwhelming Presence but he shouldn't be sure it can stop them from the explosive strike, shouldn't be sure they can't throw it off, shouldn't be sure he has anything resembling a handle on the situation, he's so scared -
He casts Deafness, twice.
"Kill them," he says. "You will have to do it very quickly, and both at the same time."
Aroden is at home - well, not home home, but the palace in Egorian, he's on a sofa reading over some proposals about schools with his feet up across Parmida's lap - the way he only sits when he's relaxed and comfortable and content -
- and then he's on his feet, in an instant, and then perfectly still.
...He does not, in fact, actually want to start a war with Osirion - actually, no, he's seriously tempted to start a war if this was in any way their fault, even if they get Leareth back right away. But he should at least wait until he has more information, should keep his options open until he's oriented. What could possibly have happened, Leareth is a very hard person to kill...
"What do you think I should do."
"- gods, I don't -" This is higher stakes than she is accustomed to even knowing who her husband is. "Send some people who can demand answers and demand they hand over his body for the resurrection? Wish the body here, is that something Wishes can do? Maybe send some people and Sending the pharaoh telling him to expect them and also asking what happened?"
Aroden takes a deep breath. Lets it out. He wants to go there in person, but Parmida's right, it won't actually help and will instead make everything messier. And, on reflection, it - doesn't actually seem likely it was the pharaoh's doing, not knowingly or willingly. Leareth was - is, he corrects himself, they're getting him back - a cleric of Abadar.
He calls for some of his wizards to come right now, and meanwhile hastily prepares a Sending for the pharaoh; he runs the wording past Parmida just to make sure it's not horribly rude in some way he doesn't even intend, usually he's pretty good about that but usually his entire mind isn't mostly consumed by FURY. It is terse but that's mostly the word limit. He sensed Leareth's death and he wants to know what happened immediately, and is sending people to find out, and is also going to try to retrieve Leareth's body so they shouldn't be shocked if it vanishes.
It goes out seconds before half a dozen of his people arrives and he informs them of what little he knows, his face and voice still flat and neutral, and tells them to please Teleport to Osirion now - to one of the places people usually arrive, they don't want to cause alarm in case there's already some sort of horrible emergency related to this - and to request an urgent audience with the pharaoh.
They leave to do so and -
"I will be right back." This is not as far as he knows a pre-established safe thing to Wish for and he wants to try to crib from his extensive list of Wish wordings from past work.
He Plane Shifts to his personal demiplane, heads straight for a locked bookshelf, unlocks it, seizes a fat book, Plane Shifts back to his hallway and storms out into his office, briefly considers attempting to scry for the pharaoh but the pharaoh is almost certainly not scryable and he doesn't know who else to look in on - he could scry for Leareth but that's stupid, it won't tell him anything - and so instead he Teleports back to Parmida and sits down heavily on the sofa and opens the book.
Aroden relays this curtly to Parmida, flipping to the next page - "I can use this, I think," and he pores over it for thirty seconds longer and then snatches his pad of paper and writes out an adapted wording and reads it through twice. Using Wish on the fly is perhaps not the best idea in the universe, but he's Aroden, he has far better intuitions than any human about how Wish works and also an entire book worth of contingency Wishes he's mapped out over the past fifty years, and he always prepares that spell at least once. And, of course, he has no shortage of diamonds.
He gets out a diamond and casts the Wish.
Aroden stares straight ahead for ten seconds. Slowly brings both hands to his temples.
"Well," he says finally, coldly, "I suppose we will need a True Resurrection. I am going to Aktun to talk to the pharaoh." And he turns to Parmida, helplessness tangling with the distant look in his eyes. "Are you - willing to come...? I am - very angry - I might say something ill-advised -"
Abadar redirects Plane Shifts to Aktun to a specific location rather than permit Plane Shift to inconveniently drop people at arbitrary locations. The redirect location is a stunningly pretty causeway with a vaulted ceiling; eight trolley lines converge there, and at any given time it's full not just with gawking tourists but also with its citizens, boarding and transferring trolleys.
Khemet stands with a handful of guards at one end of the room and has his back turned to Aroden at this moment as he scans it; one of the guards notices Aroden, and says something, and Khemet turns.
"Two Tayledras scouts who've been working at the Worldwound, Starwind and Moondance of the k'Treva Vale, requested Leareth help them with a matter of magical technique while he was in the palace. He agreed. They went into a shielded Work Room. A few seconds later, an extraordinarily powerful discharge of magical energies ripped a hole to another plane in the Work Room and summoned something through my people didn't recognize from our alarm-spell. When we arrived, Starwind and Moondance were attempting an interdimensional Gate back to Velgarth. I had them killed; I did not have a way to hold them. We haven't opened the Work Room; we don't know what's in there and don't know if we can safely handle it. I do not know if they had co-conspirators. None of the other Tayledras were present in the palace at the time. If you have a way to hold them I can try to raise them."
"I have a demiplane where only my magic can operate. I could easily hold them there; it held Leareth just fine." His fingers tighten around Parmida's. "The Tayledras are the people bound to the Star-Eyed Goddess, no? This - was her plan, I am almost certain. They as individuals should have had no quarrel with him."
He looks down. "I attempted to retrieve his body with a Wish. It failed - not because it was badly cast, because there was nothing left to retrieve. I am not sure what is still in that Work Room, but..."
"Of course." He gestures with his palms open. "I am going to stay in Aktun because as long as I am here the worst case scenario is that I have to raise both of you. I will of course communicate to everyone that they should do everything they can to aid you in your investigation."
Aroden nods, turns to look at Parmida, and then goes still again.
It doesn't make sense. He knows how powerful Adept mages are, and - not that powerful. Vanyel shouldn't have been able to do that, certainly not fast enough that Leareth had no time to react.
"Urtho's Tower." He turns back to Khemet. "They were there. And not watched by Vanyel every moment, I am sure. Neither of them could have done this, but a weapon of Urtho's devising might have. If She had ordered they retrieve it."
"Did Leareth tell you that Urtho was referred to during his life as the Mage of Silence? His skill was in casting spells, and especially making artifacts, that were so perfectly efficient that they leaked no magic at all, and thus were undetectable to his world's mage-sight. I am not sure this would also slip past all of our detections, but it would likely have evaded Detect Magic."
At the winter palace they've been told to expect Cheliax's investigators and are thus less startled than they might have been by an old man teleporting in. They offer to show him to the Work Room in question. They didn't move Starwind and Moondance's bodies, and they haven't touched the Work Room. They respectfully request he not touch it either, whatever's in there might be very dangerous.
Aroden agrees. He stands still for a long time, just surveying everything with his many permanent magic-senses. He can't sense any powerful magic on either of their bodies, but of course he wouldn't be able to, now. And if he's right, would have failed to detect it even if he had been there at the time.
Then he casts Clairaudience-Clairvoyance and aims it at a point a couple of yards past the closed Work Room door.
The room is packed with - what seem to be tiny summoned creatures, he can't tell exactly what they are given his lack of any magic senses but they're mostly eyes and teeth and wings strung together without enough body plan to hold it. They're black and very unpleasant looking and also swarming, as though angry at their entrapment.
Aroden watches for a while.
"I do not recognize the summoned entities, but they meet the description of some type of demon summoned from Velgarth's Abyssal Plane. I had wondered if it were the same as our Abyss but I lean towards not. In any case, my understanding is that the Velgarth type of summoning creates a construct-body of magical energies which fades out within about a week. I think the easiest way to deal with this, since there is no body left to retrieve, is to let time do its work, and scry it again next week to see if it is clear and can be opened."
He spends a bit longer trying to get a look at the artifact itself, but he can't find its magical signature between all the stupid tiny demons. It's possible they ate it, or that the violence of the artifact being used destroyed it.
He would like everyone in the palace questioned, specifically regarding their interactions with Starwind and Moondance - including, if possible, anyone who met and spoke with them a month ago before the war, when they first arrived. And, sure, he'll Speak with Dead the corpses for now and then decide if he wants them raised.
The corpses are animated but they are not especially cooperative. Aroden kind of expected that. He'll ask direct yes-or-no questions only; he only gets a few so he plans them carefully.
Did they bring the magical weapon here to kill Leareth on their Goddess' orders?
(Yes.)
Was anyone other than the two of them involved or aware of this.
(No.)
Did they have plans or intent to harm anyone else other than Leareth.
(No.)
Aroden sighs. "I would like them raised so that I can learn more. I have a magic-free demiplane which can hold them, and if I am prepared I can Plane Shift there with them the moment they are revived, so they have no time to harm any of you."
(Aroden is pretty confident he can take both of them but he can understand their worries.)
Possibly a better option to timing a Plane Shift just right is to cast an antimagic field directly, here. Which he can do. He dislikes it because, unlike his custom one, it blocks his magic too until dispelled, but if there are other casters around, he'll take it. Starwind and Moondance can be thoroughly tied and bound now so they definitely won't be going anywhere without magic, and then he can talk to them for a bit and make a call on whether to take them somewhere he can hold them longer or use some other strategy.
The obvious next option is to try Vanyel, who knows the Tayledras a lot better, but - is it something to do with them being Velgarth natives, he had thought the agreement Abadar had reached was that they would still go to Golarion's afterlife if they died here, but...
He tries for Leareth. Aroden knows Leareth very well, which ought to help if that's the problem here.
Well. That's something. It makes sense. It's good, they can get him back - not with Raise Dead but they can do it...
It's also very upsetting, for all the obvious reasons, and for a little while before he goes anywhere, Aroden just sits in his office and puts his head down in his hands.
It's unhelpful, to feel like he personally failed in letting this happen. Leareth wouldn't blame him, or want him to feel that way. And yet.
Vanyel is, in fact, in his diamond-making workshop! Making diamonds, and singing to himself. He can do almost twice as many rounds of the spell per day with Leareth's third draft on the spell, and he's discovered that making really stupidly big diamonds that can then be fractured into the sizes needed is a bit more power-efficient so he's currently finishing a test diamond the size of his head.
"Aroden got a sense - I assume he had a spell up - about ten minutes ago - that Leareth was dead. He'd been visiting the pharaoh in Osirion. He - sent some people to Osirion to demand answers. The pharaoh met him to explain that two of the Tayledras - Moon- something and Star-something, I'm sorry, it all happened very fast -"
Vanyel nods, shakily. "I - gods, Aroden must be so upset - I'm so sorry... " He's very tempted to take a diamond and Gate to the temple to Nethys and demand to see Nefreti but he's pretty sure she would have showed up already if she intended that.
"Thank you for telling me," he says dully. "I - did Aroden say it was all right to tell anyone else?" He wants a hug and Savil is back in goddamned Valdemar running a government and covering the Web for him, and - she doesn't know, and he can't, right now, imagine being the one to tell her...
Nayoki is understandably pretty shaken by this! She takes it with much more composure than Vanyel, though, she hears Parmida out and asks some questions and then says she would like to hear right away when they have news.
- Oh, also, whoever does end up resurrecting Leareth should be aware that he's likely to be very panicked about all of the occurrences, especially if he doesn't remember anything in between, and they should have someone there he knows who can explain everything that's going on, she's happy to come if they want.
He's in a river. Or something. Floating, anyway. Nothing hurts, but - something is wrong.
He tries to remember where he is and how he got here, and can't. He makes a halfhearted grasping attempt to do magic, a Gate or even just a light to see what's going on, and he can't do that either. He's so tired and confused and he can't remember...
No, he does remember dying.
Scared, scaredscaredscared -
Someone will - Khemet will - Khemet will what, Leareth can't remember, he feels so muzzy and nothing makes sense.
Floating. A river? Where is he...
:Sounds like approximately? Aroden met with the pharaoh and got an explanation - he's in Osirion now, investigating - Parmida came to tell us. Er, she didn't want it spread around, it'd cause a panic. She thinks the pharaoh will raise him tomorrow. Has to be a True Resurrection, there wasn't a body left from whatever they did to him - he didn't prepare it today and Nefreti hasn't showed up but first thing tomorrow:
Aroden is back at the palace after his unsuccessful scrying attempt, and a trip to the Worldwound to make sure the remaining Tayledras are still there and not fled back to Velgarth. They are. He suspects they don't know anything; he should question them anyway, probably, but it's going to be contentious and very irritating.
"I scried inside the Work Room. It is full of what I believe are summoned Velgarth Abyssal demons. They should probably fade out within a week and I suggest leaving the room until then. I could not sense anything direct about the weapon. I used Speak with Dead on the corpses and confirmed that it was on the orders of the Star-Eyed, they denied having other accomplices, and they denied any additional plans not yet carried out. We attempted to raise them but it failed. I have also not been able to scry them. I could scry Leareth - well, at least the river of souls."
"Abadar wants to take Her stuff. Well, Urtho's superweapons. He thinks that with enough of them working together the Golarion gods can guarantee your safety even in Velgarth, even directly in the Star-Eyed's territory, for long enough for you to take the weapons and leave. This is somewhat delicate, because the other Golarion gods are mostly inclined to intervene in any unilateral attempt to take hold of them, none of them want anyone else to have them. He is coming up with some agreements among them and has a proposal for you but it can wait until we get Leareth back.
She was willing to give Starwind and Moondance's souls back if we promise they won't end up in an evil afterlife. I don't think any of us actually want them to end up in an evil afterlife but Abadar was unwilling to make Her promises to that effect because He, uh, feels that promises are exchanged between entities capable of keeping them."
Aroden nods, seriously, and considers this in silence for a while, his face and body perfectly still. It's eerily like the way Leareth is when he's absorbing a lot of new information at once and deciding how to react.
"That is not unreasonable of Abadar." His voice has a little more warmth in it. "You can convey that I am willing to promise I will do my best to return them to Velgarth as soon as we have completed our investigation here, as long as She is aware that if they ever return to Golarion then I will personally find some way of trapping their souls here indefinitely. And - that is an intriguing proposal. I agree that it can wait."
A few hours later he communicates to Aroden that the Star-Eyed does not trust Aroden's promises about Moondance and Starwind because she heard that Aroden is Leareth and she really hates Leareth. Abadar tried observing that Leareth unlike the Star-Eyed is a pattern-possible-to-cooperate-with but the Star-Eyed disagrees, obviously.
Well. Aroden is not really sure what to do about that! There are likely other people whose promises She would take more seriously, maybe among the Heralds; he would ask Vanyel but according to Parmida, Vanyel is very distraught and shouldn't be bothered today unless the request is extremely critical and urgent, and he doesn't think at this point that it's all that decision-relevant to raise Starwind and Moondance before they get Leareth back. Speaking of Vanyel, though, he does think it would be a good idea to inform the Heralds in Velgarth of this, if they haven't been told already.
Aroden recalls that the point of contact for the Heralds' work on the battlefield and cleanup was often Herald-Mage Savil, who's actually senior the Vanyel. Vanyel can contact her via crystal ball but he doesn't think this is worth interrupting Vanyel for. He can recruit Nayoki, though? She's met Savil, since she was often Leareth's point person, and she can Mindspeak via crystal ball as well.
Nayoki is alerted, and collected and brought to Aroden's office.
She writes down Khemet's script, and also Aroden's script, which emphasizes that he considers this a betrayal by the Star-Eyed Goddess and not just the individuals involved, and adds a note on the negotiating with Her to let Starwind and Moondance be raised, and this likely requiring some people She likes more than him to make their own commitments.
She takes a few deep breaths and attempts to scry for Savil.
Savil looks like she would really like to argue with this! But she bites her tongue.
(She's here without Kellan because this is an emergency and she Gated directly from the Web-room without delaying to go outside somewhere that would be accessible to him - also this way he can pass on to Randi where she is - but ow ow ow this is not helping her mood at ALL.)
Savil fumes about this for a minute, it seems like an extremely disrespectful request to make of an ALLY who helped Osirion a lot, but - well, she doesn't actually want to murder the pharaoh even if it's true that he's covering up something worse horrible with this awful implausible lie about Starwind and Moondance. She wants answers. Fine, she'll take the stupid geas if it means they let her talk to him and ask what in all hells he's thinking.
"I just heard that you're claiming two of my best friends arranged to murder Leareth in the winter palace and also that they're now dead. Conveniently, since that means they can't speak for themselves. I am extremely disinclined to believe this story, one because - Starwind and Moondance - they wouldn't..." She bites her lip a little. "Two, because it would be so stupid and they aren't stupid. Tell me what actually happened."
"They asked Leareth to help them with a magical technique problem. They took him into a Work Room for this. They Gated out. At the same second as they Gated out a weapon we believe was taken from Urtho's Tower ripped open a portal to the Abyssal Plane and summoned thousands, maybe millions, of demons, who killed Leareth. They attempted to flee Golarion with an interdimensional Gate. We ordered them killed."
"Cheliax, whose heir they murdered, wanted every person in the palace interrogated under Truth Spell to determine whether any of them were involved. We will of course extend Valdemar the same courtesy. You can look at the demons, too, if you'd like; they are still in the Work Room."
Savil blinks at him, apparently surprised. She seems caught off guard for a moment.
"I'll certainly do that," she snaps. "They could have been geased. By someone from your world. None of the mages from our world would have done it, they're all either ours or Leareth's." Her eyes narrow. "Is Leareth - did you...?"
"When Aroden attempted to summon Leareth's remains from the Work Room so they could be used to resurrect him, he determined that there were none. I can prepare True Resurrection tomorrow; we can't speak to him in the meantime. We attempted to raise Starwind and Moondance but the Star-Eyed, in violation of the agreements about jurisdiction over souls that Abadar understood to be in place, interfered and took their souls herself."
Savil just looks baffled by that, and gives no response. She has the look of someone in deep over her head.
"If this was the work of someone in Osirion, using them," she says, icily, "then - I am not sure exactly what Valdemar's response will be, but we will certainly have a grievance with you."
"If and when you do successfully raise them, I would like to–" She hesitates, biting her lip. "To take them into Valdemar's custody, to complete an investigation there. We have Truth Spell, and - a better claim, I think, they're from Velgarth and they're our allies. And whether or not they were even guilty of this - horrific accusation, they're demonstrably not safe here."
Savil looks like she wants to object on principle, but she presses her lips together instead, so hard they turn white, and is silent for a long moment.
"All right. Acceptable, I suppose." She glares at him. "Whatever actually happened, you made a massive goddamned mistake, letting it happen here."
Savil nods. She looks like she wants to do a lot more shouting, but -
"Just so you know that I'm deeply unimpressed with you and your people right now." Sigh. "But - whatever happened, is done now. I would like to speak with Aroden. Do you happen to know his location right now."
"No. We met in Axis after Leareth's murder in the hopes that a quick conversation could get farther than a formal negotiation on averting a war with Cheliax; after that he came to the winter palace to conduct his investigation and to interrogate the corpses; after that I think he returned either to Cheliax or to one of his personal demiplanes. I know he intends to return tomorrow morning for Leareth's resurrection."
"Gods, I can imagine, you just told him that allegedly his best friends murdered his ally - their ally too!" Her eyes narrow. "I find it awfully hard to believe they sabotaged the entire Worldwound project in order to do something like that. Anyway, I'm going to go find him, and then I'll be back to question the people in your winter palace."
:With Mahdi. You can come over:
Vanyel doesn't even try to address the fact that, no, he thinks it's very plausible and likely Starwind and Moondance did this and he - should have thought - should have guessed or at least worried, and he didn't, and that means it's his fault that Leareth is dead...it could be worse, they're going to get him back, it's retrievable, but still.
He's so grateful to see his aunt and maybe later at some point they'll need to argue about the Star-Eyed and the plausibility that She would order someone to take a weapon and use it to murder Leareth. But - not yet, right now he's just going to sob on her shoulder for a while.
"Savil, I really think She might do something like this. Leareth's told me a few of the ways he died horribly when he tried to interact with Her or do anything in the Pelagirs. And - gods, they got the weapon from Urtho's Tower, I think that almost has to be true, Leareth is pretty hard to kill - if you're not a god - but we know Urtho did it."
He looks down. "I don't know if She could've...maybe possessed them directly, like Vkandis did with Karis. Or something like a geas. They have the pact with Her, it - it might not've been them of their own free will..."
That's...pretty horrible, but it's very slightly easier to swallow than her best friend having carried out a suicidal assassination mission. Savil is silent.
"I'm going to talk to Aroden," she says eventually. "I want them raised and handed over to Valdemar. I - honestly don't care what they did, the pharaoh slaughtered them on the spot, I do not want him to have them."
Aroden, currently wearing his usual old-man face and not his formal Aroden face, is at home with Parmida. He invites Savil in and hears her out.
"I agree," he says when she's done. "I do intend to question them, but I think their Goddess will only return them - and thus allow them to live at all - if there is a commitment that they will be returned to Velgarth, rather than going to an evil afterlife here. I too do not actually wish them to suffer an evil afterlife, even for what they did - especially since no permanent harm will be done, once we resurrect Leareth tomorrow. The Goddess did not seem inclined to trust my promise, but perhaps with the addition of yours... I will pass it on to the pharaoh when I have a chance, so that he can have Abadar negotiate further with Her, and I will keep you updated."
Aroden trusts the pharaoh's investigation pretty thoroughly, actually, and also after interrogating the corpses he's pretty sure it won't find anything, but it's certainly no bad thing to have a second set of eyes. "Yes, of course. I wish you good luck."
Once she's departed, he prepares another Sending for Khemet, with news of his and Savil's plan and the hope that this might get the Star-Eyed to budge.
There were a hundred and sixteen people in the winter palace at the time of the murder: the pharaoh, half a dozen of his support staff, a dozen members of his personal guard, six advisors here to discuss economics with Leareth including the pharaoh's brother and presumptive heir, twelve magical researchers (all of Osirion's palace magical research having been relocated to the winter palace), two dozen members of the palace guard, one of the pharaoh's wives and her personal staff, one of the pharaoh's cousins and her personal staff, and forty servants.
The pharaoh's chief of security rushed over once the alarms were triggered and was present when Starwind and Moondance were killed.
Ugh, this is going to take the rest of today and most of tomorrow, isn't it.
Savil has a peek inside the Work Room too; it's not shielded against Velgarth mage-scrying. Yep, those sure are Abyssal demons, a variant she hasn't seen before.
By four hours into Truth Spell questioning, she's starting to feel on a gut level that - maybe it did happen the way Vanyel thinks, the Star-Eyed using her best friends as puppets. Her smouldering anger feels kind of stuck, now, unsure which way it ought to be pointed.
Vanyel can most definitely bring a diamond of the correct size, and also he and Nayoki will both accept mind-control not to Final Strike. (Why in all hells would he want to Final Strike the pharaoh of Osirion and Leareth both at the same time, it makes no sense, but he can understand them wanting to take the precaution.)
Aroden would like to bring his wife, if that's all right. (This is only partly because if he were being brought back from the dead after being horribly murdered then he would want his wife there; he also just wants her advice on navigating things if Leareth is upset or angry with the pharaoh or something.)
Of course.
There's a sheet on the floor; he's gotten competent enough with True Resurrection that he can at least weave the body under it by now, though he's still acutely aware he's objectively very very sloppy for a ninth circle caster.
He takes the diamond and does a True Resurrection.
Leareth wakes up lying on stone, naked except for a sheet over him for some reason, disoriented and terrified. The last thing he remembers is dying - well, actually, the last thing he remembers is endless unimaginable agony, so much pain it drove out all thought, even now the jumbled memory of it is vivid enough to knock the breath out of him. He's not sure how long it took him to actually die when the demons were eating him alive.
(He doesn't normally remember things this clearly, when he comes back, and it certainly doesn't normally feel like it was less than a second ago.)
The thing he remembers before that is - gods - Starwind and Moondance, the Tayledras Adepts, a Work Room - his frantic half-second of time to think, surmising it was Urtho's weapon -
- feeling the cord to his immortality sanctuary snap -
- dying, knowing it was forever this time -
He reaches for his magic and it's there and he throws a shield over himself, for all the good that's likely to do, it didn't help before - he has no idea where he is and he can't think through the panic. He can barely muster enough concentration to grasp at the cord of magic that should be there, tying his physical form to the Void, to the sanctuary that's brought him back again and again for millennia...
Nothing.
Where is he - he's never felt so helpless and scared before - he tries to shove it down into a corner, he has to think here, but for once he can't even do that -
...
From the outside, what the others can pick up on is a wave of accidentally projected terrorterrorterror, Leareth came back without shields up, and then it cuts off as a hemispherical barrier of shimmering force snaps up over him, and then he makes a low keening sound and curls up into a ball and doesn't move.
They eventually figured out how to make the telepathic bond two-way even if she's not also charming him.
The poor thing. I'm not sure he would appreciate us trying to talk to him right now - people don't usually come back that upset, I wonder if the Star-Eyed trying and failing to grab him seemed like anything?
Leareth can tell it's coming from outside of himself, which is awful in itself, but - it gets him back more of his mind, which enables him to propagate that this makes no sense and he doesn't seem to be dead - and then remember that of course he isn't dead, Golarion has resurrection and there are multiple people who would fight very hard to get him back.
While he's having said thoughts he instinctively scrambles to his feet, with some difficulty due to getting tangled in the sheet, and tries to interpret what his various senses are telling him. His eyes aren't quite focusing properly yet and also now he's dizzy, probably on account of standing up too fast after recently being a dead body on the floor.
Khemet is there. So is Aroden, with Parmida, and Vanyel standing by Nayoki.
He sits down on the floor again, and focuses on weaving proper shields before he attempts to speak. Shielding himself is soothing, at least a little.
"What happened," he says, in Khemet's general direction. "Where - how long...?" He's calmer but his hands are still kind of shaking; he presses them to the floor, trying to make them stop.
"Yes. Figured that." His chest still feels tight, it's hard to speak, but he can't Mindspeak the pharaoh. And - he wasn't just murdered, but...they might not know, it wouldn't have been visible to anyone not in the room.
"They broke my immortality," he says dully. "Not - certain - I can fix it. Not if - She was watching..." He feels like crying, which is objectively really stupid when his allies just brought him back from the dead.
“Neither - did I - I would not - not careful enough...” And now he is kind of crying, which on the one hand makes a lot of sense because this is horrible and he’s still very disoriented and overwhelmed, and on the other hand is really unhelpful and he would prefer to not but he can’t help it.
Khemet's instincts are telling him to give Leareth a hug which is a stupid thing for them to tell him because there are several people here in their capacity as people who love Leareth and can comfort him, he's here in his capacity as capable of true resurrection and head of state of the country where Leareth was murdered.
Leareth stiffens as she hugs him, then relaxes a little. He’s having trouble figuring out why he’s this upset. Normally he can just decide to not do that if it’s stupid, which it is.
“I - thought I would not come back,” he mumbles. “Stupid - forgot you had magic - I was very distracted...thought I was safe...”
“It was not your fault. I ought not have been so careless.” Leareth takes a deep breath, lets it out, focuses on calmcalmcalm. Nudges Parmida away, nodding to her. His face and body language return toward his usual neutral, unreadable affect.
...The problem, ultimately, is that he finally felt he was among allies, and so he let down his guard, and clearly he should not have done that. Maybe he can when he’s around Aroden, but Aroden can’t protect him from halfway across the world if he does something stupid, and Khemet... Well, it really shouldn’t be the pharoah’s problem, should it, maintaining the necessary level of paranoia against the Velgarth gods whenever Leareth visits.
"Well, He's furious with the Star-Eyed, obviously, and He can't kill Her - I asked - but He can take away Her toys. Or at least stop Her from interfering in Aroden taking away Her toys. There are complications because the other Golarion gods aren't delighted about Abadar having all the superweapons either - at least not without sufficient commitments about when He'd use them - but the upshot is that we can pull it off. And then we can escalate from there if we need to because She doesn't have a way to escalate back."
“What - did She -” Leareth hadn’t even thought of that, which is stupid of him, it was the obvious plan - kill him, ensure he doesn’t come back, grab him out of Golarion’s reach. End of story. He’s not sure even Aroden could have pulled him out of that.
“How - how close...” It’s kind of a pointless question, he’s here now so obviously She didn’t succeed, but even so he finds himself trembling again, the delayed shock of it hitting him in waves.
“Oh.” It’s both beautiful and terrifying, that the only reason he’s alive now is because a god chose him. Leareth doesn’t know how to feel about it. “I - I should thank Him, I suppose. She...might not have known yet, if they received their orders from Her in Urtho’s Tower.”
Vanyel still hasn’t said anything. Nayoki took a step toward him and put a comforting hand briefly on his shoulder at one point, presumably noticing that he was upset. He’s trying really hard not to be visibly upset because it’s not like any of the awfulness here happened to him, and surely it could only make Leareth feel worse if he burst into tears right in front of him.
Leareth finishes dressing, folds up the sheet and sets it down on the floor, and levers himself up. Wearily, even though he’s not physically tired at all, some part of him feels exhausted. His soul, maybe. His mind is producing a very pointless desire to go home, which - isn’t a place he has.
He is not discernably having emotions; everyone else is discernably having emotions and he doesn't exactly blame them but if he were doing it it'd be on purpose.
"We're in the Dome, because it's safer. If you'd like to remain here you are of course welcome; otherwise I'll let you know if we hear from Abadar about raising Starwind and Moondance."
“I thought they got out- oh, did you kill them, I suppose that is sensible if you did not know what else they might do next.” Leareth glances around, trying to think. “I doubt I will be in more danger than I was before if I return to Cheliax, but - perhaps I will stay here a while until you learn more.”
He lives alone in Egorian, in a house which is very thoroughly warded but it still feels weirdly lonely to imagine going there right now. Also he wants to talk to Abadar, which will predictably leave him incapacitated, and even though the last awful thing happened at the pharaoh’s palace, he still feels obscurely safer doing that here. Especially since it’s Abadar’s territory and Abadar is apparently willing to protect him.
Leareth tells the servants he would like to be left alone because he has a headache (he doesn’t yet but he will soon), and once he’s alone he stretches out on the bed, tries to get comfortable - it’s hard, he’s not physically uncomfortable but some part of him is scared to close his eyes even though that’s really unhelpful.
He reaches for Abadar, and then reaches past the usual cleric interface.
Shuffling -
Abadar broadly endorses the decision procedure that led to not catching it before it happened, things this bad happen an acceptable percentage of the time and are recoverable and it's an advantageous position to be in, having been reasonable and been betrayed about it, all the other Lawful gods are with Him on retaliation. But Khemet is upset and while he hasn't come up with an articulation of his upsetness that actually points at anything, usually there is something, and it might point at a change of decision procedure? Abadar considers it more likely than not though probably it won't change along a dimension legible to Leareth anyway.
Huh. Leareth...didn’t realize Khemet was upset and does not blame Khemet for this at all and - maybe does feel a bit less safe, here, as a result, but in a way he suspects is calibrated - he hadn’t even recognized until afterward how relaxed and uncareful he had become in the pharoah’s palace until afterward.
Khemet speaking to a man Leareth hasn't met - "...and if I'm better at getting people to let down their guard around me than I am at keeping them safe that's awful."
"That feels like putting it a little strongly! You're a cleric with True Resurrection, drowning in diamonds, a god expended a lot of resources to murder someone in your palace despite reasonable precautions, you fixed it."
"I didn't. I raised him, I didn't fix it. They were Vanyel's friends, they were Savil's friends, there was trust there you can't throw ninth-circle spells at. They were probably decent human beings, just expected - if Abadar told me to kill someone I'd probably do it, because I'd expect He had a damned good reason, because I'd expect that the - real heuristic that 'don't stab your allies in the back with a smuggled superweapon and cause an international incident' is an approximation of doesn't make sense to me and does make sense to Him and I should listen - okay, I don't know if I would do that, but -"
The man hugs him and murmurs sympathetically. He goes on.
"Valdemar's mad at me for killing Moondance and Starwind, which I'm actually kind of frustrated about, what the fuck did they expect me to do? And Leareth felt safe here and now he doesn't, and that was valuable, it was important to me, I worked hard on it, and I feel like shit about having worked hard on it if he's worse off for it, that's not what I thought I was doing. They seemed uncomfortable -"
"The murderers did?"
"Yeah. I should've - I don't know what I should've done. I told Abadar to figure out what He should've done but He seems pleased with Himself, He gets to steal fifteen world-destroying superweapons and nothing got spent that anyone would've spent money on, so nothing got spent - that's uncharitable -"
Now Leareth - feels bad, in some obscure way, he feels like something was damaged here that he hadn’t realized existed or could be damaged, he can’t put his finger on what. And - he’s confused about why Khemet would have tried so hard to get him to feel safe, here - he fully believes Khemet actually thought it was safe in his palace, he wasn’t - being manipulative to fool Leareth into actions he wouldn’t otherwise endorse... But why throw so much effort at that in particular, why is he so bothered about it now?
That makes sense.
- He wishes he could understand why the Star-Eyed was willing to burn this much interworld goodwill when he wasn't even planning on going back to Velgarth, and he would have expected that to be apparent in their Foresight, the noise disappearing. But it's not like he even understands why She objects so strongly to his existence. He has guesses, that's all. He wonders if Abadar has more insight there.
Some gods - some Golarion gods, too, ones He doesn't get along with - care about people growing up surrounded by people to whom they have duties, and who have duties to them, people who know them and will engage in shaping them into a worthy adult community member. About people having things that matter deeply to them in common with one another, and simple choices ahead for their lives. They dislike worlds where everyone meets one another as a stranger. The Star-Eyed is a god like this. Even when Leareth didn't make things blurry for her She didn't like what She was seeing. And -
- Abadar is obviously with Leareth here, but -
- Her trades are ones many humans would make, if offered them? The Tayledras have lives that are joyful and close-to-the-thing-humans-are-shaped-for and many other human lives compare badly, by the standards of the people living them. Abadar thinks cities will be better but in the material world he's hard-pressed to argue that they are better. Many people would choose to be Tayledras if you put it to them. And that matters.
But so does the fact She doesn't let them pick, and so does the casualness with which She uses them towards non-shared ends when convenient, the thing Abadar explained a while ago He wouldn't do to Khemet, because then it'd be a bad deal, to be His...
Interesting. That fits, Leareth thinks. It vaguely matches with some shapes of human philosophies he's heard about or read about - cultures the body he took was born into, sometimes - that believe that...people are actually better off with a smaller number of clear, culturally-embedded choices? That the world Leareth has always wanted to build, that has opportunities to learn and create and build and trade, and the combinatorial explosion of possible choices and futures that gives people, is actually worse for their wellbeing than one with clear roles and duties and traditions.
Leareth does wonder how much his own philosophy here is shaped by the fact that he has never been someone who fit into any of those tight-knit local traditionalist cultures, and - he does think that everyone will be better off for a world that has bustling shiny cities and trade between dozens of countries, because in the world that doesn't have that, maybe people are closer with their families and communities but also most of them spend their entire lives working tirelessly in the fields just to stay alive. He thinks the Tayledras are kind of cheating here because they have such a high rate of mages, and so much magic granted to them directly by the Star-Eyed, nowhere else in the world can have that kind of material luxury and also have the thing the Star-Eyed likes, here. And it would be one thing if She wanted to offer everyone that, but She seems uninterested in even trying.
He's not sure. He also thinks cities in Velgarth are often pretty unpleasant for many of their inhabitants, and he thinks that could be different - was different, to an extent, in Urtho's time, he has only a few snippets of memories but Tantara as a whole had much closer to the Tayledras level of luxury, with their permanent Gate network for transport and their permanent light-spells and heat-spells and shields...
He's grateful Abadar is with him on this. He never, ever thought a god would be aligned with him on what the best kind of world might look like, and - he almost can't convey how it feels, knowing that, except that he's very happy about it.
Huh. Does Abadar mean the dream itself, a straightforward enough vision of Vanyel fighting a destined enemy, or the part where they were able to speak? He had assumed the former was enemy action, and suspected that the latter might be a different Power working with a different goal, one not clearly aimed at harming him, but he never understood what it was aimed at.
He means the latter. Valdemar's god is exceptionally hard for Abadar to communicate with but he is - broadly in favor of some things Leareth wants and was hoping Leareth and Vanyel could come up with something better than Leareth's original plan. Which Abadar would have opposed too, honestly, if He'd seen it bearing down on His country.
That is really reasonable on Abadar's part, it was a horrible plan and Leareth's only justification was that so many things were background horrible anyway, maybe not so acutely but in a way that added up over centuries and centuries of nothing. ever. changing. And he still put off actually making it his plan for almost a millennium. He's so glad that Golarion changes everything and now he has better options that justify spending another thousand years exploring to see what he can do with them.
Well, he doesn't see any point in being secretive about it now since it's probably irretrievable and would be risky to rely on again, his plan is to sort out something else with Aroden before this body get too old. Honestly that was his plan already because his immortality setup is also horrible, and Golarion has both more options and a lack of gods who want Leareth specifically dead and also have Foresight. But - there's a spell, he built, in Velgarth's Void, that would prevent his spirit from moving on and would instead link him back to the bodies of his descendants, and the spell itself should have been impossible to find. However, it's also - was, he corrects himself - tied to his current body, and clearly letting himself be in the same room as an unusually gifted Tayledras Healing-Adept for hours was enough that Moondance, he's pretty sure it was Moondance, was able to find that magical link, possibly by projecting his mind between planes as Leareth can, and snap the connection. The spell itself might be fine and he can find it again (with a lot of effort now that he's lost the link) but he has to assume the Star-Eyed could have used Moondance to locate it, and that it's compromised.
Leareth thought it was self-evident that was a lot worse than just his body dying, he's been murdered a lot, he's usually not nearly as upset about it as he was this time. Though it does seem like being murdered when he had stopped expecting it and felt safe is - a lot more upsetting than all the times in Velgarth.
He will definitely make sure Abadar knows if he thinks of anything Abadar can do to help. Aroden may know, he's the expert on Golarion's strategies for immortality.
Leareth doesn't call anyone to ask for Delay Pain this time - it wouldn't ruin his entire night's sleep again, since now like Khemet he's equipped with a Ring of Sustenance, but it's not like he has plans right now, realistically he was going to spend the next while in his room anyway. He lies under a blanket in the dark, and he cries a little and lets himself feel all the fear and loss that he was shoving out of the way before, maybe if he gets that out of the way it'll leave him alone afterward.
"- Yes?" Vanyel seems startled that she's asking. "Um, once he'd calmed down enough. He was so upset when he woke up, it was awful, and - he didn't even know about the Star-Eyed trying to grab his soul too, She didn't succeed because of Abadar, but he was clearly so scared."
"- That's fair."
Savil looks thoughtful for a while.
"Anyway. The pharaoh wants to convince the Star-Eyed to let us raise Starwind and Moondance. Aroden thinks that if someone other than him promises to get them back to Velgarth alive, She'll do it. She just doesn't want them going to an evil afterlife here."
Leareth's headache subsides after five or six hours of lying in bed, and he seems to have gotten all of the shaking and panic out of his system and can look at the situation matter-of-factly. He's still very unhappy about it but, well, it's in fact terrible that he currently isn't immortal, even if probably he can count on another fifty years or more in this body no matter what because Golarion has resurrection and - he has, in fact, just gotten strong evidence that people, and at least one god, will go to great lengths to get him back.
He bathes and dresses and joins them for dinner. He's only radiating misery a tiny bit, it wouldn't be at all noticeable to most people but it probably is to Leareth's alt and his wife.
Parmida is sure thinking that he looks miserable. She doesn't have the slightest idea how to fix it, though. She could help Aroden a little bit by holding him close and being on his side but Leareth doesn't have a wife and it's not - totally clear that a Chelish wife will work the same way, right, even if not for the thing where everyone interesting in Cheliax is at least a little bit evil. Also if he's planning to possess his dependents because he has to set up the immortality system again then that's a pretty major downside, it was important to her that it was really really unlikely Aroden would ever take Zahra. And it might've had something to do with Zahra never marrying although she doesn't think it was most of it.
She makes pleasant conversation about things she likes in Egorian -- bookstores, lecture halls, theatres - instead of bringing up any of this but she figures Leareth is probably reading her mind and doesn't mind this at all.
Leareth is in fact reading her mind on and off, recently he had stopped having his Thoughtsensing open at all times but when he feels unsafe he always has his Othersenses watching even if he's not really trying to pick up thoughts, and - well, she doesn't mind, apparently.
He does have to bite down a bitter laugh at 'everyone interesting in Cheliax is at least a little bit evil' - has she forgotten he was Lawful Evil, the same alignment as Asmodeus, until very recently? Although it's true that a lot of flavours of interesting Lawful Evil people are ones he wouldn't get along with at all.
He tries to focus on her pleasant conversation, it helps a little in the short run, but his thoughts keep drifting back to the snippet of Khemet's thoughts that Abadar conveyed, and - it's stupid, but he finds himself desperately missing that brief precious period of arriving in a place and - not expecting bad things to happen there, because the nation's godking and its god were competent and on his side. He's not sure how much he should model that as having changed, even, just...
Eventually he casts a privacy-barrier, and asks Aroden to do the local version of one for redundancy, and then asks about immortality setups in Golarion.
Aroden would rather talk in detail in his demiplane, but he doesn't want to bring Leareth there right now because Leareth is obviously very badly shaken, and taking him someplace that blocks his magic seems very unfair to him. He can discuss generalities, though. Some options are only available to very high level wizards, but he thinks that given fifty years of work he can get Leareth something that won't need to resemble his previous method. Ideally it won't depend on any Velgarth-adjacent planes at all, since demonstrably the Velgarth gods will meddle if They can.
He is so unhappy and I am not sure what to do, he tells Parmida.
I hate it. I want to fix it - it feels as though I ought be able to - and I am not sure I can - he trusts me but I think that is something differently-shaped? Sigh. He needs friends. It - was a long time, remember, before I was ready for you to be more than my very competent assistant and then my best friend.
Leareth can tell that they're talking about him, from the bits and pieces of Parmida's thoughts, but he's mostly not tracking it, because yet again he's distracted being bothered that Khemet is upset about this, it feels like something is happening the wrong way and could surely be done better but he doesn't know how to describe what it is.
Leareth will get some books that are not about magic research at all, and read until he's tired enough to sleep.
Which is early for him, apparently being resurrected and having a lot of feelings about it is tiring, so he wakes up hours before anyone else is up and goes for an aimless walk through the palace until sunrise.
Leareth joins him there. After the usual greetings they don't talk much, both of them sit and read quietly, but - there's still something pleasant about it.
Probably Khemet will come find them if there's any word from the Star-Eyed and he shouldn't go bother him. Leareth isn't sure whether to hope that Starwind and Moondance can get raised, or really, really hope for not.
"All right. We're going to copy from Aroden's strategy, here; I am going to make a demiplane where only divine magic works, and I'll need help from one of you verifying that works as intended, and then I'll raise them there. - I couldn't have done this on the spot two days ago, I have dedicated most of my higher level spell slots to it."
He has of course failed people in costlier ways but usually he doesn't have to then have a diplomatic relationship with them for the next fifty years while they look like a kicked puppy.
"If you don't want to come you could watch with a scry," he says to Leareth. "Though I do think it'll be entirely safe, if you do want to come."
They have to leave the Dome for this, obviously.
He remains self-conscious about casting in front of Aroden but he casts Create Lesser Demiplane, the seventh-level spell, and transports them - and Starwind and Moondance's bodies - to the plane. It is, at the moment, really boring. It has a hard dirt floor and trails off as mist about twenty feet away in each direction.
He casts Create Lesser Demiplane again to double its size. He casts the eighth-level version to make one half of it a lush meadow shaded by fruit trees with a little stream running through it so staying all day won't be unpleasant. He casts the ninth-level version to make only divine magic work.
He's pretty sure it worked just from Aroden's obvious dissatisfaction but he looks to Vanyel to test it.
Starwind isn't helpful, exactly, he's certainly not proactively volunteering any information, and divine truth magic isn't as good as Velgarth's second-stage Truth Spell and can't drag him out of him, but he does answer direct questions. While hanging onto Moondance. Mostly he seems to be in shock.
His answer comes with no hesitation. "I would have taken him back. By negotiation, by - persuasive use of force - or, if necessary, by destroying Her entirely. I expect the last would be very difficult to accomplish, but we know that gods can die."
Long pause.
"Also I suspect Abadar would have done something rather drastic. I do not know Him well enough, at this time, to guess at details of what."
"Honestly if it were up to me you'd be eaten by demons. Leareth says it takes a very long time and hurts very badly. However, all of these other people either like you or consider the wellbeing of all sentient life their personal responsibility, so we're sending you home. Tomorrow; I don't have a Gate in me today."
He glances at the other half of his demiplane. "The fruit's edible."
Vanyel will stay because he said he would but this is going to be the most awkward night of his life.
- Also he's now feeling kind of bad and worried about Leareth, and he can't tell Khemet privately with Mindspeech because, one, his ridiculous shield, and two, he can't Mindspeak at all right now.
"Something I want to tell you," he says instead, in a low voice. "Can we, er..." He gestures vaguely at the still-boring side of the demiplane.
Oh, that's useful. It still feels very awkward to request help from the pharaoh of Osirion of all people about this, but...
"I'm concerned about Leareth, is all. He seems really unhappy and - I said I'd stay with Starwind and Moondance here and I'm going to, but I'd feel better if someone were checking in with him and - I don't know if Aroden counts."
"He is really unhappy. He gave a try to - trusting people, cooperating, believing it was possible to be safe any way other than being ten steps ahead of everyone at all times, and they learned and destroyed his immortality method while he was standing there trying to work out a spell for them and then murdered him horribly." His voice is shaking. "I don't know how to fix it."
"Gods." It's a really good description and also awful. "I - I don't either - I don't want him to just, just go back to the being ten steps ahead of everyone and be fine with it, like it's okay that nothing else is safe, but - I'm scared that's - just actually the right strategy for him. If even here he's still a target."
"Maybe? I don't know. Either way, I - maybe you shouldn't have done it but you did and - honestly I think you owe it to him to talk to him about - that. He doesn't suddenly hate you now or anything, he's just - really sad and scared." Vanyel hates it so much. Neither of those words should go with Leareth and especially not both at once.
"It makes sense to me? As a thing to be worried about. But - I don't know, maybe you should point out to Leareth that this is a pattern about you, and he can decide how much he wants to compensate for it? I think he's pretty good at deciding how he wants to feel about something and then just - feeling that way." Vanyel is honestly so jealous.
Leareth was watching with scrying for part of it, but stopped after Aroden's questioning ended, because it had really seemed like there wasn't anything new and because it was - weirdly upsetting, mostly the part where Vanyel was so visibly distressed and awkward about it. He's realizing that one of Vanyel's decade-long friendships is alongside the other collateral damage of the Star-Eyed's hatred for him, and - it seems unfair.
He's a little surprised by the offer, but nods, smiling faintly. "Of course."
So he walks back out of the Dome with him, Plane Shifts them, lands in the enormous vaulted room where the trolley lines come through. It's full of people. The local population of Aktun is only about a quarter humans; among those waiting for the trolleys are gnomes and dwarves and dragons and drow and crystalline sparkling machine-people and blueskinned, bipedal aliens ten feet tall with too many eyes, and clouds of glowing metallic dust which Leareth's thoughtsensing nonetheless informs him are people.
It's incredible. Leareth lets go of Khemet's hand after the Plane Shift and just stares around for a full minute, absorbing it.
"What are all of the species?" he asks eventually, looking over in particular at the glowing metallic dust. "Are some of them the outsiders here?"
"Yes. The ones that look like clouds of dust are axiomites, they're Axis's outsiders - like archons and angels in Heaven, or devils in Hell. Some of the metal people are also axiomites, they can shapeshift and generally give us something to work off, out of politeness, when they're talking to us. The other metal people are called aphorites, the axiomates made them to be more psychologically similar to us to simplify trade. They come across as - not outside the space of humans, when you talk to them, if weird and foreign ones. That -" he points at a machine person - "is called an inevitable; they are also a created species, designed to defend Axis against extraplanar incursions. The blue ones are called mercanes. They're an evolved species like humans, but from another world, and the ones we've met are merchants who travel the planes arbitraging magic items. There's a couple million of them in Axis, mostly in their own districts - other species cluster and humans sometimes even cluster by ethnicity, people like familiar things -"
It's very much - well, the opposite of everything the Tayledras are, in a way, but to Leareth it feels beautiful and triumphant and comforting, it eases some sort of pressure inside him... It doesn't make it seem okay to die permanently, that he's now Lawful Neutral and would probably end up here, it's still - losing - but it does make the prospect a lot less unthinkably awful.
Abadar's divine realm. It does make him feel safer, if not entirely safe, he's not sure he's capable of that, and it's - less lonely, in some sense he has a hard time describing.
"Thank you for bringing it to me." It feels like the words aren't nearly sufficient to convey it.
The trolley runs along the northern edge of Aktun where it butts up against one of Axis's underwater districts; the view to the right is of a crowded bustling city with eyepopping storefronts and the view to the left is of a smooth placid lake, except where green or purple smoke bubbles burst through the surface. Thoughtsensing confirms that there are tons of people below the surface of the water, though all ordinary vision can catch is the occasionally moving underwater light.
On the right, the buildings are taller than it'd be possible to build on Velgarth or Golarion, at least not without magic: twenty or twenty-five stories, some of them. The trolley climbs above street level and glides between them on elevated rails.
"This is our stop," Khemet says after a while.
He points at a building across the street. "This part of town is called Newspaper Row, because the publishing industry is concentrated here. The building is 15 Shore. It's thirty three stories, the tallest in Aktun, though they're kind of cheating, it's only twenty-seven stories all the way up, and then some little towers, and there are other buildings that are twenty-nine." He starts crossing the street. "I could not get us a reservation on the top floor on short notice. It's one of my favorite things about Aktun, how I can't get anything nice on short notice because most people here are richer than me."
The building has a spectacular high-ceilinged marble lobby where he requests and receives a key for the 23rd floor, and a bank of elevators, which carry them up to it. "I used to want to just own an apartment up here, but my grandfather thought it'd be bad for me. Knowing it exists is all right, but - maybe it's unhealthy, living with a foot half in the grave already -"
The room on the 23rd floor is a tidy three-room apartment. The living room looks out on the rest of Aktun. He locks the door, goes to sit down on the couch. "I want you to make me a permanent Gate-threshold in Sothis so our tourism program is cheaper. People save for twenty years, for it, and I think it's worth it, but -"
Leareth stands at the window for a while, looking out at the incredible view. "That makes sense. I - had never imagined having the problem that the afterlife is too nice and it is perhaps unhealthy to - be too established there, in life." And he understands a lot better, now, Khemet's insistence that he doesn't want immortality. He approximately has immortality, by Leareth's standards, everyone in Golarion does - well, except the poor people who end up in Abaddon, and those in Hell might prefer they didn't...
"A permanent Gate ought be feasible," he smiles a little, "though I will of course ask the usual price for it. We need to fund Cheliax's schools somehow."
"Oh." Has everyone been noticing how disproportionately upsetting this series of events was for him? Leareth was trying not to be obvious about it because that won't help anything.
Leareth mulls on it for a moment and has to concede it's not surprising at all, actually. Most people are going to find being murdered very upsetting, and - he wasn't exactly very composed right after being brought back.
"I was very sad," he admits. "I - am not sure why, the situation is objectively not that bad, just..."
"The thing I said to Vanyel was that you tried, uh, having allies, trusting people, expecting that there was a way to be safe other than being ten steps ahead of everybody at all times, and they figured out your immortality method while you stood there working on helping them with magic and then severed it and murdered you and -
- I don't want you to have to be ten steps ahead of everybody else all the time! But we don't - we don't know how to ask you not to do that, if we can't actually keep you safe -"
Leareth tries to say something, and - fails, because suddenly all the emotions from earlier are hitting him again in overwhelming force, and he's remembering how he hadn't even realized until it was gone how...restful, it was, not needing to at every moment be on the lookout for betrayal.
This is definitely the most unexpected hug Leareth has ever received, and he freezes for a few seconds, and then - well, if he's not safe here, in Abadar's divine realm - Abadar, who had a strong enough claim on him to have held off the Star-Eyed, who is going to retaliate, who was smug about that...
He relaxes, the first time since coming back that he's let himself relax fully, and then inevitably the thing that happens is that he starts crying again. Which is really inconvenient because he wants to say things and he still can't Mindspeak the pharaoh.
He's going to have to un-relax eventually - someday - but right now all Leareth is aware of is that he was in pain, and he wasn't even able to notice it properly when he was holding himself on alert, he could only look at it head-on once it eased.
"I - thought it was unfair," he says finally, without moving. "To - ask that of you - to be paranoid enough to - hold off all of the enemies I have made in two thousand years. I - apologized to Abadar. For, for failing to be on good terms with the gods of Velgarth, I - am sure - it is inconvenient for Him..."
"I thought I could!! I thought I had - enough - I thought Abadar had enough - I'm mad at Him though He thinks I'm confused and probably won't be mad at Him once I'm not - and I'm so angry with them, I wanted to torture them to death which is not something I have ever wanted before - I'm so frustrated and I want - Vanyel thought maybe we could learn to do half of it, meet you halfway there, take some of the burden off, and maybe we can do that but it's so infuriating, I want all of it, I want you to be safe with me like you are here..."
"Oh! I was confused about that too, until this morning when Vanyel told me I was being an idiot and I realized there's exactly one category of social interaction I'm vulnerable to being an idiot about. I have romantic feelings about you. I don't think we should do anything about them but it's annoying being confused and it's probably similarly annoying for you, because I think you do, too, and were missing them for all of the same reasons."
"Well, I can't read your mind, but the thing that's been bothering me all week is - a sense that something is terribly wrong if there's distance between us even if it's of a kind that objectively doesn't get in the ways of our goals much if at all, and that it's more satisfying to accomplish things if you specifically will be impressed by them even if they're not things I need you for, and a bunch of other things in that genre where I was assigning salience weirdly, and then I was so incredibly thrown off by your murder and am still so upset about it, and so that's what's going on on my end, at least, and usually what is going on when I'm as confused about an interpersonal thing as I've been lately."
Actually, that does seem to make more sense of some of what he's been feeling. Leareth closes his eyes, his head still resting on Khemet's shoulder.
"I - I was feeling as though I had lost something so precious, with this happening, that was related to how you were around me, I could not figure out what it was. Just - you were happy before and then you were - not - and it did not seem I ought have much right to have opinions about that but it bothered me so much. And I - wanted you to talk to me but it felt unreasonable to - place more demands on your time... I was very pleased when you asked me to come here."
"I felt like - I'd promised you something and if I couldn't do it, then I had no right to - try to make you believe that I could - if liking me was going to be a disadvantage then I shouldn't try to - and making you like me is very tempting and very challenging and very satisfying and feels so intrinsically worthwhile, but none of that is for reasons that are related to whether I can keep you safe -
Vanyel said that whether or not I should have made you like me I did, and I was just going to hurt you if I tried to back off on it now. Which - isn't want I wanted at all - but I also want you to hold out for somewhere where you'll actually feel safe and be right about it -"
"I do like you. It - hurt, when it felt like there had to be distance between us." Noticing that explicitly is clarifying some of the pain he's been in, recently, and why it's better now; it's not just the fear and feeling unsafe, or the grief and anger with himself at losing his immortality setup after eighteen hundred goddamned years of being careful enough. "I - do not think we need to lose that, I think that is a separate thing from - whether I expect to be safe in your palace. But–" and this part does still ache, "but I do want - that - I had not realized until now how badly."
"Couldn't've happened in the Dome, summoning doesn't work and also we ask everyone who enters to confirm under a truth spell that they don't intend to harm anyone while they're there. I could've used the Dome for operations, it just - it just would have made it harder to make you feel at ease in the first place and I guess I prioritized that over actually keeping you safe."
"That makes sense."
Leareth shifts a little, lifts his head so he can look Khemet in the eye. It continues to be weirdly hard to talk about what he's feeling here, but he pushes through.
"It - would have made it harder at first, I think, when I was not sure if you were on my - our - side, and so being less able to operate on my own there was uncomfortable. I - think that need not be true, now. You have given some very emphatic and costly indications that you are aligned with my goals and - that you care about me, as an individual, which is - not even something I would have been tracking, before."
- nod. "Then I think we should operate from the Dome. And I will tell Abadar that even if His usual decision procedures allow for one assassination in the palace per two centuries because this is a perfectly reasonable rate of assassinations, I am a fragile human with fragile human emotional needs and cannot handle another one in the next decade and He should adjust accordingly. And the magical researchers can teach you how to cast through the distortion, it's possible, just takes some practice."
"That is a reasonable plan, I think." Leareth puts his head back down on Khemet's shoulder. For some reason he feels suddenly exhausted again, not physically but in some other way. "It - is not in fact irretrievable or even that costly if I am assassinated again, as long as I can be resurrected, but - I am nonetheless unreasonable scared of this happening." Every time he thinks about it, it feels like the ground sliding out from under his feet. "I think I am still very shaken about what happened, especially losing the immortality setup after all this time. I will probably be more reasonable and calm about it in a week's time."
"Perhaps. I think to the extent it makes it less likely that this will ever happen again, it will help a great deal." He's shivering again, though. "I - think - right now it is not harming my goals to be very sad, and - I am very glad you are here. Parmida thought I was underhugged and perhaps she had a point."
"...Do you have romantic feelings for them? That might be relevant. I had noticed that in Osirion, the assumption seems to be that everyone can have romantic feelings for both sexes, but that is not assumed in most of Velgarth - I know Vanyel is only attracted to men and this has caused him difficulties."
"It - does feel as though romantic feelings ought not be necessary for closeness and trust in general, but - also I have observed this to very frequently correlate. For other people."
The concept still feels like some sort of categorization error when applied to himself, but he isn't sure if that's right. He tries to poke at it, untangling the muddy-feeling knot of emotion. "I...have not for a long time felt I could be close to people, I think. Not only because it made me vulnerable, but - for their sake, because I did not care to make them targets of the gods alongside myself. - And I suppose it was relevant that everyone else in my world dies, sooner or later, and not in a way where afterward one can Plane Shift to the afterlife to visit them. I did not think there was much chance the Velgarth gods would allow me to set up immortality for another person, and - it would have risked giving away too much about my own method."
"I think it would be very bad for most people. It - was probably not good for me, but, caring about people and losing them was worse–" His breath catches a little. "I miss Urtho so badly. I would find it difficult to bear missing fifty people that much. Even though I thought that perhaps someday I could bring them back - it was still going to be such a long fight..."
"And it is very unlikely that anything bad will happen to you in the next few decades because you are extremely capable and also chosen by Abadar as pharaoh. I - think perhaps that felt important to me."
Leareth closes his eyes. He's so inexplicably tired. Maybe not inexplicably. Letting himself experience all his emotions fully is - a lot.
"Mmm."
Leareth is relaxed and comfortable and warm, and this is Abadar's divine realm where nothing Abadar doesn't approve of will happen, to either of them, and he's leaning into the feeling-safe because it takes the pressure off the part of him that hurts -
- and the result is that, quite suddenly and without exactly meaning to, he falls asleep.
Huh. He just lets him sleep on his shoulder, for a little while - he has a Ring of Sustenance and probably won't be asleep very long -
- though he talked to Abadar a bunch recently and probably it's exhausting to be murdered -
- if he doesn't wake up after a little while he will move him over to the bed in the other room, but he's not in a particular hurry about it.
"I was not even sure it was possible to take naps with the Ring of Sustenance, but I suppose it has been an exhausting couple of days." He disentangles himself a little, stretches. "All right, we have both done copious talking about our emotions - did you have other plans for what to do while we are in Aktun?" It also seems plausible the pharaoh has other work to do that he can't justify abandoning for longer, but Leareth is currently not sad and he suspects once he's alone again he will be sad, so he's not in a hurry for Khemet to leave.
He counts them off on his fingers. "We could ride the trolleys all around the whole of Aktun and people-watch. We could go to the theatre. We could go to the museum of measurement, or the museum of light; the other ones are closed today, most museums close on Moonday to give their staff a day off since they don't get weekends. We could pay for flight and go explore other districts of Axis. We could get lunch. We can probably do at most three of those, I told Aroden we'd be back in the evening."
Then they can go see the museum of measurement! It has all kinds of elaborate inventions - some the state-of-the-art, some that are very old but represent an important step forward at the time - for measuring distance, or temperature, or pressure, or the mass of small particles, or the wavelength of light, or the speed of light, or the distance to the Sun, or units of time, or electric current. There's a whole room full of clocks that were once three hundred years ago all set to the same time but have varying precision.
Leareth is delighted! Some of the inventions are commonplace in Velgarth, some are completely new even to him, some he invented the equivalents to at some point in the last two thousand years. He muses on whether the speed of light is the same in Velgarth as here. That's one he hasn't managed to measure, though he did suspect light had a speed and was in some ways analogous to sound, with a wavelength and different 'pitches'; this certainly isn't widely-known by Velgarth scholars.
Electricity is fascinating and Leareth asks Khemet how it's used in Golarion.
Khemet isn't a scientist but he thinks the speed of light in a vacuum is one of those things that's the same across all the planes, which suggests it'd probably be the same in Velgarth? He doesn't have a guess why, though.
(One of the staff members at the museum overhears them and pulls out a table of the elements and wants to know if Leareth thinks it matches Velgarth.)
Oh, that's brilliant! Velgarth alchemists have isolated some elements but never came up with that kind of categorization. Leareth peers at it for a while. He doesn't see any obvious mismatches, at least?
After a couple of hours at the museum Leareth is pretty ready for lunch.
If it matches then they've got pretty much the same speed of light, a significantly different one would mean different elements would be stable, the staff member says.
They can get lunch at one of several dozen restaurants within a few blocks; Khemet picks one out that does palm-sized miniature pizzas and orders a dozen different ones for them to share.
It's a very good food concept, Leareth decides, even if it still seems very weird to him that you can teleport into the afterlife and get lunch at a restaurant there. He makes pleasant conversation with Khemet about goings-on in both their countries and some of Aroden's upcoming plans for Cheliax.
His relaxation level is sort of contagious, Leareth thinks, because he too feels lighter and looser than usual. It's nice. He appreciates it.
"I think I would like to return to the apartment for a bit," he says when they're done. "And then perhaps do another thing if there is time afterward."
Leareth can tell that this was Khemet's aim and that he's pleased about it working, which is really nice, actually.
He unflops after a while. Maybe they can ride the trolleys and people-watch for a bit until it's a reasonable time to go back to the material plane and see Aroden?
"Of course. I - do not want to leave until we definitely need to, because I am guessing you will not be able to go around hugging me in public in the palace." Leareth is...kind of confused, though very pleased, about today and what it means for his working relationship with Khemet going forward. He should probably just ask but it also feels confusing what question to start with.
"I feel - less like this, in Sothis, I am somebody and cannot forget it and I'm bleeding Law just a little bit whenever I let you ignore all the rules because I like you, which is entirely on me and not on you at all but it's not great for a carefree mood...I don't strongly expect anyone would care if I hugged you, it's not as if I'm not permitted to hug people, everything just gets - weighted down by all the rules and all the guards and all the -" Shrug. "You seem to really need hugs, though."
"- Oh. I - had not even considered that, I am sorry, I - had mostly been distracted from the rules by tracking other strategic priorities, but if Law means the rules are strategically relevant for you then I will be much more careful." And he thinks he'll find it easier to remember, if it fits more naturally into that category of thing, which his mind tracks almost as effortlessly as breathing, as opposed to - he's not even sure how he was categorizing it before, actually. "It seems simplest if you do not hug me in public, then, it would - not feel the same anyway. Though...it does seem to help. Much more than I expected."
He frowns at the passing city. "I...am just trying to wrap my head around what sort of relationship we have going forward, because - well, it was already confusing before, I think, and now even more so."
"Well, one option is that we are professionally friendly heads of state who, when schedules permit them to depart the Material Plane, go on dates. Another is that we cut this out so as not to distract you from wife-finding - for me, at least, being in love with other people does distract a lot from wife-finding."
Leareth considers it, seriously, for a couple of minutes.
"I think the former would make me very happy. I - am not sure if it would distract from wife-finding. Probably I should ask Aroden what he thinks, or ask Parmida, since I suspect I would be similar to Aroden on this axis."
Then Leareth will lean on Khemet while they ride the trolleys and stare at the passing buildings and tide of people, and Leareth basks in the sense of good and right and feels like home.
When he Gates them back, he's instantly a little less relaxed, but he's no longer radiating misery the way he was before their outing.
She nods solemnly. "It offends the sensibilities, places where magic doesn't work - don't worry, I won't change that! Some wounds cannot be healed with the unstrategic application of magic even though the strategic application would fix them fine." She offers her hand. "I can get you back right afterwards."
Vanyel glances around between the various people. Leareth, he thinks, looks about one-hundredth as miserable as he did that morning. Aroden is harder for him to read than Leareth, his long years of knowing Leareth don't fully translate, but he thinks the man is curious, and about as confused as he is.
When Nefreti does not immediately say anything he does.
"Abadar is, as I think everyone here knows, planning to take the superweapons out of Urtho's Tower because the Star-Eyed can't be trusted with them. He also said to me that there was something else we could potentially do if Nefreti and Nethys were interested in helping, and should not attempt if they weren't.
He thought that working together on it and spending an absurd number of diamonds Aroden and Nefreti could fix the Pelagirs. Which would - mean that the condition that would bring about the end of the Star-Eyed's pact with her people was met."
"That's–" His breath catches. "That's...wow...that would be incredible. The Tayledras haven't gotten all the way through fixing it in two thousand years. It would help a lot of people - it'd help Valdemar so much, we still lose villagers every year to horrible Pelagirs monsters..." He's awed at the scope of the entire concept.
"I mean, I think it'd be good for almost everyone? More farmland, less danger. I'm - not sure what'd happen to the Tayledras, though. If the pact were over. I don't know if Heartstones rely on the pact existing, even, and She would take them away without it. Which might be fine, if it becomes possible to live in what's right now the Pelagirs without magic, but it'd be so disruptive to them."
He looks down at the floor. "I...think maybe we have to, though. If She's otherwise going to - use that - to do things like what just happened here."
He glances at Parmida, then Nefreti. "Tomorrow would do fine, I think."
Parmida, I would usually speak with Leareth about the advice he was giving the Tayledras, before this, but - I do not think this is a pleasant topic for him. If it were myself in his shoes I would not want to be cut out from giving valuable help simply because it was distressing, but...
It's confusing why that helps so much but it does. Leareth takes a few deep breaths, reminding himself of all the reasons this is a very valuable conversation to be having that will advance a number of his goals.
"It is possible I have suggestions," he says tightly. "Since I - worked with them, briefly, on adapting divine magic to replace the Healing and earthsense elements that they use."
Aroden doesn't miss Leareth's reaction at all - neither the part where he's calmer now, nor the part where he's kind of baffled about it. He remembers being baffled about that category of thing, too, a very long time ago. (Well, a long time to his limited human mind; from another perspective, a century is the blink of an eye.)
Interesting, he says to Parmida.
On the one hand he had been under the impression she would send him back as soon as the important advice-giving part was done; on the other hand, he's not exactly in a hurry to get back to the demiplane, and it's not clear his presence was actually making the situation less awkward. He nods. "I'm impressed you can do magic in the Dome at all, it really messed with my diamond spell the first few times and that one's incredibly simple."
She's not but she knows what she is trying to do here and can send mental impressions until they get it, and then finish up the spell scaffolding around him. "All right. When you say the word 'hippogriff' you will go back to the demiplane." She stands, bows. "I'll see you tomorrow," she says to Aroden.
Vanyel hugs Leareth for thirty seconds or so, but then keeps his chair close to Leareth's. "I didn't know you had a husband," he says to Khemet. "It's, er, lovely to meet you, Hemaka." He seems faintly self-conscious about it. (He is also trying very hard to quash the rising jealousy.)
“Normally I would blame the gods of our world for suspiciously convenient coincidences, but - it does not seem to benefit most of them. And I would expect Abadar to have noticed if one of them had nudged it.” He smiles slightly. “Also, Their coincidences rarely benefit me personally.”
"We could talk about magic. Or economics. Or Vanyel could recount his myriad adventures here that were not fighting gods. I assume you heard about the dragon, but did he tell you of the water elemental that he personally returned home even though it was trying to kill him?"
Oh that's much less embarrassing than being put on the spot to tell stories. "Probably the magic? Everyone thought I was ridiculously powerful in some ways, but also people here could turn into frogs - and back again - which is utterly absurdly impossible in our world's magic. And your divine healing is far better than our Healing-Gift for injuries but makes it much harder to understand diseases - I guess I didn't learn much about that until later..."
"Oh, I talked to some of your Healers about that! I was wondering if we could get Remove Disease cheaper if we knew what we were doing - we funded some research into medicine a couple of years ago but all we found was that nothing actually worked."
And the topic of conversation can avoid being the Star-Eyed or Vanyel's exploits for the rest of dinner.
This is only going to make it more awkward to go back to the demiplane; maybe he'll just say something about Leareth's emotional state and that it's private, if she asks at all, which she might be too distracted to. He should probably get back though.
"Hug?" he says to Leareth.
Leareth looks over at Aroden. "Are you headed out? I - could probably come to Cheliax tomorrow, if you wish for my advice on the Pelagirs and do not want to return here." He's finding himself unenthusiastic to leave the Dome, still, but he is heir to the throne of Cheliax and presumably has to go back eventually.
"Goodnight. And - thank you, for today, it meant a great deal to me."
Leareth is having some sort of confused sad emotion, which he doesn't recognize until long after the pharaoh has dismissed him and he's back in his guest room with a book, to wait out the long hours until it's time to actually sleep. It's a very stupid feeling, he decides. Is he actually jealous of Khemet's husband? Really it's only fair for Hemaka to get the pharaoh's attention for the rest of the evening, Leareth had him to himself all day.
He sighs and goes on reading about divine magic.
"So am I. Mostly that - it's not me who was harmed most here, Leareth lost so much more, just - they were my friends, they were - not formally Valdemar's allies but they helped us..." He swears under his breath. "I'm furious with Her. She burned so much, the biggest part of it is - intangible trust things, that maybe She doesn't understand at all - and for what, as far as I can tell She got nothing out of it, everyone lost here."
"That's what Abadar's so upset about too. It's - the costs of something like this end up spread out across so many people, last for so long...She didn't weight that, not really, it's not clear it was on her radar as a thing one could weight."
And once they're back inside the Dome, "I'd like your advice on something."
"I have been planning for a while to eventually resurrect Urtho. It's important to Leareth, and it might be incredibly valuable to the world, if we can manage getting him more oversight and some useful takeaways from his first life. I was initially planning to do this in a while, maybe years from now.
I'm worried that the Star-Eyed will interpret our retaliation as an act of war and it'll be hard to raise people after it. So I now think we should do it soon, before the retaliation. Leareth's not ready, but it wouldn't be a good idea to raise him anywhere near Leareth anyway."
Vanyel blinks, surprised. Eventually nods. "That - makes sense. It would be really good to have him back; it seems so unfair, how his life ended, and - ever since I read his journals I've been wishing I could have met him." He frowns. "What part isn't Leareth ready for?"
"When I brought it up with him he had a ton of understandably mixed feelings, I think mostly around - what a profoundly different page he and Urtho are on, and how it's likely the things that'd make a reunion emotionally fulfilling for him will never happen. If it were me I'd also be angry with Urtho, for murdering millions of people to get to me even if it was half an accident, but I think it's less that than I'd have expected? Not none, though. And that was before he was murdered in a fashion that destroyed his immortality method and now has lots more mixed feelings about most things."
"Leareth is - really good at not being angry with people for, er, thinking what he's doing is monstrous and fighting him about it. I guess he just acknowledges a lot of his plans are horrible, and - he thinks it's justified but he doesn't hold other people to a standard where he expects them to see that? He was never even defensive when we talked about things, he - thought it was really reasonable for me to do my best to kill him, he just seemed a bit sad and was methodically trying to convince me even though I don't think he ever really thought it'd work."
"That makes sense, sticking a geas on him wouldn't start us off on the best terms. I...guess we could bring him back in your demiplane, since you already have it? Which is also rude, but at least it's temporary, and we can gauge what sort of state he's in and whether he seems likely to react violently. My read is that he - isn't the sort of person who likes harming anyone, but, I don't know."
"I can make you a diamond! Leareth thinks he can eke another efficiency upgrade out of the spell, and after that he's going to start working on an artifact design I can use to scaffold part of it, which would make diamonds even easier. Seems like a permanent demiplane where only divine magic works is a pretty useful place for you to have."
Leareth is not having the best of mornings.
He could absolutely override his mood, note to himself that it's unhelpful and not well calibrated to feel stressed about leaving his room - it's not like the room is perceptibly safer than the rest of the Dome, he's put a few wards on it but not especially good ones since casting in here is still challenging.
But - it seems like maybe a loadbearing component of the usual process he can follow to dissolve away fear when it's unhelpful, is that he can't permanently die. And, while that's not really false right now, as long as he has people who want to raise him from the dead again and have a reliable supply of diamonds, that feels a lot more conditional than his hindbrain would prefer.
It's probably expected to feel off-balance for a while after what happened; it still hasn't been a week, even, and he still has a lot of processing to do. Leareth calls a servant for breakfast and then stays in his room and attempts to do that.
That's an excellent idea! Leareth is absolutely up for Gating to Aktun, showing Vanyel around a bit on the trolleys, taking him to lunch at the place with the mini pizzas, and then coaxing him to stay for a tour of the Museum of Measurement, which he shows Vanyel around with some proprietary pride.
A stocky, not quite stout red-haired woman in green robes is sitting with them; she's recognizable as one of the Valdemarans who accompanied the Healers for a while but then headed back to Velgarth when the aftermath of the war was mostly settled. She's currently looking Moondance in the eye, asking him something about their decision to tell the Heralds about Urtho's Tower when they started asking after Leareth's history.
Starwind answers, still without expression. "Karna, the Scrollsworn, said that Someone wished to speak with us. She took us to the Moonpaths - the spirit world - and left us there with a leshy'a Kal'enedral, one of Her spirit warriors and servants. The leshy'a took us to speak with the Goddess herself." A flicker of awe in his eyes, followed by something more complex, but he smooths it away.
Vanyel is back in his temporary diamond workshop after returning with Leareth. He's not singing to himself this time. His expression is distant.
He greets them cheerfully enough, though. "Good to see you! Er, what brings you out here? Is everything all right back in Cheliax?"
"I - had enough information to know that She could be very ruthless. I, just– I wish it felt more like She understood how much value this destroyed. It's never ever going to be the same - it's going to hurt relations between Valdemar and Osirion, because it was our call to bring them in to help at all, and - and I still don't know what mistake I, we, made there, that I could've done different with what I knew at the time..."
"I know. I think it's being handled as well as it possibly could be, and - it doesn't seem like it'll cost Cheliax anything irreparable, in terms of collaboration with Osirion, and Valdemar's...going to be fine."
He looks down at the floor, arms crossed. "I - just - I guess I have some personal feelings here too. They were some of my closest friends, Starwind was one of Savil's best friends - they saved my life, they gave me so much, and - I can't be friends with them after this. It wouldn't mean anything, anymore. Maybe Savil can salvage something there but I feel like I lost all the parts of the friendship that were real, that mattered, and - gods - and I'm so angry with Her. For what it cost them, too, not just me. Poor Moondance. He was just looking like a kicked puppy the whole time we questioned them. Starwind, not so much - I, I don't know..."
Vanyel calms down fairly quickly, wiping his eyes on his sleeve. "Thank you. And, ooh, I almost forgot. I asked the pharaoh to make sure Leareth was doing all right, after I said I'd stay in the demiplane overnight with Starwind and Moondance, and guess what happened!"
"Aktun might've been an operative ingredient, Aktun doesn't really recognize Material Plane political divisions. But also, hmmm, there are rules if the pharaoh wants a woman because it'd be a mess if there were a question of paternity? There's not really any need for rules about dates with men."
"Er, not for Valdemar. The Heralds are fine with it. It might be awkward if you wanted a lot of trade relations with Rethwellan, they're - pretty extreme on that front - but I'd expect people to go along with local norms and not make a fuss when they're in a different world." He hopes so, anyway.
"He definitely had a less horrible one before he ascended the first time; his actual body was immortal, no body-snatching required. I, er, think the backup that survived him being murdered as a god might've been the horrible one though. Since he popped back up as an adult. I, um, haven't really asked though."
"I never thought I'd meet someone scarier than Leareth! And then it turns out your world has a Leareth that's even more terrifying than mine! I'm really glad the Star-Eyed didn't succeed, I've - never seen Aroden look the way he did when we'd just brought Leareth back and he found out about the Star-Eyed having broken Leareth's immortality and then tried to grab his soul. He would've absolutely gone to war with her and I'm not sure he would've regretted the collateral damage."
"I mean, they could've just called him over to the Worldwound, that would've been a lot more respectful of the pharaoh's authority. Gods. When the pharaoh was questioning them, Starwind said he would've raised anyone else who died, if the first responders on the scene had opened the Work Room and the demons had eaten everyone in the palace. And - he asked if that was why they'd done it there, and they said no, it was because Leareth was relaxed enough in the palace that they could catch him by surprise, that he'd have been too cautious if he'd been at the Worldwound. I don't think I've ever seen anyone look as angry as the pharaoh did about that."
"I think it was just strategically correct to bring them back, questioning them was necessary to do a proper investigation, and the only way the Star-Eyed was going to let us have them was if we sent them back to Velgarth alive. But, yes, it was generous of him. He did sort of threaten to torture anyone working for Her who entered Osirion again, if the Heralds weren't going to find out." (It took Vanyel an embarrassingly long time to puzzle out the subtext of that remark.)
"Maybe! He's very convincing. In - an interesting way, he's not trying to be persuasive in the usual sense but that almost makes his arguments more effective, for me? I've changed his mind before but I think he's changed my mind a lot more." Vanyel's smile becomes a little more genuine. "I'm really glad I can trust him now. It would've been such a pointless waste if we'd never gotten there."
Nod. "Anyway, I think I'll stay here until Leareth seems comfortable leaving. I don't think he's in any danger in Cheliax, but - I think it's good for him to feel safer for a bit, and also the pharaoh is here. And it's good practice for my casting, doing it in here, it forces me not to be sloppy or have bad habits."
"Now is fine." Leareth frowns. "I had notes, but - of course, they were in the winter palace when - things... I should ask if there is any way of retrieving them, I do not think I remember my ideas perfectly because I was distracted."
He finds a servant and asks if they can find out whether the researchers' notes that were in the winter palace at the time of the assassination attempt were retrieved or copied.
That's very helpful! Leareth spends a few hours with Aroden, going over the specifications he was able to chart out for what a divine spell would need to do. It's not all the way there but hopefully it'll provide a good start for Aroden and Nefreti to work from.
It's only slightly disturbing to talk about during, and he can manage it just fine and fold away his less helpful emotional responses for later, but - they are, in fact, there later, and he feels more shaken than he expected after he bids Aroden goodbye.
He stays in the library, vaguely wanting something but unsure what.
This gives him unexpectedly complicated emotions but, hey, it's good for his Law. "Vanyel suggested I make my demiplane permanent, which seems like a good idea, but now I have to figure out a design I like for it, which I didn't give much thought in the first place because I was planning for it to be temporary. Would you like to help me with demiplane designs? It'll be good practice for once you can do the spell yourself anyway."
This is a very reasonable thing for the pharaoh to request his help with, and Leareth isn't sure why he feels like he was hoping for something else - also he doesn't know what the something else is, his mind is just being unhelpful here.
"Yes, of course," he says, smiling.
The pharaoh sits down next to him and puts an arm around him while he explains what he's trying to decide.
The seventh-level demiplane creation spell accomplishes the bare minimum: you can create a space with a stone or wood floor, filled with breathable air, with 500 cubic feet of space. With the eighth-level spell you can alter its gravity, give it an ecology, give it seasons, make it loop instead of having walls. it's also bigger; seventeen hundred cubic feet. With the ninth level spell you can tamper with how magic works, give it portals to other planes, infuse it with positive energy so injuries heal ultra-quickly, or alter the passage of time. (And it's a little bigger - thirty-four hundred cubic feet, or an 18-foot square with a ceiling at normal height.)
"I observably need a prison. If I had as many diamonds as I wanted I think I'd actually have a bunch of prisons with different characteristics, for what kind of abilities I might need to impede and how frightened I want them to be and how long it has to hold them. ...I guess I kind of have as many diamonds as I want, but it'd be very indulgent, using them on this when there are still global catastrophes. What would you want, if it were you -"
Leareth thinks. "For it to have normal gravity, definitely. I - am not sure that having it loop instead of have walls is actually more pleasant - I would feel equally comfortable, perhaps more comfortable, in a furnished room rather than a meadow that loops - but perhaps some people are more claustrophobic. And edible food is certainly good. Healing would be good if you expect to ever capture prisoners who are injured, but divine healing is also readily available to you. Hmm. An improvement over making just divine magic work, might be making only your magic work, the way Aroden set up his. I am not sure how he did so; I think he needed to have a very clear specification for what defined his magic versus other wizards' casting."
"I would love to do that but I have no idea how to manage it. Until I heard it from Aroden I didn't even know it was possible. Hmmm, maybe I can have a walled room which opens to a looping outdoors, so people can have it both ways and also I don't have to feed them. And then if I want a terrifying dungeon I can do that one separately - I probably don't want a terrifying dungeon, it's tempting right now but I think that's just the motivational architecture humans have for retaliation being very loud and not very good at direction."
"...Are you tempted to do that because of my murder? I - appreciate the sentiment that you care about me and are very angry, but I would actually very much prefer that no one ever be tortured over it. People murdering me is not that beyond the pale, it has happened often."
“I - yes - there is a reasonable deterrence objective here, I, just, I do not actually think threats of torture would have stopped them if it were the best path.” Though he’s actually a little surprised that Osirion doesn’t already have terrifying dungeons for prisoners; it seems like the sort of country that would.
”If I were you, I...would wish to appear powerful and clever and cautious in a way that made people think they could not succeed at an assassination mission in a place you control, or at least it would be more difficult than the alternatives...”
Leareth is having some trouble thinking through it, because Khemet’s words and the intensity in his voice are giving him a fresh set of confusing emotions. He wishes he could stop being so upset about this but he’s, nonetheless, still upset. He wants a hug. He wants - something...
He can do a hug. And give Leareth some time, because he really really didn't mean to hurt him...
"Tried that," he says, his voice shaking, after a while. "Being powerful and clever and cautious and they - they noticed that it meant you were less on guard and determined that made it a better target. I'm - sorry - I didn't mean to put you through thinking about all of this again, only I think I am going to need your advice about it at some point, to point myself in a useful direction about it -"
"Of course, I - think it is an area I am well placed to advise on." When he's not busy having a lot of feelings. "I am sorry that I keep - telling you to treat this less seriously, and then - being very upset about it myself... It does not seem very strategic but my mind seems to be doing it anyway."
"You are a perfectly reasonable amount of upset about it! And you don't need to worry that I'll - scale my reaction to your feelings and end up doing something I don't endorse, I won't, Hemaka already has a veto on stupid things I might do when angry. And in my experience trying not to feel bothered by things doesn't work and just makes them bother me more on more levels since now I'm also bothered that they're bothering me."
"Yes, I am aware of that pattern! I am - trying not to be stupid about it." He lets his head rest on Khemet's shoulder, tries to relax. Pokes at the feeling. "...I think that maybe I am incentivized to be sad, more than usual, because when I am sad you hug me and I feel better and also - closer with you? And in the past that was not ever going to be the result, so there was no point."
"I would like that." He's quiet for a minute, thinking. "I suspect there are two elements here? One is that - I am aware it is normal for humans to have feelings to process about traumatic experiences, I have just - mostly not had the luxury, before. I think it is good overall that I do now. And - separately from any of that, I like you and I find it pleasant when you touch me and - honestly I have several layers of confusing feelings here, it is probably helpful to separate that part from the part where I am upset about nearly dying."
Leareth is so surprised! Usually he doesn't much like being surprised, it means he missed something, but - this is an actively pleasant, even delightful surprise so he has no complaints.
He doesn't especially feel like he knows how kissing someone - works - but Khemet is making it easy to figure out.
"...so that we're clear on what's going on here, Vanyel told me I was making you sad by trying to avoid being emotionally close to you, so I went home and talked to Hemaka about it for about an hour, and I decided I was going to seduce you, and then I did that. 'the pharaoh is unusually excellent' is what that feels like from the inside. I am very glad you're enjoying it; you're supposed to."
"- Ah, so one of us had a plan here, everything makes more sense now. I am enjoying it very much." He's so delightfully pleased with himself about it, too, it makes Leareth just want to look at him and appreciate his face when he smiles. "I am glad Vanyel pointed it out because I had no idea it was - that - and also I am now very curious what you spoke about with Hemaka that had you settle on this plan. I - confess I found myself feeling jealous of him, yesterday, which I am aware is objectively very silly and yet."
"Mostly I wanted to talk through the diplomatic implications with him and make sure there were not any very plausible routes by which I ended up straining Osirian relations with Cheliax, and then rehearse my usual worries that seducing people while I am me is not very different from mind control and therefore less correlated than it ought to be with whether it is a good idea to let me do it.
You should be jealous of Hemaka, he is a very lucky man."
"I will certainly forgive you the oversight if you make up for it."
Is he flirting right now. Is this what flirting is. Leareth isn't sure he's ever flirted with everyone - not in this body, at least, he can't be sure what memories of past lives he's forgotten but he expects it's been a very long time.
"- Of course, that would be so unfortunate. I am sure your planning abilities are equal to this challenge." Has anyone ever taken his clothes off - for, well, purposes of intimacy, as opposed to because he's just been horrifically injured or something. He assumes at some point but he's retained literally zero memories of it.
And he stands up, and tugs Leareth to his feet too, and stops flirtatiously beaming at him, for a moment, in favor of looking more restrained, more serious (he has been the exact same amount of serious the entire time, but -)
"I am very confident that this will be fun, and good for you," he says. "I'm not worried we'll go too fast; I'll notice. I'm not worried we will have the wrong proportion of terrifying new things and reassuring ones; I'll notice. I don't know if I can keep you safe from all the awful things in the world, but I can keep it safe, in my arms, to go to bed with me. I predict very confidently that this reassurance won't end up being decision-relevant. But: if you change your mind and want to leave, you can, there won't be politics about it, and it won't mean you have lost this source of hugs."
Leareth, serious as well, looks at him for a long moment.
"I know," he says finally. "I trust you."
With this at least. Perhaps not with being sufficiently paranoid to hold off the Velgarth gods, but that's fine, for right now, he has to keep reminding himself that for all his ridiculous power and intelligence enhancement, Khemet is still far younger than him. He can learn.
He's so pleased with himself. And Rings of Sustenance mean that even though they have to be up at dawn they have lots of time before they have to go to sleep.
In the morning he prays for his spells and reads a short set of notes that his servants brought with breakfast and briefly his ridiculously-good shield spell from yesterday expires before he's put today's on.
Leareth is very happy. He's not sure he's ever been this consistently delighted for such a long stretch of time before, not even when studying very interesting magic, which is the part of his work that he tends to intrinsically enjoy the most. The Dome has better magical protections on it than anything he's ever designed, which means he feels pretty justified in relaxing and staying that way.
- he doesn't deliberately peek at Khemet's thoughts, but he definitely notices the lapse, and he catches Khemet's gaze and raises his eyebrows. He has passive Thoughtsensing open even here, he feels blind if he can't at least sense where people are in a room, and so he can't help but skim some of the surface.
He is contentedly thinking to himself that maybe it is okay to have some nice things, sometimes. It takes him a moment to figure out what Leareth's raising his eyebrows about, and then he casts Mind Blank again. "If it's in fact possible for you to design me an artifact that does the same thing but permits Mindspeech, I remain in the market for it; it makes things awkward when I'm talking to Companions. We can get a Telepathic Bond made permanent and then we could Mindspeak but that doesn't solve the Companion problem. I guess maybe Valdemar is too mad at me for it to come up much."
That snippet of thought is both startling to Leareth - he hadn't realized Khemet's life had any shortage of nice things - and makes him kind of sad, in a way he's not sure what to do about.
"I can definitely do that. The design is not all that complicated, it just ended up quite far down my priority list, but - I think recent events ought bump it higher. I do not think Valdemar is angry with you, by the way; I think Savil was, personally, but Vanyel thought King Randale would understand and find your actions reasonable, even generous to Starwind and Moondance, and they certainly do not blame you for failing to prevent it."
He looks thoughtful. "Telepathic Bond is intriguing, if it would allow you to have projective Mindspeech as well. What is the range on it?"
"Depends on the skill of the caster. If we asked Aroden it'd be seventy-five feet or so; if we try to buy it in Sothis it'll be half that. I don't know how that interacts with the fact you normally have Mindspeech with much better range than that. The convenient outcome would be if it effectively functions by giving me Mindspeech with that range, and then you could Mindspeak with me as well as you could Mindspeak with a person with that range, which is to say at considerably better range; the less convenient outcome would be if it only works when we're that close. I bet Aroden can - see which one is closer to the way the spell works - but I know he has a lot on his plate."
"He may be able to intuit it from previous research, he has done very in-depth work with enchantment-type spells. I do not think he would mind my asking."
Leareth finds himself smiling again. "He will probably be very pleased about - us. It is not exactly me succeeding at finding a wife, but it does help me understand better what Aroden thought would be good about that, if it - could be like this... Though I may struggle to find any eligible Chelish women as excellent as you."
"Hmmm, I wonder if you could make an arbitrary Chelish woman into someone as excellent as me by wasting a lot of diamonds on it. It's possible to Wish intelligence and charisma and wisdom higher, and the bonuses from doing so stack with the bonuses from a crown like mine. You need five Wishes in quick succession to get the largest class of bonus it's possible to get, which is more than two standard deviations, and the cost is generally prohibitive enough that I, for example, haven't done it. But you could pluck a perfectly ordinary woman off the street and get her to an unusual level of ability that way. And then you could get her a crown like mine. Works even better if instead of an arbitrary Chelish woman you pick one who has already distinguished herself in some way. Maybe ask Abadar, or Iomedae, who can sort the population by loosely how aligned they are..."
Leareth just stares at him for a moment.
"Are you aware that your world's magic is ridiculous? Because it is. I suppose five Wishes is...a couple of hours of Vanyel's time. Not nothing, we are still resurrecting the war dead and at this point most of the remaining casualties require True Resurrection. And it would be all of Aroden's ninth-circle spells for a day and then some, I am not sure he can do five Wishes in a go. But - he seems to consider this very important, and I suppose I am his heir and apparently a king's wife has several people's worth of important duties, so..."
He frowns for a moment. "Aroden seems very, very happy with Parmida, who is - lovely, but in many ways still an ordinary person. I am not sure why I still feel that the same thing would not work for me."
"Yes, I think that is part of it. He - badly needed an anchor in the world. Did you know the story of how he rescued a toddler in Cheliax while trying to escape the natural disaster there, and ended up adopting him and teaching him magic? It was very sweet and also - quite baffling to me at first, how load-bearing that was to him, but I think part of it was needing - a way to remember how to be human. Which is not exactly the shape of thing I need."
"Ah, that makes sense. I think - I mostly associate the crown with having to pretend to be - Abadar - and with people not being really free around me - it has lots of advantages, too, but in my personal life I mostly think of it as being in the way of what I - actually find interesting and fun."
"Oh, you are. I think I enjoy - challenges? It was fun, when I met you, to try to figure out what your secret was and whether I wanted to help you with it. It was fun, when I decided two days ago to try to get you into bed within thirty-six hours. It's - interesting when I have to work for things that I want. I guess I mostly don't get that, or - it's the kind of work where you refine a set of calculations a hundred times, not the kind where you do things that are intrinsically wonderful."
"Oh, you set yourself a deadline?" It's adorable and Leareth wants to kiss him about it, and then does so because why not.
"I know what you mean, I think. Most of what I have done with my life is very difficult, but in a relentless detailed way that is more akin to doing calculations a hundred times. In the past I - have only really had that with inventing new magic, and it is not the same, though, for example, dropping the entire army of Cheliax through a Gate into Nirvana was very satisfying."
"I can imagine! I think there's something where - solving a problem by having absolute power is boring, and solving a problem by spending weeks or months or years of study and effort figuring out my best guess and then implementing it is important but it's not relaxing, and solving a problem by trying to size up a mysterious and talented and dangerous person and make him mine is a lot of fun."
- that isn't a framing that Leareth would have predicted at any point in the past would fill him with so much delight.
"Well, congratulations on your well-executed problem solving, I do not think I have ever wanted to be - someone's - and yet here I am, quite enthusiastic to be yours."
"Hmm. I - feel that restricting the fun in your life is a suboptimal solution, there, but it is your life and your wives and I am not sure what would be better. I was about to say that if you want to seduce anyone who does not look over a hundred, you could try Vanyel. It would be challenging because he is very oblivious and also frequently very sad."
"Excepting... this," he gestures vaguely, "I do not think I have had a romantic relationship in the last millennium. Seducing Vanyel was not at all where my mind went. Also he is so young. - I suppose so are you, but you are also a godking with a mind-enhancing magic crown and it somewhat cancels out."
“I am considering it!” Leareth has so little idea what sorts of things one might want in this very new context.
“I think... Last night you made everything very easy, and it was wonderful, but - I think I also want to do things with you that are hard, that take work and cleverness... And, I wish to give you things that you cannot get anywhere else, with anyone but me. Sorry, I know that is not very concrete yet.”
They Gate back to Egorian, and Leareth does his best to resume his usual, serious mannerisms, though he's still smiling more readily than usual.
After alerting everyone that he's back, he checks in with Taver on the state of public opinion toward Aroden and Aroden's infrastructure projects.
People are kind of waiting for the other shoe to drop but not in a way where they're trying to bring it down on them any faster. There's a big shortage of services usually provided by high-level casters because most of those Teleported well out of town and are waiting to come back until it's clear whether anything bad will happen to either them or the money they earned in the service of Asmodeus. People understand why the education system is being ripped out at the roots considering it was mostly about how to be a worthy slave of Asmodeus but hopefully the replacement will be in place soon.
Aroden meets with Leareth as soon as he's available to discuss priorities.
The education system is coming along; they can get it partly functional in another couple of months and almost fully back to speed within a year, he thinks, albeit only by importing really large numbers of teachers from Leareth's various organizations in Velgarth and from any other country in Golarion that wants to send people for some very well-paying temporary work. The Temple of Astera in Velgarth is a scholarly order that runs a number of schools in Valdemar and other places, and is spontaneously offering to somehow rustle up several hundred experienced teachers for various ages of children, in exchange for just room and board plus the opportunity to visit another world. The bottleneck there is language; giving everyone permanent Tongues isn't feasible. Most Velgarth scholars speak multiple languages and can likely pick up the local one quickly, but 'quickly' is still several months. The other issue is with teaching wizardry, since no one in Velgarth will be arriving with preexisting experience. Leareth's organizations do have a disproportionate number of very intelligent people, though; most of his mage-scholars who were previously working on the building-a-god research are eagerly trying to learn arcane magic just out of sheer curiosity.
In the longer run, they'll want to train teachers locally - maybe even reinstate some of the previous staff - but Aroden doesn't want to do that until they have their own system up and running enough to supervise said staff and make sure they're not still teaching six-year-olds how to grow up Evil.
Aroden isn't sure what to do about the high-level casters and particularly the money aspect. The goal of minimal disruption would imply leaving it alone, but - he's also concerned it leaves them with an excess of Evil, due to the stupid monetary system, and just swapping out their fortunes for the new currency that Osirion is minting for them won't help.
For some reason this makes Aroden smirk a little.
"Nefreti dropped by the other day and we have some preliminary thoughts on the Pelagirs," he says. "I will likely be dedicating substantial time to that, for the next few weeks to months, and also to plans for removing Urtho's superweapons from his Tower. We are very grateful for your advice the other day."
"Is there a plan to deal with the damage left around the Worldwound? I suppose if you and Nefreti work out a combination of magics that can be boosted with Wish, the same spells might be effective at the Worldwound, and could be done at a more leisurely pace if you prefer to save on diamonds."
"I am planning to worry about the Worldwound after the Pelagirs are dealt with. The situation will keep, since the ward-stones are in approximately the same place they have been for nearly a century, it is not providing any new inconvenience. And, yes, we ought not be too profligate with diamonds even though Vanyel is ever more impressive at churning them out with your spell improvements." Thoughtful look. "Do you think you will eventually have a spell that weaker mages can also use?"
"I have actually been wondering if the kinds of spells and magic items that boost mental abilities or reflexes in Golarion, could also with the appropriate design boost the strength of mage-gift potential. It seems...more akin an innate mental or physical ability than your wizards' spell levels, which are mostly based on experience."
They talk for a while. Aroden does, eventually, mention that he's planning to ask Parmida about organizing a big dinner event in the palace, as part of their plan to start establishing themselves as approachable and non-terrifying.
(And also, maybe, to find Leareth some candidates for marriage, since his being in love with the pharaoh of Osirion, however adorable, doesn't actually cover all the reasons a Chelish wife is a good idea for his future position as King.)
The pharaoh of Osirion does a True Resurrection and some plain Resurrections on most days, bringing back the war dead in favor of Valdemar's Heralds right now because he's waiting for word from Valdemar about the conclusion of their investigation which will also be information about how strained relations are.
He designs a demiplane; three different demiplanes, really, but linked. In two of them magic is dead; one is a bountiful forest that appears to stretch on forever, and the other one a comfortably appointed apartment with two bedrooms and a sitting room. There's art on the walls. There's a locked door from the apartment to the part of the demiplane where divine magic works, which contains some conference rooms and a dining room and a study.
There's no dungeon but that's fine. There doesn't need to be. It doesn't accomplish his goals.
(He spies on the investigations in Valdemar a lot.)
Then he can eavesdrop on Savil arguing vociferously with the King and others about whether they should send an investigative team down south to question Karna, the Scrollsworn scholar/historian who accompanied Starwind and Moondance into the Tower and was presumably at least aware of, if not actively involved in, sneaking the artifact out.
The King doesn't think this would really add anything, not over and above questioning Starwind and Moondance under coercive Truth Spell about every single interaction in the Tower, and maybe having Melody deep-scan them.
Though he's not sure they'll cooperate for that, in which case he might have to order her to do it to them against their will, the Mindhealer claims she can take down a Thoughtsenser's shields by force but it'll cause 'damage.' She's apparently willing to consider doing it anyway, for this, but wants Randi to run it past all of the senior Healers in Haven and get their consensus that it's worth it.
In general it sounds like the Tayledras Adepts aren't not cooperating - for example, they haven't Gated out, even though the Senior Circle decided against using compulsions to prevent that. They're not volunteering any information or making it easier for the Heralds to investigate, though.
Melody claims they weren't under standard magical compulsions or Mindhealing set-commands. She thinks Starwind did it of his own choice, or - well, as much as something can ever be a person's own choice, when they've spent their entire life subject to Powers beyond their reckoning. (She looks so, so displeased about this.)
Both of them, though, have the same sort of odd mental patterns she's observed in other patients (read: Vanyel) who've interacted with gods. She's still unsure what exactly the Goddess told them or maybe did to them; as with some previous patients (Vanyel) they have a gap in their memory about it, and this time she doubts the Goddess will agree to unblock it if they ask nicely. She'll keep trying to get through it herself.
Savil isn't sure. That they shouldn't count on the Tayledras for any strategic needs, especially not ones that involve interacting with Golarion and Leareth. It's - debatable whether the Adepts are even subject to Valdemar's legal system, but either way, the punishment for murder is exile and that'll just mean sending them back to the Vale, this time with orders from both their Goddess and Valdemar's King not to leave the Pelagirs and set foot in the kingdom again.
He tinkers with his demiplane. He'd like to figure out whether he can block all magic except Truth Spells, or except the functioning of certain artifacts. He works on his national life insurance scheme. He figures out how to say to Abadar the thing he'd been wanting to say.
I think, he says in prayer one night, the costs of this were almost all costs of the kind gods barely know how to track. And so I feel - suspicious of something, here, I feel like we're being underweighted. If She hadn't taken the souls, would You even be angry?
Abadar's answer is complicated but He ends up proposing after some hesitation that perhaps they're a heuristic that defending humans against god-meddling is higher priority than defending them against various purely human ways of harming each other, because humans can rebuild trust that was broken in human ways but can't so much rebuild trust that was broken by gods using them as instruments.
Leareth works on various Cheliax projects, and advises Aroden on the Pelagirs project, and goes around existing in public around the citizens of Cheliax even though they're reliably scared of him.
- One of the retrained mercenary combat mages imported from his organization in Velgarth and now doing infrastructure work in Cheliax is caught using his magic to steal and extort money from the locals. This is really obnoxious, especially since Leareth does a lot of filtering when recruiting even the mages in less sensitive positions. Leareth is comfortable claiming the man as under the jurisdiction of his organization and imposing the usual punishments according to his written legal code for his forces in peacetime, and the punishment for repeated offences using Gifts is having said Gifts burned out.
The entire plan here is for mages to settle here permanently, though, and have children with mage-potential, so Cheliax is going to need a legal system with appropriate clauses. He realizes he's not actually sure what the customs are for arcane wizards (for divine casters, presumably the appropriate consequences can be imposed by their god.)
On his next visit to Osirion to see the pharaoh, he asks about it.
"You can do that? That's not - possible, with our kind of magic. You can throw a geas at it, but that's a substantial enough expenditure of resources that it's not the default. In general if it's a weak wizard you can just confiscate their spellbook and send them to a monastery, they're not going to acquire the resources to do magic again, and if it's a strong wizard and you don't have anyone who can do a geas on hand you need to kill them."
...he scowls, suddenly. "I wish someone would've mentioned there's a way to make Velgarth mages safe to hold at less than extraordinary expense when I had a couple of them."
"Burning out Gifts - without risk of much greater harm, you can do it by blasting someone with enough magic but it will often kill or brain-damage them - is still very inconvenient. It requires a Mindhealer, which I have two of, though Nayoki is one of them. Also the standard method of doing it is is irreversible, so I avoid using it for holding people before an investigation is conducted. We do also have compulsions, which any skilled mage can do and which are thus a much lesser expenditure than Geas, but - I think your problem when it happened was that you had them and no other Velgarth mages? Perhaps you should have some mages permanently on your staff; that would also have allowed them to contact Nayoki with our communication spell and she could have Gated over very rapidly if needed. Though Nayoki's availability is not something I would wish your procedures to rely on, since she sometimes goes back to Velgarth."
"Well, soon I'll have my demiplane for holding people pending investigation. I do want Velgarth mages, but I figured it'd be rude to poach yours when I can just resurrect some who died untimely deaths doing interesting things. Maybe I can get Mindhealers that way, too. Valdemar has some, right?"
"Valdemar has five, which is actually quite a remarkable number. Also Vanyel tells me that his honorary niece - the King's daughter, actually, but they are very close friends - is manifesting a Mindhealing Gift and also is begging her mother every single day to move to Golarion and learn to be a wizard too. She is seven, though, so it will be some time before you can recruit her." He considers it. "Valdemar's House of Healing does likely have records of past Mindhealers who worked with them in the last few centuries, who you could try to resurrect."
"- I am not actually sure that Valdemar has imposed this punishment. You may know more about the state of the investigation than I do; Vanyel just mentioned to me that they were basically holding the two of them voluntarily, they had not imposed any compulsions even to prevent their Gating out if they decide to. He was displeased about this."
"They do not, and probably should not. I - wonder if we should push harder on that. Or send Vanyel to find out more of what they are thinking. Though there–"
He stops.
"There is a Heartstone in Haven. It provides the power source for their kingdom's magical defences, Vanyel built it. Heartstones are Tayledras magic and have some basic intelligence and will. Because they contain a fragment of the Star-Eyed Goddess. I - am not sure if this is impacting anything but now that it has occurred to me I feel very concerned that it is."
Leareth frowns. "If you have other matters to address at the same time, that makes sense, but - if not, I really do not like causing you horrible headaches, and there is a separate matter I have been vaguely planning to ask Him about, so I would not mind asking about the Heartstone as well."
"If you are going to be doing it anyway by all means ask him about the Heartstones while you're at it. And if he thinks it's safe maybe I can send a diplomatic team to open a wizard school and heal the King regularly and be politely insistent that it'd be unacceptable to us for the Tayledras to be sent home with no consequences."
"There are certainly various schemes we could set up to to pay for it with tax revenue or tariffs, but that would have other economic ramifications that we are not sure are worth it. We are considering, for example, imposing a low fee for use of the Gate network. Placing a higher fee for foreign trade through it would increase revenues but also discourage said trade, which is not actually what we want."
"Aroden says that what we are aiming for here is to have the citizens of Cheliax pay for these services, but in a way that - makes the overall shape of society more equal-opportunity, since the people who benefit most from the childcare and school are those who could not otherwise afford them, and thus will also not be the people paying much in tax revenue. And so we need to have the wealthier citizens content with subsidizing those with worse circumstances. And of course having our country be wealthy in general, for example once we can produce enough of a diamond surplus to sell them to other countries, will help it not to feel like a burden. I do think we are going to keep the diamond-production spell to ourselves for now, so we have that income stream."
"Aroden thinks that people having children they want should not be a bad decision, and that it is fairer if women do not need to decide between having children and earning a livelihood or pursuing a profession they are skilled at. Also children benefit from being among their peers, so it is both efficient for one person to supervise three mothers' children, and good for the children to spend some time in that group. At this point we are mostly hiring young mothers with children of their own, or grandmothers who can no longer do other work anyway, to watch other children in their home. This was an arrangement people would gravitate to anyway, but it means we can offer it for free and also check that the home is safe and the children well-treated."
"In a bunch of ways it sounds like this is solving problems created by Cheliax having more or less destroyed family units. Osirian children are around their peers, because their household has cousins and uncles and aunts and nieces and nephews their age; if their mother happens to be unusually skilled then obviously the family unit won't allocate her labor towards childcare because that'd be inefficient. If someone is an irresponsible parent then their parents will restrain them. I guess it makes sense that if you have mostly single mothers living alone then it's a big improvement to try to institutionally replace families."
"There are certainly far more single mothers isolated from their extended families, or mothers with irresponsible husbands, in Cheliax than I would prefer, but that is the situation we inherited and need to accommodate to. It is by no means a majority of mothers, though, and - I think this system is still worthwhile even if nearly all children are born to happily married parents. It - leaves people less restricted, if a young couple can move to a big city to pursue a better life, and not worry about lacking anyone to help watch their children."
He taps his fingers absently on the table. "And - hmm. This feels related to something I think the Heralds are getting very wrong. In Valdemar, nearly everyone with Gifts of any kind is Chosen and becomes part of the kingdom's leadership. And almost no Heralds have children, understandably, their lifestyle makes it difficult and they cannot rely on having help. Since Gifts occur equally between the sexes, it would massively cut Valdemar's resources if the Companions did not Choose women or if female Heralds always took a decade off to raise a family. But - Gifts run in bloodlines, and Valdemar has a far lower rate of mage-gift in the population than, say, the Eastern Empire, which specifically provides tax incentives for Gifted parents to have many children. And we see the difference particularly with Healers; their work is more compatible with having families, many do, and there are significantly more Healers than all the Heralds combined, with the entire range of Gifts. I think Valdemar ought to provide childcare for its Heralds who want children; I suspect many of them would, if they could count on being supported in it. And - obviously this is specific to Gifts, but I think there is a broader principle here?"
"It is a profound wrong to women to not arrange life circumstances under which they can bear and raise children. I worry that leaving them obliged in time-consuming male jobs but paying them enough to afford servants who can raise their children for them doesn't actually satisfy that for most people. But maybe it'd be better than nothing, at least."
"I suppose that depends what your model of most women's desires in life is, and to what extent women who are accustomed to one set of cultural norms versus another end up wanting different things. In my opinion, it is a tragic waste if a woman who wishes to, say, build bridges as her profession, has no route to do so, or can only pursue it by sacrificing marriage and children. I do think that not all women in Cheliax need to work in order for their families to manage, and many will choose to spend time with their children rather than use the free childcare. And part of this is intended to - break the cycle where the children of parents living in poverty have poor home lives and so grow up less able to pursue better opportunities; Aroden says the poorest children in a city often grow up much less intelligent on average due to poor nutrition early in life. I suspect one reason Cheliax could teach such a high fraction of its population to be wizards is because the childcare institutions provided two meals a day, and so several generations of children in poverty nonetheless grew up well-nourished."
"- The existence of an afterlife does change things. Though I think it matters if twice as many bridges can be built, here in the material world, and...I think it matters whether people can - become fully themselves, the shape of person they want to be. But perhaps that intuition is formed from my past in Velgarth, where - people are not entirely gone, when they die, but they are certainly not happily riding trolleys in Axis."
"I am very curious to find out what we can make of Cheliax in a century. - I think most people had good afterlives back in Aroden's time, before the - mess happened, and the norms around marriage were not the same as those in Asmodeus' time but they were not those of Osirion either."
"They weren't. Avistan's always been more permissive. It always looked to us like a - low-trust equilibrium, where no one pursued the strategy of waiting for a worthwhile commitment from a worthwhile person because no one had any reason to think such a thing would really happen."
"Maybe. I did not have the impression it was that common for couples to separate, then, and - I suppose I could try to dig up records and statistics on the age at which people married, and compare to see if women were actually not waiting as long. In Velgarth at least, women tend to wait longer to marry and have more freedom to choose a partner they prefer when they are supporting themselves independently for a while."
Leareth plans to stay in the Dome that night, since it's already midday day and he'll be spending either the rest of the afternoon or the nighttime hours his Ring of Sustenance saves him on sleep with a headache, depending whether he asks for Delay Pain.
He obtains a guest room again, lies down in the comfortable bed with the curtains shut, and reaches out for Abadar.
He's got his two queries lined up, but instead of either, he finds himself musing on whether all the research he and his scholars have done, to shape a Velgarth god that can communicate less cryptically with humans and thus be capable of cooperation rather than manipulation, could help Abadar learn to talk to his clerics with better throughput than Commune, but without giving them a headache.
That seems interesting! The headache is not the main restriction; it is also costly in attention for Abadar to talk to His clerics and He would not want them relying on it frequently. (The attention costs are not worth worrying about for a cleric of His who is going to rule Cheliax.) But better communication would be highly desirable. The ex-human gods are better at it and Abadar cannot straightfowardly copy what they're doing - He can try but it costs lots of attention and -
- and now there's an illusion of Leareth sitting in a featureless room, staring at an uncannily not-quite-right imitation of a person, while Abadar's thoughts brush against his head just as before -
- Abadar suspects you have to be much better at this than He is for it to be improve the experience for clerics -
Leareth suspects the relevant part here is the concept translation, not the visuals or lack thereof. Abadar obviously sees the world from a much 'higher' angle than humans and thus thinks in an entirely different ontology, and Leareth suspects this is most of what causes the headache. (Aroden complains that he gets headaches when he tries to access his godmemories properly. Leareth is so sympathetic, he would hate it if his core memories that shape the centre of his motivations also gave him a headache to look at!)
Anyway Leareth has spent a lot of time thinking about the translation, there, and how a god might have an aspect or avatar that was, itself, more humanlike, but still part of the god and able to translate back and forth. He has a great deal of in-depth theory on it.
He'll bring over the researchers and notes next time, then.
All right, his actual planned questions. Leareth neglected to notice until now that the presence of a Heartstone in Haven likely gives the Star-Eyed disproportionate influence, even deep in the Valdemaran god's territory, and he wants to pass this on to Abadar, and to find out if Abadar has any relevant information on it. In particular, whether the Valdemaran god has any opinion or stance on this that They have expressed to Abadar.
Oh! He knew this though not in concepts He could convey. Yes, the Star-Eyed has lots of influence in Haven, and yes, the Valdemaran god would probably in light of recent events prefer it were otherwise. Ideally it could be stolen out from under Her in the same moment as the retaliation against Her begins in earnest; Abadar thinks He could use it, maybe, with the right Wish wording and accompanying Miracle.
Oh. Fascinating. Leareth...has a contingency-plan written up, a scenario he had never expected would occur, that would involve using the Heartstone as a container and partial energy source for the first phase of creating a baby god. Abadar is obviously not going to want to do the same thing exactly, but - Leareth suspects the concepts he uses in writing up the god-specifications are at least closer to Abadar's native mode of thought, and might be a useful starting point.
He can summon some of it in his head and hold it up to Abadar, the conceptual map that he can't actually fit into his head, for humans it needs to be checked one part at a time. Does it make sense to Abadar though?
Leareth had not in fact expected he could pull this version off, since it requires at least one Adept keyed to a Heartstone, which - well, obviously none of the Tayledras were ever going to side with him. But Vanyel is on his side and is keyed to it, and if Leareth and Vanyel are both there, he thinks Abadar ought to be able to use that channel to access it directly.
...He's not exactly delighted about the prospect of showing up next to a Heartstone, after what recently happened, but he's the only cleric of Abadar who is also a mage and can be in concert-rapport with Vanyel.
...If Abadar thinks the plan is safe with both of those factors, Leareth with trust him.
Moving on from the Heartstone question. His next question...is one that Abadar may just have no answer for, he's aware it's a weird thing to go to one's god for advice about, but, well, Leareth is a weird person. Anyway. He needs to find a wife. He's concerned that finding a Chelish woman he can work well with, let alone love, is going to be very difficult. Khemet suggested he check with Abadar for suggestions, and this was maybe half in jest but Leareth thought he might as well ask.
Abadar can only see one trait about people, really, which is how aligned with Abadar they are. He can expend more resources to see more detail on their motivations and their current activities and their goals. He has a vague sense that for marriage it is also important that their bodies have specific shapes and capabilities, and that they not already be married, and He couldn't help with any of that.
Hmm. Leareth thinks that he doesn't particularly mind what his wife looks like. (He probably can't get away with marrying a man for these purposes, even though it feels like it would be simpler in some ways.) Leareth suspects that alignment with Abadar would at least correlate strongly with his getting along with someone? He (or Parmida) can do the step of checking whether they're already married or eighty years old or a man, he thinks.
He's also considered asking Iomedae, who's apparently easier to talk to, and was very good friends with Aroden so would probably have some insight on who he would get along with.
That sounds excellent and Leareth would be very grateful.
Leareth doesn’t mean to pose it as a question, exactly, but his mind is going back to the snippet of thought he sensed from Khemet, the hint that Khemet...doesn’t feel like his life is abundant in nice things, and the part about neglecting his wives, and - Leareth doesn’t actually have a question or even an opinion here, he’s just sad, but it’s probably the sort of human thing that Abadar doesn’t understand well.
Shuffling...
Humans are often pretty bad at converting resources into achieving-their-values. It's tempting to conclude they're just not really the kind of entity that has values or should get resources but they are, they're just very small and incompetent. Abadar gives his proxy in Golarion lots of resources and this doesn't work to make him not sad, and Abadar doesn't exactly have other problem-solving strategies. He did give Leareth Khemet-snippets so that Leareth and Khemet could be good for each other? That seemed to work pretty well.
That makes sense. The resources - do help, Leareth thinks, even for the specific goal of his being good for Khemet, because it seems to be very good for Khemet when Leareth is relaxed and unstressed around him, and Leareth can only be relaxed because Khemet has near-absolute power here. Even if it wasn't enough, one time, it was still - it wasn't irretrievable, right, he was resurrected fifteen hours later because Khemet has diamonds and True Resurrection.
Anyway he's happy about Khemet and will try hard to figure out what he needs and help him have it.
Ow ow ow that was a longer conversation than he'd intended. The problem is that Leareth likes talking to Abadar, likes being in contact with that bigger, incredibly magical force, now that he's become used to it enough that it's no longer nerve-wracking, and it doesn't hurt during, only afterward.
He lies with his eyes closed for a while, and then decides that he should ask for Delay Pain after all, so he can get down his notes on the Heartstone part and then convey it to Khemet and Aroden, it was kind of complicated and will significantly affect Aroden's other plans. It takes him another five minutes to actually get up enough to call for someone, though.
Leareth contacts Vanyel with their spell to relay a message, and Aroden can make himself available later that afternoon, which works fine for Leareth since Delay Pain will still be in effect. While he's waiting he contacts another of his mages and has all of his notes on the hypothetical Heartstone-based version of the stage one god creation carted over.
"Abadar agrees that the Heartstone gives the Star-Eyed an unfortunate amount of power in Valdemar. He thinks that the Valdemaran god would also oppose this, now, given recent events. He also thinks that he can - steal it from her, with the right setup. My specifications for the god-building project turn out to be surprisingly useful, here, and Abadar can wrap his head around them much better than I can. He thinks that working with that, and with both Vanyel and I present on-site, he can make the Heartstone his power source instead. We would obviously want to time this to happen around when all the rest was being done, which is - a little tricky."
"The Star-Eyed is going to regret what She did so much, if that's an emotion She can feel. And if She can't, maybe we can teach Her. Hmmm, so this requires - you and Vanyel in Haven at the same time Aroden sets up a scaffold around the Pelagirs and then goes to Urtho's Tower - I guess at least there's the Rod of Security so he can refresh spell slots in between - and then Nefreti stays at the Pelagirs - how long does her part in this take..."
"The Golarion gods who are party to the superweapons agreement will protect you in Urtho's Tower - from the most blatant of the Star-Eyed's intervention, don't count on it as protection against handling the weapons carelessly or anything. They'd like you to take them through a Gate to a vault Abadar can show you in advance, and believe they will make the trip safely. There's, uh, a recommended order, in case you can't get them all out."
"I...am somewhat nervous about the Heartstone component, and deliberately placing myself somewhere She has power. Abadar is quite sure he could still - hold a claim on me, if anything were to happen, but suggests I set up Contingent Resurrection beforehand just in case."
"And hopefully the Star-Eyed should be quite distracted.
I want Starwind and Moondance disabled before this happens; they're her only Adepts with a Gate location inside Urtho's Tower and they're currently in Haven. I'm planning to send a diplomatic team over to request of Valdemar that they be stripped of their Gifts; if they refuse on that front maybe they'll at least agree to a Geas to not leave the Pelagirs without express invitation in the future."
Aroden nods. "I understand. I am also quite angry and - would be furious if they had succeeded at taking his soul..." He shakes his head. "You are not wrong that it is a safety issue at this point, that they still possess the capacity to Gate. Valdemar should understand this." He hesitates. "It seems worth taking some care not to warn them of the intent, or at least to ask Valdemar to restrain them on-site with compulsions before we discuss the rest with them. If they find out, they might well decide to Gate out on the spot."
"It'll damage relations with Valdemar but we could also drop by and Geas or Mindhealing-compulsion them before explaining why we consider this necessary. I think our options are - that, making up some ruse to request their return to Golarion temporarily, or assuming the Star-Eyed will continue to use them - probably to have them show up at Urtho's Tower and try to stop you -"
"That could be very bad if other aspects also go wrong, which we have to assume they will. I - suspect the damage to diplomatic relations with Valdemar would be less, and repairable with enough time, and so that is what I would propose doing. I would prefer not to go myself; I could send Nayoki with Vanyel, I suppose. I think it would help our cause considerably if Vanyel were on board with it and explained himself to his King afterward, he has gotten away with that before."
"He really wants to get hard currency for his permanent Gate. I've thought about arguing that I could extort you more on the True Resurrections but then we'll have to start finagling who Vanyel considers himself to be making his endless stream of diamonds for and it all sounds very distracting. After the war we still hammer out something formal and maybe I can throw the demiplane in."
"Vanyel says that you have assassinated him twice, whereas I have assassinated him no times and resurrected him four, so I feel like I can claim more credit for his being here in diamond-making condition," he says to Leareth.
Then Aroden's comment reminds him they are grownups having a grownup meeting. "Thank you," he says more formally. "Do we have a tentative timeline on the war with the Star-Eyed?"
Aroden doesn't seem to consider the diamond debate to be notably un-grownup at all. "Nefreti and I think we will be ready in a month. Perhaps as little as a fortnight if I de-prioritize everything else in Cheliax, but I would prefer not to do that unless the situation seems more time-sensitive than it does to me currently."
"Aroden said that Iomedae and Milani were both fine to talk to." He pauses. "I think I will ask Iomedae for advice on finding a compatible wife, I might as well. Abadar said he would try to nudge people who are compatible with him to visit our palace, he does not otherwise know how to assess marriageability but at least we might obtain some talented bureaucrats that way."
Leareth doesn't mention having kind of pointlessly asked Abadar for advice on how to make Khemet happy. He's a little distracted; even without the pain, talking to Abadar leaves him feeling sort of distant, disconnected from the material world.
"Abadar said that he predicted my god plan would have worked as intended, from the parts I showed Him," he says. "If the local gods had allowed me to use the Heartstone, which they would not have. I - am nonetheless rather flattered and pleased by receiving His seal of approval here, even if I never end up carrying out this plan after all."
There's time for a little more. Leareth kind of wishes that he could ask Khemet to stay and hold him and that would help, but unfortunately it really wouldn't, being touched is the last thing he feels like when he's in that much pain and, even worse, Khemet might make noise.
He lies awake and miserable for the requisite six hours, filled with determination to get Abadar the specs for building Himself an aspect that can talk like a person, and eventually he falls asleep and wakes up rested and only a little cranky about his unpleasant evening depriving him of pleasant activities with Khemet. He prepares his spells and then checks if Khemet is available so he can say goodbye before heading back to Cheliax, since after that he probably won't be back here for another week.
That sounds exhausting. For him at least, it might be less exhausting for the poor wives, given the list of responsibilities a royal wife would have according to Parmida. He'll start with trying to find one, though.
He Gates back. Spends a while catching up on his day to day work, and then puts extra wards on his room and sits down to try and pray to Iomedae.
"Iomedae. Thank you for answering me." Leareth tries to smile warmly. He's a little tense, even though Aroden trusts Iomedae and that should be approximately good as already trusting Her himself. "Abadar was right, you do seem to be better at this. And Aroden speaks very highly of you, you know."
Leareth smiles a little. "I am unsurprised. He has not said very much, in terms of total content. He trusts you, he said that - which is high praise, coming from him - but, I think perhaps there is history between you that he cannot easily convey to me, and so even though we are in some ways the same pattern, I suppose I will have to get to know you myself."
"I came here with a somewhat silly question, actually, and do not wish to take more of your attention than necessary, though I would not mind hearing more of your history. So - Aroden thinks that I need a Chelish wife, since I am to inherit Cheliax when he ascends again, and Khemet suggested I ask Abadar and you for advice on - unusually interesting and talented women in Cheliax, whom I would get along with, since you have the ability to assess if a person is aligned with you."
It's a difficult question. "That they be competent to carry out the myriad duties that apparently fall on a monarch's wife, and to be my cultural translator and window into people's thoughts and feelings that they would not tell me directly. That they be someone whose opinions and insights I respect, who will catch things I would not otherwise - someone whose alliance would make both of us stronger. And...Aroden and Parmida feel I need someone with whom I can let down my guard. Which is difficult, for me, and I am not sure what allows for it. Currently the people I trust most in that way are Aroden, for the obvious reason, and Khemet, and I am not even sure what makes that work."
"...I suppose I am dubious of the entire framing that divides possible actions into 'virtuous' and 'not' instead of 'strategic' and 'unstrategic'. But - it is true that I am operating in a different context one, namely one where it seems possible to have true allies without all my attempts to do so being used against me. And that does change things. I am curious what you have to say on this."
"We have to win," she says softly. "We have to win, and winning one day sooner would be a thing so momentous nothing in history could be compared to it. If anyone does not understand that then they'll have nothing to say - especially to you! about what Good is. But there's a concept that came naturally, the one Abadar recognized in you - that there are habits that make it possible to extend you offers, habits that make it possible to have you in the room - things that you'd do even when they are momentarily not strategic, I think, like telling the truth to a probable enemy -
- because you're choosing a pattern, not just a single result of a single conversation, and understand that better than most humans do.
And there's a similar thing with being a good person. Keeping your word is one kind of being possible to cooperate with. When Vanyel Ashkevron found himself here in a strange world he rushed to shield a hundred villagers from a dragon, without the slightest idea what a dragon was, and that is another kind of being possible to cooperate with. To, where you can, be on their side, the people who live by the river growing food - these specific ones, not their great-great-great grandchildren. It is not a kind of being possible to cooperate with I'd expect you to choose every time, in every world. But sometimes the universe will give you that opening, to be Vanyel's ally, to be the sort of person everyone like him recognizes as one of ours."
"...It used to hurt," Leareth says, slowly, hesitantly. "Every time that I weighed up what would - mean being possible to cooperate with, in that way - and what would work, and had to trade the former to get the latter. And then I suppose I decided it did not help anything, to anguish over it every time, and so I - stopped. I think...Vanyel has done things he wished he did not have to, but I imagine it still hurts him, and - that affects his choices, on the margin if not always. I am not sure if that is the only way I could be more the shape he is."
"Oh, child." And she steps across the room and takes his hand. "Good isn't about hurting, but it does hurt. And maybe you were weaker for your hurt, maybe your pain made it harder for you to do what must be done - but there is hurt that leaves us stronger. There is hurt that does not need to fall silent, because it is not getting in the way. I do not think that all of Vanyel's pain is dragging him in the wrong direction on the margin, and I would lessen it but I would not advise him to discard it. And this is not because there is anything I would not compromise to see us win."
Maybe she has a point, because there's some sort of pain Leareth is feeling now that he's not at all tempted to fold away.
"I think - it makes a significant difference, whether one has allies who are - witnessing the same tragedies and - feeling the same things," Leareth manages, eventually. "And - there was no point pining for it when it seemed forever out of reach, but - I want so badly to live in the world where I can have that. I felt so alone, in Velgarth, and I am so tired of it."
The conversation is having an odd effect on him, Leareth thinks. He feels like a child again - as though remembering some distant hazy past he's nearly forgotten - and she reminds him of Urtho, a little, only with the key difference that she's really and truly trying to win. Because that was the part that Urtho never understood, he thought trying to win was ambition and ambition was dangerous, and - if instead of someone like Urtho it had been someone like Iomedae, trying to teach him what virtue meant, then he can't imagine what else could have been different.
She abstracts away the motion that ought to have been necessary between standing there holding his hand and sitting on the couch with him tucked into her arms, his head resting on her shoulder.
"We are given so little," she says, "and the world takes so much. But you have this, now, you work side by side with Vanyel and you have the chance to live in a world where people like you are possible to cooperate with - possible to trust - possible to love - take it, be good to it, forever is such a long time but for as long as you can -"
"I will try." And now, again, he finds himself fighting not to cry, but for a completely different reason. For the fact that if he had met her as a human, he suspects it would have taken him about thirty seconds to decide that it was worth almost anything to have her on his side - and a world that contains more than a handful of people like that is one where he would have ended up a different shape all along, not one that necessarily hurt less to be but one that meant carving away less of himself -
- and this is probably the category of thing people refer to as a 'religious experience', it's bizarre, Iomedae is terrifyingly good at it. At making him feel very small and young and yet not alone.
(Some quiet voice in him is noting this, that it's a lot of uncharacteristic emotions for him at once, and deciding to hold back final judgement on it and propagating any changes in his thinking until he's not having the mind-altering experience of talking to a god, but for now he doesn't mind it, it seems like something he can afford right now and it's...kind of nice, actually, in a way he would never ever ever have thought to look for.)
The lack of headache is very nice, but he's still drained in some other way, and stays where he is for a while, lost in thought. Mostly trying to figure out why the conversation with Iomedae made him so emotional, where's it coming from.
He's still confused about it but eventually goes back to his other responsibilities, he can poke at it later.
Vanyel frowns. "I - think you're right, probably, that we should make sure they can't do this again, and - that that's a higher priority than whether it's fair to them as people. And I agree there's a concern they'll Gate out if they have any warning. Just...I also get why the Heralds want to take their time with making a decision first, and - you'll really be leaving me with some explaining to do to Randi."
"Oh, I think you ought agree on burning out their Gifts through the Heralds' official channels, whatever those are. Nayoki will not be doing that immediately, I just thought I would send her in case your Mindhealer is not comfortable with it. It had sounded as though the Heralds had already discussed using pre-emptive compulsions to keep them captive, and narrowly decided not."
"Thank you," says Carissa Sevar, with a smile that must look incredibly fake, why is she so bad at this, she needs to practice in front of a mirror or in front of Grandmother or something. "That's all I wanted to know. Uh -"
And she leaves. Maybe she needs to practice exits in front of a mirror too. Practicing exits in front of Grandmother wouldn't help because Grandmother always wheedles you into staying for some pie and another three hours. Her heart is pounding and her mind is meandering. She tries walking slowly, home, in case it'll get the heart pounding under control, which it kind of does.
The man that the Inheritor has been sending her strange dreams about is Aroden's son.
Aroden's heir, she corrects herself, she does not know whether or not he's Aroden's son, the person she asked to identify him from a sketch said "Aroden's son" but he was just a random person in Egorian for the coronation, he wouldn't have more information than she does about that. What everyone knows is that Aroden has a wife, and children, kept them far away during the war lest anyone threaten them, lives in the palace with them now. They're all very old. Aroden can extend his own life but not theirs, maybe. And Aroden went to Tian Xia, in search of allies for his war and battles that'd give him the strength for it, and Aroden long ago travelled the Great Beyond and maybe knew where allies could be found on other worlds, and he'd built up an army in the world called Velgarth with its strange sorcerers, and one of them was his heir. People were assuming his son but probably Aroden is beyond petty mortal concerns like paternity and also the distant ancestor of literally everyone in Cheliax.
Probably.
So why is the Inheritor sending visions of Aroden's heir? Aroden's heir, standing in the snow. Aroden's heir, fighting with magic. Aroden's heir, deep in intimate conversation with another person she doesn't recognize, and which none of her sources recognize either...
...there are several possible explanations but the likeliest is that he is evil and in the service of Asmodeus or something and she needs to do something about it. If she didn't need to do anything about it, she probably wouldn't be getting visions about it, and if he were a perfectly lovely person suited to take over should anything happen to Aroden she probably wouldn't need to do anything about it. And if he just needed...advice...or something...the Inheritor could probably give him that herself?
This leaves the question of what Carissa Sevar, who is twenty-five and has third-circle spells like anyone competent in school and was working full time enchanting weapons for the crusaders at the Worldwound before Aroden showed up and closed the Worldwound, who was evil until she got an Atonement to neutral about it three weeks ago and has been a cleric of the Inheritor for two, is supposed to do about it.
The main question is - how does this cleric thing work? If the way it works is that Iomedae is functionally omniscient and picked her because she is the absolute best person in all of Cheliax to do something about the situation, then she can actually do a lot of reasoning from the precise fact that she's the absolute best person to do something about the situation. ...it's mostly very confused reasoning, but still. For example, probably enchanting weapons is a necessary element of the solution, and probably Iomedae's agent needs to be someone who has attracted little attention in their life and can pass undercover. ...it is getting way ahead of herself to assume that she is supposed to assassinate the heir to Cheliax, that is stupid and almost definitely not what she is supposed to do, presumably she is supposed to learn enough to take the proof to Aroden so he can pick a better heir, but anyway, she should still assume that enchanting weapons will be involved somehow, if she was literally the best person in Cheliax for this job.
But maybe that's not how it works at all and actually all of the Inheritor's clerics and paladins got this dream and she should instead use detect alignment as often as she can get away with it, in large crowds, scanning desperately for people who like her carry a loud Lawful Good alignment which is unlikely to be their own, and get in on the secret conspiracy, and make weapons from the comfort of her basement.
That option sounds a lot more soothing which is no information about whether it's right.
Or maybe the dreams are just to prompt her to do research and there will soon be additional, clarifying dreams about what to do next. That option sounds even more soothing and is - almost certainly wrong, actually, gods have limited resources, she remembers reading that, sending instruction is costly. Probably if she does nothing next she'll get dreams prompting her, assuming this mission is in fact specifically meant for her, but those dreams cost Good something, cost the Inheritor something, and she's pretty sure that you're supposed to walk alone as long as you can and not need constant prodding from behind. Better to do something wrong, and need correction, than to do nothing at all.
- unless you do something that tips off Aroden's heir. That would be much worse than doing nothing. And she's not sure if she can reason from the dreams that she's probably not going to do something wrong or Iomedae wouldn't have sent the dreams, because Foresight isn't a thing anymore.
What actions definitely won't tip him off and are probably a good idea.
She asks an aunt in Egorian if she can move to the city. Says, vaguely, that maybe she'll open a magic shop or something. Learn to enchant something other than weapons. She sells all her possessions that definitely are not going to be useful for saving Cheliax or joining a conspiracy that saves Cheliax or - she should keep an open mind, maybe it'll be something entirely unrelated to that.
She's heard of people who can bluff truth spells, bluff casual mindreading. She might need that. She starts looking into it. She's not 100% sure this is how being a cleric of Iomedae is supposed to work but her goddess is there every morning, proud, determined, full of righteous conviction.
That evening Aroden prepares a Sending to the pharaoh, alerting him that Vanyel is planning to depart the next day for Velgarth, probably it makes sense for him to do so directly from Cheliax and then retrieve the diplomatic party once he's cleared the air with Randi.
Once he's waited for confirmation, he sits down and prays to Iomedae.
She smiles tightly. "The agreement reached among the gods was that they would be stored in a vault of Abadar's devising, that can be opened only when this is sought, at once, by a servant of Abadar, a servant of mine, and a servant of Asmodeus, working together. Obviously I'm annoyed and would've liked a better deal, but we don't think we can hold the Star-Eyed off without Asmodeus and it doesn't take a very large coincidence for her to wreak some catastrophic damage. Abadar is of the opinion that I should like this because - well, because I am the lawful good god of record on it despite being the youngest one, which sets a precedent for future agreements, and because it's not like there was any set of agreements where I got to keep the superweapons and use them if I saw fit. I do not, in fact, like this, because I don't like losing even when the other options were losing more. But I've agreed to it. Also, we'll all owe you a favor. I could try to outline things in more detail than that but - not usefully, I don't think. I predict once you're a god you'll be satisfied with the deal."
Aroden nods, thoughtful.
"No, you would not like it," he says, almost absently. "It seems reasonable enough to me from this angle. Reserves more option value than destroying them entirely - which is what I would have been tempted to do - but makes it very unlikely they will ever be used for anything not of world-threatening stakes." His lips twitch. "You will all owe me a favour? Surely I owe you something for making it possible to do safely at all. Anyway. What specific instructions do I need to know?"
So she explains how to access the vault and which order to take the weapons in (some of them are more valuable than others and also some are easier for the Star-Eyed to potentially disable dangerously) and the terms of the godagreement in weird edge cases like Nefreti showing up to run off with the weapons (he doesn't have to stop her, though the gods probably will).
He thanks her. "I am glad we are doing this. I - am not especially angry with Her, anymore, I cannot expect Her to act outside Her nature, but... It cost us so much and it could have been so much worse - it scared me, Iomedae, I spent the entire fifteen hours - thirteen hours, I did sleep in there - terrified that something would go wrong and we would not get him back..."
"I suppose it would be silly to expect less of gods than of mortals." He shakes his head. "I am told Abadar is furious. At the lack of Law more than the outright Evil of it, I think, She broke an agreement they had made about Velgarth souls and She did it to try to steal His cleric. The pharaoh is certainly very, very angry."
"I said I would think about it. And then I thought about it, and gave it a try. I'd feel better with Foresight, for this. I've never tried matchmaking before and it seems like personality match with Leareth is the sort of thing that could either go well or go poorly. But I hope it goes well. He needs allies."
Vanyel lets Nayoki know and the three of them meet at the temple to Abadar that he's been using the side door of as his default interplanar Gate-threshold; it's not a permanent Gate, Leareth thinks he would need to re-work the entire spell and the Velgarth gods would object anyway, but it's easier to cast a Gate on a threshold that's been used often for them.
"...I guess I should explain first," he says dully to Fazil, one hand on Yfandes' neck. "I, um - the pharaoh and some others are planning retaliation with the Star-Eyed which is going to piss Her off. Also, Valdemar is still doing the investigation with Starwind and Moondance, and...they haven't done anything to prevent them just Gating out again whenever they feel like. The pharaoh wants their Gifts burned out, now that he knows that's possible; it is the standard punishment for a misuse of Gifts this serious, by Valdemar's law, but - I think the King has been hesitant because it's unclear Starwind and Moondance are really under his jurisdiction, and I guess it sets a weird legal precedent. Also we're concerned their judgement may be influenced by - the fact that there's a Heartstone in Haven, that I built, and it gives the Star-Eyed a lot more power there than She'd otherwise have. So, um, we're going in to put a compulsion on them so they can't run away, and then I need to try to convince Randi that we can't afford to have Starwind and Moondance running around still able to Gate to the Tower if they want, and should either burn out their Gifts or geas them."
"And that's basically what's going on? We got information that Osirion's going to move against the Star-Eyed, we suspect she'll direct them to escape the instant she foresees it, so temporarily blocking them is - leaving the situation in your King's hands instead of letting them out of it." Frown. "That seems fine. But leaving them Mindhealing-compulsioned is more out of line with Valdemaran law, long term?"
"It's - complicated to know what the law would be, there, it's a pretty unprecedented situation and they're trying them under the Heralds' court, which has a lot of discretion. The problem is that if we leave them like that and send them back, it's possible the Star-Eyed can rustle up a Mindhealer to fix them, or - actually, hellfires, She can just do it herself, she mucked up a Mindhealing-block I had once although I think that was by accident."
Nod.
"If you heard this from the pharaoh, you could truthfully say that Abadar communicated that He expects She'll send them on more missions like this, since they have Gate locations for it, if She can. That seems like it gets your king most of the relevant information without acknowledging that there are plans to go after Her."
"Okay, that's good." He sighs. "It sounds awkward but like - you're doing the right thing by everyone involved? Including them, it's not a favor to them to let them get and complete more and more horrible orders. And Valdemar has authorized you to handle things when there's not time to ask for instruction about them."
Yfandes immediately reaches out to Kellan.
:...Um, Van, Fazil?: she says after a moment. :This is - maybe not the most urgent priority, but, er, we have a problem. I think Kellan is having the same issue I did, except it hasn't come to a head because instead of fighting about it, Savil has just been massively avoidant of the entire subject of gods:
:I think maybe no one has run headlong into it the way Van and I did, actually! We warned them and everything, I don't know... I guess maybe Van is the most stubborn Herald of all when it comes to defending his right to think: Fondness. :We'll deal with this first and then I'll talk to Kellan and try to push him on it myself, maybe that way will have less splashback on Savil. Anyway, they're being kept in one of the Work Rooms, it's this way:
"I'm sorry." He really shouldn't explain this out loud in front of Starwind and Moondance, but probably they shouldn't leave them unsupervised in their prison either.
:We just got some new information from Abadar, via the pharaoh: he sends in Mindspeech instead, excluding the Tayledras. :Abadar suspected the Star-Eyed would order them to carry out further missions. Nayoki will take it off later, but - I need to talk to Randi and figure out what appropriate precautions are:
He takes a deep breath and then says it all fast. "We've seen that the Star-Eyed is opposed to Valdemar's interests in Golarion and will do - pretty extreme things to achieve Her goals. I think we have to treat Her as Valdemar's enemy, given that. And I just learned from the pharaoh that Abadar thinks She's likely to order Starwind and Moondance on further missions like the assassination, if She can. Including by seeking more damaging weapons from Urtho's Tower, since they can now Gate there at will. I think that could be really costly to everyone, including Valdemar, and it's - not fair to them, right, however you slice up their culpability in this versus Hers. She might literally be mind-controlling them into doing it, or - they might just feel obligated - but either way their best selves wouldn't want to be used as murder weapons. Anyway we've compulsioned them not to Gate out, since we were concerned the Star-Eyed would tell them to, and we need to discuss what to do longer-term to - prevent them from being a danger to others. Burning out their Gifts would work, so might a geas."
"I'm really sorry for just turning up and doing that before I explained. I was just very worried that the Star-Eyed would order them to run and then you wouldn't even be able to finish the investigation. And - obviously I think we should give them a fair trial, but - we need to take into account that if they'd done - that - in the Palace here, they'd have killed several hundred people."
The King takes a deep breath and lets it out.
"I - guess - we have to take the sensible precautions," he says finally. "And, you're right, if they'd done it in the Palace here..." Shudder. "It'd've been even worse than the Highjorune trap-spell. Gods. I hate everything about this, Van. They were our friends. I can't believe..."
"I know. It - really hurts. But they undeniably did it, and Leareth was - well, you can say what you like about his past here, but he's more than proven who he is, to me, and I want him as our ally and I'm furious that She tried to - to sabotage that - Leareth could've blamed me for inviting them to the Worldwound, a lot more than he has."
:Randi: Yfandes sends crisply, :had apparently not gotten a report from Savil with NEARLY the same emphasis you just put on the Star-Eyed being opposed to Valdemar's interests in addition to being Leareth's enemy. I'm really concerned that - somehow that particular element just didn't get discussed...:
:I don't know! I think - it's a lot on Savil, and maybe expecting her to be thinking clearly about all the political ramifications of it was too much. Understanding diplomatic relations, er, isn't one of her strengths, and - I think it's impossible for her to be objective here, given how close she was with them: Pause. :But...I am concerned more than that is going on here:
:......I'm not sure: There is suddenly a LOT of worry in Yfandes' mindvoice. :My...guess...is that She can't modify our beliefs directly, but - we make a lot of decisions from Foresight, actually, we have gut feelings about things that our Heralds generally put a lot of faith in. And that's linked closely enough to the Web that it might be trivial for Her to nudge. For example, it sounds like Sondra felt doomy about the diplomatic consequences for Valdemar of Karse finding out that we were high-handed with punishing allies from elsewhere under the laws that are specifically meant to apply to Heralds. And - that's not wrong, but it's interesting that it was a major emphasis, given that the other more immediate consequences seem a lot more serious?:
:I think we have to keep in mind that Foresight is a thing here, unlike in Golarion, and - I suspect that means gods have disproportionately more power, and - can affect things in ways that don't look like interventions unless you're Leareth and really paranoid about it:
Mental sigh.
:Randi's going to go unload all his feelings about this on Sondra, which has me concerned that she's going to implode the way I did. I think I'd better go hover nearby. You all can maybe go sort out a guest room and wait?:
"- Right."
Vanyel leads them to the guest wing and tracks down someone who can assign the three of them to some rooms. He also warns the servants that a diplomatic delegation from Osirion is expected and they should maybe air out rooms for them too. The servants seem pretty awed about this and scramble to do so.
Vanyel suggests they all hang out in his room, which has an outdoor porch and sitting area to enjoy the nice weather, and call for lunch while they wait.
:I'm just - gods, I don't even know how to put it. I'm confused about this entire situation, and especially about how Savil and the Heralds are reacting to it. I know it's...hard to believe they'd do something like that, when they've been there for us so many times before, just - they did, they aren't even denying it, right. I'm confused why Savil thought they would just stay put voluntarily for us to investigate, and - what her plan was if they didn't - and, it feels like everyone, but Savil in particular, is grasping for ways this might not've been their fault? But, just... If they're not culpable because their Goddess forced them to do it, then it's Her fault, right? That follows? And - that's really, really concerning? I'm incredibly scared of what She'll decide to do next. But it feels like no one else was fully making that connection, until Van shoved it right in Randi's face, and - every time I tried to bring it up, I would just end up feeling like I was the crazy hysterical one:
Shavri turns away from Randi and Vanyel so that they can't see her face, and her expression crumples. :I'm scared. I don't know what to do:
Then she takes a deep breath and tries to compose herself. :Er, from your outside perspective, presumably you're hard to mind-control about this - what do you think the situation calls for? What would be the sane way to respond to it?:
:Um. I'm not - a diplomat or anything. I can - think about an analogy to countries that are all in Golarion and all sort of - running off the same base assumptions? But I want to be clear that I'm not saying - Osirion expects you guys to be behaving that way or anything - presumably they know that in a different world there'll be all kinds of cultural gulfs -
- Uh. If the Tayledras were a state, then what I would expect is that setting off a demon summoning superweapon in the palace of the pharaoh would be treated as an act of war, and Osirion would ally with Cheliax to respond by invading and conquering the country and removing from power every person, and plausibly the entire church, responsible. And I'd expect the hypothetical country that had two of its agents do this to immediately respond by trying to avoid that by formally renouncing their actions, apologizing, paying for reparations, handing over the actors so they could be brought to whatever justice Osirion and Cheliax saw fit, and permitting a full investigation under Truth Spells of their entire hierarchy to prove that none of them had anything to do with it.
The Tayledras aren't a country. They're more like a druidic order, kind of? So what I'd expect there would be - uh, for Osirion and Cheliax to demand that the rest of the order denounce the assassins and make strong commitments to the effect no one else of their order would participate in similar actions, ever. And if they all refused to do that, I'd expect Osirion and Cheliax to coordinate in stamping out or crippling the druidic order to the extent it might act on similar instructions in the future. Because people who set off superweapons in your palace and then go 'eh, yeah, we'll do that if it serves our interests' are - gods, war is awful, but you're not avoiding a war if you ignore them, you're just announcing that they get to announce the start and end of all the war's battles.
I guess what I would have expected Valdemar to do is conduct your investigation and burn out their Gifts or something and then, uh, ask for help securing your western border. Not because you'd be expected to participate in the war but as a way of communicating that you do understand that those are the stakes they just laid on the table. Maybe volunteer to send an envoy to the Tayledras in case you can get an apology and formal guarantee nothing like it will ever happen again. Maybe - uh, maybe you could talk Osirion down if you offered to annex the Pelagirs and be formally responsible for them but you shouldn't do that if you don't in fact have the resources to, and it looks like you don't?
The thing that feels like it's missing is, uh, it feels like people think it's over? And Osirion hasn't corrected that misapprehension, probably because there's no point in sharing details on what they're planning - no one's told me anything, I'm guessing from first principles here - but 'there is a large powerful group of people with superweapons and interworld Gates who committed an act of war, aren't sorry, and aren't giving us any angles from which to negotiate the cessation of hostilities' is not a situation that's over. And so it feels like there's a missing realization that your aim here should be somehow pulling out a miracle that stops a war, or else ensuring your country is safe during it.:
Shavri nods, seriously.
:That makes sense. I - think what I keep expecting, and not getting, is the response you're suggesting. Especially the part about securing our border, and finding out where we stand with the rest of the Tayledras. It's...complicated, I think, because the Tayledras don't have a formal chain of command, the Vales are all independent and make internal decisions by consensus, but Starwind is Speaker for k'Treva, closest they have to an official leader. It's unclear who if anyone has the authority to issue an apology for their actions, and...I don't think Randi feels he has much standing to ask them for one. Because, you're right, we don't have the resources to annex them. The Tayledras are normally extremely hostile to outsiders and kill strangers who enter the Pelagirs:
She looks down. :I think maybe Randi doesn't want to admit that we've lost them as a resource. They're the only reason Van survived his Gifts awakening: Glance over. :Van is taking it better than I expected, honestly:
:It makes sense that you'd be reluctant to - take any steps that burn that bridge. But - it's burnt. Again without speaking with any knowledge whatsoever of anything specific going on in Golarion, Osirion and Cheliax can't possibly let the current state of affairs stand. It's not impossible to kill people in a way that doesn't leave them resurrectable with our magic, I assume she'll try that next.
I hadn't realized Starwind is the Speaker for k'Treva but, uh, needless to say that makes it worse. Damn it.:
Shavri winces.
:The other part that makes me feel like I'm losing my mind every time I talk to Randi about it is - well, it's true that one of our most serious punishments is exile, but I'm not delighted about just sending them back to k'Treva? When we don't yet have any further plan for what to do about sharing a border with people in a pact bound to Her?:
:Gods. That would be a horrible situation. It would depend on our relations with the country. When we were at war with Karse, we...generally didn't even try to take mages alive, because it's so hard to hold onto them safely, and once we've taken prisoners we feel bound by our own customs around not mistreating them, even though Karse, er, really didn't follow the same standards:
Frown. :If it were, say, an assassin from Rethwellan, I think that'd call for Randi negotiating directly with Rethwellan's government. If they were sent on the Rethwellani King's orders it'd be grounds for war, although we might try to settle it diplomatically because Rethwellan has ten times as many mages as us and we would lose. If it were someone operating independently, I - would expect the King over there to be comfortable condemning them for treason, we're formally allied with Rethwellan, and - if we did hand them back, they'd probably be executed, Rethwellan's courts tend harsher than ours. If it were Hardorn, gods, I don't know, their central government is a mess right now, but probably Randi would send a delegation with a proposal and their King would just sign off on it to get it out of his hair:
Nod. :If there were anyone among the Tayledras who could condemn this as treason and declare they'd be executed if they were sent back then - I bet we'd leave it there? Wars are wrong, you should avoid them as far as you possibly can. But, uh, our current impression is that their attitude is 'yep, we did this, we will do similar things again, what are you going to do about it.':
:We have no idea what k'Treva's attitude will be. Savil could Gate there, but - well, no one's brought it up explicitly but I think we're scared k'Treva would instead respond by blaming us for the part where they got killed by your pharaoh, and it'd make things even worse. Er, do you have more information on their attitudes, then, or - on the Star-Eyed's attitude? Did Abadar talk to Her?:
:It does sort of - violate the entire premise Valdemar was founded on. King Valdemar supposedly prayed to every god he'd ever heard of, for a miracle, and got the Companions that way: Shrug. :But if the rest can do the thing 'Fandes did, if their Heralds are mad enough at gods, then...maybe it'll be all right:
Randi gets up and rejoins them a few minutes later. "Van, you might as well bring over the pharaoh's diplomats, we can't put them off for a week and - who knows how long it'll take for the Companions to - sort out their thing." He reaches to squeeze Shavri's hand. "I can manage until then."
"They used to be these two tiny kingdoms over there that went to war with each other every generation or so. Most recently, the entire royal family of Lineas got ripped apart by demons, and then Donni Final Strike'd the entire royal family of Baires because they were trying to take over and would've caused a giant earthquake - er, it's complicated, long story. And, while we're speaking of awkward events - Van, you'd said you suspected the dagger was Leareth, did you ever ask him?"
"Oh, um, yes, he confessed to for some reason giving Vedric Mavelan a magic dagger that would cause someone's entire family to be attacked by demons, which he planned to use to take over Lineas some number of decades later. Leareth wanted all the Baires mages and all of Lineas' unused mage-energy to help out with invading Valdemar. Though apparently Vedric goddamned Mavelan was absolutely not supposed to trigger it when he did, and Leareth would have confiscated it if he'd known Vedric was scheming to do it before Leareth actually kicked off his invasion, but I guess he missed that one. Well, we did know he used to read as Evil."
"I mean, most people are farmers, everyone helps out around harvest time. In Sothis - it'd be ordinary to work but not ordinary to be the one supporting your whole family, I think, among poor children, and then wealthy merchants keep their sons in school a few more years. Mahdi went to school until he was twenty."
Shrug. "We had a string of bad luck. My uncle died, and my father remarried my uncle's wife - that's a normal thing to do, so she's not alone trying to support a family - and then my mother got sick, and there wasn't really enough money to go around, and - my father was much more materially and emotionally invested in his second wife. They got along better. They had a child together, by then. So he mostly stopped feeding us. Phrased that way it sounds like entirely a failure of character but it was much more about the circumstances? There wasn't enough money. And lots of people find it hard to pay attention to a situation they're importantly failing at."
"My mother died when I was eleven. She's very proud of me, though she thinks I should retire from this adventuring nonsense and lead tours to Axis and have some kids. My father and I don't...actually talk...though I Lesser Restoration him every month because otherwise his liver will kill him. I don't...exactly know what I'm doing - either he'll make Axis or he won't, it's not like I think he'll someday have an epiphany." Shrug. "Once I was chosen as a cleric I paid for apprenticeships for my younger brothers and got my sisters married. They're all all right now."
"You are. I - didn't realize until recently that I'd absorbed Leareth's attitude, that all the gods are pretty terrible. And - just, the way Leareth's face looks when he talks about Abadar being helpful... It must mean so much to him, there being a god the right shape for him to cooperate with."
Randi comes out to the temple where the Gate is being done, and welcomes them courteously, Shavri at his side. Neither of them look like they really slept enough.
"Why don't we get all of you set up with guest rooms first and then we can meet over lunch and go through your overall agenda here," he suggests.
Osirion's diplomats are delighted to meet them and glad to have the chance to meet Valdemar's leadership face to face after all the frantic collaborative efforts during the war. They think Vanyel is great. Valdemar is very lucky to have him.
They're concerned that the Star-Eyed will continue committing atrocious crimes and acts of war in Golarion, secure in the knowledge that the perpetrators are effectively accountable to no one. Osirion was initially hoping that there might be some Tayledras authority willing to condemn what Starwind and Moondance did, and offer meaningful assurance that it couldn't happen again; this obviously hasn't happened. And, uh, generally speaking summoning millions of demons into your ally's palace in peacetime to assassinate the heir to the throne of another allied country is an act of war. Obviously Osirion doesn't want to go to war with the Tayledras, but they would like some assurance that there is any other route to preventing future use of stolen superweapons in this fashion, and they're terrified that they haven't gotten one.
King Randale confesses that, until recently, he thinks Valdemar's investigation was perhaps placing undue weight on the fact that the primary victim of their attack, and the only person who in fact died, was Leareth. Who has done a lot of very awful things in Velgarth, and who Valdemar spent the last decade expecting to end up at war against, since they only knew about him at all through Vanyel's Foresight dream where Leareth was his destined enemy. None of the Heralds are really surprised that the Tayledras would see him as an enemy, or that the Star-Eyed would consider Herself perennially at war with him, and - perhaps because of that, it hadn't felt likely to them that Starwind and Moondance would present a danger to other people who aren't Leareth.
That being said, it is of course relevant that the attack took place in the pharaoh's palace and could have killed over a hundred people, if it had gone down slightly differently. And it's relevant that Leareth is now known to actually care about good outcomes, that he saved Cheliax from Hell, and he might have started out as Valdemar's enemy but he's now their ally. Which means that even if the Star-Eyed does only care about attacking him specifically, other allies of Valdemar could end up as collateral damage.
Punishing them by burning out their Gifts would be - twisting Valdemar's legal system to a pretty dubious extent, the only institution with applicable laws to try them under is through the Heralds' Court, and they aren't Heralds. But...it's unclear what the alternative is, since the Tayledras aren't a state that can be negotiated with for this purpose, and maybe it's just an irregular enough problem to demand an irregular solution.
The other thing that makes him uneasy about punishing them as individuals is the fact that they may to some extent have been coerced, or even mind-controlled. It's really hard to verify if they have, and if so to what extent it was relevant to their doing it or not, but neither of them fully remembers the conversation with Her where they received their orders, and both of their minds show weird patterns that in the past have indicated god-meddling. Which...mostly means that he feels very very bad for their position, but - given that this horrible situation is the one they're in, maybe it's actually fairest to them as people not to give them an opportunity to be given orders or mind-controlled into another murder mission.
Their own gods do not think that the Star-Eyed is only concerned with attacking Leareth specifically.
Osirion would be happy to try throwing high-powered spells at the memory distortions the evil god left in their minds in case it can in this fashion be mended, but yeah, regardless of how culpable they were, it seems likely that it will be done again and an injustice to everyone involved, including them, to permit that. They're relieved that Valdemar is on the same page about that.
They aren't aware of the full space of options for ensuring someone who has used their gifts to activate powerful dangerous magic in a building full of innocent people can never do so again, but if it's helpful to think of Valdemar burning out their Gifts as a negotiated agreement with Osirion and Cheliax to avoid the harsher punishments standard on Golarion, that seems like a reasonable gloss on the whole situation? It wouldn't set any precedents except that when Valdemar takes custody of people who committed murders in Golarion they'll use their system for Heralds to try them.
Randi needs to think about it, but - probably that makes sense. He really, really wishes there was a way to shut Gifts down temporarily, without causing other mental incapacitation, in case they're later able to come to some peaceful resolution with the Star-Eyed, or remove Starwind and Moondance specifically from Her influence. (Nayoki apparently has most of a research project done for temporarily blocking Gifts, but the side effects are at this point quite disabling.)
Actually, if Osirion has powerful spells for this, Randi wonders if that could break their obligations to Her, and also prevent Her from influencing them in future. Since they're safely contained - Mindhealing compulsions not to leave their cell aren't a good long-term solution but should hold them for now - he would be in favour of trying that first before going down the irreversible route of burning out their Gifts.
"We saw records of when it was made, in the Tower - er, actually not theirs, but the Shin'a'in, who split off from the same ancestral group and also made a pact with Her right after the Cataclysm, in order to survive it. For them, the Goddess manifested directly after they...made a blood-sacrifice to get Her attention. And then She made the Plains livable again, in exchange for - binding them and all of their descendants to serve Her in keeping them safe from outside interference. I - don't know the wording of the Tayledras' obligations to Her, but the work they do is cleansing and fixing the damaged land. Which is why we pulled them in for the Worldwound. They get a lot of magic from Her in exchange, including Heartstones, which are extremely powerful magic sources that can also scaffold other spells, and - contain a fragment of Her, we think."
He lowers his voice a little. "We have one in Haven, it was a favour they did us. I...sort of wish we hadn't accepted that favour, now, but we didn't know at the time."
Vanyel is pretty sure it's a yes on the first question. Pact-hood isn't visible to him, or to any specific Velgarth Othersenses he's aware of, but he wonders if it's like alignment, something that can be sensed using one of Golarion's spells. He knows people can rarely become bound by the pact later, because Moondance is such a case, he was born outside the Tayledras but joined them and became a Healing-Adept. Also Shin'a'in children with mage-gift sometimes join the Tayledras, since magic was forsaken by their people, only shamans can use it to very limited effect. That's just switching pacts with Her, though.
It's worth noting that he and Savil are both Wingsiblings, which means they can call on k'Treva's resources for aid - or could, before this happened, obviously they can't now. He doesn't think it entails the same obligations to serve Her, or at least that was never specified to him and he's never felt pulled to go there or anything, but he can't be sure.
They can try throwing a Break Enchantment at one of the prisoners now, and if that doesn't do it they can get an expert on Wish-wordings in to consult. And while they're here, maybe they can hammer out all of the trade and migration and extradiction and so-on treaties that were delayed by the war but would've made this less awkward, if they'd been in place.
They can do that after, though. Vanyel shows the diplomats where Starwind and Moondance are being kept.
Possibly they should separate them for this, if they're trying it one at a time? He's not sure if that matters, but he can tell Moondance he needs to talk to him alone, and take him somewhere else.
:I'm concerned it won't affect Starwind the same way, he's - seemed a lot less distressed about it. He might even be mad at us for breaking it. But I guess we'll see:
He keeps hugging Moondance, who keeps being too upset to communicate at all for the next several candlemarks.
:Fazil, um, can you go tell Savil? - And then maybe ask a servant to bring us something to sleep on, I think I want to stay the night with him and he should be in a Work Room in case he starts projecting or throwing things around with magic, he's not compulsioned against that and - I've done it before when I was upset enough:
- sometime in the early hours of the morning, Vanyel jerks forward out of his chair. Oh no.
He wastes about five seconds shaking Moondance, which isn't going to help at all, and then sprints for the door and flings it open so he can Mindspeak. :FAZIL NEED YOUR HELP RIGHT NOW:
The instant Fazil is there, Vanyel practically yanks him into the room. :He wasn't doing anything and then he - stopped his heart - I didn't know you could DO that to yourself but he's Healing-Gifted - I'm so STUPID I didn't think about precautions for that at all - can you do something–:
"I'm not doing that, if a Healer gets here - where are they - they can make him sleep– I should get Melody. Or Nayoki maybe–"
He notices Moondance looking around confusedly again and breaks off, sitting down on the side of the bed. "Moondance, can you please stop trying to kill yourself, we're not going to let you, Fazil can just keep doing that repeatedly - do you want Starwind, do you want Savil, I don't know what's going to help..."
Gemma's eyebrows disappear into her hair. "...I think I need more context than that." She shoves Vanyel sideways a bit so there's room for her on the cot, though, and reaches in to touch Moondance's forehead. Looks a bit relieved. "- Oh, that's honestly the least bad thing he could do, he'll be– wait, what do you mean keeps doing it."
Starwind's expression goes slack. He stands there unsteadily for a moment, slowly turning a couple of shades paler.
- and then snarls and tries to throw some sort of mage-attack at Fazil. Which doesn't work, apparently that much is blocked, but then he just dives at him instead, which is apparently allowed when Fazil is in the room.
:Starwind is distressed - differently from Moondance, he's trying to have a wrestling match with me about it. I don't at this time think it's worth waking Van but if there's anyone free it'd probably be responsible to have them around just in case.:
He does not interfere with efforts to punch him in the face, though his thin force-shield does cover his face.
:Not especially? It's not doing his Good or Law any favors but that may have been a lost cause. He will get tired before I get bruised, and I put Resist Energy (Fire) and Protection from Energy (Lightning) up in case he manages to get off a levinbolt despite the compulsions or his goddess gets mad and lights me on fire. I'm sixth-circle now.: as if this last clause makes everything make perfect sense.
Starwind keeps punching and clawing at Fazil while yelling incoherently about how he has no right along with a lot of swearwords in Tayledras, until he's red in the face and very out of breath.
Eventually he slows down, looks at Fazil with anguish in his eyes, and then sort of collapses off to the side and hugs himself, head down on his knees, he's not audibly crying but his shoulders are shaking.
Vanyel nods, gritting his teeth. "He wasn't angry, he was just really, really distraught, he cried on me all afternoon and didn't sleep most of the night, he couldn't even really explain it. I think he said something about how it felt right and made sense before and - I guess doesn't now."
"I'm really sorry. He - also tried to kill himself, a few times. With Healing. I don't think he was thinking straight at all, he'd been awake being really upset most of the night. He's fine, though, Fazil got there right away and helped. One of the Healers is keeping him asleep for now."
:I'm a bit confused - I'd be surprised if it were that strongly affecting for everyone all the time, the Tayledras mostly don't talk to Her and seem like normal people. It could be the pact plus - maybe Break Enchantment fixed whatever She did to them when they spoke? When that happened to me I was a mess after having it undone:
:I hope not. They're mostly lovely people:
He looks sadly at Starwind and Moondance. :Gods. I feel terrible. What a disaster. Moondance is - I don't know if he can be okay, after this. he already gets depressed sometimes because he killed someone by accident as a teenager and I think he still felt like he hadn't made it up to the world, and now...:
:I see: Her eyes go out of focus for a moment, playing over them. :Well, it got whatever distortion She'd put in to block their memories of talking to Her, and - I suspect other things but it'll take me a while to figure it out. It didn't get Nayoki's set-command on them not to run away, which is good, that could've been a mess:
:Goodness, that says such interesting things about how all of this might work. Anyway. I think I had better spend some time with them today and see if there's anything I can do to make this easier on them. I think they're a little overwhelmed by the number of people in here right now, so...could we maybe have fewer people? Van, I'll Mindspeak you right away if either of them wants you here, same to Savil:
"I wish the Star-Eyed had never agreed in the first place that Velgarth souls who died in Golarion could get our afterlives. If She'd just stabbed an ally in the back to use a superweapon for murder I think we'd be trying to negotiate appropriate concessions and assurances she won't do it again. But instead she has demonstrated that concessions and assurances are totally meaningless to her, so - where does that even leave us -"
Khemet gets an update from his diplomats and changes his plans for the day.
The Star-Eyed might get mad at them well before they fully tip their hand.
He sits down in his brand new demiplane and pulls out a diamond and focuses his mind on someone who has been dead for nearly two thousand years.
The last thing Urtho remembers clearly is - standing alone in his office surrounded by a mess of maps and plans and papers on every surface, the evacuation was complete - or as complete as it could be - and Ma'ar's army is nearly on top of him and he remembers hesitating until the very last second, he doesn't want to do this, he wants it to be ending any other way, but he's made his bed and now he has to lie in it and he's left himself with no choice -
- and he remembers calling down a Final Strike, setting off every safeguard in his Tower in a single blinding instant, it's terrifying and awful but it doesn't hurt - not physically, anyway, the anguish and regret is another story -
- he remembers dying -
- and now he's somewhere else.
It's a sparsely decorated room with windows against one wall, opening out to a forest. If you're paying close attention the lighting in the forest seems off; it isn't sunlight.
He's lying on a comfortable couch.
"Urtho," says the man who is sitting in a chair across from him. "You have been dead a very long time, but eventually a method of returning the dead to life was invented. Your magic doesn't work in this place because some people are dangerous, in the confusion of returning to life."
He knows he's dead. The rest - doesn't make any sense.
Urtho lies still for a moment; the strange voice is telling the truth, his magic doesn't work, not even mage-sight.
He sits up, slowly. Mostly he's very confused, he's not really parsing anything past the first few words. "Is this - is this what comes after death, then?"
" - this is going to be difficult," he says, quietly.
"Eventually people were able to reconstruct what they believe happened, though they may have gotten some things wrong. They believe that the shock of your Final Strike, and of the triggering of the safeguards on the tower, created magical instability. Then, one of your most powerful weapons was deployed against your Enemy - with an open Gate nearby. The shock propagated through the Gate network and was compounded by the existing instability, and the resulting cataclysm killed almost everyone everywhere. Magic didn't work properly for years, maybe decades. The land was ruined and made uninhabitable. It has been two thousand years and it is still twisted, in many places, by the magic. Almost all records were lost, and no civilization like Tantara has ever arisen on the face of Velgarth again."
Urtho's lips move silently for a while, his expression flickering through a dozen different shades of distress.
"Did any of my people survive," he asks finally, dully. "I - tried - to make sure they would be far away, safe... Did any of my gryphons...?"
"I was kind of confused by it too. They all think Ma'ar started the war, that's part of it, and then part of it might be the influence of the Star-Eyed goddess, who helped them retain the memory of her intervention after the Cataclysm and who really really hates Ma'ar, which may have influenced her framing."
"Oh." Urtho looks confused for a moment, and then shakes his head. "He did always care so deeply. He wanted so badly to fight the evils in the world - too badly, he was too willing to commit evil himself, to call it necessary..." Shudder. "Has he learned any wisdom, at least?"
"Did he really say that?" Urtho slowly brings a hand to his forehead. "He must have felt so betrayed, I did not dare give him any warning - and he still kept trying to parley until the end. I - should not have started a war I could not end. I was right, it seems, it was my greatest mistake..."
He starts weeping, quietly, and somehow with great dignity.
"...He loves me?" Urtho drags a hand down his face. "That does not make any sense. Has the meaning of that word changed so much in the– how do you speak my language, anyway?" Surely different languages are spoken after all this time. Or in other worlds. Urtho hasn't even begun to absorb that piece of the shock yet.
"- I made so many mistakes, with him, I - tried to teach him how to trust but I failed, I failed so badly..." At least the rest is available as a distraction. "You have translation magic? And the ability to restore the dead? Neither of those are even theoretically possible, that I am aware of!" For the first time, his eyes light up a little with curiosity. "Is your study of magic far more advanced than ours? Or is it entirely different in other worlds?"
"Some of both. Our world is older - current civilizations can trace their history back eight thousand years, and there was civilization before that too though we know less about it. And while some people in our world have the innate ability to use magic, very few have it as flexibly as your mage-gift. Instead we discovered a very slow and painstaking method of harnessing some magic without being Gifted. It can be used on Velgarth, too, but I don't think it was ever discovered there, partially because it takes a given person years of work to get anywhere at all and a society thousands of years of work before it stops being strictly inferior to having a mediocre mage-gift. We may have invented it only because our gods sometimes give us magic, and it's possible to see the magic they give us and have the idea of doing the same thing on your own without them, with ambient mage-energy for a source.
By now enough has been invented to make it comparably useful to a mage-Gift for those who dedicate themselves to it. One of the books here explains what magic is capable of in our world."
"Fascinating." Urtho is now eyeing the stack of books with obvious desire, almost greed. "I will certainly read them so that I can do my catching up."
He hesitates. "Is he - Ma'ar - is he...all right? He was so unhappy as a boy, and - I hurt him so badly - I cannot undo that harm, but it would ease my heart, if he has found even a little happiness."
"I can imagine." He gestures at the wall. "The mirror can be used to call for anything you need. Magic won't work for you here or outside; we can relocate you to somewhere where it does work, once you've had some time." He thinks Urtho is very unlikely to decide to assassinate Ma'ar again but he is disinclined to take any chances.
Starwind and Moondance do not, in fact, want to talk. They mostly hold each other in silence, occasionally sharing Mindspeech-y looks.
They do both sleep that night; Starwind's bed has been brought over but they both cram into one of the cots and don't let go of each other all night.
Melody comes back in the morning, kicks everyone out again, spends several hours with them, and then informs Vanyel, Savil, and Fazil that the two of them are probably ready for a conversation where they can try to explain where they're at right now. They're still very shaken and Moondance is emotionally fragile, so Melody is going to stay for it and wants them to be careful, but she recognizes that it's politically relevant how much they endorse or dis-endorse their actions under the Star-Eyed's control.
(Melody recognizes that this isn't really his role, and tells him so in private Mindspeech, but she thinks it's relevant that Starwind and Moondance know him at least a little, and actually it seems important right now that this feel more like an ordinary conversation with friends than an interrogation, if he feels like he's under trial Moondance is absolutely going to break down about it - he might anyway but this way seems a little less fraught.)
"I'm wondering how much of - how things actually played out - the Star-Eyed endorsed and intended, as opposed to them being things she couldn't see well enough to reconsider based on them? Like - presumably if She'd known Abadar chose Leareth that would have changed Her plans, since it meant She couldn't claim his soul when he died. "
"She–" Starwind, staring straight ahead, lifts both hands to cup his face. "She - said that it had to be done, at any cost, that - he was a scourge on the world... She spoke of what he had done but I did not remember it until - you cast the spell - only the certainty that She had given ample reason. He has, in fact, done very monstrous things in Velgarth."
"I - am not sure–" Moondance bites his lip, swallows, eventually switches to Mindspeech. :I am not sure he still needs redemption. After Cheliax... We have seen what he does, when given the resources to win without committing great evils. I - could not truly see it, until now...:
And he dissolves into tears again, scrunching himself up against Starwind.
Vanyel looks at the two of them, his eyes unyielding. "It hurt his feelings very badly. And - made it difficult for him, emotionally, to be open with people and trust them, because - he tried letting down his guard among allies, and just honestly doing his best to help, and then you took advantage of that to destroy his immortality method and let the Star-Eyed attempt to steal his soul." He pauses for a moment, letting that sink in.
"I think it did less damage than it could have," he says, finally, "because - all of us backed him. The pharaoh, and Aroden, and me. So I don't think it's going to result in him feeling like actually it's not safe to cooperate with anyone after all. But it could have."
"Ironically that would have been almost precisely Urtho's mistake. Taking an eager would-be ally and insisting he could not possibly be cooperated with until it became a self-fulfilling prophecy. I'm not actually sure that we've averted the worst of it. We can't cooperate with the Star-Eyed, now, and that's a very costly loss."
Vanyel hesitates for a second or two, and then goes to hug him.
"Starwind, I think that's an oversimplification of the situation. He would have taken it into account; Aroden does try to cultivate allies, he's - had more of a chance to have that be rewarded instead of punished. Which is exactly the chance we want to give Leareth, now. He's a very, hmm - he's very sane, he's going to respond to what works."
Vanyel is dangerously close to losing his temper. He forces himself to take a deep breath. "First off I don't even think that's true. He - made promises to me, about Valdemar, when we spoke in our dreams, and he kept them - he confirmed later under Truth Spell that he never lied to me. Secondly, I don't know, good for him? Hunger is bad and disease is bad and death is bad and as far as I can tell he IS just the only person in the entire history of Velgarth who's actually said that the status quo is unacceptable and needs to change! And all it ever earned him personally was the gods trying to murder him all the time, but he kept trying anyway!"
"Aroden was a lawful neutral god who managed to negotiate the noninterference of more than twenty other gods, some of them Evil and lots of them Good, for his planned manifestation on Golarion. He has a bunch of allies, he's compromised on a bunch of fronts for them. He'd want to know what the Star-Eyed was offering for it, but - gods, She'd have paid so much less than She's paid now."
"Starwind–" Savil grimaces, also apparently lost for words, and eventually just goes to sit next to him and put her arm around his shoulders. "I'm sorry. I - know it's hard that he's so upset and you're getting backwash from it, just - I think he needs to grieve?"
"You're not a monster," Vanyel says, finishing Starwind's sentence for him. He strokes Moondance's hair. "You were trying really hard to do the right thing, and you messed up, and it had a lot of consequences, but - that doesn't make you irredeemable, and it doesn't mean you don't deserve to exist and have good things..."
"It - it feels difficult to blame Her for wishing him dead, but - She did not have all the information. It is possible She - would have reassessed - if he swore never to return to Velgarth." His lips twist slightly. "He might have refused to swear that, since he wishes to fight all of the gods with whom he disagrees."
That seems like progress and this sucks so much. And it's going to be worse when Osirion and Aroden do what they're planning to do.
He has no idea what the takeaway here is except that he's wondering if he could get classes in the curriculum in Sothis on when you should disobey what you understand to be your god's will.
"I'm going to stay here if you two need to talk about anything today," Melody says quietly. "It makes a lot of sense to be hurting. And - that the two of you are coming from different places on this, because you're different people, and it makes sense for that to be hard too. But I'm here to help however I can."
Vanyel stays with Moondance most of the rest of that afternoon, until he asks to please be alone, at which point Vanyel can bring him to the other Work Room so he can get some space from Starwind, and leave Kilchas just outside the door to keep an eye on him.
He's so tired, in a way that has nothing to do with his perfectly adequate two hours of sleep, but - it could be worse.
Khemet Plane Shifts to the demiplane the next day; Urtho hadn't asked for anything all day, though a scry confirmed that he was mostly reading quietly and not attempting suicide in despair or anything.
(The demiplane is designed to make that difficult. The curtains are gauzy and rip at the slightest pressure, and the bedsheets are the exact opposite - nearly impossible to tear without a knife, which there isn't.)
"...Yes, I think I would like that." He's also scared, but - if this strange man who's raised him from the dead means him harm, it would be a lot easier to harm him here, where he can't access magic. And he really doesn't want to stay in this strange (incredibly) miniature world forever. "Go on."
"My world is not like yours in that there are places where people go when they die. They are sentenced to one based on how they lived their life. One of them, for people who did evil in life, is called Hell, and there the people are tormented into submission and enslaved to the will of the ruler of Hell, Asmodeus. A hundred years ago, Asmodeus took over a country in our world. The gods usually act less directly than that, but there was a sudden power vacuum. He made the country so - everyone in it counted as evil. They were routinely taught as children to do evil things, the coins they used were tied to evil causes...almost everyone from the country was sentenced to Hell when they died.
Ma'ar - learned of this. And his army was among the forces that fixed it. And now he governs there. I understand why you would have worries about this, but he is honored and trusted by the allies he aided in the defeat of Hell, and it is important that you not try to harm him whatever his past misdeeds."
Urtho is silent for a long time. He doesn't seem to know what to think.
"I...will not defy your world's leaders," he says finally. "It has been a very long time since he was the young man I knew, and - it does concern me, that he seeks power in your world also, but his allies know the man he is now better than I." He shakes his head. "I have learned my lesson - it is a mistake to address what frightens me by starting a war about it."
The land in the middle of the desert, because of course they do, and then Word of Recall takes them to a temple of Abadar in Sothis. He summons some people over to take Urtho to the quarters that have been arranged for him at the palace. There are magical researchers who'd be delighted to meet him.
Leareth's reply just thanks him for the update. He's too stunned to come up with anything else on the spot.
He gets through the rest of his current meeting with city administrators, and then cancels his afternoon plans and goes back to his rooms and curls up on the sofa. He has no idea what to say or how to feel or what to do about any of it.
If Vanyel were here, Leareth would consider talking to him, but Vanyel isn't here, he's in Haven with his Tayledras friends, who were apparently literally mind-controlled by their Goddess - on the one hand it's not that shocking that the pact is a magical construct which Break Enchantment can hit, Golarion Enchantments are so overpowered so Break Enchantment is too, but on the other hand... It feels like it means re-evaluating a lot of things and he's not sure what those things are yet, and either way he can't make room to think about it because his entire brain is suddenly full of emotions about Urtho.
He considers talking to Abadar but it's absolutely not worth the headache, and besides, this is probably the sort of human thing Abadar doesn't understand.
Instead, after some consideration, he prays to his now-much-clearer sense of Iomedae. I need advice. She doesn't have to answer if it's too frivolous a question, but it seems worth at least checking.
"I need advice on..." Leareth's chest feels tight, even though his body here is presumably a metaphor. "Khemet raised Urtho. He was - my teacher, my mentor - friend - my enemy... His death was my fault. He betrayed me - his weapon caused the Cataclysm - he did not mean to do any of it, and I - just..." He is absolutely going to cry, apparently, something about Iomedae makes that happen.
"He - tried to show me what Good was. And I do not think he ever succeeded. The thought I had. When we spoke. Is that you could have showed me in a way I understood..." Leareth doesn't know how to explain what he wants, what he desperately needs, any more clearly than that.
She nods. There's a pause. There's maybe very faintly, in the distance, only because he got a much stronger sense of it when he talked with Abadar, a sense of a god shuffling concepts...
"I am interested in ways in which the war between Good and Evil is asymmetric," she says. "Tools and tactics we possess which they do not, and vice versa. It is known to you, it bothers you, that there are tactics Good people will avoid, while Evil ones won't hesitate to stoop to them. This is an asymmetric advantage for Evil. Hell is full of slaves that made weapons for Cheliax; Heaven isn't. Asmodeus's country can announce that if you hide a traitor your family will be killed alongside you; my country cannot.
I think the correct concept of Good - the one that wins the war - is one which brings out strength in people that Evil cannot bring out in them, one that inspires transmission in a way that Asmodeus's ideology, despite a hundred years of tinkering, does not and so never really caught on anywhere He couldn't indoctrinate people with it from birth. And therefore Good must be - shaped for those aims. It must tell ordinary people that they possess the strength to do extraordinary things when their families, their countries, their futures are at stake. And it must be a target which, when they aim at it, will actually cause them to mostly do things that actually help or at least don't hurt. Because they are young, and foolish, and confused - you're confused, too, Leareth, and I am confused, what Good really is is an unimaginably hard question - and because they're in a world whose other actors are young and foolish and confused, and looking for cues they can evaluate quickly about who is a threat to them and how that threat is bounded.
If someone admired you, Leareth, and saw what you were trying to do, and set themselves to trying to do it too, but they were not quite as careful or quite as clever, what would happen?"
"...They would make mistakes. Misjudge the benefits of a path of action, or fail to see its true costs... I have made such mistakes before. It is not impossible I am still making them now. And - most people's decisions do not leave great marks on the world one way or another, but if someone is trying to shape themselves like me, they could - be very very large mistakes, with comparably vast consequences."
Leareth looks down, folds his arms around himself. "I know I am - not a very safe person, and what I have tried to do, how I have tried to be, is a dangerous path to follow. If I lost some small part of what I am and what I care about, if the pattern that is a Leareth were jumbled at all, many such small steps leave a monster. I know that."
"And you know also that it is very very hard for anyone to tell from the outside whether that is already true, that it requires an expenditure of their time and attention that very rarely are they going to be justified in paying. And so you cannot be followed, and should not be followed, and would not benefit from transmitting your worldview except under exceptionally unusual circumstances, and set bad precedents, and the resources of Good people and institutions are wasted on trying to stop you, and you risk losing the bits of yourself that make it even conceivably worth it.
Maybe you could have won, that way. Aroden nearly did. I would not in advance predict of anyone that they could endure like that, but the two of you could, and did. And the price is high the other way, too, but - different. Trying to be Good means going slowly, sometimes, when going quickly could save people who will be dead by the time your careful allies who do not understand the stakes decide to back you. It means that people die when they could have lived, not because you could not have saved them but because you would have had to cut off part of yourself to save them, and you decided to hold it instead, for yourself and for everyone who looks up to you and will try to do what you've done. Being someone it is possible to cooperate with the way it is possible to cooperate with Vanyel means, sometimes, seeing a way to solve your problems and not taking it, and not knowing if another way will come up.
But in my experience - there is Good in people, and they blossom when they see it in others, and there are more souls shaped-like-mine in armies that possess already souls-shaped-like-mine, in a way that's not true for Asmodeus, in a way that I don't think was even true for Aroden. Because they're doing something people want, they're doing something people can believe in, they're doing something people can reach with their own strength. And so the other paths open, from directions you didn't expect them, because a hundred people trying will open more doors than one person door-opening as ruthlessly as he possibly can. And maybe, in Velgarth, where all the gods stood determined to murder your allies, that wasn't true - but I would have moved to a region without any gods and set up weather magic and raised lots and lots and lots of orphans and hoped that I could build a little corner of the world where it was, before I gave up on it."
"...I understand that, I think. And - I do know what I was giving up. I did not understand it yet in Urtho's time, when he knew me, but later I did." Something hurts, obscurely, Leareth isn't sure what. "I tried - not exactly the orphans, but things such as that. Perhaps I was unlucky. Perhaps I - am just too much the shape I am, and cannot be like Vanyel. I think that most people cannot be like Vanyel."
He raises his eyes to hers. "Urtho tried to be Good. But - he thought that it meant setting bounds on one's duties. I would understand if that is, in fact, better for most people and will lead to saner choices. But it is not something that I can do, not without - destroying the entire kind of being that I am...and so I never knew how to speak of it with Urtho..."
(There's almost terror in the thought, fear not of dying, but of - losing that core part of him that says, over and over, never to give up never to stop trying never ever ever–)
"There are Good gods who are very old, much older than Aroden, old enough to remember the battles of the beginning of creation. They believe that the universe is, and always has been, and always will be, the site of a grand struggle between Good and Evil. And Good will do our part, though it may be futile, walk our destined path whether it leads to triumph or ruin or most likely neither.
That's stupid. We're not doing show swordfighting. We're here to win. I introduced myself, to you, as the goddess of defeating Evil; it's a different thing than the goddess of fighting Evil. Urtho does not trust himself to be Good, and to be fair when he tried it didn't work at all. He had no gods worth listening to; maybe he can do better now. But the thing he believed in was wrong for you, and you were right to see that. And the part of you that will fight until your dying breath for as many dying breaths as there are diamonds to raise you is Good. When you come to me you are not walking away from it."
"I know." He looks her in the eye. "That is what Aroden said. That you are trying to win. He loves you. And - you love him, no? And so I know we are on the same side." There are tears in his eyes again. His breath catches. "Maybe you can help me explain it to Urtho. Perhaps it should not matter so much to me, but - I want so badly, I have wanted for such a long time, just for him to see it, to understand, so that we need not be enemies, it was so stupid..."
"I think you have already helped; I know better what to say now, if he ever wishes to speak with me." He bows his head. "I know this is a rather unreasonable thing to ask of a god, but - could you hold me again, just for a little while? It - helps, when I feel lonely." Which keeps happening, it makes no sense, that he was never aware of feeling lonely until he had friends who would hug him but sometimes weren't there...
And once again with the in between steps sort of skipped he's in her arms. Abadar faintly radiates fondness, pride, satisfaction; Iomedae on the other hand radiates that she is intensely dissatisfied, all the time, though it's clearly not directed at him. Towards him there is the crisp conviction that he will do his best, and often it will be good enough, and someday they'll win.
She holds him for a long time, and this time when she leaves there's the faintest twinge of a headache.
Interesting. That's good to know.
Her dissatisfaction is kind of validating, honestly. It's how he feels about most things in the world.
He takes a few notes and then curls up in his bed, still vaguely wishing Khemet were there, but the ache of loneliness, which he's aware is mostly pointed at the immutable past and Urtho, has mostly subsided.
Enchanting weapons is considered a separate art form from enchanting rings, or amulets, or cloaks. They're taught separately in school, and each take the better part of a year to learn, so there's not a lot of reason to pick up both.
But why are they different at all?
Carissa contemplates a sword enchanted with Glibness. This took some doing because Glibness isn't a wizard spell but she hung out in the magic shop looking closely at the magic item of Glibness and she bought a potion of it and drank it and she bought a scroll of it and memorized it and eventually she could see how to get it done, and it was the trickiest enchantment she ever laid but she made a sword which can, once per day, give her Glibness.
The sword she is contemplating is very very small. About the size of a toothpick. It's not sharp, either. She didn't want to try both making a sword enchanted with a spell she couldn't cast and making a sword that wasn't a central case of a sword at the same time, so she'd tried toothpick swords first, last week, enchanted with cunning like normal, and then when that worked she tried Glibness on a full-sized dagger, and now she'd gotten Glibness on the toothpick dagger to work. If she was holding it, she could give herself Glibness once per day.
She starts melting down the full-sized dagger and the cunning toothpick for their material components (smaller ones are not appreciably cheaper, because you still need a metal that is capable of holding and replenishing the reserves for the spell and metal that is dense enough to do that for a small item is much more expensive per pound.)
She runs through her logic in her head again, even though she has done this so many times it has started to seem fake.
You are a servant of the Chelish goddess Iomedae, the Inheritor. She has told you that it is important you be aware of the activities of Aroden's heir, a powerful sorcerer from another world, and given no further instruction probably because so far you are taking actions in approximately the right direction. You have no idea if you're supposed to act alone or with others, and what sort of problem you're supposed to solve. It's possible that you are supposed to uncover wrongdoing by the heir, or assassinate him, or defend him from other attackers. It's possible that hundreds of people have been having these dreams and it's possible that you are entirely alone. What do you do?
She needs to get more information and she needs to do it without coming to his attention. She's been unable to find any others who know what she's talking about, though she's talked about it vaguely enough they probably thought she was a crazy person. Maybe they don't want to tell her because she seems inexperienced enough that she won't be an asset? But if so they could tell her to go home. She'd do that if told.
Maybe this is a rationalization but she's increasingly thinking it probably makes sense to try to get more information before she has made contact with others, if there are others, so that she cannot betray them if captured. But it would still be very bad if she immediately betrayed herself to Aroden's heir - his name is Leareth, but on the streets no one calls him that, they call him Aroden's heir, so she's been trying to avoid letting his name slip too much into her habitual mode of thought.
You need a lot of magic items to get near a powerful wizard without it coming to his attention that you are sent by Iomedae for unclear purposes. And she can't make wondrous items, only swords. But it seems the swords are allowed to be hat pins.
She needs Nondetection. She's not sure how you put that on a sword but she'll figure it out. She needs Enchantment Foil, the spell that lets you, when enchanted, maintain full freedom of action while sending magic feedback consistent with being enchanted successfully. If you make your will save. But she's a wizard with ten years of training and a cleric of the Inheritor, she's going to stand a chance. And then she'll be able to lie under a truth spell, if needed, or to move as one compulsioned while maintaining the freedom to act. She needs Magic Aura, to hide the other ones.
And she needs Undetectable Alignment. She'll need second-circle spells from Iomedae for that. Hopefully whether or not she gets promoted to second circle will be at least a little bit of information about whether she's on the right track here.
She has considered whether she should also have a hatpin that is a Slaying arrow (Humanoid) but concluded that was stupid. Firstly, she knows how Law works and knows that Aroden will have to have her put to death if she threatened his heir with a genuine weapon even if this was the best thing to do with the information available to her. Secondly and more importantly, she is having a hard time coming up with an idea of what information would actually drive her to that. It jumped into her head right away, probably because it's very dramatic and there is the thing where Iomedae apparently picked for this a person who makes enchanted weapons for a living. It seems unlikely that she was chosen for this mission for reasons that were actually entirely unrelated to the fact she knows how to make a hat pin that can kill even a reasonably powerful wizard.
But.
She doesn't actually know that much about Iomedae? Worship of her was not technically illegal but definitely the kind of thing that'd bring suspicion down on your whole family, before, and worshipping her more than Asmodeus was definitely illegal and also Carissa does not think of herself as an idealistic person in the kind of way where you defiantly worship Good gods and die for it. She thinks of herself as an idealistic person in the kind of way where you look at all of the plans you have that are not dumb, and figure out which one destroys your enemies. That's probably just, uh, not an idealistic person at all, but - the Inheritor did pick her.
And obviously Asmodeus was awful and Aroden is better and Iomedae is probably lovely, but they don't actually have the kind of relationship where Iomedae can tell her to assassinate people. And Iomedae didn't even tell her to assassinate him! She just sent visions that were, honestly, maximally vague, unless the bits about intimate conversation with an unfamiliar man were meant to convey that he's a spy for - somewhere where they wear seriously overwrought headgear, maybe the Kelesh Empire? It feels like a stretch.
Anyway it's not that there aren't things worth dying for. Even dying horribly, which is how she assumes you die if you stab Aroden's heir with a slaying hat pin and then do whatever's necessary for him to stay dead. She can readily enough imagine situations where she'd be seriously considering it. If she'd been asked to assassinate someone as part of Aroden's conquest of Cheliax, say. But it's hard to think what in a few weeks of investigation at the palace she'd discover that'd make it seem like the right way to go. And if Iomedae wants to offer clarification, if there's some reason talking to Aroden doesn't work...well, then, she'll get started on the pin then, it's not like it'll take her too long.
She spends a lot of her time trying to think of what else it could be. Maybe the man is just looking for a quality weapons enchanter. But she's pretty sure gods do not do prophetic vision personnel ads. Maybe he's in danger. ...which she is going to be able to protect him from how, she doesn't even have a slaying hat pin. Maybe he needs a virgin sacrifice for...no, Iomedae is a Good god, the Good gods don't lure their followers into being virgin sacrifices even though you'd think that objectively at least sometimes this advances the cause of Good, it being a big multiverse and all.
Her best guess is 'something I haven't thought of', which feels bizarre to have as your best guess, but better than best guesses that don't make any sense. She works on her hatpin of Enchantment Foil. She applies for a job doing laundry at the palace, using a cousin's test scores (much worse than hers; thus, laundry track, not weapon enchanter track). This is illegal, but she feels oddly secure that it won't hit her for law. She carefully considered whether this was important enough to justify eroding the precedent against resume falsification and in her mind Iomedae's steely yet reassuring voice said 'yes, it is'.
:It could be worse: He's telling himself that an awful lot, lately.
He talks to Savil. Confirms that it should be fine if he leaves; they have an interplanar version of the communication spell now, courtesy of Leareth, so she can contact him from her end even though Haven doesn't have a crystal ball to scry and Mindspeak through.
(Probably the next time he's back here, in some number of weeks, will be with Leareth to steal a Heartstone for Abadar. Terrifying thought.)
He packs up the few possessions he brought with him, and asks Fazil if he's headed back to Cheliax too.
Leareth seems really glad to have Vanyel back, and wants to talk through various Heartstone-related plans with him.
He and Aroden are also spending very long stretches of time working on Aroden's precautions for the Tower. It shouldn't actually be much of a problem, if the Star-Eyed is being prevented from interfering, but they obviously need to plan for the worst case where everything that can possibly go wrong does.
She has noticed this. She's pretty distracted too, planning social events, though she is going to schedule them all for after the planned assault on the Star-Eyed since otherwise Aroden and Leareth will both be totally unable to get anything out of them. She invites the pharaoh of Osirion, even though he rarely leaves the palace; he accepts.
She gives her husband shoulder rubs and - there's no point in telling herself it'll be better later, it never will, it's just the kind of person he is - tugs him away from his worries where she can.
They hire servants to replace all the servants who fled or picked the wrong side during the fighting. They have a zone of truth up for the interviews, just to be safe.
They're very careful about security. Not quite to the level where everyone with any knowledge of the plan is under a geas, Aroden thinks that level of paranoia is no longer justified when he's won the war in Cheliax and the Star-Eyed has no agents in Golarion, but they do all of their meetings in shielded rooms - both Mage's Sanctum and Velgarth shielding, they don't interfere with each other - and all their tests in shielded Work Rooms, and his notes are written in code.
He is very, very much looking forward to this being over.
She gets a laundry job. She has hatpins of Enchantment Foil and Glibness and Nondetection and Magic Aura has them all dulled to nothing and she casts Undetectable Alignment on herself in the mornings.
Aroden's heir is working on something top secret that takes almost all of his time but Aroden's working on it too so it's probably not what she's supposed to be here for. Unless Aroden's heir is subtly sabotaging the situation.
They do all their conversations in shielded work rooms. She can't smuggle a sword in there; they'd both be able to Detect Magic and see it. She can't get in herself; she bets that Aroden has See Invisibility, and she knows he has Detect Thoughts, she's seen it on him.
Wizards can have a familiar. She doesn't - always seemed like more of a vulnerability than an assistant - but they can.
Familiars are usually animals but they don't have to be.
She takes a cactus as a familiar. She names him Batty. She puts a little hatpin of Nondetection in with his other spines, just in case a familiar has any traits that Aroden would be able to notice at a glance. It won't stand up to more than a glance but who does more than glance at a cactus?
- no, actually, shouldn't count on that -
She cleans up the meeting room where they work, after they're done. She places some cactuses. Perfectly normal cactuses.
She waits a week, swaps one out for Batty.
Leareth joins Aroden for one of their checkins; they're not doing spell experimentation so they don't need a Work Room today, the standard meeting-room will do.
As usual he absently casts an extra privacy-barrier and then scans the room with all his Othersenses. "...Huh. I like the new cactus decor but they are perhaps not very hardy in this climate, one of them died already." It's not showing any of the faint aura of mage-energies that living plants usually do.
"I think they can die if you water them too much, perhaps the servants here do not know that since this area is not as dry a climate. I will leave a note." He gets up and scribbles out a polite note that the cactus is dead and they should look up how often cacti need watering and not do it too frequently.
"- I am going to be up for six hours tonight with a headache again, I needed to translate the rest of my stripped-down ritual to Abadar so that He can give us his version of it. Thankfully that is the last of it, though I will need to speak with Him again in a few days to obtain the specific instructions for Vanyel. We are going to be ready in plenty of time, though, I think finalizing Nefreti's divine spell will be the holdup here."
They bounce around on various topics for the next couple of hours, mostly some discussion of the Tower layout, from Vanyel's debrief with Leareth, and what traps the Star-Eyed might have the ability to spring on him without actually being able to get any people in there. (They're also assuming that possibly She could get someone in there, somehow, but they've discussed contingency plans for that in a lot of depth already.)
"...I confess, I do not know anything about succulents. Parmida would, she adores plants."
Aroden frowns, though. This is kind of a ridiculous level of paranoia even for him, but... "Maybe it is a fake cactus - I am not sure why it would be, but–"
He casts Dispel Magic directly on the cactus.
The cactus is not a Polymorphed person or anything. The cactus is not subject to any ongoing spells or effects.
The cactus remains a cactus.
The cactus is terrified, but the tiny sword which was not the effect target keeps doing its thing and the terror of the cactus is concealed unless anyone attempts a Divination on the cactus.
(Dispelling magic on the tiny sword would have more interesting effects.)
She avoids ever being where Leareth or Aroden can see her but makes a point of being the person to clear out the conference room.
She reads the note.
She barely, barely manages not to burst into tears or do anything else obviously revealing. If they killed Batty and left this note they are definitely watching for reactions. Though why even bother, they could've learned from Batty whose familiar he was -
- she should have felt him die, they have an empathetic link -
- also he's not, in fact, dead, he is right at this moment projecting that he's relieved and glad to see her -
- she scoops Batty into the trash bin she's carrying and cleans the conference room while her heart pounds too loudly to think. Is it a trick? Is it somehow not a trick? How would they have arrived at the conclusion that Batty is dead.
She stays for the rest of her shift. The likeliest thing is that they're trying to figure out who planted Batty.
Except that this still doesn't make sense. It wouldn't be hard. Why let her wander around, maybe get a message off...is it possible that Nondetection makes people look absent to Leareth's magic senses, somehow. And since it was a cactus he assumed it wasn't shielded, therefore, dead, therefore leave a note for the staff...
She prays for guidance and gets none.
The question is whether to try to retrieve Batty from the trash. It'll give her away, if they're watching.
She doesn't do it. She goes home and cries about how she nearly died, today, or else did die and doesn't know it yet. She plans Batty's retrieval.
She gets into work early the next morning and looks to make sure no one's around and stuffs Batty into her underpants and goes the whole day like that, healing herself periodically. It is not her most glorious act of service to the Inheritor but she isn't executed at all.
When she gets home that evening she asks Batty for a debrief. Batty heard a very confusing conversation about Abadar and the Heartstone and the Star-Eyed. She talks to him patiently all evening and apologizes and promises not to send him on spy missions again unless it's really important and takes notes by underlining words in her favorite dime novel.
She prays for guidance and gets none.
Fine.
The day before the expedition to Velgarth, Leareth plans an evening visit to the palace in Osirion. Officially so that he can update Khemet on their final plans; he also desperately wants some hugs before he has to go put himself within touching distance of a Heartstone. He is carefully not revealing it to anyone but Aroden and Parmida in private, but he's really, really scared.
He can do hugs. He can be more distracting than that, even, if it might help. And Abadar'll be trying to stop the Star-Eyed interfering; there's only so much he can do on her home turf but Leareth and Vanyel are both hard to kill, and she'll be distracted by the theft of her superweapons and Nefreti doing whatever Nefreti'll be doing.
Leareth appreciates the distraction, and the reassurances, and as usual there's quite a lot of evening before they have to sleep. It's a good thing that, after many centuries of practice, he's capable of sleeping fine even when he's very worried about some upcoming event.
In the morning he kisses Khemet goodbye and then requests a Teleport back to Cheliax so he won't be tired going into it. Nayoki and a few of his other mages still in Cheliax are going to do a concert interplanar Gate for him and Vanyel, and also to evacuate the important people still in Haven.
She considered going invisibly through the Gate to the other world but that would be stupid so she did not do it. It'd be a perfect task for a familiar, if she were the conventional kind of wizard who had a familiar who was a bird or something. As it is, she'll just try to get a good view of the other side so if she's ever powerful enough to Plane Shift and Teleport she has a destination in mind.
"–Goddamnit, I don't know. Didn't see him. I assume Delian would've got someone to go for him, but - I should go back and check. Watch Jisa, all right, don't let her out of your sight." Shavri shoves Jisa's hand into her father's grip. "Jisa, be safe, please - I'll be right back, I promise..."
She runs back through the Gate, against the tide of people.
"Not right now, pet, we need to stay here and figure out what's going on– Hmm?" One of the other Heralds is addressing him. "Sorry, say that again...? No, I don't know either, Van just showed up with a Gate. And Leareth and Aroden. I'm sure there's a sensible plan and we'll find out soon."
People keep flocking to him, apparently assuming he knows the answers to their questions, which he doesn't. He hangs onto his daughter's hand and does his best to offer reassurances.
Jisa is tearing her way through the crowd, which contains a number of local onlookers now as well as the Heralds. She's looking for wizards. You can tell that people are wizards because they're sort of brighter and glowy, Mama says it's their spells and Uncle Van can see all the magic folded up small, but to her Sight it just looks brighter than normal people. The person she passed who Mama said afterward was Aroden was so bright, but she didn't even have a chance to talk to him.
That lady is brighter than normal people. "Hey!" Jisa calls out to her. "Are you a wizard? Can you teach me how to be a wizard too?"
Since Jisa has no baseline for comparison, she is now eagerly looking forward to sharing her newly-gained secrets on how sex works, including the part where you have to think 'SEX' very loudly a lot.
She'll definitely be able to find the wizard laundry lady again, though, and maybe the lady can introduce her to a better wizard who will be more impressed with her after she knows the one spell. Jisa is very sure that she's clever enough. She can read books just as fast as Mama can now.
They're both so thoroughly shielded and if they die they can get resurrected back in Golarion and Vanyel is still completely and utterly terrified. Which is fine. He's used to doing complicated difficult magic while completely and utterly terrified and also way more tired than he is right now.
They reach the Palace building. The hallway.
They reach the Heartstone room, and Vanyel doesn't need to be in it he just needs the door open, and nothing is on fire or collapsing yet - Leareth reaches out to slip into rapport with Vanyel -
- and reaches for Abadar, reaches past the usual cleric interface, he's really badly hoping that his god is paying attention to him at this key moment.
- and then suddenly he isn't there anymore. He's somewhere else entirely.
Urtho's Tower is on the horizon, silhouetted against the sky, for one final moment before it goes in in a wall of blue-white fire–
...
Leareth makes a wrenching effort to - look around, orient, something, where is he, this doesn't make sense, is it a nightmare - he can't seem to wake up from it - he's supposed to be somewhere else -
Abadar is in a fight with the Star-Eyed not well represented even in metaphor. The Star-Eyed is very, very powerful, here; Abadar is far from home and has pulled all of his attention back. Some confused clerics somewhere aren't getting their spells. Iomedae and Asmodeus will have to handle her at the Tower but they'll be up for it, and are fully without-loopholes shaped to do it.
He explains, while they are trying to tear through Leareth's head together, that this is not because she had him assassinated but because there was an agreement about the disposition of souls and she broke it.
The voice comes from a very long way off. Leareth tries to answer it but he can't figure out how.
- a bridge collapses onto him and everything goes dark -
- he's on a ship and the ship is on fire -
...
Disoriented, dizzy, Leareth drags himself back to the stone hallway for a quarter of a second, tries to say something to Vanyel–
...
Something seems to shuffle, shifting, reality itself buckling and sliding beneath him.
- he's under attack, by what seems to be several entire armies, hundreds of mages, converging on him, and it's obviously futile, he's in pain, injured, maybe dying -
(But one final burst of fire could at least take out some of them.)
(Some other part of Leareth's mind is still quietly noting that the situation does not make very much sense and he's confused, or should be confused, if he could find the wherewithal for it, he's so tired and everything feels distant...)
Leareth wants cities, wants wealth, trade, wants Aktun, spent several days there in sheer delight Abadar felt every second of. Abadar knows who Leareth is.
The Star-Eyed is a god of trusting faithful communities, who rips them to bits for her own convenience. She's the god of a lie, and she's lying.
:Leareth, damn it: Leareth is on the floor and isn't responding to him, but he's somehow still in rapport, and still in contact with Abadar, so Vanyel just holds onto him and keeps his link to the Heartstone and desperately hopes Abadar is almost done and knows what he's doing.
Everything is dark and everything hurts and Leareth can't hold a train of thought for more than half a second, so he keeps trying over and over to remember where he is, stuck in an endless loop of confusion and fear.
- He feels something reaching for him, and he doesn't remember its name or any of its properties but it knows him and it holds onto him in the darkness.
- shining city, buildings hundreds of floors tall, trolleys moving through the sky -
He senses a direction he can move toward, as though swimming for the window of light just visible at the surface of a very very deep pool, straining ahead.
:...Abadar?:
What are we doing, where are we, why is everything wrong.
:Leareth, it's all right: It's absolutely not all right and that is a filthy lie. Vanyel kind of wants to yell at Abadar to DO SOMETHING, but he suspects Abadar is already doing as many things as He can.
Are they almost done yet. He really desperately hopes they're almost done.
:Oh:
He's not injured, or he doesn't think so, it's hard to tell because everything is vague and confused and also his head hurts so much. Thinking is mostly not working.
He lies there with his eyes closed and vaguely hopes that eventually he'll be somewhere else that is better than this.
Vanyel wakes up in near-darkness with a lot of uneven rocks digging into various parts of his body. He's - alive, there's that much. He definitely has at least one broken bone, but his shields, and both Leareth and Aroden's magic items on him, seem to have held it off enough that he wasn't just squashed like a bug.
...It must have been a close thing, because he remembers talking to the Shadow-Lover. Mostly trying to get answers about whether or not it had worked, and getting frustratingly cryptic ones.
:Leareth?:
Well, he can hear Leareth making sounds, so he's alive. They're distressed sounds, so probably Vanyel shouldn't Mindspeak him any more. He remembers that Leareth always has a headache after just talking to Abadar, let alone anchoring him for a complex magical ritual, and then there's whatever the other thing was.
He lies there for a while, gathering his strength. Digging them out seems so impossible right now.
He's still in contact with Leareth, thankfully. And can hear him whimpering in pain occasionally, so knows he's alive.
:All right: Easier said than done, though.
Eventually, Vanyel summons the wherewithal to fumble together a shaky unscaffolded Gate-threshold underneath them. It takes him a while.
- and they tumble to the ground just outside the Dome, along with quite a lot of crushed stone before the Gate snaps down.
Some of the wrongness, the sense that his brain is full of sticky spiderweb and things are in the wrong places, eases. Leareth can carve out a small corner in his head where thoughts are possible. It doesn’t help at all with the godheadache, or with the rest of his general confusion.
He tries to ask where he is but it comes out not very comprehensible.
“I was hoping you knew. We were in there and he just suddenly collapsed on the floor and went unresponsive, but he was still in rapport with me so I just - held onto him and kept trying to talk to him. And then I think we did it. Except the building collapsed on us at the end.”
Leareth drifts. Some of the unpleasant jumbled feeling gradually clears, and he's more able to string together any kind of coherent thought. Leareth still can't remember how he got here or much of anything before the Gate to Haven, but at least he can be pretty sure that he did Gate to Haven.
He keeps forgetting where he is and having to effortfully re-derive it by dragging through his memories of the last few minutes. It's awful.
It helps. Feeling so out of it is still awful, but it's easier to keep remembering that he's in the Dome, where it's relatively safe, and probably nothing else is going to happen until he's able to think and make plans again.
Leareth eventually fights his way through what feels like the very challenging and multi-step plan of reaching for Khemet's hand.
Parsing the words takes a lot of effort, but feeling Khemet's arms around him is a more direct indication of safety, and Leareth slowly relaxes. It still feels like there is a very long path in between having a thought and his mouth saying words, and the path is full of weird and confusing obstacles. Eventually Leareth thinks he's managed to say out loud that he's glad Khemet is there and can he please stay.
A while after that he falls asleep.
The Star-Eyed Goddess is very distracted. Gods have a lot of attention, but everything in Foresight is suddenly a wall of noise, and Her other limited sense-channels are chaotic as well, as the Tayledras and the Heartstones react to the sudden massive magical activity in the Pelagirs.
- a dozen Tayledras Adepts Gate from k'Sheyna Vale to where Nefreti is, and start flinging levinbolts and fire at her.
She turns into a dragon just as they arrive and continues what she's doing. Foresight works here for her, too, and makes dodging them easier; sometimes they hit her, to no obvious effect. She does not particularly bother shooting back at them. She does give herself telepathy and -
:I'm fixing the magic-scarring of these lands!: she says cheerfully. :I know it looks very odd right now but in a few hours there won't be any more magic-warped lands and they'll be safe for people to live in. You don't need to worry, nobody will be hurt.:
They seem confused by that. They stop attacking.
A few dozen more Gate in from a different Vale and fling their own round of attacks before the first set manages to say something to them.
There are a couple of Healing-Adepts, now intently focused on whatever magic Nefreti is doing, trying to figure out whether she's telling the truth.
She will fly lower, still as a dragon, so they can get a better view, and try to Mindspeak over an explanation. She tested it on some magic-scarred land in her own world. Divine magic can imitate the work that Healing-Adepts do, drawing off magical energy in the right sort of way. Doing it this fast takes a lot of power but her god likes it when she uses magic and will sometimes give her lots of it.
The Star-Eyed appears to her as a woman with Tayledras features, clad in black, her face unveiled. Only her eyes, like windows onto the night sky, are different.
She doesn't like the presence of a powerful magic user in Her territory and she wants them to discourage that, but - in fact it would be good if the land were cleansed, and so as long as that's all the strange visitor is doing and she's doing it from outside the Pelagirs anyway, She doesn't ask that the Adepts disrupt the spell itself.
:We're working on it!:
Asmodeus is vastly more powerful than her but can't work through Aroden at all; She could work through him fine but knows less than the Star-Eyed about which things might destabilize the weapons - though here She can see it, it's really nice, she forgot how much she missed that -
How inconvenient.
Aroden scans the area with Detect Magic and his other permanent senses. Interesting. Something is showing up as a barrier around the remains of the Tower, preventing him from Teleporting out, but it still seems ought to be possible to Teleport within the area - and the Star-Eyed can only maintain the barrier once, he thinks.
Aroden rolls his eyes slightly and Dimension Door's into one of the rooms and back out of it again seconds later, holding the fifth weapon. He drops it through into the vault.
Iomedae, if you can do something very shiny and distracting elsewhere, I think she cannot easily maintain the possession and then I can do something to move Karna elsewhere.
He's going to go through all his prepared Dimension Door spells and also all his Pearls of Power at this rate, which is irritating, but the sixth weapon is now in the vault.
"Karna," he says politely to the Scrollsworn, now on her knees and looking extremely confused. "Do you have any way to stop Her from doing that."
This time, instead of heading to the next room, he politely holds out a hand to Karna. "I promise I am not going to harm you. May I?" When she doesn't resist, he takes her arm, as though escorting a lady.
He leads her into the Vault while she's still too disoriented from the possession to resist.
As soon as this is over the vault will be very, very thoroughly blocked against all means of magical access including Teleports, but it isn't yet, since he had to Teleport in and out repeatedly with the weapons.
He Teleports her to Egorian. Drops her near the palace, barks instructions to the nearest guards that they have to find a Velgarth mage to watch her and have the Heralds make sure she cannot return to Velgarth, and then he's back in the Vault.
"My apologies," he says to Aspexia. "I will be quick from here on, I hope." He goes for the seventh room.
Dimension door, weapon, Dimension door, Gate, Pearl of Power to refill his spell slots...
Nothing else happens to interfere.
Aroden has the last of the weapons through Aspexia's Gate with twenty seconds to spare. He takes a breath. Smiles warmly at her. "Well. That is everything. I suppose I had better leave from here since otherwise I will be stuck there until Iomedae can take the barrier down. Thank you very much for your help."
The Heralds are semi-organized now and King Randale has gotten a quick briefing on the situation. He's still pretty upset about being unexpectedly yanked out of Haven without having received any explanation beforehand, but he kind of understands the reasoning there.
Aroden can sit down and explain a little more to Valdemar's King, since maintaining good terms with Valdemar is quite important, but halfway through he's interrupted by one of his staff with an update on what happened with Leareth and Vanyel.
"I am sorry but I need to go," he tells the King. "Where is Melody?"
"I - think so..." Melody doesn't sound as certain as would be reassuring. "His head is pretty messed up, I think he's going to be mostly out of it for a couple of days, but he should bounce back significantly by himself, with some rest. I don't think poking at his head more will help right now, but I can have a go at re-ordering this a bit tomorrow, if he's lucid enough to cooperate with it by then."
She turns. "Nayoki, you had a look too?"
The whole situation probably has diplomatic implications that as Abadar's aspect on Golarion he should manage but something tells him it's not the worst move from the appeasing-Aroden perspective to, instead, hang out right here snuggling Leareth.
"You're safe," he says softly when he wakes up. "You're back in the Dome."
Nefreti finishes her work and siphons away the mess of magical energy pooling where her spell has scrubbed it and then takes down Aroden's scaffolding with a wave of her hand. She didn't get it all; the scaffold wasn't perfectly placed to reach all of it and the future actually looks cleaner if there's a little bit left, so the Tayledras have one more year of work.
(It's so nice being able to see so clearly!)
"There you go," she says merrily to the watching Adepts. "This is a lovely planet. Maybe I will visit again."
"Well, if you are staying anyway then I suppose I ought return to Cheliax," Aroden says to Khemet. "I left very competent people in charge but the King of Valdemar does likely wish to have reassurances from me specifically. And his Mindhealer returned," glance at Melody, "assuming your plan is still to wait until tomorrow before treating him further." He doesn't like leaving Leareth, but his presence isn't adding much right now.
Melody thinks it's very reasonable to go back and apologize to the Heralds for being so suddenly pulled away. She agrees it was worth it, given Leareth's state. (Also she's furious with the Star-Eyed, but there isn't anywhere for that anger to go, given that they already took all of Her stuff.)
They're set up in a guest suite in Aroden's palace, since Leareth's mages think they ought to wait until tomorrow to check the status of Haven; one of Aroden's wizards did a scry and everything looks fine except the central wing of the Palace in Haven, which was completely evacuated, is collapsed in rubble.
"The Star-Eyed did something to his head, and Abadar tried to hold Her off and likely caused further damage. Your Mindhealer thinks he will recover." Pause. "We should retrieve Vanyel's Companion. He says that she is in Haven, since he needed to Gate out so urgently with Leareth and she was - fortunately - not in the building with him."
Each successive time he wakes up, Leareth is a little more able to think and orient, and thus more easily reassured. By the time the sun is up, he wakes up nearly lucid. He asks, groggily, how long it's been, and if they know what happened with Nefreti and with the Tower.
Leareth is able to eat with only a little bit of help, and asks some more fairly coherent questions about the rest of the operation, whether Aroden got all of the weapons and whether he also faced interference and whether the collaboration between Asmodeus and Iomedae plus Abadar went all right.
That's good. It sounds like basically everything was successful, and the biggest complication was whatever is wrong with Leareth himself.
"- I think She was trying to frighten me into calling a Final Strike," he admits. "I only remember fragments of it, but - it was a hallucination, I think, I was being attacked, it seemed hopeless, and then Abadar was trying to call out to me and tell me that She was lying..."
"That ability of yours is very powerful and I kind of wish none of you had it. It seems like a disadvantage as often as an advantage and it's so messy. When we have native Gifted people I might have a law they have to have a compulsion put in against using it - not that that would've inconvenienced a god -
- I'm mad at Abadar, though I don't know if that's reasonable, it was dangerous and not in a way he can easily fix..."
"It is less exploitable in Velgarth, I think, because it is actually very difficult to place an involuntary compulsion on a mage with training. Or anyone with Mind-Gifts trained to shield. And nearly impossible to do so without alerting them and causing them to put up a fight, so forcing someone to Final Strike is - it almost never happens. But - your mind-affecting magic is stronger, when the archdevil in Cheliax tried to take control me, I could not have held it off by my own will." Sigh. "And, of course, people can and do Final Strike willingly but for very stupid reasons. Our world might be better if no one could do it."
"Aroden mentioned he had an idea for it, he is very good at intuiting his way to inventing variants of spells because of the godmemories, but he is also constantly very busy. I may ask him to make it a higher priority, though; I would also like it very much if I could Mindspeak with you."
Leareth looks up at Khemet. "...Have you been repeatedly casting Delay Pain? I assume at some point I am going to have to be in pain, you cannot just keep putting it off forever."
Melody has to be Teleported back over from Cheliax, but she has official permission from the King this time, who seems inclined to be forgiving of Aroden's rudeness yesterday given what they know now about Leareth's injuries. She joins Nayoki, who stayed overnight in the Dome but is just waking up now, and they head in together.
Melody bites back a snicker. "Good. I'll let you finish eating and then we'll see if I can sort out the bits that got jumbled around in your head. It's looking like that would eventually sort out by itself, but Nayoki and I can help you feel like yourself faster, I think." Glance at Khemet. "He's still going to need a couple of days and he shouldn't exert himself too much, including by thinking. Which unfortunately seems hard to discourage him from doing."
"There's a discontinuity there and then it's all in fragments, isn't it? There, good, that helped me find the right place. I can sort of see what got shoved around here and I'll put it back - Nayoki, if you want to help with this bit here... Sorry, Leareth, this is going to feel really strange."
"And we're done," Melody says finally, releasing her Gift. "Leareth, how is that? You ought to feel mostly back to normal, though I expect you're going to be very fatigued the rest of today. Having Abadar get into a tug-of-war with the Star-Eyed in your brain used up a lot of kinds of resources, not just your magical reserves."
As long as he lies still with his eyes closed and doesn't think too hard, it's sort of tolerable. Every so often he manages to mumble that he's thirsty. He doesn't ask for food, eating sounds terrible right now.
The headache lasts longer than a standard talking-to-Abadar headache. Midway through the afternoon finds him crying just from sheer frustration of not being able to sleep, he's so goddamned tired.
They're still in the capital of the country her Uncle Van saved, they're not allowed to go home yet because it isn't safe.
Jisa escapes her governess by making up a story about there being a mess in the privy, and then darts off and extends her new Thoughtsensing to its full range, searching for the laundry wizard lady.
Oh no she really hopes the nice wizard lady isn't scared that Jisa will tell her parents about the sex and the King will get mad. She doesn't think Papa even would get mad about that, he would think it was funny. Mama would get mad, but it doesn't matter because Jisa isn't going to tell them.
She walks through the streets like she's definitely supposed to be there, and knocks on the wizard lady's door.
:Sure.:
It's a small cheap apartment with a bed and a hastily-cleared table. Under the table there's a filing cabinet that is magically locked. There's a bookshelf with four cheap historical romances and the two major Arodenite holy texts, which were being distributed for free at the temple of Iomedae one day she went looking for people with visions like hers.
She pulls out her laundry-wizard spellbook and tries to explain how to prepare a cantrip.
Jisa is so confused about the connection between other spells and SEX! Maybe the laundry wizard lady knows some sex spells that she doesn't think Jisa is old enough to know? Jisa doesn't ask her about it because grownups are weird about sex.
She focuses really had on what the lady thinks it feels like, and then tries to make it feel the same way in her own head. Her new senses, the one Melody says was Mindhealing after she used it on Mama by accident when they were having an argument, are really useful for it; she can see the garden that's the lady's mind, and she can try to make the garden in her own head do the same things.
...she has to try to call the energy back to her, see, once she's used the spell, or she won't be able to do it more than a couple of times. You do that like this. (It shouldn't be possible for Carissa to use cantrips if she's letting Jisa use her spellbook but Jisa doesn't know that and it's in fact impressive that the kid picked it up that fast and maybe she can learn some things from Jisa about Velgarth while she's here.)
Jisa also picks up how to call the energy back to her on the second go, which she can tell is impressive. She knows it's because she's very very clever, and beams about it.
Jisa plays with her new cantrip and is bouncing up and down with joy, and will eagerly tell the lady things about Velgarth. Whether or not she wants to hear them, actually, Jisa is bad at not talking.
Carissa will learn that Jisa is seven, and her mother is a Healer and very busy and important, so she has a governess called Beri who is sometimes mean, and she'll learn a lot of random servant gossip and where all the best places in the Palace are to play hide-and-seek (if one is the size of a seven-year-old). Jisa's uncle, who isn't her real uncle, is Herald-Mage Vanyel and he's very famous and has songs about him, Jisa can sing some of them (badly).
Also her papa is the King so he's very busy too. Except Jisa is a bastard because her papa had to marry the Queen of Karse so the war would go away, and Mama was sad about it.
Some things. Her Uncle Van's best friends who saved his life are Tayledras. They're in bad bad trouble now, they tried to murder Leareth who everyone used to think was evil but actually he helped Uncle Van win the war against Hell, so he's good even if he isn't Good-with-a-capital-G like they talk about here. Anyway Mama had to go to all sorts of meetings with Papa about it because they were trying to do a murder investigation and decide whether it was their fault or whether the Star-Eyed Goddess made them do it. Jisa isn't really supposed to know any of these things but she's very clever, see, so she finds them out anyway.
(She's also quite good at listening behind doors. And at reading thoughts, even some of the Heralds don't shield her out all the time. She doesn't say that though because it's naughty of her to do that and Mama would yell, and she doesn't want the nice wizard lady to yell at her or tell her mama.)
Jisa doesn't actually know that much because most people won't talk about it with her, but after the war more people knew about Leareth. She thinks maybe he was going to have a war with Valdemar? Except then he didn't, instead he took his army to Cheliax and helped Uncle Van.
She thinks he did other bad things because there've been a lot of Dark Meaningful Grownup Looks about it, but no one told her. (And they were all Heralds who had good shields so she couldn't read it either.)
It's so frustrating when people won't tell you things. With magic she could pretend to be a grownup and then people'd tell her more things, probably, but that's a hard spell, it'll take years of practicing.
Can Velgarth magic tell whether things are dead or alive? She saw some Velgarth mages notice once that a plant was dead even though it still looked all right on the outside and she didn't know how they did it.
Ooh, yes, if you have mage-sight like Uncle Van does then all living things glow a little bit with an aura of life-force. She asked him a lot of questions about it when he was teaching her how to shield her Empathy and Mindspeech, that was all the way back when she was six. Jisa is jealous that he's a mage and she isn't, he said she has it in potential but that it wouldn't awaken and that isn't FAIR.
Jisa can only see people's auras, and her Empathy picks up a little bit from animals but Animal Mindspeech is a different Gift and Jisa doesn't have it, which also isn't fair. Jisa can see Carissa's aura, though, and tell her that it's purple, and - oooooooh she has a cactus that has feelings!!! That's so cool!!! Where did she get it, are there cactus pet shops here, can Jisa get one too???
Only powerful wizards (sex!) can do that. Carissa would love to teach her more sometime but (Glibness is wearing off) she was going to get dinner with her cousin, maybe they can do this again sometime if Jisa did a good job of keeping this a secret so Carissa doesn't get in trouble.
All right! Jisa thanks her again, in her best Serious Grownup Voice, for the cantrip, and then thinks to asks her when her next day off is, and then hugs her around the middle again and skips off.
She does not, in fact, tell anyone about Carissa the laundry wizard. Keeping secrets is haaaaaard but she really really doesn't want her parents to stop her from going back and learning more magic.
Carissa the laundry wizard lies on her bed and has a panic attack for half an hour and then carefully writes down all the things she now knows about Leareth and about Velgarth magic.
Then she starts working on a design for a new amulet of nondetection that seems like it ought to give the impression that there are an appropriate and unremarkable amount of life energies.
Batty says that it doesn't want to be a spy again even if she pulls it off. Carissa agrees that being a spy seems terrible but it is their duty to Cheliax, right now, apparently, and worst case they'll go to Axis, Aroden had the people who died fighting against him in the war resurrected because he dislikes Hell so much. Batty points out that they don't strictly speaking know if plant familiars get an afterlife. Carissa...hadn't thought of that, and it's kind of too many things on the stack of things to think about, but she says she'll keep it in mind.
Urtho spends several days talking to magic researchers and asking questions about magic in the new world and reading books about magic and trying very hard not to think about the rest of the situation, because every time he tries he feels like he's floundering, in over his head, and has no idea what to do.
Eventually, though, he tells one of the pharaoh's researchers that he wants know more about what the broader geopolitical situation is, here, and what's going to be expected of him (or done to him regardless of his cooperation, but he doesn't say that.) And also he would ideally like some way to verify that what people are telling him is the truth, not because he thinks they'll lie to him, he means no offence, just, they have to understand it's a very weird implausible situation he's in right now.
'Wants' is also something of a lie, but he does feel that if he's trying to be responsible here, he should be asking about these things.
That's super reasonable! If he knows truth magic himself he's welcome to cast it on them, or they can try to walk him through the local spell well enough he can see what it does but that'll probably be difficult, even with how quickly he has picked things up.
Their understanding is that the pharaoh hopes he'll choose to settle in Osirion and do magic research here on useful ways to combine the magic of the two worlds and so on, but he'll certainly have no trouble finding a sponsor anywhere else in the world he wants to go. The geopolitical situation is that Aroden's army conquered Cheliax pretty recently and everyone's still reeling from that, and from interworld contact, but now that the Worldwound's closed and Cheliax is no longer in the hands of Hell there aren't any pressing disasters anywhere.
He does have truth magic and he wants to ask someone who knows the part about Ma'ar to tell him all of that under his truth spell, and then he might ask more about Osirion and about Cheliax. (Osirion doesn't look corrupt so far but he's aware he's only seen a tiny slice of it.)
The pharaoh's magical researchers were all present when Ma'ar showed up at the palace with a plan to help Aroden's (they didn't know it was Aroden at the time) conquest of Cheliax and they know a little bit about his relationship with Vanyel and Valdemar before that (he was planning to invade, but changed his mind), and they know he's spent much of the intervening two millenia on magical research because he shared a bunch of it with them.
They can also answer questions about Osirion and Cheliax! Osirion is ruled by the pharaoh; the pharaohs of Osirion have historically been either minor gods in their own rights or aspects of major gods, and the current dynasty of pharaohs are aspects of Abadar, god of cities and wealth and trade. Osirion is not one of the richest or most powerful countries in the Inner Sea - it was, thousands of years ago - but most people make Axis.
Cheliax was ruled by Hell after a horrible civil war when Aroden died (he got better), and almost all its people were damned. It's a big country, though, and very prosperous; the most powerful player in the region and arguably in the world.
This is mostly incredibly confusing! Urtho never had the best head for geography and his mind is reeling with all the unfamiliar country names, from two different worlds no less.
What's Aroden like - is he a good ruler? Also is there any sign Ma'ar is trying to overthrow him to take over Cheliax? That's what he was afraid Ma'ar would do in the first country where he ended up as advisor to a King.
Aroden's a very good ruler who has been relentlessly focused on trying to fix the institutional situation that got almost everyone damned and give them all the chance to atone and also keep the country as prosperous as it was when there were lots of slaves from Hell paying for it.
There are no signs of Ma'ar trying to overthrow him which would in any event be a ridiculously difficult thing to do because Aroden is, well, technically not a god anymore but he turned everyone in a hundred mile radius to stone at the start of the war, and closed the Worldwound, and transported thirty thousand Chelish soldiers to Nirvana, and at some point you're only technically not a god, you know?
Interesting. That...does sound like something Ma'ar would approve of. Something he and Ma'ar would have agreed on, even.
...Velgarth's loss of knowledge during the Cataclysm included the printing press? Urtho is genuinely kind of emotional about this. That's awful.
It sounded awful! And the gods didn't want to let a flourishing society like Tantara arise again because they were worried that was what had led to the Cataclysm. Abadar is of course also opposed to things that might lead to Cataclysms but He thinks it's possible to exercise more fine control than that.
That's so sad. He thinks Abadar must be right; there have to be better ways. Even if he can sort of understand the gods' fears about it, it sounds like it was very very bad.
Urtho thanks them for answering his questions, and says he needs some time alone to think.
He paces back and forth in his lovely, luxuriously appointed guest room, in the palace where he's been treated wonderfully by everyone. Which doesn't mean that much about the rest of the country, of course, he's no longer that naive, but - the researchers seem happy, and not like they need certain answers to appease their superiors, which he thinks is a good sign.
Eventually he calls a servant and says he would like to speak with the pharaoh, if that's possible, he understands if he's too busy.
Urtho nods, smiles. He swallows. "Anyway, I wished to speak to you because–" He bows his head. "Knowing what I do now of his actions here, I think that perhaps I misjudged Ma'ar even from the beginning, and - wronged him badly. I...knew it was a gamble, I feared I could not afford any other path, but...in the end it seems the world could not afford the path I did choose. And I am told you are close with him, now, and he is sworn to the service of your god, so - if I am to live and work here, I - should try to make that right by him, or else it will be very awkward."
"I think he cares just as much, and is not blind anymore to the consequences of his actions, and still - accepts them, more often than someone else might. I think in Velgarth he didn't consider himself to have much opportunity to choose Good tactics over Evil ones. It's been a change for him, being here, where the forces of Good are powerful allies. But I think - he always wanted to have Good allies. He is willing to compromise for it. He just has to believe that the course he's on will fix the world, or at least stands the best chance of the available courses. We have a Good god who sees the world that way, and I know he asks her for moral advice, sometimes."
"He is a cleric of Abadar, yes. Many people pray to several gods. Gods do not usually answer - it's not easy for them to make it safe for us to speak to them, and they have other things that demand their attention - but this situation is unusual, and Iomedae - the Good god I spoke of - is very invested in Cheliax's future. She is an ascended human, and was Chelish once herself."
"Interesting."
Urtho is quietly thoughtful, for almost a minute.
"I do wish to speak to him," he says finally. "It will weigh on my mind until I do. I had wanted to ask him some questions using my truth magic, but - if he is chosen by your god, surely that ought say enough about who he is."
It's now the second day after the fight for the Heartstone. Leareth's headache lasted all of the day before and finally, sometime in the middle of the night, eased enough for him to sleep. At which point he promptly slept six hours straight, which is completely ridiculous for someone with a Ring of Sustenance but apparently he needed it.
His head feels a lot clearer and he made it out of bed to eat breakfast but, as promised by Melody, he's still pretty exhausted and not feeling up for any complicated work. He's back in bed, reading.
He smiles tiredly at the pharaoh. Doesn't get out of bed to prostrate himself on the floor because one, that seems ridiculous, and two, the floor is all the way over there.
"It seems important to him, not only to me. I - am absolutely going to cry or something if I do it now, my emotions are being very odd, Nayoki thought it was a normal aftereffect and will go away. That may not be a good first impression, but - if you think it would do him good to speak with me sooner, I feel able to do it as long as you are there."
"I think you are the one who has been - waiting two thousand years, in a sense - and if you'd like to give it another week I can explain the reason and he won't take it too badly. I do think he's going to want to do this before he figures out his next goals. I can stay, if you'd like, though isn't your world fanatically opposed to men sleeping together for stupid reasons?"
Urtho seems unsure what to say, so he just nods, and sits down across from Leareth. "I hope you are feeling better today? And - I came to say, that I... That knowing what I do now about your actions recently, I think that it is likely I misjudged your intentions back then as well, and - betrayed you, and caused so much harm in my mistakes."
"You are a good person, Urtho. You were doing your best to figure out the right thing to do, and - it was complicated - and we managed to steer our way to disaster, but it was not all on you. What you did was very understandable, even predictable, though I lacked the experience to see it."
"The consequences do not care. And - I do, try my best, to consider that - I think it is essential, to - live the life I have chosen to live..." He blinks back tears; he wants to at least finish what he has to say before he bursts into tears and confuses Urtho utterly. "I am thankful for your words now. It means a great deal. I do not wish us to be enemies - I never did, I only wanted you to understand what I was trying to build. Can - can we try that, again, now...?"
When he can't hold the tears back any longer, Leareth tries to at least cry with some dignity.
Leareth moves the conversation to lighter topics, asking Urtho what he's discussing with the researchers and what he thinks about the intervening millennia of Velgarth history. They talk for a few more minutes until Leareth says, courteously, that he's tired and can they speak again later.
"Of course." Urtho rises, pauses awkwardly, then rests his hand on Leareth's shoulder for a moment. "I was proud of you - it feels like so recently to me, even though I suppose it was millennia ago for you, but - even when you frightened me, even when I wished you would have chosen different accomplishments with your talent, I was very proud."
"I would very much like that. Honestly I would like it if we already had it for the party, there are going to be so many people and - I do not have very much practice with charming people at that kind of event. You are far better at it. Aroden usually has telepathy with Parmida and she prompts him."
"I am almost ready to head back, I think, so when I do I will ask Aroden to spend some time researching it." A slight smile. "He ought to have much more free time now that we have finished the retaliation against the Star-Eyed."
Leareth heads back the next day, but in the interim, he can still squeeze in a bit of time with Khemet, which he's less incredibly exhausted and out of it for.
Carissa spends a while working on modifying her artifact. It's hard, with a blind target. How do you make sure you're - not blocking, blocking is easy, but allowing through just the right amount of - lifeforce, when you can't see it?
If you spend a while working on something you should also spend at least a little while working out whether you should keep working on it. Is being a spy in the palace still the best way to accomplish her goals?
- well, just fucking asking Iomedae hasn't worked -
- it's hard to reconcile this being important - and this has to be important, presumably? She wouldn't expect Iomedae to send her on a mission like this unless it was really important, she'll feel - betrayed, if it's about some tax fraud or something - no, she can't reason from that -
- there are no stories about Iomedae concerning herself with trivial things. Maybe there wouldn't be, but - for some of the other gods there are.
Does she know the dreams are from Iomedae at all. She got two more cleric levels afer she embarked on this, and within the dreams there's the total certainty that they are, that her goddess is present with her, recognizable from the feeling of getting cleric spells, asking her to pay attention to this - but maybe that could be feigned.
Towards what end? It's not like she would send a written report, if the dreams asked her to. She's not actually totally sure she'll tell Iomedae if asked. Certainly she'll want a lot of answers first. ...probably Iomedae can read it out of her mind, trivially, but -
There is some reason to think that there's something going on here with genuinely high stakes. There's a war between Abadar - Leareth's god - and the Star-Eyed goddess in Velgarth. Aroden's siding with Leareth in that, obviously - no, not obviously, why does Aroden trust Leareth so much? So much that everyone assumes he's his son - Gifts are inherited, she got that out of Jisa -
It doesn't fit together and it does look high-stakes, high-stakes enough that she can believe Iomedae wanted her here, maybe even that Iomedae thought only she could do this. But she'll have to take more risks. If she can't get a cactus past the man she can't learn enough to bring it to Aroden or to Iomedae.
She tinkers with her artifact. She gets to the point where she thinks it should make a person look like they have a normal amount of life energy. She can't see it but it affects how large a gem is needed for Soul Bind and she's seen that enchantment and can infer, backwards, what it must be tracking.
She makes up her mind to walk past him in the hallway, once. If he does a double take, she can flee. It'll just look like suspiciously good shields, if it looks wrong. She has Dimension Door. She has a scroll of Teleport. She can be out of the country in ten seconds. And if he doesn't notice anything...
...then she can get a cactus past him.
She talks Batty around by promising to resurrect it if anything happens (that doesn't kill her too). Batty is growing some flowers so it won't look like the same cactus as last time.
Leareth is in the hallway, walking from a meeting about city administration to a Work Room; he's in a Mindspeech conversation with Nayoki and occasionally fielding other queries. His Othersenses are passively open, as usual, alert for any unexpected magic or loud and worrying surface thoughts, but he's not feeling that paranoid right now.
She activates her sword of Glibness, convinces a coworker to come with her, and walks down the hallway gossiping with her about the dinner arrangements. They step respectfully out of Leareth's way.
She watches him. That's not weird; the other girl is also watching him. There is a general consensus that he's hot; it is the first thing she learned fishing for gossip among the staff.
His eyes play over her, but mostly the way someone's eyes would move over everything in their surroundings, if they had fought on battlefields and survived a dozen other kinds of harrowing situations. He maybe pauses on her a fraction of a second longer than her colleague, but not enough to be very notable, and then he's past them.
Damn it she wishes she knew if that fraction of a second meant anything but -
Well, she doesn't have to run the experiment once and go straight to the cactus. She still has Glibness on; she can talk herself into a role serving food at the dinner party, if she wants, instead of running things around behind the scenes like she'd arranged previously.
(You would think that'd be a person it'd be easier to get a cactus past, since she knows it's not detectable by Golarion magic unless you think to cast a divination on it, and rumor has it Leareth's sleeping with him, but when she brings fresh sheets for his guest suite his guards Detect Magic on them at the door, and that itself she can get past but it's indicative of more paranoia, so she does not try.)
"I don't know. I - didn't expect a downside risk of you being brain damaged in some way we couldn't heal and I'm not happy about it but I don't think He expected it either and - it made sense for Him to want to make a play for that resource, even a risky play. And it's going to save us both a lot of headaches in the future."
"I think it was a reasonable gamble to make, yes, given the upside. And - if it is anyone's fault it is mine, for misjudging the likely outcomes, the gods have never used that particular style of attack on me but I was not entirely unaware it was possible, and - I had never put myself so conveniently close to a god's centre of power before. And, yes, it means we can much more fully trust Valdemar's government now, and Abadar actively has a hold there." Shiver. "I was very scared, though."
Aroden explains the spell he's redesigned. He can easily do one that is basically exactly like Mind Blank except that it doesn't block projective Mindspeech, but that only gives Khemet the receptive end, since he doesn't himself have a projective form of telepathy. They can do that part separately for him though. Aroden could also do a more complicated version that would only allow Mindspeech with Leareth, but he doesn't have that yet, and either way random Thoughtsensers won't be able to read his mind, just talk to him.
Then they can go with the simpler version of the spell!
Aroden has it prepared and can just cast it for now and then he and Leareth can test that it works, Aroden also prepared Telepathy for Khemet to see if that gives him the projective side. Though for Companions and such he can just reply out loud, so if he's looking to get it permanent, given the range difference it probably makes more sense to get permanent Telepathic Bond specifically with Leareth.
:I could shout very very loudly and it would be distracting? I actually think that the way Aroden did the spell, there is not enough 'surface area' where I can get through that I could harm you even if I wanted to. I am not really a strong enough Mindspeaker for it anyway. Vanyel can kill people by hitting them hard enough with Mindspeech, but he is Vanyel:
Leareth is smiling broadly. He's very pleased about this.
He is very impressed with Aroden.
They head out of the Work Room to eat lunch somewhere more comfortable. There are people around, so they talk about things that aren't that important - immigration, the health of Khemet's children, Abadar being able to pick more clerics in Velgarth now. But if they wanted to discuss something sensitive they could just do it over Mindspeech.
:Something felt off. I wouldn't bet money on it being - well, I'd bet money on it being something but it could easily be a death in the family this morning or an uncanny resemblance to an ex, I wouldn't bet on it being important. - it wasn't that I was rude to her, I was rude after I noticed because I was trying to get more of a read...:
Leareth tries to read her again, not particularly expecting it to work. He does focus on her face enough that he expects he'll remember it and be able to ask Aroden about her vetting; he trusts Khemet's judgement a lot, even if Khemet is right that it's probably something boring.
She is going to never go near the pharaoh of Osirion again. Probably he didn't notice anything and is just from a country where women aren't people but - her gut says it was more than that and her gut is probably getting hypersensitive these days but it's a good enough reason to stay away.
She already talked her way into serving food but she can make sure she's at the opposite end of the room.
And she's not going to try the cactus for a week at least, just in case Leareth looking at her was him noticing something off about her stupid fucking life force which if she messed up the artifact probably looks like that of a fourth-circle caster and not that of a woman who could barely master Prestidigitation.
Leareth keeps a normal expression on his face, nods and smiles slightly in response to the words someone is saying to him which he's barely hearing at all, and Mindspeaks Khemet. :I think what you picked up from that servant was not nothing. She is blocking Aroden's Detect Thoughts:
As a spell Aroden's Detect Thoughts works. She's thinking that the pharaoh of Osirion is part of the whole puzzle, presumably, he's also a cleric of Abadar - supposedly more than that but he really doesn't look like more than that - so it's a damned shame she can't get near him -
:One moment. If anything happens I will shield you, but - she is a spy and I wish to question her. I would prefer she not have any warning:
He says something to the person they're talking to, and then in a single fluid motion he reaches for his Bag of Holding and draws out his metamagic rod of Reach Spell, and without warning Plane Shifts the servant to his magic-blocked demiplane.
- she tries to throw it off and almost - but he's absurdly powerful and the spell is absurdly powerful and now she's -
- somewhere else.
Magic doesn't work.
Well, shit.
She collapses to her knees. I know that up to this point you have had zero guidance about anything but I could really use some right now.
It feels almost like there's a distant presence assuring her it will be fine but that's bullshit and she doesn't buy it.
:Aroden read her thoughts on the second attempt and determined she was a spy. I did not wait for him to say more. I assume he Teleported her out to his demiplane and will proceed there to question her. I left anyway since she might not have been the only person involved:
Carissa kneels on the floor in the room with no magic and tries to stop having a panic attack. Hallucinatory Iomedae reassuring her that everything will be fine is not helping, go away hallucinatory Iomedae.
What's going to happen. Face it, it's always more terrifying when you haven't spelled it out in your thoughts. She's going to die. Fine. Aroden doesn't get along with Asmodeus, doesn't want his people in Hell. Even the ones who fought against him. So she'll die, and she'll make Axis, and maybe Batty will eventually die of thirst on her bookshelf - no, they'll search her house - maybe Batty will get an afterlife too or maybe he'll turn back into a normal cactus or maybe he'll just stop existing, there's nothing at all she can do about that right now. She doesn't have enough of a grip on Aroden's personality to guess whether pleading for mercy for her cactus would entertain or anger him.
Dying will probably hurt. That's - whatever. She wouldn't be having a panic attack if the thing that was going to happen was a drawn out and protracted Plane Shift to Axis. So she shouldn't be having one now.
Magic won't work, anymore, when she's dead - there's different magic and she'll be able to learn it, she's a quick study, honestly it'll be less frustrating retraining after a decade spent on wizardry than it would be after eight decades spent on wizardry. (Her emotions don't buy this. They wanted those eight decades. But, well, we can't always get what we want, can we. A year ago she thought she would get only those eight decades, if she was careful, and then Hell. There's nothing to grieve, here, even if it feels like there is.)
They'll talk to her family, maybe. They'll be terrified, and then once they figure out there won't be retribution for them (will there be? for the cousin who sent her test scores, maybe...) - once that's all played out they'll be angry, embarrassed, disappointed, confused - she wasn't reckless -
- he won't let Asmodeus have her but there are other ways to make sure she doesn't get Axis, doesn't get any afterlife at all, and that'd be a reasonable and strategic sort of thing to do, just so your stewardship of a nice divine realm doesn't give people incentive to betray you -
This isn't helping her calm down, which isn't fair, this is supposed to help you calm down. Maybe it only works if you're panicking about something stupid and if you're panicking about your imminent execution then more detail doesn't help.
You live in the world you live in. She's going to die; right now, she can have a clear head or not have a clear head, and it seems better to have a clear head, except she's terrified - what is she terrified of -
- oh -
- she is terrified that there might be something she could say to Aroden so she doesn't die. And that's terrifying because that means it's not over, gods this is awful but at least when the spell caught her and she failed to fight it she thought it was over, and she doesn't have her hat pin of glibness or her god's guidance or anything at all, she just has to figure this out herself and the fact it might be possible to succeed makes it so, so much worse that she's almost definitely going to fail...
Calm down. Maybe that's what hallucinatory Iomedae meant, if she was not a hallucination, which she probably was. That there was still a way forward, that she needed to believe it was possible for things to be okay in order for her to see the route forward. Iomedae was a paladin. Paladins cannot be afraid. She'd think it a myth but she did a tour at the Worldwound, enchanting arms and armor, and she saw them, and it's real. Iomedae would not be afraid. Iomedae - can only give good advice if Carissa's not afraid, maybe, can only understand what routes forward Iomedae would take...
...she has no idea if that's true but it's less confusing than her goddess having given her this quest and then let her fail at it with no warning.
Does she already know enough to convince Aroden of whatever he needs to be convinced of? But she barely knows anything...
When he teleports in she flinches and looks up at him and then back at the ground. "Your majesty," she says very quietly.
He still has Detect Thoughts and he can sense some of - her decision to stay calm, to keep trying something, and she's very, very panicked right now, with him showing up in front of her, but she's trying something...
"What is your name?" he asks first. Gently. It's not helpful for his purposes for her to be even more frightened.
"I got visions from my - I thought they were from Iomedae but I don't know that for sure. They felt like getting spells, though, and while they were happening I'd feel sure in a dream-logic sort of way. They were of a person I didn't recognize. I did some research. It was Leareth. - and sometimes the pharaoh of Osirion. I tried to find other clerics of Iomedae to ask if they'd gotten them too but I was being vague on purpose and they might not have told me even if they had. I figured there had to be something I was supposed to do. Applied to work at the palace. I got second-circle spells from Her when I did so I figured I'd picked right. - I didn't mean it to be treason," what a stupid thing to say, it doesn't matter at all, "I figured that if I found out something important and Cheliax was in danger or something I'd tell you."
Deep breath. This is the worst part but it'll be worse if she's trying to hide any of it -
"Learned about Abadar's war with the Velgarth god the Star-Eyed. Learned you also knew of it so I figured it wasn't the thing I was here to find out about though it might have been related to it, if there was - I wasn't sure if it was some danger to him or some danger he posed to Cheliax - there were some Tayledras assassins sent to try to kill him and it caused a lot of problems but they were sent to try to kill him before I even got my first vision so it can't have been the thing I was supposed to prevent. You trust him - couldn't figure out why, I don't actually think he's your son even though that's what most people were assuming - I was working on an artifact that made me show up not-suspicious to mage-sight, it was harder than looking normal to our magic since I have our magic, I thought I'd gotten it down this week but - obviously I was wrong about that - and then I figured it'd be safe to be in the same room as him or to - leave my familiar in conference rooms again -" lots of internal screaming about that because it's the most definitely a capital crime of everything but - "and then I'd find out more. Thought the pharaoh might be important."
The thing Aroden is thinking is that he wants to go yell at Iomedae right now, but the yelling can wait, it's hardly going to help this poor girl calm down, and he keeps all hint of irritation from his face. Instead, to her surprise, he smiles.
"Is your familiar by any chance a cactus?"
Flinch. Nod. "Made it a little custom - sword, I don't actually do amulets, I just do swords, but they can be tiny swords, hat pins and toothpicks, it was one of the spines - to conceal it - but I didn't know about mage sight so it was too shielded, it looked dead to him."
"I remember that! How impressive. Both of us failed to be paranoid enough, it seems. Leareth asked me if it seemed odd, he thought it looked fine on the outside - neither of us is enough an expert in cacti, it seems, I should have asked my wife to come look."
Aroden takes a step back, gestures to some armchairs over to one side of the library. "Please, make yourself comfortable. I will just be one moment."
He prepares a Sending to Leareth. "Sent by Iomedae, not obviously a threat, you should come, where are you."
And a separate Sending to the pharaoh. "No threat to you or Leareth, Iomedae up to mischief, Leareth busy next few hours, you are invited if you wish."
Leareth Gates back to the side room behind the party, calls out to Khemet in Mindspeech, brings him over to his shielded hideout.
"Did I get around to mentioning," he says, looking like he can't decide whether to laugh or scowl, "that I asked Iomedae for advice on finding a wife?"
Aroden isn't there yet, because after Plane Shifting back to his hallway demiplane (now relocated to Egorian along with all his other setup), he pauses in his office.
Parmida was entertaining some other guests during the drama, but they have Charm Person active because they always do at events.
Parmida, dear, I have a very frightened cleric of Iomedae in my demiplane, who was given mysterious visions of Leareth and gathered she was supposed to spy on him. She thinks I am going to have her executed. Would you mind accompanying us there to talk to her? Neither of us is very good at not being intimidating and the poor dear is so terrified of me.
Have a very delicate conversation where we try to find out whether, as I suspect is true, Iomedae in fact sent her as Leareth's prospective wife. In which case Iomedae will be hearing a piece of my mind rather soon, but I will first need to...inform the poor girl of this... It sounds terribly awkward.
I'm impressed, Aroden said, and something inside Carissa's heart swelled with hope for a second before she realized that she was an idiot.
She took a class on interrogation at university. Decided it wasn't the career path for her, whatever, that's the end of it. But they'd said, in that class, that that was a tactic that worked shockingly well. I'm not upset, I'm impressed with you! What a clever criminal you are! Most people would never have thought of that - say, tell me, how did you pull it off...
It'd seemed implausible to her at the time, that anyone would be dumb enough to believe an interrogator saying that. The book had said that establishing rapport is surprisingly easy, because people who've been engaged in illegal worship or defiance or whatever have been keeping their secrets for a long time, are often desperate to have someone to talk to - and they're scared, casting around for any kind of story in which they were clever rather than stupid -
- it's astonishing how well it works even knowing that she could have read the line out of her textbook, she wants to believe it, she can feel the warm embrace of the world where Aroden is impressed with her and sees her not as a common criminal but as a clever person worth preserving.
She's not an idiot.
Aroden is not impressed with her.
She sits in her chair and waits for him to return.
When Aroden returns he does so with three other people in tow. Leareth, the pharaoh of Osirion, and his wife.
"Well, we should all sit down," he says, his voice still warm. He bustles around for a moment moving chairs, pulling one out for his wife. "I will get us all some tea and biscuits, they should be in here somewhere..."
They are, in a cupboard. A minute later all of the new arrivals are sitting down in a little circle of chairs around the nice coffee table in Aroden's private library, which is also his magic-free demiplane.
Leareth looks briefly dissatisfied (it's about the lack of magic, he still hates this), but folds that away quickly enough. He's giving Carissa an intent, piercing look.
He sits next to the pharaoh. They're holding hands. Leareth figures there is no point whatsoever in hiding that, in front of the person who may or may not end up being his future wife.
Whatever the success condition for her talk with Aroden was, and she's not totally sure that there ever was one, it was probably not 'Aroden immediately tells Leareth everything and now Leareth and the pharaoh are here'.
She takes some tea. She kind of wishes he'd just get to the torture but this is a stupid wish that speaks poorly of her, probably.
Leareth glances over at Khemet, smiling slightly, then returns his eyes to the woman. Whose name he realizes he doesn’t even know. He feels - awkward, nervous even? He has no idea what to say, and can’t even ask Khemet because his Mindspeech doesn’t work here - actually, wait, no, Telepathic Bond is Aroden's spell so that should still work and so should Khemet's mind-block.
"Corentyn." Being shy is just going to make them angry. "I learned weapons enchanting. I made magic swords and armor for our soldiers. I spent a couple of years up at the Worldwound to learn from - the forces from other countries, and lots of high level adventurers would show up there with interesting stuff...I was back in Corentyn when the war started or I guess I would've been turned into a statue." She doesn't look at Aroden. "I got an Atonement when they were offering it. A week after that Iomedae picked me. I was reading lawful neutral before that, not Good. I didn't tell anyone because," shrug. "Didn't know that much about her. I was going to try to research it. The visions started two weeks later."
"Fourth now. I got fourth when I started working on -" Telling the story in an outrageously disorganized way is also going to make them dislike her. "I got the visions. I told his majesty that I thought they were from Her but I wasn't sure. In the visions it felt obvious they were from Her and very important, in a dream logic sort of way. And there was the same sort of feeling of something else being there as when I get my spells.
They were of - Leareth, and occasionally also the pharaoh, though it took some research to figure that out. Walking around, doing magic, talking with people. I wasn't sure what I was supposed to do. I tried tracking down other people Iomedae'd called, but I only found a few and they acted like they had no idea what I was talking about though admittedly I was very vague. I wouldn't have told me, if someone was asking questions as vague as I was. I figured I should try to figure it out. I sold all my possessions and moved to Egorian and applied for a job at the palace usingmycousinstestscores - she didn't know what I wanted them for, I'm mostly pretty trustworthy, I don't think it was her fault -"
:...I am finding her shockingly attractive!: Probably has more to do with the brilliant spying than her face, though her face and her expressions, carefully-controlled and mostly not revealing the terror she must be feeling, are also startlingly appealing. :Also I am rather angry with Iomadae. I assumed she would ask if the woman in question even wanted to marry me - it would be so awful if she felt forced into it and I am not even sure how to bring it up in a way that is not - more pressure on her...:
"I'm not sure I was sure enough it was Her. She gave me second-level spells, when I applied to work at the palace, so I figured I was doing what I was supposed to be doing, but She didn't give any more detail. I kept asking. I figured if I wasn't getting any feedback that meant I was doing everything right but maybe that was a dumb thing to assume.
I didn't have time to retrain into wondrous items so I started working on really small weapons. There's - they're in my hair right now if you'd like me to get them out and show you, they don't have any magic right now..."
" - I thought about how I'd - if I needed to - but it seemed pretty unlikely, if I knew something I could tell you, it'd have to be if it turned out he was mind-controlling you or something...I wasn't planning anything, I didn't know what was going on yet. I didn't make any weapons - well, I didn't make any weapons that were meant to be used as weapons. I figured I was - taking options away from you, if I did that, you couldn't spare me even if you wanted to - I didn't think about the thing where the hat pins are all weapons by definition or I wouldn't be able to enchant them in the first place. You really couldn't use them to hurt anyone...I guess you could try to stab them in the eye."
She looks like this raises about as many questions as it answers.
"...oh. Okay. You know it crossed my mind that maybe Cheliax just needed a weapons enchanter but I figured, uh, you could run a job ad. In the newspaper." - okay if no one gets angry with her about that then maybe they're actually not angry with her.
"Carissa, I am going to Plane Shift all of us elsewhere, and we can sit down and explain a little more thoroughly. I am very sorry this happened to you, although I am almost certain Iomedae will refuse to apologize for it even if I shout at Her."
He stands up, holds out his hand to Parmida and to Khemet, who's next to him.
They Plane Shift out and land in Aroden's hallway, where everyone else's magic works again.
"Carissa," he says to her, "you are, at this point, welcome to Teleport yourself out of the country if you have decided you are done with all of this and all of us. However, I would like to finish our conversation, if you do not mind humouring us and our strange lives."
"I was gonna go to Vigil. If I got discovered and had time to run. Figured probably someone there could figure out what in the world I was supposed to be doing. Uh, I like Cheliax, I don't want to leave, but I'm still pretty unclear on what criminal penalties I am facing here, and which things I know I am allowed to know and what's going to be done about the other ones."
"We will need to discuss and figure out what to do, there, though honestly none of what you found out is especially sensitive anymore. Abadar solidly won his bout with the Star-Eyed, and all of the Heralds now know about this. Out of curiosity, did you end up speaking with them at all?"
Meanwhile he's leading them out of the hallway-demiplane and past his private office to a nice conference room. He sits.
She sits. "I spoke to the King's seven year old daughter. I needed an explanation of how mage-sight worked and what Leareth had been up to in his original world and who the Star-Eyed was and she was harassing me anyway so it seemed like the best place to get it. I didn't talk to any of the heralds, I wanted to figure out what my artifact was failing to cover first - though it would have been a good idea to test it on them first instead of on Leareth first -"
:She is so impressive! - If not for my suspicion about Iomedae's motives I do not think I would be - thinking of her in that way - but I would most certainly want to recruit her for something. I hope to persuade her to stay even if she does not wish to marry me. But... I think she is someone I could come to love. Maybe:
"But don't you understand - if you're not going to show up for my feelings because there are more important things to do, then that's fine, I can work with that, gods don't show up for most peoples' feelings - but if you show up for my feelings if I'm scared and sad enough then - then the rest of the time it's not because there's more to do elsewhere it's because I'm not scared and sad enough - I can't work with that!"
She shakes her head and smiles at her very slightly. "I am not here for you, Carissa. You do not need me. These foolish men do. They are worried that they sought my help and - not only did they not get what they'd imagined, they got something from which they don't know how to reach what they imagined -"
"I am sorry! I - well, it was a rather effective - screening process, for that, but - I did not intend the part where we frightened you so badly." Leareth, who very rarely feels guilty about anything, feels slightly guilty about this.
"Obviously you are under no obligation to marry me just because Iomedae sent you here. - Though you would be quite good at it and - I do find you impressive and likeable..." He's not making this any better is he.
"You would have done a lot of research about me and him and eventually decided you trusted me that it was the right thing to do and then tried it and eventually with a lot of work you would have earned from him a quarter of the respect that you deserve, and believed yourself deserving of about a tenth of it, and it would have gone all right.
I think. We don't have Foresight anymore."
"You snuck a cactus familiar past us and learned secrets that we only spoke of in shielded rooms with both of us using our magical senses on all of our surroundings. I am not sure if you realize how few people can say that. You did very well and I feel rather stupid, now - which, to be clear, causes me to like you more rather than less. You would have done even better with twenty more years of actual training at being a spy, of course, but - you were so clever and paranoid and..."
Possibly this is just going to put her off, he isn't sure anymore, he would be flattered if someone complimented his paranoia but he's not sure how people who aren't him or Aroden would feel about that.
"Little one, I'm not a genie you are trying to get a Wish out of, I'm not going to leave anything out that you'd want to know. He has a long and complicated history and he is as worthy of you as anyone can be, and you'll be safer with him than anywhere else, and it will be good for the world, and maybe for the whole universe."
Leareth reaches under the conference table to squeeze Khemet's hand. :I am sorry this is so awkward:
He looks at Iomedae. "And - while I somewhat regret causing Carissa so much stress, she does not deserve that, I - suppose you did fulfill my request as specified, and - I owe you some thanks for that."
And to Carissa: "I think you have more than proven yourself to me, at this point, and it is on me to prove my own character to you. I am not sure of how best to do that, but will listen to any idea you have. And, of course, you ought take as much time as you wish. If you want to go away and potentially come back at a later point once you have had time to think, that is fine; if you would like to work in a more important position than laundry wizard, I would be delighted."
"I'm kind of curious what the not-from-a-seven-year-old account of what happened in Velgarth is but - doesn't have to be now.
Maybe want to go to Vigil. And to the Worldwound. I, uh, have a character reference for you from Iomedae so I just need one for Her. - also I don't know what your expectations are but I'm not even distantly nobility and I've dated before but not seriously and one would be debating definitions of virginity and I'm not any good at foreign languages and if I hate being pregnant I'll only do it twice."
"...Noted. Thank you for explaining. None of those seem like issues to me at all."
He is weirdly delighted about Carissa wanting to seek out a character reference on Iomedae, a Lawful Good god, it's so - careful, wanting to have calibrated trust in the agents around her, he appreciates it and he appreciates her and aaaaaaah how is he supposed to think about the fact that a god thinks she would make a good wife for him.
"Honestly I think that your cleric covered most of it. And I suspect Leareth has learned his lesson about making less than fully specified requests of you, which is that you will fulfill them beautifully and also - not in the way he necessarily expected. If Carissa," he glances over at her, eyebrows slightly raised, "is satisfied that you have been chided enough, I think I am done."
"If I had needed you to overthrow the government of Cheliax I would've helped, little one. You successfully demonstrated some holes in Palace security which I am sure they'll now patch and you learned some magic and you proved some things.
- it doesn't feel like winning because almost all the work is still ahead, and looks different than you expected. But that's how winning almost always works."
"Well," Aroden says cheerfully. "Is there anything else we should cover while we are here? Leareth and I will need to discuss security improvements against laundry wizards with cactus familiars and enchanted sword hatpins. If you slipped anything else past us that has not yet come up, I would also appreciate knowing."
"They truth spelled me during the interview and were responsible and didn't tell me when it went up so it'd be hard to fake it working and stuff but I had Enchantment Foil. I could've had it up even without the hatpins though then it would've showed up if someone detected magic on me. Uh, it was pretty easy to talk people around about schedules so I could get into places I wanted to be, you could make that more rule-bound though people will probably find it annoying. I -" and she blushes - "mostly didn't have any good plans for if the cactus familiar didn't work."
"I think I have it. I was testing it with the party. I thought if I looked really well-shielded to you that'd be suspicious but maybe not suspicious enough to blow the whole thing all by itself - I had a story about a family heirloom ready if anyone asked - and if I looked perfectly normal to you then I probably had it right and could put Batty back looking like it had a normal amount of life energy. It was growing some flowers so it wouldn't look like the same cactus you noticed was dead last time."
"I asked Abadar first but He seemed rather helpless about the question; he has never been human and so I do not think he understands human concepts of marriageability very well. Also, I - like Iomedae, I go to her for advice sometimes, and..." it feels odd, there's something here but he's still trying to dig it out of his brain and shape it into words, "and - given my background, and how it is different from the current conditions, I - think I would benefit from interacting more with Good."
"I am almost certain that you are closer to it than I am. I still read as Lawful Evil when I arrived in this world, you know, it was the war with Cheliax that brought me to neutral." Is that going to scare her away? Well, it's not a fact he can hide about himself forever, so probably better she know from the start and avoid either of them getting up false hopes.
Shrug. "I do think you might be misestimating - where peoples' expectations are? I kept trying to adjust for things not being like before and - still being surprised - I knew Aroden was trying to make sure Asmodeus couldn't have anyone but I still figured he would probably torture me to death because it - keeps the incentives straight, right. You probably want to do even more of it if you're sending people to Axis afterwards."
"Thank you for pointing that out," Leareth says, seriously. "It is very valuable to know."
It's also one of the sorts of things Parmida thought a Chelish wife might be able to help him with, knowing what people's expectations are when they wouldn't necessarily tell him or Aroden even if asked. He doesn't say that, though, in case it's pressuring her.
"It is a somewhat odd story, and may be difficult to believe. Early in his time in this world, Leareth met Nefreti Clepati, a powerful cleric of Nethys, and she made some cryptic remarks. Which, combined with my history, he pieced together and realized that - we are in some important sense the same person, the same pattern and story told across different worlds. I was skeptical at first when he proposed this to me, but we are so alike, it did not take long before I believed it. And so, I trust him because I trust myself."
It's not mysterious! ...I should load you up with magic items for sensing other peoples' intent, see if that gets you there - anyway she's attracted to you and she is tempted by the prospect of being Queen of Cheliax and she is in general - trying to find her balance about being around gods, rather than trying to have it happen less, she's not going to decide to walk away from that.
"That comparison seems a little unfair since I did not start until I was twenty-eight! ...Well, technically I was zero years old, depending whether you count. Does have me wondering if it would be possible to resurrect the poor farmer I, well, displaced, though I suppose he has likely been in Axis for a long time and may not wish to be hauled back."
Aroden feels a little less regret about it this time, because the man was so likely to have died anyway in the ensuing famines, and if not he would have ended up under Asmodeus and gone to Hell, but...still.
King Randale is back in Valdemar, now that the capital is being rebuilt, and he wonders if Aroden or Leareth would be interested in a formal state visit at some point? He sends a polite letter of invitation.
Also he wants to at least exchange correspondence with the pharaoh of Osirion on what to do about Starwind and Moondance, now that one, their Goddess has substantially less power, and two, they no longer seem to be under Her pact, though the other Tayledras still are for at least a little longer. He's not sure if the pharaoh would be willing to come to Velgarth, but Abadar apparently has a lot of power in Haven now, so he's invited if he wants to come?
That makes sense! He knows how the church organizes itself with respect to the state in Qadira and elsewhere in the Kelesh Empire and in Katapesh and Taldor and Andoran and Cheliax and maybe some of those arrangements will be inspiring to Valdemar. Importantly, in none of those places does the church answer to Osirion; in general the church intervenes in conflict on the side of the defender if at all, which means there are rarely split loyalties. In most countries the King wants oaths of loyalty from the leadership of the church, and this is an entirely reasonable ask; conveniently a cleric who broke it would probably lose their cleric powers immediately. If it makes sense to structure oversight of the church in a collegium sort of setup, or to have one that would also encompass other churches that grant divine magic if any of them show up, he could brainstorm ideas there.
Valdemar's ideals about freedom of religion are admirable but probably they don't actually want Asmodeus allowed to set up shop here? Osirion bans proselytizing for, though not worship of, chaotic or evil gods. Many countries in Golarion just outright ban being a cleric of an evil god.
It sounds like there are a lot of factors and they can discuss it most easily when they all meet in person. Randi will suggest a date for the day trip part, and then Leareth can potentially stay longer; helpfully, he's also a cleric of Abadar so can maybe assist with setting up whatever they decide on there.
Leareth has been sort of avoiding talking to Abadar ever since the fight with the Star-Eyed, but that's mostly for silly reasons at this point; he even knows he can do it without getting a headache, thanks to his help giving Abadar a better interface.
So the day before their visit, he waits until evening when he's caught up on all his commitments, and then stretches out on his bed and prays.
:Better, now. Almost completely back to normal. It was - bad, for days: Leareth takes a slow deep breath. He doesn't actually want to criticize Abadar or demand an apology, he thinks Abadar acted reasonably, just... :I was very, very scared, that - I would never have my mind fully back:
:I know. I did not predict that particular avenue of harm.: Pause. :Most of the time if the overall benefits of something exceed the costs by enough it is worthwhile to do it and then compensate those who incurred the costs with some fraction of the benefits. I did not anticipate the degree to which we were risking a cost that could not easily be compensated in that fashion. If I had, I think I would still have thought this ought to be done, but I would have discussed it with you.:
:I understand: It's such a very Abadar answer. :I - think we are lucky, and it could have gone worse and left more permanent damage. I do not like being all right only by luck, and in future I hope that I - that we - will be able to anticipate such risks rather than be surprised by them:
:That makes sense. It must help, having more presence in Velgarth: Pause. :It was suggested that I stay in Haven for a time, since it is safer for me now that you and the Valdemaran god who is not unfriendly to me are those with influence, and that I help set up Your church there:
:I think that would be beneficial to the church in Valdemar.: A fond feeling. :They are very new and lack a lot of context that even a new church in Golarion would have.
If you wanted to, having incurred the costs of an action that overall benefitted me enormously, redeem some of those benefits, that would be reasonable.:
There's something Leareth still wants to convey and he isn't sure how to put it into words. :I still only remember fragments of what happened, but - I think it was only survivable because I trusted you. I remember - you calling to me, and I did not know what was happening or where I was but I still pulled toward rather than away, and - so I am very glad you are shaped a way I can trust:
And eventually he lets go of the Mindspeech link.
The next morning, he's happy to Gate over to Osirion and give Khemet a lift if this is easier for him than his other magical transport. (It's very low-opportunity-cost for Leareth nowadays, given his cleric spells for reversing magical fatigue, it mainly just means a bit more weather-magic for his other mages to do.)
Abadar is hoping he'll be able to improve relations with Velgarth's gods now that He has more of a footprint here and can be legible to them in important ways. The stupid wasteful fight with the Star-Eyed, for example, would've been avoided if She'd seen what would happen if She started it, and hopefully from now on things like that won't happen.
He asked Abadar, incidentally, when He expects to have Valdemaran clerics with Restoration so that Randi doesn't have to source that offplanet, which must be at least moderately inconvenient; Abadar thought it might be a couple of years just because the concept of clerics is so new and if you overwhelm them with power then you're more likely to get mistakes in using it, but it's on His radar. In the meantime of course Osirion is delighted to provide it as often as needed.
It's not too bad, especially since Shavri thinks he can space them at longer intervals if he gets Lesser Restoration more often in between, but Randi very much appreciates that Abadar is tracking this concern.
He understands that usually churches in Golarion provide various sorts of infrastructure? Probably this should be integrated somehow with the Heraldic and Healers' Collegia but he's not sure exactly how it makes sense to divide up responsibilities, and it might end up looking different from countries in Golarion since Valdemar has a different set of native Gifts and existing institutions.
In Osirion the church of Abadar does criminal justice but its main advantage there is truth magic, which Valdemar already has; probably it makes sense here to just arrange for the existing criminal justice system to be able to request truth spells from clerics when they're short on nearby Heralds. The thing the church of Abadar does everywhere is banking and insurance, it usually outcompetes other banking institutions due to ease of coordinating access to one's accounts from around the world and due to being able to effectively avoid fraud and theft.
Insurance is so amazing! A lot of what makes it hard for farmers to invest in their future is that there's not much reward to having an unusually good year and there are devastating penalties for a bad year so it's not worth doing anything that is likely to make things a lot better but stands some chance of making them worse. If people have insurance against starving in a bad year and savings accounts to reap returns from good years then they start investing in things that enhance their labor productivity! Also the prices that come out once insurance auditors have been at their work for a while are information about which investments are worthwhile. Osirion is working on a national life insurance program where if you pay in every year you'll be raised from the dead if you ever die, and Valdemar is poorer and has fewer clerics and probably can't make that work yet but - maybe in twenty or thirty years. In the meantime they could probably have what Osirion had before diamonds got much cheaper, which is insurance that pays out a pension to your widow and children if you die, which makes a big difference all by itself.
They haven't proposed anything. Moondance in particular really doesn't seem to want to go back to k'Treva.
Savil can give an update on the current situation. Starwind and Moondance are still in Haven, being supervised all the time albeit no longer in a Work Room, still under a Mindhealing block against Gating out or using magic to harm people. They are still very withdrawn and moody but seem a little better now than before. No one has any idea what to do with them in the longer term.
In Osirion - well, honestly in Osirion they'd be dead but if they had attempted murder under less charged circumstances they'd be sentenced to a monastery where they could do good for society and redeem themselves. This is more important when there are afterlives to worry about, though.
That seems - better than a lot of alternatives, really? It also seems relevant to her that in a very real sense they were forced to do this. Moondance in particular is really traumatized about it; Starwind seems to feel more mixed, and she suspects he would have followed his Goddess' orders even without the mind-control part. Still, she can vaguely imagine that Moondance might be more okay, someday, if he could go do some good for society for a decade or something.
"They have an eleven-year-old son back in the Vale. I am not sure he has any idea what happened to them. He knew they were going to fight in a war - probably everyone in k'Treva thinks they died there, unless the Star-Eyed informed them otherwise. I - don't know - it feels unfair to him to never find out, but he might be even more upset about the truth."
They'll go, it seems better than here, and they'll agree to compulsions against using their Gifts offensively or Gating back to Velgarth, but they do want to be allowed to leave, on foot if necessary, if they hate it there for some reason. Also Gates are a particularly useful kind of magic so it seems like it would be valuable if they were allowed to do it within Golarion.
Urtho spends a while mostly just puttering around in the pharaoh's palace, talking to magic researchers and reading books and trying to study how their arcane wizardry and their divine magic are different from the mage-work he's familiar with.
Eventually he speaks a bit of the local language and feels less like everything in his head is about to fall out and slither to the floor.
He asks someone where the best library in town is.
When he steps in the doors, something happens.
It's like - being suddenly surrounded by something that understands him perfectly and thinks that he is really really cool, and wants to show him something he absolutely dizzyingly cannot understand but might be able to catch the edges of, if he doesn't drown in it first.
He can do it again! He can also do another one which makes things brightly-lit, and a more complicated one that turns the water into alcohol (though he can't recapture that one to try again) and an exquisitely complicated one whose effects are unclear but from what he remembers of the vision might do translation.
Amazing! Urtho tries all the ones he can recapture several times. He recognizes some of the spells from having talked to the clerics among Khemet's researchers, but it still fills him with awe that he can just make water, out of nowhere, magic shouldn't be able to do that.
Eventually his head is spinning a bit. He takes a break and then goes inside the temple again to actually look for the library.
Carissa takes a month. She spends the first two weeks of it making and selling some magic items so she can afford Teleports for the second half of it. She could've asked for the money, probably, but she doesn't want to be indebted to them. And making magic items is good for her. Meditative. Lets her think.
Leareth seems - decent. Iomedae claims he is, and she's Lawful Good and probably not a liar though Carissa's going to look into it. He was very invested in - reassuring her that he thought highly of her - that she could decline this - He looked so hopeful, it'd been endearing. ...he thought she was hot when she was a servant and didn't hit on her, which suggests that his bar for that will at least be reasonably high? He is very invested in dating the pharaoh of Osirion, but -
- well, you can have a faithful man or a man who is going to be King.
She doesn't want to be jealous. If she's going to be jealous then they're going to have a relationship that is about the relationship itself, not about other things. She's been there, done that, hated it. She thinks about it until she thinks she won't be jealous. Will just see - him, being the person he is, and be fine with that, and other people can say what they'd like. Iomedae picked her for him from all the women in Cheliax. It's very romantic. Even if he also wants a lot of other things, and - wanting a lot of things and arranging to get them all is also the kind of personality trait that put him there in the first place.
She doesn't want there to be a lot of confusion about the succession but this feels like a reasonable ask she can make without it looming over everything.
What else is there.
She's not scared of him anymore. Maybe the first time they have a fight she'll be scared. She doesn't think so. She did fine in Cheliax, and these people have - softer edges than Cheliax did. They're dangerous - it'd be stupid to forget that they're dangerous - but - it takes her a while to put a finger on what exactly she believes about them. They're not cruel. They will hurt you to get what they want, but not otherwise, and not if there's another way. Iomedae said that she'd be safe .
Iomedae said a lot of things. She spends the second two weeks in Vigil, the capital of Lastwall, the paladin-order country which holds the line against a north full of myriad horrors. She enchants some weapons while she's there, as a gift. Asks people about Iomedae.
Goes to the Worldwound to witness the ongoing depretrification and rehabilitation efforts. Walks among the statues. Thinks 'this could be me' and 'and I'd still be all right, eventually'.
She comes back and requests an audience with Leareth.
Leareth doesn't see her immediately but he makes time for it within a few hours. He's waiting for her in another of the nice, absurdly well-shielded conference rooms. His expression is level, but - he's happy to see her, happy that she decided to come back, that much shows in his eyes.
"Carissa. Welcome."
"That seems like the next thing that would be on a list of sensible things to do? And I guess I have the advantage there, I was spying on you and so had more sense of how to get along with you than you'd have of me. I think - all of the things I have hesitations about are like 'what if you go through interests in people quite quickly' or 'what if you're from one of those countries that insists on murdering your wife rather than divorcing her if she can't bear you children', and therefore not likely to go away if we get dinner, though I have been mostly assuming Iomedae's recommendation covers them."
"...To clarify, I was immortal and I expect to not have any difficulty re-establishing it, given this world's magic combined with my own, but - my previous method was destroyed by the Star-Eyed Goddess. Which is in some sense good because it was - rather horrible. If you are also interested in immortality then I think we could figure that out together."
"I understand."
The next bit is even harder to say. "Related to my - age - I am, well, not like most people. I will - probably not be the way you expect men to be. Also, I–" he's not quite embarrassed about this, that isn't really an emotion in his repertoire, but it's close, "I - had not had a romantic relationship with anyone in at least a thousand years, before Khemet who is himself - an unusual person. For a long time it had not seemed worth risking even to have close friends. So - I apologize if I am to start with not very good at being a husband. I think I can learn it in time."
“Trying to fight the gods. I spent the eight hundred or so years before that trying to - fix everything - but the gods of Velgarth were adamantly against change.” Slight sigh. “I was going to create my own god. But becoming a god did not work out for Aroden, in the end, so it was time to reconsider anyway.”
"...This might take a while."
He can tell her a little about Predain as it was when he was a child, which he remembers only vaguely, with its sky-high infant mortality and extremely dubious rule of law - and Tantara, where he studied as a young man, far from perfect but better off in many ways. (He does not, for now, mention Urtho, though he will have to, that part of his history is in the present now.)
And then about the awful century after the Mage Wars, when magic itself was unreliable and the logistics of every civilization in the world relying on it had mostly collapsed. And then the long, long centuries after that, when the world had pieced itself together again but as dozens of frequently-warring kingdoms whose citizens lived mostly as subsistence farmers, and he tried over and over to improve crop yields and invent labour-saving and transport magic and build education systems and legal systems and banking and all the other subcomponents of civilization that would let people coordinate peacefully and - build better things for themselves. It seemed like all people really needed was that foundation to build upon, but it never worked, even when it should have, and eventually it seemed obvious that the relentless unlucky coincidences were the gods' work.
(He has a little more sympathy for them now, he tells her, Abadar confirmed that among other things They wanted to avoid a repeat of the Cataclysm, but didn't understand its causes well enough to block it any more precisely.)
"You world has different problems," Leareth says quietly. "I am going to have to learn different solutions. Trusting others and working with them still does not come naturally, my world shaped me to be very paranoid - and what happened to me in the pharaoh's palace was not exactly a good reward for letting down my guard - but I am working on it." He smiles a little. "Sometimes when it feels very scary, I pray to Iomedae and then she hugs me."
"- I think it is something I would want. Aroden and Parmida thought it would be the main benefit of my having a wife. Honestly, you should perhaps talk to Parmida, since I am sure being married to Aroden gives her some insight into what I would need, maybe more than I have myself." He looks thoughtful. "The thing that helps me trust Aroden is that he is me, and with Khemet it is that he has absolute power and it is in his self-interest to prevent any harm from coming to me, since I am quite valuable to him - oh, and also he loves me, but I think my mind finds the first part easier to understand. And - I suppose I also trust Vanyel quite deeply. I am less sure why. I suppose...that he is Good, but also he is genuinely trying to win, and he is quite open-minded and already knows all of the worst things about me so will not betray me in anger if he learns of something I did."
Nod. "I am not you, I don't have and cannot easily obtain absolute power, it is obviously to my advantage to keep you safe, and I guess I don't know all of your history but I'd be pretty surprised if I felt like turning on you about any of it? One of my friends went to a school where, for exams, they had to practice deadly necromancy spells on crippled children that the government had decided to stop funding an orphanage for."
"I am sorry. What is that saying they had in Nirvana, I am trying to remember... The people of your country will have so much to heal from." He shakes his head. "I know it hurts very badly for Aroden, that it took him so long, and that perhaps he could have done it faster if he had been more willing to make a leap of faith and place trust in some of his former allies, like Iomedae. He was betrayed by an ally among the gods, see, but did not know which god, and so avoided all of them until after the war. Anyway, I - do think you are less likely than most to be shocked by it. If you disagree that a tradeoff I chose was worth the cost, then, well, I think that is part of what I want - someone who will help me see when I am underweighting costs because I am not the right shape to fully see them."
"Is that going to bother you? I am sorry, it had not occurred to me at all but maybe it ought have." When he actually thinks about it, he can guess that a lot of women would be jealous. "Hmm. I would not have sought out a lover just for that, I think, but - I think that I could come to love you, you are very impressive, and - that once I felt close to you in that way I would want that kind of intimacy. But this is an area where I do not feel I know myself very well." It's a weird feeling.
"I don't think it'll bother me - in itself? But being married to someone who wants you and being married to someone who doesn't are really different things and it would be useful to have - I mean, if you don't know then you don't know." It doesn't seem like the kind of thing that'd be hard to know but he did say he was going to be unlike most men.
"I don't know if it's important to me, I'd have to think about it -
- hmm, no, I think the problem is - if I get to say that two things are important to me and I'd like you to work on making them happen it'd be really stupid to spend one of them on this. And if you have to work on making it happen then that's probably not even the thing that'd be important to me anyway? But it's not - I do want to marry you regardless of how you feel about me as a person, it seems like it'd still be a good idea."
"I definitely - approve of you, as a person?" Leareth isn't sure what the rights words are to use, here. "I was hopeful you would come back and very pleased that you did. I just do not have very much practice linking that to being lovers with someone, in Velgarth it was - mostly a distraction. But Khemet seems to think I am very lonely and need more intimacy with people, and he is generally right about that sort of thing."
"What would you have wanted to do with your life otherwise, if this had not happened? Imagine Cheliax had still been conquered by Aroden, but Iomedae had not chosen you or tried to send you visions of me. What would your ambitions have been - what is interesting to you...?"
"Figured I'd keep my head down. Maybe retrain into wondrous items from weapons so it wasn't socially conspicuous that I'd been working for the army before the regime change. I'm good at - stacking enchantments so they don't have interference with each other - there's lots of money in that. Figured I'd just make small stuff until the local government situation was stable enough it was clear who to bribe - I'd have done it legally, discounts for favored customers and so on - and then I could make bigger stuff once important people were invested in having me around. Probably not get married because it - felt like it'd split my attention too much, trying to do interesting work and not attract attention and acquire insulation against someone finding me inconvenient and keep a husband happy and manage a household staff."
It's not surprising, anymore, but it still aches a little. "I am sorry you - felt the need to prepare for a future that was still so dangerous. I hope our Cheliax will be better than that for its citizens. And - making that true is a large part of what I would wish to do, with you. Parmida thought that having a Chelish wife would mean I could be much more abreast of what people were afraid of but would not say so to me directly."
"It's - hard to be convincingly better, right. If people are all being cautious because they assume if they weren't they would die, and they don't die, they're going to be slow to decide they should be less cautious. It's a bit better than that because you hear of incautious relatives or acquaintances who came out of it all right, but, you know, maybe they knew the right person, maybe they got lucky. I wouldn't want anyone to hear about me and decide it was probably safe enough to be a spy."
"Honestly it would not usually be safe to be a spy. There are scenarios in which Aroden might in fact have had a spy killed, though he would strongly prefer not to do so if they might go to an evil afterlife, we are still figuring out our policies in such cases. And there is no scenario where he would have anyone tortured to death, neither of us thinks that particularly results in aligned incentives given what we are aiming for." Sigh. "But - it makes sense it will be slow for people to update. They are being quite rational given their information."
"Honestly it's - a little bit hard to evaluate you as a person at all? You are a version of Aroden from another world, and Aroden's - mostly a legend, really, even when you talk to him in person he says things like how he's going to go yell at Iomedae, and then She shows up - and you are two thousand years old and Abadar's fighting the Star-Eyed over you and it took the two of you two days to conquer the most powerful country in the world out of the grip of Hell itself. But you're - you're trying to make things better, here, and that's really important, and you're competent in a way that is impressive, and you aren't cruel even when no one would care at all, and - you look at me in a way that feels nice though I am trying to keep in mind the possibility I'm reading way too much into it. I can give myself a decent life, I wouldn't marry someone for that."
"I was going to keep my head down because it'd be risky not to, and there wasn't - anything on the table worth taking risks with my life for? I could run a magic shop and insulate myself from trouble and then invent some cool new stuff, teach some apprentices, or I could try to set my sights higher and - what? Be a court wizard? The life expectancy is atrocious and I wouldn't expect Aroden to need one anyway, he can do everything I can do and still have eighty percent of his spells left over. I don't want my life to be boring, I just - wasn't going to trade my life for its final moments being interesting. Until it seemed like it might actually make a difference."
Shiver. "I told Iomedae that she had better say so in plain Common if that was what I was supposed to do. And then I'd still want a lot of corroboration. And I hadn't started on anything that could be used that way. I figured that if I discovered something important and took it to Aroden of my own accord before getting caught there might be leniency and - not if I had a weapon, not if I had a plan to hurt you.
But you can enchant ammunition with the enchantment called Slaying. Makes it do enough damage to kill even reasonably high level adventurers. There's also Greater Slaying which would probably be better to use to be safe but I would've had to reinvent it, I haven't seen it done. - it is possible to enchant ammunition with spells you aren't powerful enough to cast, because the peak channeling capacity for putting it in a weapon is lower, but you've got to be able to sustain it for a long time and it's really hard - uh, anyway, I'd have made a couple of those, tiny ones, and then cast True Strike on myself so I couldn't miss and walked up and tapped you with them. Wouldn't have worked if you have something up so it's impossible to get within half an inch of you, but that kind of shield interferes with everything, no one has it up all the time, and wouldn't have worked if you're just much much harder to kill than a normal adventurer, which I wasn't sure how I'd test, and wouldn't have worked if you have a clone or something, I wasn't sure if there was any way to research that in advance but it was on my list of vague worries about the plan."
He backs up a little so he can look into her eyes; his hands are still on her shoulders. "I think you might have been able to do it. Aroden and Khemet would have raised me right away, of course, unless you put many more layers into place to prevent that. But - not many people can say that. I do have a shield-talisman I wear at all times that can instantly switch to a mode where no physical strikes can get through it, but I need to realize I am under attack, and I believe in your ability to have caught me entirely by surprise."
He's kind of beaming about it.
Well that's much better than deciding actually she's a traitor after all! "I figured the only way to stop Aroden resurrecting you was with the whole church behind me, it'd have needed a bunch of spells I didn't have. I'm glad - I'm so glad that wasn't what Iomedae wanted -"
"I suspect I would, in your place, unless everything you learned here slotted into plans you had already made for different contingencies. It is possible I have a stronger need to plan for everything than most people though. And..." Leareth trails off.
"I think my worry here is not about your decision," he admits after a moment. "I am - afraid I might make a poor husband, and make you unhappy. I suppose maybe I ought to ask people for advice on - how to be good to one's wife."
"He took me on a date in Aktun but I had no idea it was a date until he informed me it was and that he had romantic feelings and thought I did too. - It was very confusing. Though this was immediately after I was murdered by summoned demons and he brought me back with True Resurrection, so I had a lot of feelings about that, I was probably distracted. Then I think he just told me outright that he was going to seduce me."
"Fair enough, I suppose." His lips twitch. "I could pay you for the service of having tested our security. Aroden had already considered having someone hire an expert to attempt to spy on us without informing him of it, though he decided against because of the risk that he would react reflexively and murder them if they were caught."
"Aroden would always prefer not to murder someone! And I suppose he felt secure that if he could transport you to his demiplane, you would be harmless there. And he expected he was catching you unawares, since he discovered you by reading your thoughts after Khemet had earlier noted something seemed off and I informed him of this. He might in fact have killed you and asked questions later had you thrown off the Plane Shift."
"I did not know that! This really doesn't seem like something that would come up very often in a normal person's life! - if I was discovered the plan was to Dimension Door to where I had a scroll of Teleport and then Teleport to Vigil and tell them that Iomedae had better explain immediately whether I was supposed to go back to Cheliax and surrender to Aroden or not."
"Clearly I need your advice on this situation. Would taking her to Aktun count as a nice date, do you think? I could show her the Museum of Measurement, it is very excellent, and take her on the trolleys and for lunch at a fancy restaurant - do you think she would like that?"
"I'm not Chelish, I'm not sure what's normal here. In Osirion rich people get magic wedding jewelry but the wedding jewelry is more important in Osirion because it's the only thing the wife owns in her own right. Papa went into debt at a jeweler's for Mama and then she sold it during the famine to get him a spell that restores flesh on a corpse so they and baby Saba didn't starve."
"You are certainly Aroden's daughter! I hope someday I will be lucky enough to have a daughter like you."
He should probably ask Khemet too, for activities in Aktun that are more romantic than trolleys. He found the trolleys romantic but he's unusual. Leareth spends the rest of the time before the appointed dinner thinking about what sort of magic jewellery he ought to get her, and being kind of nervous.
Carissa goes back to her apartment and finds out the landlord rented it out again when she left town even though she'd paid up a month in advance. She hadn't left anything important there but she's still in a bad mood about it. She tries to think in a public park instead.
She would like Leareth to be less nervous. He never seemed nervous when she was spying on him. She is a bit confused by it, and a bit -
- all of her feelings are silly but probably not listening to them still won't work -
- in the version of this in her head he was pleased, and already had a ring, and - and wanted her, and that would have been nice. It is also kind of silly, it's not like he knows her yet - in the version of this in her head he said that he wanted to get to know her better and then kissed her. This is in itself really trivial but it's probably indicative of something that's not really trivial. That's still worth doing, obviously, but - it will be missing something that would have been nice.
That's okay. She is mature and responsible and careful and can take care of herself and she doesn't need him to figure this out on any timeline or in fact at all.
She goes and finds a new apartment and this leaves her with very little budget for a dress for dinner but she has a former classmate in the city she can complain to, and then ask to borrow one from, and she'll have to do her hair herself but, well, who is she kidding, he won't even notice probably.
Leareth is weirdly tempted to try to invite Khemet, just so he can look at Carissa and (non)-magically tell what she wants and then inform Leareth of this via Telepathic Bond, but based on their earlier conversation that isn't going to help Carissa's feelings at all, and it's also sort of silly. He can manage.
He pays slightly more attention than usual to selecting what he's wearing, and he's there to greet her when she returns to the palace, and show her the way to Aroden and Parmida's rooms.
"Would you like a hug?" he asks her. Khemet would just be able to tell by looking at her. Maybe Leareth should get magic items of enhancing-reading-people. He can't read her mind because of her shielding, and - possibly that's the sort of thing that one's wife would be offended by anyway, at least doing it without asking.
Corentyn's a big port city. It was badly damaged during the civil war a century ago and all national investment in fixing it has been focused on the fortresses, and on the port, so the city's downtown is still badly damaged and there aren't big nice public works to speak of like in Egorian. But it was a pretty safe place in another way, you weren't terribly likely to come to anyone's attention and the schools were good and people from all over the world would pass through the Arch of Triumph - the Arch of Aroden, she corrects herself nervously, it was returned a month ago to the name the rest of the world knows it by and the name it had in Cheliax a long time ago.
"Your majesty," she says, and nods to Parmida and Zahra. "It's good to see you again. I hope everything's been going smoothly."
Leareth pulls out a chair for her at the dinner table; he's seen Parmida do it for Aroden.
He feels like he has no idea what to do, here, and it's not even just a matter of being unsure how romance works; if he were just trying to make friends with her he'd be out of his depth too.
She didn't do anything that wasn't a variant on something she saw at the Worldwound; she was there for three years and saw a lot of bizarre arrangements high level adventurers or foreign armies made. That's how she learned that it was possible to make a magic item for a spell that wasn't even a spell wizards could stabilize (like Glibness), and where she learned how to get things to not interfere with each other, and then there wasn't actually much innovation involved in the hat pins besides knowing what materials would have the requisite reserves at a size that small. Then when she learned from Jisa that Velgarth mages could see 'life force' she was at loose ends for a little while, trying to think how to project the right amount of something she couldn't see, until she remembered that the size of gem required for Soul Bind and the material components required for Scribe's Binding varied with something called life force, maybe the same thing, and obviously she couldn't cast either of those but she could go look up how it was done - infernal Cheliax made the details of Soul Bind a secret for obvious reasons but she was in the military and there were some permitted uses -
- Aroden, who presumably has both of those spells, might know a much easier way than the one she jury-rigged -
That's very impressive and clever, especially for someone who doesn't have Aroden's godmemory intuitions for how spells are put together. Aroden just invented a "Detect life-force" spell, from a god's perspective it's closely related to all the various other things one can detect about a person, like Detect Aura. He's never actually used Scribe's Binding but he invested in having it as an option.
Inventing spells is not just difficult but a lot riskier for most people, though. Aroden has invented hundreds and never had one explode on him, though sometimes they don't do what he was hoping for. Nefreti does it his way, which is partly because he taught her for the first couple years of her magical education, and partly because she's...Nefreti. And her spells do explode with some frequency.
Carissa has never invented a spell, for precisely that reason where they explode, she just learns them off everyone who showed up and would talk to her, and in this case she just modified her shield spell to let through the percentage of life energies she calculated ought to be approximately correct. If she'd had one then she could have checked and known Batty was safe and not attended the dinner party and - well, objectively that would probably be a worse situation, but still.
Leareth gets that. Having a chance to work closely with Aroden is an excellent bribe in a number of ways.
"I am curious how it works to make a magic item for a spell you cannot yourself cast? I suppose this is doable for our magic, but mainly in cases where the spell on a talisman or focus is too complex for a human to cast by themselves at all."
"Glibness is a Bard spell. Bards are spontaneous casters - more like you than like me, right, if they know how to do something and have the energy for it they can do it at any time. Glibness doesn't stabilize and so I can't prepare it myself. I can weave the pattern right onto the artifact, it's just much trickier than doing it for a spell I can stabilize."
"You need a focus, usually quartz but sometimes other elements, and you cast the spell almost the same way as usual, but with - attachment points, is the best word I can use to describe it, and also a reservoir to add more energy to power it, since normally the power for a spell comes directly from a mage. None of our magic items last forever under their own power, which makes them unfortunately less useful to non-mages, but a single Adept can refill the power on a very large number of, say, shield-talismans, in a day, so it is still feasible to use them in military settings and such -" Leareth has lots to say about this topic and it's less high-context than the god one.
After dessert is cleared away, Aroden suggests they move to the comfy sitting area with sofas and armchairs.
Parmida, dear, Leareth thought she would benefit from - talking to you about what it is like to be married to me. If you can arrange an opportunity for her to talk to you if she wishes, that could be good.
Parmida can change the topic of conversation to how she met and married Aroden, in the famine year after his death. "He was - haunted and only halfway there most of the time - but he let everyone assume he'd had a wife and children in Cheliax, killed in the disaster, and that seemed like enough explanation. He was very clever and yet didn't know anything - I really should've guessed sooner but on the other hand how could anyone possibly guess..."
"We had a family meeting about how to get through the winter and we came up with suggesting to him that he take one of me or my sisters, and he talked to us. He wanted someone who'd make his laundry business more efficient and he didn't want more children immediately and he wanted us to learn magic too. I remember thinking I liked him very much and had better temper my expectations by assuming he was a mean drunk or something. - he isn't."
"He needs the normal things a man needs from a wife and children but not in a way that'll cause him to go and get them. We'll have a lovely evening and he'll never try to do anything like it ever again and I'll say 'oh, did you not like it', and he just - forgot that that was a good enough reason to do things. Or has put enough priorities on his plate that it isn't. It bothered me, a lot, until I learned who he was, and then -" She smiles fondly at him.
Leareth is also glancing at her every so often, and thinking that she's just as clever as he had guessed, and unsurprisingly interesting to talk to, and - she looks quite pretty in that dress, huh, he doesn't normally notice things like that but he's doing some amount of deliberately leaning into it right now.
It's helpful that he's already been dating Khemet and so he knows what it's like to want someone. And - he doesn't, with her, not yet, even if he appreciates looking at her and listening to her more than he usually does with a randomly chosen person. It feels like the seed of it might be there, and he doesn't know if it needs more time or more trust or something else entirely.
Leareth turns back to everyone else in the suite. "Do - you think that went well?" His own read is that she was mostly having a good time although she occasionally seemed slightly disappointed about something and he had no idea what. He doesn't especially trust his own read on this, though.
"I am quite certain of that. I am still trying to figure out if she likes the prospect, and - what she needs to be happy doing it." He makes a face. "It feels important to be - good to her, and I feel very much at a loss for how to do that. I dislike being unskilled at things."
"I hope so." Probably she's right. Leareth thinks he's pretty good at learning his way around new domains, so probably he can do this one too, and - she's not Khemet's level of unusually delightful, at least not yet, but she's clever and she thinks like him, in some ways, and they'll work together closely and...he's sure that sooner or later he'll be able to feel trust and intimacy with her in the same way.
And he wants that. He's just - not sure how to skip ahead from here to there, or if it's even possible for him to do that.
The next day he asks Parmida if she knows of any good jewellery shops in the city.
He takes the afternoon off other work, scopes out both and then heads to the one he's less excited about first, so he can ask the proprietor how much one would usually spend on a wedding ring when he asks to see the selection of them, and it'll be less of a loss if the man is set on overcharging him as a result. He still has very little context on what the haggling norms are like here.
They're at first perfectly polite and want to know what price range he's looking in and then someone recognizes him at which point they're quite off-balance, and a bit scared. They can show him their existing selection but also lots of higher-end buyers want a custom piece made, you can look through a book of designs and figure out which you like best, and they can arrange to have it both made and enchanted here if he wants magic.
The options for magic rings go to some things that are probably out of even his price range, such as a Ring of Three Wishes.
They seem, going off reading their minds, to be more interested in upselling him than overcharging him. Surely he wants to ensure his beloved's safety with a Ring of Friend Shield, which lets you shield the other person through the ring? Or a Ring of Delayed Doom, which lets you carry on for a minute before a spell's effects hit, more than enough time to respond and get to safety?
Both of those sound very tempting, honestly, especially the Friend Shield, and Leareth doesn't think he minds being upsold. He asks to look through the book of designs, vaguely wishing he knew Carissa better so he could more exactly predict what she would like; she has a cactus familiar but he's not sure if this is at all indicative that she likes plants, versus it was just practical. He notes down the plant-related designs though, and then tells them that he would like to consider it and he'll come back. He is, throughout, polite and tries very hard not to be scary.
He heads to look at the other jewellery store as well. This entire process is kind of exhausting but it seems worth doing right.
"I like planning things just fine when I understand all of the tactical considerations! I have no idea how to decide between different designs for a ring though, and I am concerned planning a wedding will be entirely like that." He tells her what he's decided he's willing to spend, and the enchantments he's intrigued by, and shows her his sketches of some of the designs he liked.
Leareth talks to Aroden about spells. The Ring of Friend Shield isn't actually as flexible as he'd hoped, it doesn't let him cast his kind of Velgarth shield through it, and he suspects Carissa can shield herself or make her own shield-item if she wants, and he's better off giving her a Velgarth-style talisman. He ends up deciding that the Ring of Delayed Doom is a pretty intriguing option.
He selects a design from the first shop that he likes and finds pretty, that's apparently in style according to the second shop, and that's at least distantly reminiscent of cacti.
Leareth considers asking Aroden if he has it and can go speed things along, but that might scare the poor jewellery shop people even more.
He thanks them courteously and then, when he makes his way back to the palace, asks Parmida if there's any agreed upon convention for saying you intend to propose when you don't want to wait over a month for the nice magic ring.
She would expect you get a non-magic ring and propose with that and explain. In Osirion she'd tell a girl not to sleep with her fiancé before she has the nice ring in hand, just in case, but Cheliax is more relaxed about that sort of thing and anyway probably since he's Aroden he'll need seven years.
Leareth can't help smiling. It's possible he'll need less than seven years because he's not a former god and thinks he's somewhat less confused about human things than Aroden, but, fair point.
Maybe he'll look for a nonmagical ring in Sothis, which he needs to visit anyway because he wants to ask Khemet for advice. The next morning he asks one of Aroden's staff to do a Sending that he'll stop by in the afternoon if that works for the pharaoh, it's been a little while since they spoke so it's a good time to catch up on official matters as well. Among them, the permanent Gate terminus; the first one contracted is now finished, all the changes to the spell needed to get it to work in Golarion and between planes if necessary are sorted out, and he's ready to send a team of mages over to get started on it.
Explaining all the decisions to be made takes a while by itself. An important one is security. Leareth and Aroden, working together, managed to design a second-level arcane spell that could be used to activate the Gate, rather than requiring a Velgarth mage specifically; they assume it's possible to get a divine version but that's not Aroden's specialty. The downside is that two wizards' spells aren't distinguishable from each other the way one Velgarth mage's particular magical signature is from another's, so it won't allow them to key specific people to the Gate, though they can only let authorized wizards have the spell in their spellbooks. (But that relies on no corrupt court wizards deciding to sell it on the side...)
Aroden worried a lot about unauthorized use of the Gate network they have planned in Cheliax, and how to prevent it without bottlenecking legitimate use or making it too costly; Leareth isn't sure if Khemet is actually very worried about that for the Gate between Osirion and Axis.
Another question: does Osirion want to be a node on Cheliax's network? It would, among other things, make it far more convenient for Leareth to visit, requiring only a trickle of mage-energies.
He would like that! He's not very worried about security on the Sothis-Aktun terminus at all, because if anyone shows up in Aktun who Abadar doesn't want to be there Abadar can do whatever He likes about that. They'll have conventional security around their end mostly just so they're not having anyone go through without paying.
That makes sense. In that case he suggests they set it up so either the wizarding spell or the Velgarth version can activate it; once active it can be kept open as long as they want, from its power source rather than draining a person, though in the meantime it'll still mess with the local nodes and ley-lines and thus weather (albeit less so than an ordinary Gate.) They could, however, keep it up twelve hours a day and have a couple of mages on standby to prevent it from dragging in storms.
If it links to the Gate on the outskirts of Egorian - convenient enough for Leareth but not a threat to the palace itself - then he's satisfied with that level of security on the Osirion end. It'll need two different spells to access Aktun versus Cheliax, since interplanar version is different; it's taken a lot of work to get the same kind of Gate-terminus able to hold both, rather than needing to inconveniently duplicate the infrastructure.
No new ones, but the first one is finally back from her research into Iomedae's character as a goddess. And she's interested in marrying him! Which it turns out is a lot more stressful than he had been expecting! He feels like he's trying to ad-lib all the steps to a dance he's never learned, and other people's explanations only half make sense, and also he's spent like six hours looking at rings in the past two days and he's still not DONE because now he needs to get her a non-magical placeholder one for their date. Which he also hasn't even started planning, aside from still thinking that he wants to take her to Aktun, but he should put more thought into what she would like and find romantic rather than just doing literally all the same things he did there with Khemet.
Help?
Awww, poor Leareth, he should get snuggles.
Khemet's advice here is going to have the obvious flaw that none of it worked for Khemet. Iomedae said that this was because of a difference between them, because Khemet has some fundamental incapacity Leareth doesn't, so giving generally sensible advice is still good, but he can't be sure it'll work because he cannot, personally, get any of it to work.
Does he still like her? He seemed to, the day they met her.
He thinks so? Or, well, he definitely likes her in a normal way; she's clever and interesting and he wants to spend time around her, and he also keeps having an urge to offer her hugs, which is perhaps a higher bar of liking than he hits with most people. He's pretty sure that he wants to marry her and work with her.
He doesn't think he wants to kiss her or sleep with her, right now? When he imagines it, it mostly feels like he wouldn't be relaxed enough; there's the way he can relax almost entirely around Khemet, right, that was true before they did anything else, it started with the time Khemet held him while he cried, and - for the first time in decades if not centuries he wasn't trying to track his environment for threats. He thinks maybe he needs that to be capable of actually enjoying physical intimacy the way people are supposed to, and he doesn't quite have it with her yet, though it seems plausible they would get there. According to Parmida it took Aroden seven years with her.
Seven years would be a little unfortunate? In Khemet's experience unless you filtered your selection of women really hard for not liking sex, they get really miserable if their husband doesn't want them even if it's only for, uh, five years so far.
Leareth should not try to force it if he doesn't enjoy it and doesn't feel safe doing it, though, because then you end up feeling constant creeping dread and this impossible-to-dislodge conviction that your body doesn't belong to you and is this miserable thing you have to puppet through your life while you watch it from a great distance, underreacting to almost everything and occasionally overreacting to completely random things, and - anyway probably not worth it. Khemet has looked into magic that can fix the side effects and not found anything yet.
Oh no that sounds terrible. Leareth hugs Khemet.
"I - think I could do it if she did not mind my not liking it especially - if it were just to have children, say - but, I have a sense it would almost entirely defeat the point of the thing she wants. Which is for me to want her. She is on board with marrying me either way, for - all the rest I can offer - but I wish I could give her a solid prediction that in six months I will want her that way, instead of being so unsure about it."
Leareth makes a face. "I - am trying to figure out if it does - it sounds appealing in a sense..." He frowns. "...No, I think a different sense, though. Apparently I feel it would be very sexy if I had you tied up in a demiplane where only my magic worked– and also you thought this was fun and not horrible," he quickly clarifies. "I think it would not solve whatever it is with her."
That seems closer. "I...think so. Certainly I am far more comfortable with people when I feel I understand their incentives and expect they will follow them instead of doing - random impulsive things... For this, it might be specifically expecting that they will act in ways that help my goals and not ways that harm them. That seems to be the shape of what Aroden has with Parmida. Parmida is certainly not powerful enough to meaningfully defend him if he cannot defend himself, but - it is in her interest to advance his interests, so he can just straightforwardly predict she will do that?"
"...I do not feel that I really understand what she wants, no. All I have to go on is that Iomedae chose her, which maybe should be enough - she considered it enough to be sure of me - but, apparently... I tried to ask what she would have done with her life otherwise, but it was unhelpful because she felt very constrained, and scared of the previous administration, and so she would not have done anything interesting. I suppose I am not sure who she will be in ten years when she actually believes that we are trying to make things better and it is safe for her to have ambitious goals."
Nod. "Exactly." He leans against Khemet's shoulder. "She said an interesting thing, about - well, it was about women wanting to wait for men to invest in chasing them, because it was an indication he would value her afterward too. And that it did not count for me to just say it because that was not a costly action. You raised me from the dead and schemed revenge against a god for me - you wanted to torture people to death for harming me - I mean, I did not want you to do that, but all of that was certainly hard to top, as a costly sign that you care about me as a person. It seems unfair to her, to be comparing her to that, but..." Helpless shrug. "I do think that was relevant, with you."
"I was not going to say that to her! Not for a long time, in any case, in the long run it - seems bad, not to tell her important things about my life. Anyway. Yes, Abadar did do that. I was not sure at the time if it bothered you, Abadar seemed to think it would not but he has never been human, so..."
"I - have to rely on Him more than I'm accustomed to to have not done it while I was thinking about any state secrets that you didn't know, but assuming I can rely on Him for that - and I probably can, it'd just never occurred to me to evaluate before because He actually doesn't intervene much at all in the running of the state -
- I'm very glad you trust me. It's worth a lot to me. I'm not really planning to give you the opening habitually because it'd be really really - warping, I think - but I'm glad that it was able to get us here. I don't know if this suggests anything about how to trust her more? Probably you could make a Velgarth artifact that'd let you read her and ask her if she'd take it, then it'd be straightforward enough for her to take it off if she changed her mind..."
"Well, if our date goes well then I will maybe ask her. I think it is a weird thing to ask for and I am worried about throwing too many weird things at her at once, she was so startled by Iomedae turning up in our conference room to save time on multiple people all going to yell at Her separately."
–Leareth was somehow not expecting that at all even though it's, in hindsight, rather predictable, and he's very surprised - not in a bad way, actually a rather pleasant way - and he instinctively brute-force resists it for a moment, which is definitely not going to work, and then relaxes and starts methodically looking for a weak point in the spell he can snip through.
Not too hurriedly, though, because he's curious what Khemet is even going to do now.
Leareth does not find a way out of the spell in fifteen seconds, although he does find the concentration to defend some of his clothes with a mage-barrier in the way to at least make it inconvenient for Khemet, so he can narrow his search of places to get out of the spell - it's a really lovely distraction though - mage-sight is overlearned enough that he doesn't need a lot of concentration for it but it means he's doing the search in pretty much the least efficient way.
It wouldn't be very much fun if he wasn't trying to succeed, surely.
- oh, there, weak spot in the spell. Leareth tries not to give any indication that he's found it, and just in case he gave some indication anyway because this is Khemet, he waits fifteen seconds. This is not exactly a hardship.
...gather all his concentration, which is very challenging...
And then he snaps free of the spell and in about a tenth of a second, it's much easier to cast once he can move, he throws a not especially elegant but nonetheless powerful force-net around Khemet and pins him in place. He's grinning and breathing hard, this is excellent.
This is true! (On some level Leareth feels like it would have been really hot if the spell had worked, but not if he hadn't even been trying.)
He kisses Khemet, while adjusting his force-net to a more convenient spell that closer imitates Hold Person and won't annoyingly get in his way. Are Khemet's clothes still in the way such that he has to fix that too?
Then Leareth will keep making sure he enjoys himself until it feels like it'd be more interesting if Khemet could do additional things. At which point he loosens the trap-spell without entirely releasing it, just to see how much Khemet can manage with limited movement. And how long it'll take him to notice when Leareth is making himself very, very distracting.
Leareth is definitely not capable of doing any more magic now!
The existing spell on Khemet is stable on its own and doesn't need ongoing concentration from him, though he's no longer feeding any power into it so it'll come apart at some point in the next few minutes when it runs out. Sooner if Khemet puts more strain on it, probably.
All of Leareth's cleric spells require being able to move - well, technically he could channel negative energy at Khemet but why would he do that. He can still do Velgarth magic but clumsily.
He uses a clumsy wind-spell to mess up Khemet's hair, mostly because it's amusing, while he tries to figure out if he's restrained with magic again or some more mundane method.
That's a lot more annoying to attempt to get out of with magic, actually, especially given that he doesn't want to set it on fire. It's easier to saw through a bit at a time, though. If he really wanted to be undistracted he could definitely manage a mage-barrier at the same time to make Khemet keep his distance, but why would he want that.
...Trying to figure out how to mess with Khemet a bit while still unable to move is fun, though. What if he gets up a reverse weather-barrier (this takes a while, it's a more complicated spell, though he does it often enough that it's semi-instinctive) and makes it really cold. There will have to be snuggles now.
"I had no idea that was even a question I could wonder about. I did find it - attractive, I think, when she described how she would have tried to kill me if Iomedae had in fact instructed her too. Interestingly. It might have worked - not permanently, of course, but still - and I would have expected that to be frightening, but it was not. Maybe because I sufficiently deeply trust that Iomedae is an ally. I am not sure."
Leareth kisses him. "Well, I do not actually have one yet, so it will have to wait. - Hmm. Though it occurs to me that you do. It would be more than a little scary for me, I think, if you took me there and - did this sort of thing. But with you in particular it might also be hot."
As usual Leareth just feels better after spending a night with Khemet, in some hard-to-pin-down way.
He does, over breakfast before heading back, go down his list and remember to ask for date advice. He thinks Aktun is wonderful, but is it the right place to take a Chelish girl on a date she'll find romantic?
Hmm, it depends. Has she travelled a lot? Did she mention favorite places? He picked Aktun for Leareth because in some ways building it has been Leareth's driving motivation, and he'd feel unusually safe there, and he'd really like their museums; Carissa is selected for being somewhat similar in personality but she grew up in a technologically advanced civilization and might not associate cities so strongly with having succeeded. Of course, she might associate Axis with having succeeded for other reasons.
How well off is she, what's the kind of trip she could casually make under her own power?
She seems - not that well off right now? Which is a bit surprising given her wizarding skill, but she's staying in cheap apartments (he's still mildly offended about her landlord's behaviour) and doesn't have any magic items other than the ones she made herself. She says she hasn't traveled except to Vigil and the Worldwound, on her recent research. She seemed excited about the prospect when he floated it with her, though.
Maybe she went into debt for her spying plan, if it involved making a bunch of magic items.
A good place to take her might actually be Absalom. It's an amazing city, everyone should see it at least once, once she's been she'll be able to Teleport herself, and he could get her some things that'd be hard to buy in Egorian while she's there. Parmida might have more specific ideas about activities, she lived there until recently, right?
He's heard that Absalom is incredible but hasn't been yet, so that seems very good, unless a date would benefit from his already knowing the area. Parmida has a house there, though, so he can ask her for an itinerary.
Does Khemet have any suggestions for what sorts of things to get her, other than magic inks so she can get new spells from Aroden (which she absolutely lit up at the prospect of)?
Oh, and the remaining item on his list is asking about where to get a nice non-magical ring so he can propose to her properly. He suspects she would like it if he does that; he keeps having the vague sense that she's a little disappointed he's not properly dancing the courtship dance.
Well it's a show of skill, right, and it's fun when your partner is skilled at things.
He should talk to Khemet's sister-in-law, she makes wedding jewelry (including magical wedding jewelry, though she almost definitely couldn't do a piece that requires ninth-level Time Stop as a component) and is generally very sensible and used to straightening out people who are trying to do the courtship dance and don't know how.
Leareth kisses Khemet goodbye (and waits to be properly dismissed) and then heads back to Egorian first, to collect his mages and finalize the schematics for the new Gate-terminus.
While the mages are packing up to go, he swings by to ask Parmida about date activities in Absalom.
They have illusion theatres in Absalom! It started as a second screening room for popular live theatre shows, but then some people came up with the idea of telling stories directly for the medium; they can change between scenes, show the actors' faces up close, and do interesting things with the viewing angle that you couldn't do with theatre. Illusionists watch it carefully a hundred times, aided by a book of scenes, and then they put it up on a big screen and people watch. He should take her to see one.
She can also recommend restaurants.
That sounds amazing and Leareth will definitely take her to see one. He plans a schedule - illusion theatre in the morning, restaurant for lunch, take her by some magic shops in the evening.
Later that afternoon he Gates back to Sothis with a team of a dozen mages and all the supplies needed for the Gate. They don't need him for any of the initial setup, though he'll come help out with the tricky final bit of keying it to the other terminus to be built in Aktun.
And then he goes to see Khemet's sister-in-law.
"I...see. The pharaoh said that you are generally very sensible and - used to straightening out people who are trying to do the courtship dance and are unsure how. For which I certainly qualify. I am not even from this world and I have not had a romantic relationship at all in a - very very long time." He's about to say 'in the last thousand years at least' but his immortality isn't common knowledge here.
"Oh, well, my usual advice as far as that goes is that if you don't know what kind of jewelry your girl likes somebody ought to ask her instead of guessing, I won't sell somebody wedding jewelry without a consult with whoever's going to wear it because about half the time he's all 'lapis lazuli' and she's like 'I hate blue'. I also need her ring size if you want a ring in particular."
"...Honestly that is very sensible and I should have thought of it. What times are you open? I am planning to take her on a date to Absalom, and I can bring her here and - I suppose propose to her by saying I will buy her the ring she wants instead of by having it already? Is that how that works?"
"My shop is open every day from fourth to fourteenth, but I'm not usually there these days because my security arrangements are annoying so I only go in twice a week and not all day. My staff can take a consult interview, or you can bring her into the Dome on my lunch break or after I knock off for the day - don't interrupt me while I'm making jewelry, though, it ruins everything in the worst way, I have a sign up when I'm busy. I don't know how Avistanis do it in general let alone Chelaxians in particular, for all I know until recently the tradition in Cheliax was to send a messenger imp carrying a cursed handflower to put it on the girl in her sleep! Here you'd say you wanted to marry her and she has thus and such a budget to pick out wedding jewelry with at Trilliant."
"Well, that sounds nice and straightforward, if not maximally romantic, so I think I will do it. She told me she likes surprises if they are well-executed, but I am not sure I can execute well on getting her an engagement ring she will like and that will fit her. - For reference I am going to get her a Ring of Delayed Doom, because my life is sometimes very dangerous and I want her to have it anyway, but that will take six weeks to make, so I figure it will be a wedding present or something and I will propose to her with a different ring that is less magic."
"Gosh. Not sure I can manage one of those. I have a great selection of nonmagicals and less-magicals, though, I have an inventory list here with sketches or you can go look at the real things in the store. And I can do custom commissions, and I can make it look different without busting the enchantment if she thinks it's ugly."
"I am glad to hear that. I already talked to a magic in Egorian where I live for the Ring of Delayed Doom, and I - did my best to think very hard about what was pretty so hopefully I can pull off a well-executed surprise, but if she thinks it is ugly it is a relief to have a fallback. Anyway, thank you for your sensible advice. I am not sure I feel any more like I know what I am doing, but I do feel less stressed about it."
He takes her up on glancing at the inventory book and sketches, trying to guess what Carissa might like; he figures he can tour the store itself with her whenever they come. Maybe he'll time it for the afternoon, as a final stop after he takes her around to magic shops in Absalom.
"All right! Thank you very much."
He tells her what day he's tentatively planning for his date with Carissa, three days from now so she has time to prepare and is less likely to have already scheduled something. "We will visit the shop and then come find you in the Dome if she wants to speak to you as well, I think it would be after your finish for the day rather than on lunch break. I think she will like you."
Leareth checks on his Gate team and makes sure they have everything they need for the next week of work, then heads back to Egorian. Before drafting his date-invitation letter to Carissa, he swings by to check with Parmida and Zahra that his ring shopping proposal seems reasonable.
"Also I suppose I need to set a budget for her. The Ring of Delayed Doom is almost fifty thousand gold," it's sort of ridiculous but still a small fraction of the total fee he gets for his contracted permanent Gates, "I assume this should be less but how much less would still be generous? Ten thousand gold?"
Leareth thanks her, and drafts his letter to Carissa, nicely handwritten on high-quality paper for the final version. (He discards half a dozen practice drafts first.) He says he would like to take her to Absalom for the day; he'll come to pick her up in the morning, if that suits her, and can Gate them over.
Do Parmida and Zahra think he should give her suggestions on what to wear or whether she needs to bring anything with her? He would probably appreciate clear guidance but maybe she just knows from cultural background context.
How much walking is involved getting between the various locations on his itinerary? If it's a long way, he can also Gate her around if he goes in advance so he has locations; he needs someone to drop him off there for a quick visit anyway so he can Gate her there from Egorian.
Carissa drops off two enhanced daggers at the magic shop she's selling to and then heads back home. A couple of drunk men catcall her, not quite aggressive enough that she's tempted to call a ball of lightning to her fingertips so they back off.
It seems like Egorian's more chaotic than Corentyn but that's probably wrong, it's probably just that she knew who to talk to and where to go and which alleys to avoid at night, back home. And also that she's no longer wearing a headband, the obvious indicator that she's a wizard and not one who only ever learned Prestidigitation.
She opens her door, goes into her apartment. Misses the headband, now that she's thought of it, which is stupid, she'll be able to afford a better one before too long.
- possibly the thing where she's refusing to ask Leareth for any money is in fact a thing that should be given thought, instead of pointedly not given thought.
Okay.
Some paladin orders take vows of poverty. Iomedae's don't, because this is stupid. Resources help you win; that's practically in the definition. It would be odd if paladin orders of Iomedae were really into expensive artwork, or luxurious houses, but obviously they are going to try to have lots of money, which they can spend on enhanced weapons and armor or have available for whatever needs may come up. There's nothing impressive or honorable about winning with a handicap, if you could instead not have a handicap.
She could go to the palace and say 'I want a +4 headband of vast intelligence for my research and some boots of Teleport for my safety' and they would probably give them to her and - wow, that's a lot of internal screaming. What's going on there.
"Do you - like me, as a person? Separate from thinking that I have resources and power, or could give you a decent life," he'd asked, and it's a very reasonable question that should not have stung, but did - she had resources and power and a decent life, and she stripped them all off her walls and off her forehead and sold them so that she could figure out whether Cheliax was at risk of being destroyed - obviously Leareth has more resources and power than that, would probably not have considered that having resources and power at all - and it's not like it's false that 'it would be really cool to be the Queen of Cheliax' featured somewhere in her feelings about all of this, but -
- in her feelings rather than in her motivations, the same place whether she personally likes Leareth goes, the same place her sadness that he doesn't want her goes, it's fair for him to want to be sure of her motivations but it feels unfair, for it to also matter what all of her feelings are, for the world's claim on her to be bigger than just everything she'll do for the rest of her life but also how mopey she's allowed to privately feel about it.
She tries to take a step back from that complaint, which feels very satisfying to dwell in but is probably not particularly accurate, dwelling usually doesn't get her to places that are. Leareth wants her to like him as a person. He's trying hard at it. She does like him as a person, not so much because of the trying hard at it but because he stole Cheliax from Hell and seems continually distressed that he didn't do it sooner and decided to find a wife by asking Iomedae for guidance. The things that remain aren't even ones he can fix by trying hard, really. ...and that's at least a small piece of why it feels bad to go to the palace and ask for eye-popping sums in magical items? It would be sort of suggesting that this was a way to get her to like him, and it's really not - or, well, if he refused for no reason she'd like him less and if he refused because he'd calculated the best thing to do with the money and it was something else she'd like him more but it's also rude to spring surprise tests of prioritization on people under the guise of wanting courtship presents - and she hates the idea of him thinking of her as someone who wants courtship presents, though probably he already does and it's her own fault for explaining that people like costly signals -
- everything is a thousand times better than it was two months ago, or four months ago, and it's bizarre that the better it gets the more she wants to cry. what's up with that -
- well, certainly part of it is that it's safe to cry and won't ruin her life. And part of it is that she spent a long time studiously not hoping for things and it being suddenly possible to hope for things comes with it being suddenly possible for there to be a lot of difference between things going really well and things going only moderately well. You need hope to feel terror, and all of that. The same realization she'd had when Aroden arrested her, the realization that the scary thing wasn't that she was going to be tortured to death but that there might be some way not to be.
It would of course be entirely fine if the thing she has is a close working relationship with the crown prince of Cheliax, who admires her distantly because once a long time ago she came close to inconveniencing him and most people can't do that. She is pretty sure she could do a good job under those conditions for her entire life and then - go to Heaven and learn a different kind of weapons enchanting, probably, design something really spectacular that Carissa-in-Hell, working longer hours with fewer dreams, wouldn't have thought to aspire to. It'd be fine.
It - felt like - Iomedae was saying that she could have more than that. And that makes it scary to - lean too much into shaping herself for that perfectly reasonable thing, in case in so doing she closes the door to the thing where she has more than that. Which, it turns out, she really really wants.
She reads his note. She tries to think if she has any other acquaintances in the city who she could borrow a dress off.
She should maybe. Talk to Leareth about any of this.
Jisa said some people had Mindspeech at unusual range; she's vaguely curious if he'd hear her if she just thought in his general direction. Presumably not, that'd be far too distracting to parse?
Instead she writes a return note that says she will look forward to it, but perhaps they could also talk before that, if he has time? She'll have to pay someone extra to take it at this hour, but she has the money from the daggers, now.
Huh. Leareth - does think it's a good idea to talk to her, probably, and is also suddenly anxious about what she has to say.
The next morning Carissa finds a reply delivered to her apartment, suggesting she could come by the palace and join him for lunch today or tomorrow at her convenience, either would suit him fine.
Leareth is starting to get what Parmida was referring to, when she thought he was underhugged. He's far less underhugged than he used to be, even, he spent the night with Khemet just a couple of days ago, but it still feels like drinking in something soothing and comforting.
He normally just eats lunch in the side room next to his magic Work Room, which has a table big enough for two people and is the level of nice that everything in the palace is without being outright fancy. It feels more correct for this than the formal dining room in his suite. Also then if she's curious about his work, he can show her. (He finds himself kind of hoping she'll be curious about his work and want to see it.)
Leareth escorts her there, asks her how her last few days have been, and requests that a servant have lunch brought over for them.
"They've been all right. I have been working on normal-sized daggers on commission and finally finished a couple, which is good since it means I was able to afford a dress." She gestures at it. "Though mostly I need to save the money so I don't have to take out a loan with a very steep interest rate for materials for the next set." Deep breath. "That's, uh, one of the things I wanted to talk to you about. I have been very determined not to ask for money and normally that would be obviously a good idea since I think it'll be bad for me to ask for money, but right now I have nothing since I spent it all on materials for the - spying mission - and it's well into the range where it's causing me to waste a lot of time on problems that I could solve with not very much money - and I'm not sure if it actually matters if I'm any good at magic in the sense of there being any magic tasks that I am needed to do, or if it only mattered because you'd respect someone more if they were good at magic in which case it's probably pretty irrelevant what interest rate I'm getting material loans at, but -
- figured we should talk about it."
"- Oh. That all makes sense." Leareth looks her in the eye. He - finds himself wanting to reach across the little table and take her hand, but he's not sure if she wants that, so he sort of lets his hand drift out in an inviting-ish way.
"I did not think of how significant a sacrifice that was, for you. Can I straightforwardly solve this by paying you as a security consultant for your earlier work, as I had mentioned before? Aroden agreed that was reasonable. Or would that still feel like - asking for money, in the way that is bad for you? You could give me further advice on what vulnerabilities you saw and could have exploited, if that would help it feel more earned, that outside perspective is in fact very valuable and hard for the people who work internally on our security protocols to provide."
"Of course. You are welcome. On your other question - it does matter to me that you are good at magic, both because magic research is the part of my work I enjoy the most and thus often on my mind, so it feels important to me that you understand it and be able to help if you wish, and also - it would be very stressful for me having a wife who could not independently defend herself or escape from an attack, and in general handle threatening situations. And - there is a piece I have been thinking about a great deal, related to - how I can feel close to people. I think I will be better able to relax with you if I know you could help defend me were something bad to happen. ...I know that is not very likely to arise but my life has contained many instances of being murdered and so it is difficult for me to feel safe."
"Huh. Okay. Might not make sense to advertise that I'm a particularly good wizard, then, it's much easier to protect onesself with capabilities people don't know you have. ...instead of a headband I could Wish on an intelligence enhancement and that'd be harder to notice than a headband but it's way more expensive depending on the details of Aroden's mysterious impossible amount of diamond access."
"Aroden's mysterious impossible diamond access is because Vanyel can make them - not the way conjuring works with your magic, he is just powerful enough to crush coal or black carbon into diamond, the way it is formed naturally. I am working on making a setup efficient enough that mages less absurdly powerful than he is can do it. Using Wish for this seems very reasonable, Aroden has done it before on himself so he will have the wording. He did four consecutive Wishes for it, to get two standard deviations of enhancement. He wears a headband for it too, that gives him another three standard deviations, so they stack, if you wanted you could have one for using in private when you are doing difficult magic."
Leareth kind of thinks that she should be tempted. He certainly was, though Aroden thinks it would be more valuable for him to Wish himself to higher wisdom rather than intelligence, it's more relevant to cleric casting and also plausibly to Velgarth magic, which is more about getting the right habits of thought into procedural memory than about raw cleverness. His headband already has him at the point where ability to wrap his head around a concept very rarely feels like his limiting factor anymore.
"Are there other things we should talk about?" he says quietly. "Practical matters, or - on the feelings-related side...?" It would be so convenient if she had Khemet's power to tell exactly what someone is feeling; she could help him figure it out.
"Maybe. I don't know. I'm not used to talking about my feelings much. Or having them, it wasn't safe. And then this week I was having a lot of them, and - it's stressful to have them around you, right, because it seems like everything goes better if you admire me and - think of me as a child a little less - and having feelings or needing money aren't particularly admirable traits to display. And I do think I could stop. But I'm not sure that's - Iomedae said that she thought things could go better than all right and it'd mostly only be things going all right, if the thing I did was make sure not to have any feelings."
"...I do not think having feelings is particularly childish, or un-admirable? And - what you said reminds me a little of how I have felt, since coming to Golarion. For a long time it felt like certain feelings, at least, were not safe - it was not safe to care too much about people, or - want intimacy, the gods of Velgarth would only use it against me and kill my allies. I did not feel lonely at the time, but - it turns out that as soon as it is safe, I have all sorts of feelings I am not used to at all. I also think I could stop, if they were not adaptive feelings, but - why? I have discovered I can instead get hugs about them, which is much better, and - sorry, I am not really sure where I am going with this, just, I also want things to go better than all right, with you, and probably talking about feelings is an important piece of that."
"The gods still have Foresight, there, and are very good at nudging events toward what benefits Their goals - though They are not above intervening more directly, for example by sending Foresight visions to the mortals who worship Them. They tended not to approve of my goals, and so They would try to murder me about it, and anyone working with me. And - most people are easier to kill than I am. Also, most people are not immortal, and with Their attention me, I could not successfully share my immortality with others. - My world does not have afterlives like yours, when people die they are - mostly gone, not necessarily irretrievably, but certainly impossible to visit. It is difficult to grow fond of people and then lose them, again and again, and eventually I...mostly stopped."
"Iomedae and Abadar are both wonderful! I am not sure I understand fully why Velgarth has no gods like them. I think part of it is - our gods are not Lawful in the same way? They do not have a cleric interface, though They will sometimes possess mortals to do miracles through them; They have much less access to senses and communication other than Foresight. They dislike innovation and change, partly because it makes Foresight more noisy and thus partially blinds Them, and - partly because the best plan They could see to prevent another Cataclysm was by preventing another technologically advanced civilization from arising. I wish They had informed me what They were doing, though."
Leareth winces slightly. "No. Almost the opposite of that. Some of his allies saw, in the final moment, that if he died it would break Foresight forever, and - they betrayed and murdered him. For the past century he knew only that someone he trusted had betrayed him, not who, and so he could not afford to rely on any of them. It is why he did not go to Iomedae for help with Cheliax."
"Aroden was not that able to explain how he would have brought about the Age of Glory, I think maybe it was a plan only legible to gods, but in terms of the what, he hoped for a Cheliax that would look much more like Axis. No scarcity of material goods, abundant magic available to people, education and resources available to anyone who wished to build something with them. Our plan now, of course, takes into account the fact that Aroden is no longer a god and his initial plan failed, but that we do have Velgarth magic. We are going to build a network of permanent Gates throughout the country and likely linked to other countries - Osirion will be a node linked to Egorian, they also wanted a permanent Gate between Sothis and Aktun. Vanyel's diamond-making means that we hope to be able to offer life insurance at prices affordable for almost everyone, since diamonds for Raise Dead are now quite cheap, and then no one will need die prematurely and stay dead. I suspect there is an abundance of other ways to productively combine our magic that I have not even thought of yet."
"...What he needs it for seems like - the wrong question, not the right framing... He wants people to flourish, because people matter - because that is the entire point of - of trying to fix things and make them beautiful and good - it is what makes some world-states better than others, some actions more worth taking - and I suppose he could be wrong about what sort of world is best for that, either of us could. But, a world where three-quarters of all people are subsistence farmers with no slack to try to build anything else seems so - ugly, so wasteful of what people are and can become. I think we both consider an advanced civilization with abundant resources and education and freedom for its people to be one where the largest fraction of people will be happy, and - able to do things, to choose their goals and achieve them, shape their world into what they want it to be..."
This is a weird thing to try to explain. It feels so incredibly self-evident to Leareth.
"I think I don't quite -
- Asmodeus wants everyone to be an instrument of Asmodeus's will. And - being an instrument of Asmodeus's will kind of sucks, and also the way to make people an instrument of Asmodeus's will is to torture them, and also anyone with any sense will stay - small - so they don't lose everything, so it just seems - inefficient, like subordinating your whole self to someone unworthy of it.
I guess I have been basically thinking of Good as the same thing except making yourself an instrument of some other will that thinks it can use - more of you."
"Abadar wants - the simplest explanation of it is, a world containing many mutually beneficial trades. A world where more people exchange goods and services and skills because it is in their self-interest to do so, and the end result, when such a process works well, is - well, Aktun is a very good example, it is hard to describe how I felt when I saw it for the first time, but - it felt like coming home, it felt like - recognizing that what I have been trying for so, so long to build in Velgarth already exists, as a god's divine realm, and - and that is not all I care about, there are both benefits and costs that Abadar does not really perceive and cannot engage with, but it is close enough..."
He frowns. "Iomedae tried to explain to me, at one point, what She means by Good, and it was - not really what you said, but also not captured by Abadar's values. I will think on how to describe it."
"Probably not very much? I arrived in this world quite recently and only came to Cheliax for the war. My impression is that He was trying to maximize the number of people in Hell so that He would have labour for His factories there? And people to torture, I suppose, but - I still somewhat fail to parse that as a motivation, whereas wanting to produce goods makes sense to me."
"The main teaching of the church of Asmodeus is that free will was a serious mistake. That people will basically squander their lives, not even evilly but just stupidly, that the main thing most people are is rudderless and uninspired and uninteresting and without any aims worth pursuing. That they have the capacity for valuable things and will basically never, left to their own devices, pursue them. And you can make people capable of doing things that matter, but it's not a pleasant process, especially not if you're resisting it. And that Asmodeus values every human soul despite all of that, and wants to put them to use, and it's in principle possible for this to be tolerable but only if you stop aspiring to be the kind of thing that - has independent aspirations, that wants petty human things like to be loved or to be special or to be free - and usually people fight that, and so they take a lot of shaping, which Asmodeus finds tiresome, though He doesn't give up on anybody."
"Yes, it seems like you would. I left, as soon as there was anywhere to even plausibly leave to, but - but that's where people are starting from, right, when they're trying to figure out what Aroden wants, that's what they've had their whole lives and Asmodeus isn't stupid, there's very pretty essays and poems and morality tales about it, kids start in school at three..."
"That makes sense." He looks pained, again.
(We were not fast enough, he thinks; nearly a century too slow.)
"I think Asmodeus' belief about human nature is false, as an empirical observation," he says slowly. "I find that, when people do uninteresting things with their lives, it is generally for lack of freedom and options and resources to pursue them, not for a surfeit of those. But - even if Asmodeus were correct about that, that would - it would still matter that their lives be pleasant, that they have nice things, and belong and be loved - though in Velgarth I could often give people so little, and - sometimes only in exchange for taking away other options and freedoms..." There's an ache in his chest.
"Sorry, I was trying to explain my conversation with Iomedae. She said that - well, there is what I do, which is setting a goal, of a world I think is better than the current one, and fighting ruthlessly for it, trying to win. And I care about things being good but the process I used in Velgarth was not Good. Iomedae says that Good is - being a shape where people want to cooperate with you, and follow you, and where it makes them stronger and makes the world better when they try, even if they are not perfect at it. - Actually, you should talk to Vanyel. Iomedae said repeatedly that for me, reaching for Good would mean - shaping myself to be someone Vanyel could work with better. He is an excellent example of someone who is Good, and I do not think he considers it about being an instrument of anyone's will."
"It is very, very hard. I wish the world were less complicated and contained fewer tradeoffs - that there were a clear right answer every time..." He shakes his head. "I have never, ever wished I could instead figure out what the forces of Good required of me and do that. I think I am fundamentally not that shape of person. Vanyel, I suspect, would understand that desire better."
"That makes sense. Although, if you did for some reason want to overthrow Iomedae - I do not actually think She needs to be overthrown, I like her and she would not mind if I wished to become her equal as a god, but anyway - the Starstone just exists in your world. All you would need to do is spend a century becoming as powerful as Aroden, and then go for it. It is rather convenient."
"Fair enough. He seems quite confident it will not be any trouble, but I suppose he designed the defences around it that kill people, so he is kind of cheating." He shrugs slightly. "I do not actually feel inclined to ever do it. One of Aroden and I being a god seems like plenty, it would be redundant to have both of us in the pantheon, and - changing that much is a little too close to ceasing to exist as the person I am now, you know? I am quite invested in existing."
"I suppose we will see."
- Leareth is noticing that he's more relaxed than at the start, not truly relaxed the way he is in Khemet's arms, but - to the same extent he was talking to Vanyel, when they were having some genuinely interesting back and forth. And as a result he hasn't been putting any attention toward not being scary. Carissa doesn't seem scared, though, so hopefully she's been fine with it.
She doesn't seem scared. "I think to the extent I have noticed wanting anything -
- I want to learn lots of magic from Aroden. Maybe help with some of the magic system interaction stuff, I don't know. I want to figure out how to help people - expect things to be better than I think they're expecting right now.
I want you to want me. I want - this is kind of stupid but I don't want to have to do another several months of terrifyingly clever hard things to get there. I'm sure I'll be clever occasionally when problems come up but I don't want to have to solve you, if there's another way.
I want to stop having to think about money when I want to pick up spells or things to wear for a trip to Absalom, and so I can get an apartment where you can't hear every baby in the building crying unless you sleep, or alternatively I want to hit fifth circle and then I can do sound insulation overnight at least. I'm not going to be that close, though, since I'm new at fourth."
"That makes sense. I also noticed you seemed excited about learning magic from Aroden and it was delightful, I want you to have a chance to do that, and for us to work together on inventing new magic. It is important but it also brings me joy. We very much need your help on the second thing, I think that is a large part of what Parmida hoped you could help me with, since I lack so much context here."
He looks down. "I want to want you. Some context here is - I have not had romantic relationships at all in at least the last millennium, because of the part where it was not adaptive for my goals to care too deeply or rely too heavily on other people. In the course of an ordinary day I do not go around wanting anyone in that way. I seem to be capable of it - I think I develop it naturally if I have enough trust with someone - but it does seem to require that, and maybe just time to become close with someone. It took Aroden seven years. I think I will not need that long; he was very traumatized and had until recently been a god, so was very unused to all human things. But I am not sure I can force it to happen faster. It is apparently bad for people to pretend at wanting someone, and - I suspect that is not at all what you want, anyway."
Nod. "Well, I think I will get there anyway, at this point, because - Iomedae would not have sent you if you were not a shape of person I could trust. And if it requires cleverness and hard work to get there faster, I will do that part myself. I, just - I wished you to know it is not about you at all, or - not finding you attractive - I think you are very pretty, actually, I noticed it when I met you and I rarely notice that about people."
"No, that is not - I mean, I do hope you will trust me, but I want it to be - earned, calibrated, not something you shoved your mind into to make me happy. Most people do not trust me, it does not bother me. Iomedae would say that is a downside of not being Good."
He squeezes her hand in return. "I - am very angry with Asmodeus, is all. I wish I could make Hell stop existing, but I think even Aroden and I combined will not have the resources for an operation on that scale for a very very long time."
Nod. "I trust specific things about you? Iomedae said you worried that I'd - not be sure if I could leave - but I am not at all worried about that because you're not stupid and it's a terrible idea to try to keep a wife who is a wizard and doesn't want to be there. I trust that you and Aroden are working together and I don't have to figure out which of you it's more important to stay on the right side of. I trust that if I get assassinated in some fashion that's related to having gotten involved in your life you'll try to raise me."
Nod. "That all seems correct. And - hmm, you know I read as Lawful, and that Abadar chose me as a cleric, which is some information, if only that I will predictably act reasonably to further my interests and want a world with more rather than fewer opportunities for trades."
"In practice I think I am mostly not that dangerous even to people who can hurt me. Because if I am careful and paranoid enough on my end, I do not necessarily need to do anything to them. - I suppose I mind-controlled a number of people in Velgarth, when I had concerns on that front, but apparently that is not even considered Evil here."
He looks down at his hands. "Starwind and Moondance - the Tayledras Adepts who murdered me and destroyed my immortality - are alive; Khemet killed them but we raised them, after, and - broke their pact with their Goddess, it turned out they had done it under some amount of coercion. After the operation against Her in Velgarth, we would have let them go home if they had wished, but they did not, so they are in one of the monasteries that were recently opened in Cheliax, where criminals can work hard and seek redemption. I did not wish them dead, and certainly not in one of the Evil afterlives here; they were only doing what made sense from their perspective."
"Mind controlling people's not Evil but it's kind of - Asmodean? Long-term, I mean. It's about the shape they are not being useful enough and having the power to instead just make them a useful one. Obviously as a method of stopping them from getting in your way it's not any more Asmodean than a sword.
I'm still kind of confused about how the incentives work if you don't even much punish people who betray you but I am willing to try it out and see exactly how much betrayal ends up being invited."
"Yes, I think my methods in Velgarth were somewhat Asmodean. I was very ruthless because nothing else worked. ThoughI would not generally use long-term mind control to get useful things out of someone, it does not actually work that well; it is better for negative commands such as 'do not murder me'. Aroden and I both converged on a policy of using it voluntarily as a prerequisite for people joining our most sensitive projects, because we both noticed that no matter how trustworthy people are from an inside perspective - and this was even sometimes when I read people's minds during the vetting interview and they were genuinely very aligned - it is very hard for a secret to stay secret without that precaution, people can be suborned later on. But - I think part of what Iomedae means, when she says that Good paths are more available to me here, is that I ought consider doing less of those methods that would make Good people see me as comparable to Asmodeus. And I would prefer it if the best path toward winning, in the long run, did not require that kind of compromise."
Nod. "Uh, in old Cheliax it'd have been harder for me to get away with the thing I did because they systematically make the servants submit to regular mindreading instead of just doing it when it comes up, where it's less noticeable if someone is shielding or just thinking the same song lyrics forty times in a row. I don't know if there's a nicer way to get that result."
"I think I have one more thing." He takes a deep breath. "Someone I know suggested I could come to trust you more quickly if I read your mind. I am reluctant, though, because of your previous associations with that, under Asmodeus. I am sure I can also get there the normal human way."
"Oh, Aroden did. I could not actually get past your hatpin, and in the demiplane I did not have magic either. Also most of what he read from you was that you were terrified he would torture you to death. I have not attempted it since I put together what Iomedae sent you for - it seemed like not the best foot to start out on, with someone I want to marry."
" - but I could've been terrified he would torture me to death and also a real enemy! Real enemies are also terrified of that! I assume! If anything you'd expect people to be more terrified of it if given the information available to them it seems more likely!
Uh. You can read my mind to decide how far you can trust me, if you'd like, but only if you're nice and gentle and sweet about it, how's that."
"- I did not mean to imply that part was useful to him at all in deciding you were not a threat. It made it harder for him to find out what he wanted, I think. He was still, however, very confident that while he was reading your mind, he would be able to tell if you were lying, and you were not lying that Iomedae sent you, that was the relevant part."
Leareth ducks his head. "Maybe that ought be enough. It does give me a very strong prediction that you are not going to harm me and that I want you on my side, so I am quite motivated by that, but...it is apparently not the same kind of thing as being able to relax enough that I am capable of wanting physical intimacy beyond hugging you and holding your hand."
"I think I can be nice and gentle and sweet about it - well, as much as I can about anything, I would not expect people to list those foremost among my traits." He's silent for a moment. "Also, do you have Detect Thoughts? I - would not mind if you wanted to read me. Possibly not at the same time, it sounds distracting." He might need to avoid thinking about some topics but he's reasonably capable of that, and she won't be able to pull nearly as much information out of reading him as Aroden could.
" - yeah. So I was trying to explain to him - Asmodeanism holds that free will was a mistake and all people ought to be and will eventually be shaped to be instruments of Asmodeus's will. And that hurts but it hurts less if you just acknowledge that it's right and strive for it instead of fighting it. And, uh, Asmodeus lost the war, I jumped ship -
- but I guess I was kind of pretty much working off a model where instead we had been chosen to be instruments of Aroden's will, whatever it was, and then I got picked by Iomedae which meant that actually it was Her I was - giving the rights to use me where needed for Her goals. And this is, like, fine? Her goals are really important. I did a lot of research and I trust Her.
But it wasn't how Leareth was thinking of anything at all and he was very appalled about it and said that he and Abadar are, uh, more like business partners, which is not how I have ever heard of being a cleric working, and then he said I should talk to you about the nature of Good, since he's not an expert."
Vanyel feels really put on the spot and kind of embarrassed now! Apparently Leareth thinks he's more qualified to explain what being a good person is? Or, no, they probably mean the capital-G Good alignment sense, which he's also not sure he understands fully, but he does read Good at least, and Leareth obviously doesn't.
"I'm so tickled he described his relationship with Abadar as 'business partners'," he says, while he stalls to give himself time to think on the other topic. "It's very Leareth. He would've been a lot more eek about the prospect if he had to worship Abadar about it, he doesn't - do that, really."
"I mean, if 'thinking Abadar is great' does the thing, he certainly does that. He took me to Aktun, Abadar's realm in Axis, and he was so incredibly delighted about showing me around, and all the kinds of thing Abadar wants the world to have. It's really cute. I - hadn't seen him happy much, before that."
"I think that's a different thing. Abadar doesn't hug him and I think he really badly needed that. Especially right after the whole Star-Eyed murder plot, he was so sad and scared about it, it was awful, he'd - I think been just earnestly treating them as allies? So he went into a Work Room to help them research magic to fix the messed-up Worldwound, and then they broke his immortality setup and had him eaten alive by demons. I tried doing my bit to comfort him about it, and it probably helped, but..."
Shrug. "Digression, sorry. I'm not sure I can tell you what the Good gods in your world think Good is, not having met any of them, but I can say a bit how Heralds tend to think about it, in my world, and how I do."
"Oh, that makes sense. Valdemar might have good examples there, at least sort of, because we don't have a national religion, lots are practiced but the Heralds don't tend to be very focused on which god they worship, it's not where we get our sense of ethics from. Er, do you know much about what Heralds are or should I explain?"
Vanyel can read between the lines that this was part of her spying; presumably Leareth has already decided if he wanted to tattle on Jisa to Randi, and either way the duty won't fall to Vanyel.
"Right, so - we're all Chosen by Companions, who were made by a god or gods, but they're just people, too, pretty much. We have our traditions and each other and we try to look after Valdemar." His eyes flicker down to the path. "I - didn't even want to be a Herald, at the start. Lots of children dream of it, Heralds are very glamorous, but I didn't want to be selfless and help others, or go into danger, and - the circumstances were pretty bad, I'd lost my lover and been badly injured and I just wanted it all to go away. I think a lot of Heralds see their duty to Valdemar as this - comforting, reassuring sense of being where they're supposed to be, knowing what to do. I never really had that. Just, I could notice that I was really powerful, and that meant there were things I could do for Valdemar that no one else could, and - then those things would be done, right, and that's real and it matters. There are paved roads all over the north now because I built them, and farmers can get to market even in the rainy season when the dirt roads would get impossible. There are a lot of people who would be dead if not for beasts and bandits I fought for them. It's still really hard, sometimes, but - that's worth sticking around for. Does that make sense?"
"A lot of it is really hard to tell. Maybe the most important parts are. I think I do end up sort of hanging a lot of my motivation off the parts that are clearer? It's less inspiring to tell myself I made the world better by judging a difficult court case, if I really wasn't sure of the verdict. Or, gods, a lot of what happened in the war we just had with a neighbouring kingdom, probably had to happen but - it really didn't feel like I was making the world better, in any way. Just burning some of it to ashes along with Valdemar's enemies."
He turns to catch her eye, smiles. "You know what's great for that, though? Right now I sit and make diamonds most days, and then at the end of the day I have a headache from using my mage-gift too hard and Yfandes tells me off, but I can weigh what I made and say 'there, I just made it so this many ward casualties could come back from the dead.' I don't think I've ever felt as sure as I do now that my existence is making the world better and that's worth sticking around for."
"The Chelish understanding of how sorting people works is that Pharasma just wants souls out of her way, which is why abortion and murder and suicide are such a big deal even though objectively they're sometimes just sending someone somewhere else that might be more able to use them. But I don't know if any of that is actually true, lots of Asmodean education is but lots isn't."
"I'm not sure I'd even expect your death god's sorting process to line up with my personal opinions on ethics." Shrug. "I've sure killed a lot of people but apparently I still read strongly Good. I guess mostly in cases that were - at least moderately clear-cut, choosing the least bad option among a lot of bad ones? One of the things I feel worst about is sneaking past the Border to assassinate one of Karse's mages, who - was probably a decent person, just fighting for his kingdom like I was fighting for mine. But also he was responsible for the deaths of thousands of our people." Shiver. "Just like I'm responsible for the deaths of thousands of theirs. And I couldn't just make the war stop - I could only fight for Valdemar, not Karse - so I did that, and I don't know if it was the right thing to do, feels like if the world were sane I wouldn't've had to, but - also it might've been on the best path to ending the war when we did."
"Mmm." Vanyel nods. "Happy to answer other questions. Er, is there anything you'd want to know about Leareth? I - don't know that much about his personal life, at least not from before Golarion, but we've known each other for ten years. - I did spent most of that thinking I was probably going to die fighting him, um, he was my destined enemy in a Foresight dream but then we had conversations about philosophy in it, my life is really weird like that."
"I've never really seen him get angry. At least not in a losing-his-temper way. I've seen him frustrated or just sort of offended at the state of the world being awful, like with Asmodeus, but - not angry at a specific person he thought had wronged him. I screamed at him at least once for - a thing that happened which wasn't even mostly his fault, and he just calmly agreed it was reasonable of me to be mad. He takes it great when people argue with him, I did it all the time, he - doesn't get defensive like most people, about being criticized? He's just very calm and level about it. Never seen him with kids and it makes a weird mental image but I don't think he'd be bad with them."
Vanyel does not quite manage to suppress a snort. "I am baffled what circumstances could cause that to make sense, but - I guess I wouldn't be opposed?" Also, damn it, he manages to go a decade without ever asking himself the question of whether Leareth is attractive and now he can't un-ask it and it's distracting.
She goes home.
She spends the next day enchanting a very boring dagger again and pointlessly fretting that Leareth will read her mind and decide that actually she's terrible, which Iomedae is competent to have foreseen, probably, even if the gods don't have foresight. And maybe daydreaming, a little, that he will instead fall in love with her, which is stupid, marriages that are not in stories do not involve love.
In the evening she heads over.
Leareth seems quite pleased to see her again, and hugs her.
He also has some gold for her! Lots, in fact. Aroden, who's in fact hired adventurers for not-dissimilar work back in Rahadoum, thought that 10,000gp was around the bounty he would have needed to put out to attract someone of her calibre into throwing real creativity at the problem - and making themselves expensive niche magic items to slip through the palace security. So he thinks that would be a very reasonable fee, although in exchange Aroden would like to have some more conversations with her about all the things she noticed.
Leareth nods, seriously. "Of course." Conveniently, it'll also mean he isn't thinking about any state secrets he plausibly shouldn't share with her yet, though he's at this point prepared not to be that careful about it.
Gentle and nice and sweet... He keeps holding her hand. He extends his Thoughtsensing; is she still wearing the Nondetection hatpin and giving him the sense of extremely good shields?
At first she still hedges him out; then she shakes her head self-consciously and - stops that, and is no harder to read than a normal person -
- she is pleased with herself that hedging him out still worked without her hatpin, even though it's not what they're here to do tonight, at all.
He's hot. It would always slightly annoy her when she had to read people at work and they were thinking about that, especially if they dwelled on it, but perhaps it's slightly less unprofessional if the job being applied for is literally 'his wife'. He's very scary - moreso, in some ways, when he's paying less attention to it, which suggests it's not intentional at all - but he's also very earnest, and trying so hard at her fairly silly instruction to be nice about it, come up with on the spot because - the really important thing was that she was allowed to impose conditions, even silly ones, and also because this feels like the kind of thing that could be better than all right, if he's holding her and giving his instructions very softly and levelly and -
- she was expecting he'd ask some questions or her thoughts are all going to be like that -
Leareth slips his arm around her, for once confident that he’ll be able to tell if she wants not that; does Khemet feel like that all the time, he’s jealous - it’s silly to be thinking about Khemet now, though.
“What do you think of...” It’s hard to figure out how to phrase his question; ‘what do you think of me’ is far too unspecific. “My - I am sort of the opposite of how Asmodeus wants people to be, I think - I refuse to be small, I want things very strongly, I try very hard to shape the world... How do you feel about - people like that...?” It’s still not quite the thing but it’s closer, he thinks.
Having his arm around her is good.
She thinks about it.
He can get away with it, right, is the thing, because he fought Asmodeus - not directly but fought the forces Asmodeus was willing to bring to bear on this world - and won - if most people she'd met in her life were declaring that they wanted lots of things, and meant to go get them, and would make the world a better place - then they would die and go to Hell and suffer forever for it. It feels - tragic, right, in the same way as the clerics of Aroden who insisted they still got spells from him or the parents of dead babies who carry them around swaddled insisting they'll wake up - a refusal to live in the world you actually live in, ugly and awful but at least there, and real -
- obviously saving up to raise your baby from the dead is not applicably tragic. And if you have the power, the resources, the history, then refusing to live in the world you don't like isn't about playing pretend, it's just ...planning. She's not quite sure she has wrapped her head, yet, around everything that means, it's something so different than all the things it vaguely looks like, but - there's a thing where it makes all the other pathetic tragic human ambitions less so, it makes the people who want to travel the world writing romantic poetry reasonable, it makes the people who want to see their dead children again reasonable, it makes the people who want to write angry pamphlets about Asmodeus reasonable -
- you can expect everybody to grow up and face the real world, awful as it is, or you can turn the real world on its head so they can stay where they're standing -
- and she is still a little bit too scared herself to entertain any wishes that feel like they'd have that pathetic quality, of disengagement from reality, but she can see the shape of it, and she can see why Iomedae thought it was important ('Iomedae thought this was important' is so much easier to think than 'I think this is important', Iomedae is allowed to want things, She is a god - Leareth is allowed to want things, he's only not a god because he says it'd be redundant and maybe unpleasant - his Queen would be allowed to want things, maybe, but that's not really the draw of the job, the draw of the job is that Cheliax will be allowed to want things once they understand what she thinks she's starting to -
Leareth holds her and - lets himself lean in rather than away from the pain of it, there's an ache in his throat and a burning behind his eyes and a quiet, simmering, not-quite-anger, anger wants to break things and this feeling wants to - keep laying one brick over another until he's built a wall and behind it everyone is safe and, and–
"I do not necessarily want a world where everybody is like me," he says, thickly. "I - nobody should need to be like me, in a sane world. But - I want everyone to be able to - want things, and take up space, and make plans and build castles and, and grow, be more not less..." He swallows. "You have to see reality as it is. Wishful thinking is the opposite of planning, right, if you are not seeing what is already there then your plans are not shaped to work. Honestly, seeing reality for itself is very hard and many people are stuck on that step, and - I think you can do it, so you have that advantage. What I want for you is to be able to plan to shape the future of Cheliax the same way you would - notice you were thirsty and go get a glass of water, it does not have to be any more complicated than that..."
Things are only really simple if no one else cares about them. Choosing which socks to put on was always simple, because Asmodeus wouldn't care; choosing how Cheliax will work is really complicated. It feels kind of like wishful thinking just to imagine that you won't get crushed if you try anything that complicated.
But they tried the war, and didn't get crushed, so - she is probably just wrong about that, and similarly there are probably lots of other things that can be attempted and survived now. And being wrongly pessimistic is also a way of failing to live in the real world, right.
- a memory of kneeling in the demiplane in Aroden's presence, and he'd said he was impressed, and she'd - talked herself down, that's in the book of tactics from a class she took, it's meaningless, she can feel the draw of the world where he was saying that sincerely and pull away because she's not an idiot - except he had meant it, and she doesn't exactly know if she made a mistake there because it's still overwhelmingly true that when you are arrested and your interrogator says that they're impressed they're nearly always lying but -
- but the fact is that the world she was trying to pull herself away from believing in was real -
He holds her.
"If you try complicated things, or fight powerful adversaries, then you will sometimes fail," he acknowledges. "It was not guaranteed we would win in Cheliax, however hard we tried to overdetermine it. That is - a fact about what problems are difficult and what limitations humans have - though if we use some Wishes to make you very clever, and a headband you can wear in addition for strategy-planning in private, you will be able to meet greater challenges. Nonetheless, I have failed many times, when my plans were built on incomplete information, or faulty predictions about the world or people in it. Sometimes my failures caused great harm. Often they resulted in my body's death. I - cannot promise you that success will be immediate or easy, or that letting yourself want things and make decisions on a larger scale will not hurt. But I have never been crushed, and in this current situation I am confident I have the allies and resources that I will not be. And as long as you are with me, my resources and allies are yours as well. If you make a difficult call and are wrong, I will not be angry with you. If you are killed, I will bring you back. We - might need to be willing to try very hard, for a very long time, and fail over and over, but - as long as you can keep deciding that failure is not the same as being crushed, then we can try again. For however long it takes."
Huh, is he worried that - her interest in trying to fix things is premised on him always winning and not being wrong - she guesses she was kind of thinking about it that way - she figured that she was probably going to lose, and die, when Iomedae sent her to the palace, and that was fine because she was expecting that this was worth it for Iomedae - it didn't have to be guaranteed not to utterly crush her, it certainly didn't have to be guaranteed to work, there just needed to be some reason to believe it wasn't stupid to try, that there was a thing that might be achieved and would be important to achieve - entering a lottery because you calculated the payout is positive isn't refusing-to-live-in-the-world even though you almost never win the lottery -
- though it had helped, a lot, knowing that Aroden wouldn't send her to Hell and might in fact let her go to Axis, maybe she hadn't been entirely ready to be crushed -
"That makes sense. It - was important to me, I think, that you were willing to take that gamble even before you knew who I was, because - what I am asking for here is very, very hard, and most people are quite reasonably not interested in doing things which are so hard. - It will be easier for you than it was for me in Velgarth, I hope, you will never have to do it alone. But - even gods can gamble and be wrong, sometimes. Aroden did. I think there is absolutely no way he could have known in advance what would happen, and his bet was a reasonable one, but - nonetheless he bet wrong, and was murdered horribly for it. He woke up as a human with no magic and no resources or allies, in a country drenched in torrential rain, and he nearly starved to death in the famine, and he watched Asmodeus take Cheliax and could do nothing to stop Him. It - is not impossible that if you stay with me, and become immortal as well, that someday we would have a loss on that scale. If I try to evacuate Hell and kill Asmodeus and fail, for example. I hope I can help you become someone strong enough not to be crushed by that."
He squeezes her a little. "And I think your presence will make failure less likely than if I did not have that aid."
It feels odd and asymmetrical to think at him while he talks to her but talking is a little hard.
"I think - almost anyone Iomedae sent you - would've had that. Think it's the thing she picks for. Talked to a lot of people, asked them what they'd have done if they got the visions - asked them if they worry, about fighting a war forever in Heaven - kept hearing - well, it's not forever, it's until we win - and I wasn't sure if they were doing the living in a pretend world thing, but I don't think so.
I think I can keep going. Maybe not alone but - with you."
Nervous or scared about -
- she's still jealous of his boyfriend but she thinks she's getting better about that, it objectively makes a lot of sense that people you can pick just for romance are going to be more fun than people you have to pick under a dozen other constraints -
- she still feels like she has only the vaguest inkling of his capabilities, which is mostly not nervewracking and is the good kind of scary, but maybe he should show off sometime -
- she's a little worried that she can't really keep up, that she can impress him but not, you know, ever actually beat him, but she is going to revisit that in a year, this has been a lot of expanding her ambitions and so on and she can worry about it if it still seems like a problem then -
"- Showing off could be rather fun. And - yes, I think give yourself time on the last thing. You do have the advantage of arcane magic, I do not have any of that." He's not sure what to do about the jealousy, romantic jealousy still doesn't quite make sense to him, but he's glad to know about it. "Anyway, I think that was all my specific questions - would you like to switch now?"
Leareth lets go of Thoughtsensing, takes a deep breath, checks the shielding on his room one more time, and - drops his personal shields.
It's a lot easier to do it now than it would have been before. He is, in fact, far more comfortable than he was before they started this.
He's feeling a lot of fondness for Carissa, right now. 'Protective' isn't quite the word for it, because the last thing he wants to do is build walls she can be safe behind. A lot of people need that, he thinks, in the someday-future where everything is fixed, but - it would be importantly underusing Carissa's capabilities, not letting her be her full self and grow into what she can become, if his primary motivation were to keep her safe.
He's musing on what it took, to create a Leareth out of the raw material of a teenage Ma'ar, eighteen hundred years ago in the awfulness of pre-Mage-Wars Predain. And Urtho was an important component of that, he thinks. Urtho saw him and wanted to give him something better than that, but what he wanted was to put tools in Ma'ar's hands and teach him how to use them. (And he regretted that, later, and fought a war against his former student, but importantly he doesn't seem to regret it now.)
The thing he wants with Carissa is a lot more than just that, he's not looking for a student here; in a lot of ways she isn't his equal yet, gods, she's in her twenties, but in some other important ways she is, and - that's the kind of negative space he wants to leave for her, anyway, he wants her to want that and reach for it and unfold all the parts of herself that had to be small and unassuming and not draw Asmodeus' attention, before -
- he's in pain. Wishing he had been faster, somehow, because he can shape the future but not the past, he can't undo that Cheliax was under Asmodeus' reign for almost a century, and - now there's even more to come back from, to get to the place where they finally win, Asmodeus is stronger and has more souls in his grasp, that's part of the cost Aroden paid for every day he chose to wait. It was the right call, Leareth thinks, trying and failing would have been so much worse and so Aroden had to wait until winning was as overdetermined as possible, but - it still hurts to look at, a hurt tangled up in a thousand other regrets, costs he paid, sometimes for no reason because he bet and lost. And normally he keeps that folded up, out of the way, it doesn't help him win faster to dwell on the pain of losing, but - right now it feels important to let Carissa witness it.
...he's trying not to think about Khemet too much because that won't help, but he can't help remembering when Khemet took him to Aktun, and noticed that what he needed was to be held while he cried, and - that was important, he wouldn't have thought to look for that before, it's felt out of reach for so long. Because he, too, had in a way been carving off parts of himself, cutting off some of his wants, the ones that would only make carrying out his mission harder. It feels like a different kind of tragic from what Carissa was gesturing at before; it's the tragedy of limited resources, of deciding not to save to raise a dead baby because sending her surviving sibling to school matters more. (It's the tragedy of his long-ago baby sister in Predain, killed at birth because too many of their livestock had died the past winter and they couldn't feed another mouth; that's one of only a handful of memories he's kept from his original childhood as Ma'ar.)
It feels like maybe he needs to let himself grow in a new direction too, in order for things with Carissa to be better than all right, and it makes sense to now and he wants it but it's still - hard, and even a little scary.
She leans against him. She has - no idea how to comfort people, she isn't sure she's ever even tried it, but - but it makes sense in the abstract, that people would want comfort if there was anyone they could trust to be that close to - even people who are very very strong - maybe them more, for the same reasons being a prisoner was more terrifying once there was the hope that she could still survive -
Leareth leans his head on her shoulder. Notices that this is, itself, an example of how he's suddenly having all sorts of new emotions now that there's space in his life for them to feel productive, not because they help him directly achieve his goals in the outside world, but because he can get hugs and reassurance about them, and feel closer to people as a result, and that in itself is good - the same way raising a dead baby is good, he thinks, and he made a straightforward resource tradeoff not to have it for a long time, but he's in a new environment where different things makes sense. He suspects that unfolding that part of himself and his desires, again, might help him be more ally-shaped to others, the thing Iomedae was trying to gesture at in their conversations -
- he remembers Iomedae holding him while he wept, and how he felt like a small child again in Her arms, and how much that seemed to help... This is probably not normally how people relate to gods, but, well, he's unusual.
Leareth remembers being in his room, feeling lonely, even though he had literally just seen Khemet and it was very unreasonable to go back to Sothis and make the pharaoh neglect his wives because he didn't want to sleep alone. He never used to feel lonely. Maybe he was anyway.
Does Carissa have questions? (It's probably going to be easier not to end up repeatedly thinking about Khemet and making her jealous if he has somewhere else to put his mind.)
Leareth chuckles despite himself. "It is impossible to be angry with Vanyel. He is so earnestly trying to do the right thing all the time. I have been rather angry with Asmodeus..." He frowns. "As a data point, Aroden was furious about my murder, and apparently quite scary, Parmida was worried that if he stormed into the pharaoh's palace in that mood it would start a war. Which implies I am capable of being angry in a frightening way."
"Yes, he is."
Aroden feels protective of everyone in the entire world, of course, and especially protective of some key strategically-important people - the same kind of feeling Leareth has toward Vanyel - but it does seem like a different thing. Maybe it's just the same as how Leareth is invested in existing, how even as a young man the thought of dying forever was such a yawning gulf of horror that he built four different precautions against it - and then kept the one that survived the Mage Wars even though it was the horrible version that killed teenagers - partly because he was pretty sure he could make that tradeoff worthwhile, but also he desperately didn't want to die...
He remembers (in the dizzying way of godmemories) Abadar explaining how Aroden took three weeks to die, as a god, and nearly tore the world apart in the process, because even once he had clearly lost he couldn't help but fight against dissolution, pulling the shreds of himself back together over and over and over, until his former allies decided they had to put him down before he unwittingly killed all of his own people.
Maybe most people fight back less hard than that, against the world's attempts to crush them, and - it's not always good for the world, how frantically a Leareth's pattern wants to survive.
(Never to give up - never to die - to return over and over - no matter the cost - no matter how long it takes -)
(And then the Star-Eyed ripped away his immortality, because he let down his guard and helped Her people as a friend - he's so scared - but it's going to be all right, because Aroden exists here, and Khemet, and Vanyel, and with them on his side it's all right if he sometimes extends his trust and is wrong and needs to be hauled back from the river of souls - he can afford to gamble for the upside of that trust - but it's still terrifying...)
Hug.
She has some kind of feeling about the storms and attendant famine being caused by Aroden, accidentally, but -
- it's not a fault, to be desperate not to die. Even in her old worldview it wasn't.
"I want to - help keep you safe - but I think I might need some time, first, trying not being quite as scared even though it's less safe - maybe the same thing you need there -"
That makes sense. Neither of them is starting from a great place, Leareth muses, in terms of emotional vulnerability feeling allowed - it's maybe inconvenient that apparently he needs that to be sexually interested in someone, apparently Carissa doesn't or she would never have wanted anyone that way ever, he hadn't realized that -
- okay for fuck's sake why is he thinking about the concept of tying people up or being tied up in magic-free demiplanes - his thoughts now have that plus a note of apology about it - hmm, the concept of him and Carissa both being in the demiplane where only divine magic works is intriguing, it rules out his most useful capabilities - also hers, though, she has fewer cleric levels than wizard levels. Allowing only arcane magic would solidly give her the upper hand...why is he still thinking about this subject, sorry Carissa, probably normal people don't find that sexy at all...
...Huh. Maybe it's not that weird, then. "I do not have my own demiplane although I could obtain one if I asked Aroden for help. Abadar owes me a favour, though, I was badly injured helping Him fight the Star-Eyed and could have been permanently damaged from it so He feels bad - I might ask Him for an operations building in Aktun that also includes some rooms where only my magic works."
Leareth feels like this is justifiable because it's not like he only wants it for sex purposes, Aroden uses his demiplane for all sorts of reasons, like kidnapping and questioning people, or keeping private records where he's confident no one else can get through even a simple magic lock...
"Aww, would it?" Leareth smiles. "I am glad you think that instead of finding it extremely weird and unsettling. I think I would like that. At some point. Quite possibly by the time I even have the option."
He runs a hand lightly over her hair. "What else do you think is hot? I am - still discovering this area."
"You're hot when you're being a little bit scary. When I got caught - if it'd been you instead of Aroden, I think it would have been - Aroden's just scary. And also really old. - I am aware you are also old but you don't look it. I like being told what to do if it doesn't feel like it's because I'm - interchangeable. I think I'd like - trying to stop you, even though I'd probably lose - or specifically because I'd probably lose - but we'd have to talk it out in advance so someone doesn't get hurt for real -"
...Okay that does sound kind of hot. “I - think I like when there is - a bit of a fight. Though, yes, we would have to talk about it first.” In hindsight Khemet should possibly have asked before casting Hold Person on Leareth, though the shock had been kind of thrilling in itself and also Khemet can basically read minds, apparently, where that sort of thing is concerned.
”...I might also enjoy there being a handicap such that you could win,” he admits. “If my magic were blocked and you had yours, that would be - well, scary, but I think in a way I could find quite satisfying. I am not sure why, but...”
"Mmm. I am getting the impression that at the very least you are more experienced than I am."
...He is vaguely musing in the back of his mind on whether Khemet and Carissa teaming up could squarely beat him in a fair fight and then do whatever they liked to him - he nudges that line of thought aside.
"Anyway, I think we could figure something out that we would both like." Squeeze. "Is there anything else you wanted to ask me about?"
"I see. Well, I would not wish to break with dating customs, so in that case, I will look forward with great anticipation to our date tomorrow morning." He squeezes her. "Would you like a lift home? I can Gate you straight to your apartment if you share a memory of it with me, and then you will not have to carry all of your gold through the city at night."
She can't tell if he somehow thinks she was serious about that or - well, the point of joking like that in the first place is to let him decide whether to push back. "I don't think I should keep that much gold at my apartment at all, can you hold onto it until I can go to a bank? I can send you a memory of my place..."
And she does. It's a small drafty shabby apartment with a mat on the floor and a lockbox next to it and not much else.
(Leareth was not reading her mind anymore at that point and so finds it pretty hard to tell if she's joking or not, actually, though the hypothesis did enter his mind, and when she lets him in again to get the apartment location, it's more apparent.)
"Of course, that makes sense." He doesn't immediately get up or start on a Gate, though; instead he tries to figure out how in the world to respond to her banter gracefully. "- I would not complain if you wanted to do some custom-breaking and stay a little longer, though, it would not hit me for Law, and - this is very nice."
" - hit you for - ohhhhh, I bet Osirion does have all their customs set up like that! Here mostly doesn't. Marriage wasn't a state-sanctioned thing at all, under the old regime, just a thing couples did to tell their friends they were being serious...nobles were probably a bit more serious about it, I wasn't paying attention..."
"Huh. I will add that to the list under 'important facts about Cheliax under Asmodeus that I had completely failed to notice.' Osirion takes its customs absurdly seriously, so I was somewhat correcting for that, I suppose I thought since Asmodeus is also Lawful..." Shrug. "Apparently I am Lawful in a very rare way, based on my own internal standards and not the laws of a given place - I have broken so many laws in my life - but I learned it was affecting other people's Law when I ignored their customs so I tried harder at it."
"That's sweet of you. The norms around relationships here were mostly aimed at - not encouraging them to be too deep or trusting, as that's a kind of putting someone above Asmodeus - and then both lots of abortions and lots of babies are good for Asmodeus, right, since the one is Evil and the other is more Chelish people who can be soldiers for the grand plan." Now this conversation is not hot which is tragic but he should probably know this.
"That makes sense. Asmodeus was - reasonably clever and strategic at accomplishing His goals, one cannot deny that." Leareth looks thoughtful. "Abadar gets along much better with Him than he does with the Star-Eyed Goddess or Vkandis, in Velgarth. Asmodeus actually teamed up and helped us steal Her superweapons. I think it is the Lawful aspect; He is the kind of entity one can negotiate agreements with. - I still do not want Him to achieve His goals, of course, since He wants to torture people and I am firmly against that."
Leareth didn't put much effort into selecting his bed, and it's not especially extraordinary in any way, but it's big enough to fit two people fairly comfortably, and the mattress and sheets are high-quality.
His bedroom also has a skylight, the one feature he had an opinion about, and right now the stars are visible through it.
"...I am a little nervous. This is - well, most of the time I can be in control of a situation by having powerful magic and a number of contingency-plans, and - I know what I am doing and what the success criteria are - this feels very different." He tries to smile. "It is not necessarily a bad feeling, but it is an unusual one, for me."
So Leareth does that.
He stretches out on the bed with Carissa next to him, his arms around her, and breathes in the smell of her hair, and tries to just - let go of everything else, his sense of his surroundings and his plans and resources, and focus on where he is now.
It's surprisingly hard.
She relaxes into him, kind of, and -
- he mentioned that he wanted to take things slowly, it's not new information, it's just kind of weird and disorienting when the way it works out is a bunch of interactions that are almost according to script but then suddenly aren't. This is a very trivial complaint and she's not that upset about it.
Trying to communicate went pretty well, last time.
"How are you doing?"
"Hmm." Leareth spends a moment shuffling through the bits that have been aimlessly drifting in his thoughts, finding the beginning of the thread. "There is a tradeoff between making it convenient and secure. And various countries may wish to make it differently - for example, Osirion is not very worried about security on the Sothis side for their interplanar Gate to Axis, since the other side is under Abadar's control, but then they will also be linked to Egorian, and I am trying to decide if it is worth pushing the pharaoh to restrict how many wizards have the spell to activate it..."
He can explain more of his not-very-organized thoughts on this if Carissa seems interested.
It's nice. Leareth still isn't completely relaxed, or in the moment, or - safe-feeling, maybe that's it, some part of him still feels like the situation might not be okay unless he's on top of keeping it that way. And, perhaps relatedly, he isn't finding himself pulled to do more than kiss.
But - it's still nice, and he's glad to have her there, and it's probably unreasonable to expect himself to have already built trust and intimacy with her as strong as what he has with Khemet, when it's been so little time and also Khemet literally brought him back from the dead.
Being frustrated that he still feels confused and unsure about it won't help, so Leareth isn't. He kisses her and plays with her hair, and - :How do you like to be touched?: Unlike with the Mind Blank shield, he can still - with some effort - get Mindspeech to her even when she's hedging him out.
Goddamnit why does he have to know the answer to all the questions like that before he can do anything right - a burst of frustration that he quickly dissolves away - it wasn't constantly awkward like this with Khemet but apparently he is completely unprepared to replicate that on his own, he's getting very tired of constantly feeling like he's not oriented to the situation and has no idea what his options are let alone what the best path to his goals is.
:I have no idea! I - like touching you, but - it is hard and confusing for me when you ask questions like that, I am sorry...:
It's okay, I'm sorry -
She doesn't go back to shielding; maybe if he keeps reading her mind then at least he'll notice when she's confused before she asks and upsets him? Pharaoh boyfriend presumably handles this with - uncanny at guessing what's up with people, right, and also more comfortable telling Leareth what to do -
- the problem right now is not even that she's reluctant to tell Leareth what to do it's that she doesn't want to tell him how to get her warmed up if he would actually rather they just snuggle and doesn't want to tell him that just holding still occasionally vaguely moving his hand across her back is great if he's in fact asking for sex advice -
She could take off the shift, which is the cheapest one she could find and an itchy texture that he has probably noticed.
She could give him a massage, or vice versa.
She could Alter Self into the pharaoh of Osirion and see if then he wants to - this is a stupid plan -
He could use his magic to pin her to the bed and tease her while he sat at his desk working on Gate terminus security and ignoring her entirely, some people are into that.
The last thing is honestly hilarious, and - he can imagine someday, on exactly the right occasion, being into that, but - not today.
Leareth isn't sure he's ever given someone a massage while inhabiting this body; he's been the recipient of a few massages, but only from Healers when he had gotten injured. He can probably figure it out though. Her shift is scratchy; he hopes that now that she has money she can buy nicer underclothes, maybe he should take her clothes shopping tomorrow as well as magic shopping...
:I think I would like to give you a massage: he decides. :Without your shift on, since it is scratchy:
Okay. She wiggles out of it. We are doing things that are typical escalation-towards-sex things though it is also traditional to maintain any plausible deniability about that; the thing you are doing where you don't know what you want can be mistaken for the 'maintaining any plausible deniability' thing but I don't think this is really a problem right now, since you have explained enough that I won't be confused whatever you end up wanting next.
:...Noted. Thank you. I - would be somewhat surprised if I end up wanting to have sex tonight, but - I was not expecting I would want to kiss you this soon and then I did:
He starts out massaging her roughly the way he remembers getting massaged, and pays attention to her thoughts in order to notice if he should be doing something different.
That's pleasing. Not necessarily in a sexual way, just nice. He has some appreciative thoughts about her body, and communicates them to her in Mindspeech because why not.
- And for some reason he starts imagining the scenario where they didn't catch her and instead of finding out Iomedae had sent her to marry him, she decided to seduce him to learn more - this is really not a very plausible scenario, he doubts he would have gone for it if not for a god literally manifesting in his conference room to give Her blessing to the whole thing, but - for some reason it's nonetheless appealing to imagine. Kind of hot. Minds are WEIRD about this apparently.
...He tells her that's where his thoughts went, while still massaging her, because it seems good to communicate.
"At the time you said you would have a hard time noticing and I thought that was pretty implausible but now I believe you that you would have had a hard time noticing! I could probably have kept repeatedly showing up naked to perfume the baths or something and you would have been like 'I wonder if that's traditional here'..."
"Not that I have noticed, anyway! At least not nearly naked. The servants were are all attractive, at least according to my travel companions who pay more attention to that. Apparently it was implied that we could sleep with them if we wanted and this was - a present from the pharaoh," he squirms a bit, he's still bothered by that, "but whatever the route by which we were supposed to pick this up, it was not at all obvious to me, they were also chosen to be competent and that is the part I noticed."
"Huh," she says, thoughtfully. "There were no similar traditions here though I am sure as a practical matter there has never been a society in which kings had a terribly hard time getting their servants into bed."
She sits up. "If I had met so little success in seducing you I would probably have decided that you were gay but I might've tried asserting that I wanted Gifted children, I heard some other people talking about that."
"...That makes sense, and - might have worked, actually, though less clear it would have caused me to let down my guard much or slip out any secrets around you. But it would have seemed like a sensible motive to me. - I might have tried to send you Vanyel's way instead, he has more Gifts, and he is not really interested in women but I think would have fulfilled such a request."
"How complicated my life could've gotten! - the thing I think, when I think how I wish it would've gone, is that I had managed to figure out that you'd asked Iomedae for a wife, at which point I would've gone to Aroden and explained everything and asked him if it'd be very impressive if I went and poked you with a hatpin that would not be enchanted with anything but could have been."
"In terms of what would have happened? I mean, I do not have my own anti-magic demiplane - yet - so if Aroden had not been near at hand I would have needed to do something else - I would have preferred to just alert him since transporting you to his demiplane was the safest way of handling the whole situation."
He massages her in comfortable silence for a while. Notices that he's enjoying it and not particularly drawn to anything more, right now.
"You should probably sleep soon," he says eventually. "I - would enjoy falling asleep holding you, but I have a Ring of Sustenance so I will inevitably wake up two hours later and then my body will be so confused."
Leareth does his best to relax into it, mostly not having thoughts, barely thinking at all about Gate-security or shielding on the palace or whatnot. He makes appreciative noises. Without really thinking about it, he lets his personal shields down again, not all the way but enough to project some not-quite-verbal appreciative communication her way.
Leareth sits at the small writing-desk in his bedroom, working. He glances frequently at the stars through the skylight, and eavesdrops on her dreams; he can't recall ever doing that before, it's fascinating.
Eventually, a couple of hours before dawn, he crawls back into the bed with her, carefully snuggles up without waking her, and goes to sleep as well.
Damn, that's useful, how does he manage that. - probably a magic item. She'll hang out quietly until he wakes up, thinking.
That went - okay? Not amazing, he didn't have a sudden revelation that now he trusts her and feels safe around her, and it feels like maybe there's something she could've done better so he would've felt at ease instead of frustrated and disoriented, but - they'll get there, they'll have a really functional marriage which also probably includes lots of interesting sex once he has warmed up to it. He is thinking of her as - with him for the long haul, to become immortal. She is pretty sure she doesn't want a method that involves murdering people, like he suggested that his did, but - there are other ways, right, there's whatever Aroden once had -
- she doesn't feel actively excited about living forever as his wife saving the world, more grimly determined, but probably several parts of it will be exciting.
She is still super jealous of the pharaoh of Osirion and also dislikes him as a person just a tiny bit because of the offering Leareth girls as a present even though this is stupid and petty and she has literally herself done things much worse than that.
Leareth shivers. "I am very glad you did not! Probably it would have been fine if you had just done it briefly, since no one was killed, in the end; we had evacuated the entire Palace for it, but I nearly died. Technically did die, I had Contingent Resurrection set up for it."
"We were in the Palace trying to steal the Heartstone - a sort of magical construct and reservoir of power, Abadar wanted it and we wanted the Star-Eyed not to have a foothold in Valdemar's capital anymore - and I had to be there, in rapport with Vanyel, so that Abadar could work through me. Fortunately I did not need to do anything other than be there, because - She spent the entire time giving me horrible hallucinations, I think trying to frighten me into calling a Final Strike, while Abadar was fighting with Her in my head. Then She collapsed the building on us. Vanyel was only moderately injured and fished me out, but for a day or so they were worried I would have permanent brain damage from it. It was very scary."
And they can go through to Absalom!
She loves it. She wants to stop at all of the magic shops and peek in the window and study the spells and scrolls and wondrous items. She wants to gape at people walking down the streets wearing same. The illusion-theatre is showing a romantic comedy about a powerful sorceress and a bumbling King trying to win or otherwise acquire her hand, while his handsome younger brother (who turns out to be the king himself, in disguise) tries to win her heart.
"We should get it in Cheliax."
"That would be amazing." Leareth is also very impressed with Absalom. It's not quite as much a case study in everything that delights him as Aktun, but it's lovely.
He takes her for breakfast, and afterward they can go to the illusion-theatre and see the show. Leareth is intensely curious; Velgarth illusion-magic has never to his knowledge been used in quite this way.
The show is cute. The illusions aren't amazing, but they're good enough to hold the story together, and it's only a first level spell (there's a separate actor doing voices).
When they leave Carissa looks dazed. "We have to get it in Cheliax now. We should try to hire them off from here, maybe - at least let's go ask where they trained and who does the scripts and scene designs -"
They get a location of the school where they're being trained, which also provides the scripts and scene-books the illusionists use for reference, apparently. It's not too far. "Do you want to go over now or come back tomorrow when we have a proposal for them - we're going to need, what, ballpark ten thousand..."
"...Right, I am still not calibrated on how many first-level wizards your world has, there would not be nearly enough mages in Velgarth to make this feasible as entertainment. Probably we cannot get that many all at once, we could start with it in some of the big cities." Leareth enjoyed the show a lot but is very slightly confused why Carissa has picked it to be this level of enthusiastic about.
"- That makes more sense now. I wonder if it is even better than Valdemar's Bardic system, they have shockingly good propaganda, but it would at least scale better if we could in fact bring shows to literally everyone in Cheliax, it seems hard for the lower-density farming areas but doable eventually..."
"Most people are walking distance of a temple for the healing when there's babies born, if absolutely nothing else. Ideally you wouldn't do it in the temples because - ideally part of the audience here is people who haven't set foot in a temple because they're still not sure that's not dangerous enough to ruin their life all by itself, but maybe they'd go if everyone was doing it, to see a funny romantic story - anyway I think people in the cities got a much more concentrated dose of Asmodeanism so they're much more important to target."
"That makes sense. Easier for Asmodeus to reach for the same reason it is easier for us to reach them." He smiles at her. "That is a very good idea, though. It would hopefully have occurred to me eventually but it is not where my mind went right away, so - thank you."
They reach the school.
"Lunch now?" Leareth says outside, taking her hand. "The restaurant I had planned is a longish walk so I might just do a short-range Gate. It is very nice not having to worry how many times I Gate in a day because I have four each of Lesser Restoration and Recharge Innate Magic."
Leareth is glad she seems to be having a good time, and is feeling a bit less like he's trying and not quite succeeding at following the script she expects of him.
He tells her the plan is to visit some magic shops that were recommended to him, and he'll buy her inks and materials for working on spells with Aroden, and maybe replace some of her magic items if she's desperately missing them.
"- This is the main shop where Aroden used to sell magic items, a long time ago," he says when they arrive at the first one.
"Wow!" The things she had before were a +2 headband and a ring of sustenance but she is going to stare in fascination at everything in the shop if they look rich enough to not get kicked out for doing that. She wants to see how similar amulets of nondetection look to the hatpin of it she made.
Leareth isn't sure if they look rich enough, but he brought a very substantial budget for this and if the staff start looking annoyed with them, he'll buy her whatever she's decided she wants and see if that helps. She should definitely have a Ring of Sustenance again, if only to save on the awkwardness of different bedtimes.
He looks at things with mage-sight and can try to tell her what the amulets of Nondetection look like to him, though he can only study the hatpin to compare if it's not currently Nondetection-ing.
She doesn't have an effect up concealing it right now and they can compare.
Eventually she gets self-conscious about how much money they're spending even though it's mostly on magic supplies which are a perfectly reasonable thing to spend money on. Her thoughts are all quite loud and defensive about how lots of the paladins had fancy enhanced armor.
"Thank you," she says. "I think probably that is more than enough to keep me busy for the next year."
"It is a reasonable start, anyway." Leareth isn't sure how to help her feel less defensive about extremely reasonable expenditures, which are so far just replacing all the things she gave up to come here - gods, he would be so frustrated if he had to sell his headband at this point, he's gotten so used to it.
Maybe he should just say it rather than hinting around it, that's always what he ends up wanting her to do. "Aroden will probably want you to have twenty more magic items as soon as he thinks of it. The entire week before the war he kept just handing me powerful magic items I had barely heard of and saying they would be essential to getting things done effectively, and he was absolutely right about it."
Leareth squeezes her hand. "I think being able to have normal conversations with Aroden is going to be important for your role, here. I know it is hard." He frowns. "...I am not sure I actually understand it, since people being very scary generally means I want to talk to them more rather than less, but I do know most people are not like that. Maybe you can give him advice on how to be less scary? He does not mean to be, and it seems inconvenient if it means people do not want to talk to him for important strategic information."
"I think it's mostly the thing where he is a legend from our history books who came back from the dead and fought Asmodeus and conquered the country in two days. Also both of you just have something about you that is very - if you notice a threat and you're always looking you'll destroy it without blinking - and with you I can sublimate that into sexual attraction but Aroden's old. Looking.
The illusion shows will help. We can show him and Parmida bantering."
Leareth takes a deep breath, reminds himself that being nervous about this isn't going to help achieve any of his goals and that Carissa likes him and wants to marry him, and - Gates them to right outside Trilliant, Ismat's jewellery shop.
"I want to marry you," he says to her, seriously. "Apparently Cheliax under Asmodeus did not take marriage nearly as seriously as Osirion, so possibly all of the advice I got from Parmida and Zahra is going to be confusing to you, but they said I should propose to you with a ring. I am separately going to get you a very magic ring because I am very paranoid and also people in fact keep trying to murder me and it would be unfair of me to drag you into that without protecting you to the same absurd extent I protect myself. But - anyway, I do not have it yet, and Ismat said I could not buy a normal ring without bringing you in to see if you liked it, so - here we are...?"
"Most Chelish weddings happen on Signing Day. It's - considered auspicious, and it's a big national festival, all your friends who are getting married hold wedding parties and you kind of just - float around, maybe with a date, go to four or five of them and congratulate people. People do get married on other days but - the most Chelish thing to do is to get married on Signing Day, it'd be a bit of a foreigner thing not to. Imperial marriages always were on Signing Day.
The problem is, it's in two weeks. Or, uh, a year and two weeks."
Leareth nods, thinks for a minute.
"...Honestly my first thought is that getting married in two weeks will put a hard cap on how much time we have to spend wedding planning. Parmida thinks I will dislike it. I like planning things in general but - I suppose not when I am mostly interacting with elements I do not understand and am not sure which ones are critical versus discretionary. I do worry that an important part of the purpose of state weddings is everyone knowing it is happening, which would be hard to accomplish in two weeks. Also I would feel a little bad about overshadowing everyone else's weddings. But - you are the one who will better understand the various pieces and justifications here, I think."
"People should know it's happening but it might be all right if they find out from the fireworks display, at least if we're talking about common people, I am pretty out of my depth guessing what the nobles would expect to know except they'll be annoyed you didn't pick one of their own. Probably we've got to make sure they all know in advance which maybe can't be done in two weeks - that's easier with Gates everywhere, I guess. It's stupidly little time to plan anything in, the staff'll be stressed. .
..I don't know how long we have before Aroden" -she glances around, decides not to get into it - "but it'd be much better to be married by then, I think...
If it were a month I'd say we should just go ahead, it's just that two weeks is so tight. I don't suppose Aroden has a time dilation demiplane he can loan his staff."
"Aroden absolutely has a time dilation demiplane, he took a number of us there immediately after he did the turning-people-to-stone at the Worldwound, since he needed a day to rest and prepare his spells again. I think it can do longer than a day if one is using it for fewer people. In terms of making announcements, we do still have Taver helping coordinate - he seemed not especially attached to returning to Valdemar, I suppose they are likely already in line to receive a new reincarnated Groveborn and also the situation with his former Chosen is awkward. He has the ability to broadsend Mindspeech to everyone within fifty miles, and we can transport him around by Gate."
"Welcome!" chirps a middle-aged lady behind the till, looking up from an account-book. "How can I help you?"
"That might be her appointment with, uh," says a teenage girl. "Uh, do we bow to foreign royalty -"
"Foreign royalty? That's exciting and I have no idea," says the older one.
The younger girl bows just to be safe. The older one ducks into the back room calling for Ismat.
If they're definitely going for a non-magical ring now that she already has two magical ones lined up, then his very tentative reasonable-budget estimate with Parmida is probably too high. "Up to five thousand gold, I think, but if we are going for non-magical and pretty, I am not sure at what price point one hits diminishing returns on prettiness."
"I bet Van could do a big rock that's not a diamond but I can't think of any other big rock I'd particularly prefer so that's fine. - can you do one Raise Dead grade so if I ever get that far with Iomedae I can use my wedding ring to raise the dead in an emergency, that seems like a good thing to be able to do."
"Sure thing! Though if you have a source on arbitrary artificial rocks, there's a fancy kind of diamond, extra fiery, so rare I haven't gotten my hands on any yet but I saw some at a convention in Absalom last year, doesn't have the advantage of being usable for spells in a pinch but the big centerpiece could be a normal diamond either way."
"I will think it at you, it was terribly striking." They displayed it under strong light right next to a diamond.
Leareth breathes out a slight 'ooh' of awe, tries to share the visual memory along to Carissa although it'll come less clearly through two steps of Mindspeech transfer with un-Gifted people. "I think I recognize it and can look up what our world's alchemists know about it, and see if Vanyel would like a diversion from making the same kind of diamond every day."
"I will get underway on the design and put my lapidary to work on the big diamond and the rubies and expect to hear back about little extra-fieries in a couple days. I can go ahead with diamonds elsewise. I take half up front -" She has a standard contract blank written up.
Leareth reads through it, mostly checking if there's anything unusual relative to other contracts he's seen here that Aroden signed off on, he hasn't had time to thoroughly familiarize himself with Golarion's contract law situation.
How much is half up front, in this case?
Ismat's security counts that out for her but she looks pleased as punch about it. "If you want to review the design come back tomorrow afternoon, I won't be in but I'll send a sketch copy over. I will need your ring size -" The teenage girl has a measuring tape for that.
"We can stop by tomorrow, I think - do you still want to work out a proposal for the illusion people in Absalom, we are going to be very busy but it might be even more useful to have some of them by the time the wedding happens, they could show it in other cities and maybe you will make me seem less scary."
"That makes sense. All right, tomorrow we will head to Absalom as soon as the proposal is ready and then swing by here. And tonight I need to inform Aroden we are getting married, and ask about using his time-dilated demiplane, and work on making a spell Vanyel can use for extra-pretty diamonds - that part will be fun, at least..."
Of course there won't be a honeymoon. They're doing the public-facing parts of this, not the - whatever other parts, or at least not at the same pace - at least he didn't announce his intent not to leave the pharaoh of Osirion's for a week -
"I'll keep that in mind and not worry you have been murdered if you do not emerge from the library," she says, cheerfully enough she thinks. "Did you want us to spend time together now, or go make appointments and retain solicitors and order a dress and so on and then meet up again later?"
"Want to have dinner together and then split up and maybe have some time together afterward if we are efficient?" He squeezes her hand. "- I did not actually mean I will want to avoid seeing you for a week! I think I will probably want to see you a great deal, just - not constantly visit new places where I need to orient and be on alert for threats and handle tasks I am unfamiliar with."
"They are more directly involved here than in Velgarth. And - moreso since prophecy was lost, I think, one of the reasons the goddess who betrayed Aroden thought it was worthwhile is that it - nudges the gods to communicate and cooperate, rather than defaulting to manipulation."
She takes some of her money and goes to a tailor and gets measured for a dress and gets told it's too late for it to be ready for Signing Day and spends more money until it is no longer too late for that and goes to a stationery shop and learns, again, they're booked through after the holidays, which is fine because she can do all the copying herself with magic if she can just get someone to do the first announcement card the others will be copied from.
In Corentyn she knows lots of people but here she really doesn't. She hits up some more stationery shops until she finds one who will agree to do a card on the spot for a generous sum of money. - then he refuses once she tells him what to put on it, thinking it's some kind of prank which will probably get him in trouble.
She gives up on that for the night - the shops would mostly be closed by now if it wasn't the leadup to Signing Day - and swings by the library to read imperial wedding contracts.
She's back at his place at the agreed-upon time.
Aroden clearly has a lot on his mind, but he agrees, a bit absently, that while two weeks is definitely rushed they can probably pull it off, albeit at higher monetary cost but it does seem worth getting it in on the traditional day and not being committed to wait an entire year. And that the illusion-performers are a good idea and he can spend a bit of time in the morning working with them on a proposal if Carissa is available.
He's unsure what other logistics are required for a Chelish wedding, aside from making announcements so people know it's happening at all, since he and Parmida were married in Osirion and also on a very low budget. What does Parmida think?
She does not know much about local wedding traditions! She could find out but there's only so much time for finding out. Presumably there is a large category of people who'd be affronted not to receive an invitation and a large category of people who it'd be a good idea to invite and you've got to feed them all but beyond that they should probably track down someone actually in the Chelish nobility.
Leareth promises to ask Carissa if she has any leads on this. Alternately, Taver probably knows who they could ask, at least; Taver knows who just about everyone in Cheliax is, due to his helpful coordination work.
Also they should maybe invite some of the Heralds, given their close relationship with Valdemar during the war?
That makes sense. They should invite people from the countries that stepped in to help Aroden during the war, for sure, Andoran offered a lot of aid.
...He does of course want the pharaoh there but it seems like it might be more headache than it's worth given all the protocols. (And he's vaguely aware that it'll probably make Carissa sad if he's spending the whole time Mindspeaking with Khemet for reassurance.)
He calls for a late dinner, since he didn't manage to eat during the two hours. Sits down on the sofa, wearily, and holds out his arm, wordlessly offering for Carissa to join him. "And how was your evening of tasks?"
"Paid a tailor a lot of money to put fitting my dress ahead of fitting everyone else's Signing Day dresses. Found someone who could do up a fancy announcement card with beautiful writing, but then I told him what I wanted written on it and he decided it was some kind of prank that he might get executed about and refused to do it. I wrote down what I think the announcement cards should say, and I can copy them myself with magic, but you might have to be the one to go to the shop about it. Went and looked up imperial wedding contracts. I think it's way more complicated if I'm bringing my own titles or property into the marriage and relatively uncomplicated given that I am not. Also there's so much in there that's just really specific, I keep wondering, did they add this after someone had this specific marital disagreement or were they just trying to be comprehensive and why be comprehensive in this direction -
- for example, it seems historically common for a woman to agree to testify to the children's paternity under a truth spell once they're born, which seems sensible enough, it beats the Osirian solution of constantly surveilling me, but one contract specified that if she was uncertain, then her husband could divorce her about that but not disinherit the child, unless he found out before he was born and divorced her then, unless she was uncertain due to violence or magic against her person, in which case he could still divorce her but this did not disinherit the child even if unborn. None of which is exactly unreasonable but it's so specific to have bothered - negotiating at some length in advance -"
Sigh. "I can go to the stationery shop with you before we Gate out on our many errands. I want you there so I can pointedly have you on my arm and stare at him - no, hmm, that might be scary... The marriage contract sounds like the legacy of an extremely low-trust society, where people did not expect softer social mores to prevent them from being treated badly. Although legislating good treatment of wives and children is - not an especially effective solution to to that problem, in my experience."
"You will definitely scare that particular poor man if you do that but we could go to some other shop, I doubt we'll have trouble convincing any of them to take it on with you there. I would rather a fairly minimal contract for the sake of my Law but probably if we're notably excluding a bunch of traditional clauses that's weird. ...it would be useful to have anyone to talk to who is actually Chelish nobility but I expect they're all nervously keeping their distance and also awfully selected for terribleness?"
"That's a good idea. And it's not as if it'll be the end of the world if it's nontraditional, since all the recent tradition is poisoned... oh, you know what else we could do, since apparently you can just rent a place in Aktun - the old King before the death of Aroden will be there. Gaspodar, I think his name was. I don't trust much of my political education but he was famously preparing to abdicate in Aroden's favor once he returned. And then assassinated in the civil war not too long after that."
"- Poor man. I wonder if Aroden ever visited him there after he publicly revealed his existence." His lips twitch. "The thought that just occurred to me was 'I could ask Abadar for advice' - He is much lower-cost to speak with after I conveyed the human-communication interface to him from my god-research, I had so many headaches from doing it but it will save me more headaches in the long run." And Khemet too. "That being said, possibly I ought get out of the habit of asking gods for advice about my personal life. Myself two months ago would have been so shocked and appalled about it too."
"It definitely costs something, and this question does not seem especially like Abadar's comparative advantage, so probably I should not. It would be interesting to learn what the marriage customs were like before Aroden died, and make a deliberate move to bring those back? And there are probably many people in Axis who remember that. Aroden's adopted son Saba's parents by blood are there, though they were farmers and not nobles."
"If that seems to be the case based on a quick assessment, we could crib further details from Andoran, I am not sure if people who have been in Axis for a century will remember their exact wedding ceremony."
Leareth leans against Carissa, running his hand through her hair. "I find it tiring, navigating politics in a country I barely know. It is - fine, if I feel oriented to a place's culture and relevant considerations, though I suppose never my favourite activity."
"I find it stressful but that's almost entirely the feeling that if I trip up at it I die, if actually the worst thing that happens is that some people are judgmental then it's not very stressful. And it helps a lot that Iomedae chose me, normally I think I'd be worrying a bunch right now that we're missing some information that would make this seem like a bad idea. It'll also make it - more legible to people, if we're willing to admit to it. They know Iomedae is Chelish, it'll - make sense that she wanted to choose you a Chelish queen..."
"People aren't going to be at all clear on what that means - I was really unsure when She chose me - but it does seem like it'll count for something.
The thing is that it's hard to tell if Good is actually - anything other than what the enemy calls themselves for all the general reasons armies have to call themselves that."
"That makes sense. I think even I was - somewhat dubious of it as a term, when I first arrived here."
He puts his head down on her shoulder. "Maybe we can take a break from talking about this now? I am not sure I can last through two entire weeks of only ever talking about wedding logistics and politics. - Oh, by the way, Aroden wants to meet tomorrow morning to ask you about the illusion-theatre proposal and help plan that."
"...Not relevantly, no. I barely had a family in my first life. Probably the closest I have to a vaguely familial relationship is...Urtho? He was my teacher and mentor. The pharaoh resurrected him and to my surprise he wanted to apologize about starting a war on me, so...I suppose we are on good terms now and I could invite him to the wedding. Anyway, what about you?"
"I have a half-brother who's ten years older and runs a shipping business with my father in Corentyn. I have a sister who's four years younger, she's a wizard too, she teaches classes and does surveillance at the school we both went to. My mother works for the county on university enrollment arrangements. I have one living grandmother, she practiced law but I can't ask her about the marriage contract because she only did criminal and she's been retired for twenty years. I have four cousins. One of them is the one I borrowed my fake test scores from, she has a little cart where she sells drinks during the day and she uses Prestidigitation to keep them cold. One worked on the docks until he threw out his back and now he "borrows" money from the rest of us. The other two were clerics of Asmodeus and are in Hell now."
"Uh, so, everyone's setting them to maximize revenue, right, but if you make them really high then other countries retaliate by doing the same thing, so sometimes you have agreements to let each other's goods through, or else you really want something of theirs so you don't tax it much - probably Abadar has all kinds of opinions about this, it seems like the sort of thing where He definitely would -"
"Abadar dislikes tariffs, I think, but also has more nuanced opinions about how to handle them, and Osirion also has a number of researchers in economics who have opinions. I have quite a lot of notes on it which are in the backlog for 'decisions to discuss with Aroden.'"
“That is probably all that really counts. I did sleep with more people a very very long time ago - after my, well, children-murdering immortality backup was the only one that survived, and the attempts I made to redo others met with extremely bad luck, I arranged to father large numbers of children, to guarantee I would always have surviving descendants. Mostly it was exactly the method you mentioned, before, many women were interested in having Gifted children, especially once the early Eastern Empire had enough resources that I could sponsor them for it. I do not remember any of it, though."
He looks down. "- Also I...did some questionable things with mind-control and illusions in order to father some children who could not be traced down as mine. I was - being my usual ruthless self, not taking any chances, and it would be reasonable if you were disturbed by my - willingness to use people that way. I have no intention of ever doing it again, and I do not expect it to correlate with how I will treat you, now, but - it is part of my history."
"I do not actually remember this at all, it was a very long time ago," Leareth says, as neutrally as possible. "According to my records," he thinks back, "there were about half a dozen instances where I used an illusion, similar to Alter Self here, to visit taverns and other places where women are sometimes interested in sleeping with men, while not appearing as myself, and I assume I would have read their minds to see who was interested. In another five cases I nudged it along with a compulsion-spell, roughly equivalent to Suggestion here, and in a subset of those also suggested that they not tell their husbands about the tryst. On two instances, for some reason, I impersonated a woman's husband - I did not record enough of the circumstances to know why that made sense, it seems like it would be much more risk and effort, but perhaps I knew the couples in question and thought it would not be suspicious. In all of the cases where a child resulted, about half - I had Healing in that life and could make it more likely - I arranged a non-suspicious way for them to receive unexpected extra money."
"The Star-Eyed destroyed my access to that method and I am not going to set it up again. Aroden has ideas, and - in the worst case scenario, there are other Velgarth spells which would not be ideal, but which I would at least be able to set up here without being constantly plagued by suspicious coincidences, or fearing that the Velgarth gods were watching my every move and scheming to destroy them at the moment I needed them."
"...That makes sense. I - am capable of doing that, if it achieves my goals, but it would not achieve my goals at all here. Also Iomedae would be furious and that would actively impede my goals. I - am in fact trying not to be Evil, now, since I have better options, but I understand if that is not very reassuring, so - all I can say is that I am not stupid."
Also the idea is really upsetting. Usually contemplating the various awful things he's done doesn't bother him that much, what would be the point now. His records didn't include whether he found it upsetting way back then at the beginning.
"Dunno about that. I had a boyfriend in school. We didn't have penetrative sex because I knew a girl who got an abortion and then something went wrong and she couldn't have kids anymore, and it seemed like a stupid thing to be risking. - had no idea how stupid, I guess. I had a - regular hookup, at the Worldwound. A girl because guys make it weird, afterwards."
"Uh, most people don't trust anyone but they still want to have sex, because it beats being alone, except there's an asymmetry because most people are straight and men want sex more and also it's much safer for a boy to go home with a random girl than for a girl to go home with a random boy, if neither of them have magic. So mostly if you're a pretty girl there are lots of men who want to have sex with you but, like, all of them would sell you out to protect themselves and half of them are assholes and ten percent of them will straight-up try to rape you and it's hard to tell which so a lot of girls don't bother, or stick with a moderately shitty person who at least has proved himself not to be in the bottom decile. I'm not actually sure that this teaches one much of anything about how to have a happy marriage, if I were looking for models for happy marriages I'd think of - functional business partnerships, or something, or stories but it's stupid to reason from stories."
"That makes sense. And is also very sad. It - really does not make it sound bothering worth. At least I understand how functional business partnerships work." Leareth sighs a little. "This conversation seems very important to have but it is not exactly a cheerful one, sorry."
"I'm not sure what else people talk about. Money. I'm not in any debt because I couldn't get loans that were remotely worthwhile on a laundry wizard's income and family'd ask too many questions, maybe report it. I have expensive spending habits because I am a wizard, but not really other than that. Normally I would say it's important to me to send the kids to the best school they test into but I am not imagining this will be an issue. - kids, I guess people talk about kids. I already said that if I hate being pregnant I will only do it twice. Realistically I will be flexible about that if it's somehow leaving Cheliax in the hands of a maniac but if you're immortal it really shouldn't. if I don't hate it or if I hate it for reasons we can throw a lot of magic at, then I dunno? I read once that larger noble families means more political instability so maybe we'd want to stop at two anyway."
Leareth nods. "Also I hear children are time-consuming, and - Aroden predicts I will like having children and wish to spend time with them even though if I wanted I could have them mostly raised by nursery staff. He said he was surprised by how much he appreciated his children and missed them when he had to be away."
"Just Zahra and his adopted son Saba; he was three when the disaster hit Cheliax, and Aroden rescued him after his parents' death and brought him across the sea to Osirion. Intending to find another adoptive family for him, but he never did, nobody was in a position to feed extra mouths that year and - I suppose both of them became quite attached to one another. Aroden says that he desperately needed someone to hold onto - that it was awful not being able to save all of Cheliax but at least he could save one child."
"Not sure what else. If there's more horrible stuff we should know about each other I guess maybe we should -
- I reported people for disloyalty. In the military. It was my job to do Detect Thoughts on everybody and ask a standard buncha questions and report anyone who was - planning to escape, or convert, or fake their death, or whatever."
Leareth nods. Hugs her a little. "If you want an itemized list of all the horrible things I have ever done, we are going to be here for a while. Most of it is comes with having engaged in wars. Assassinated people. I accidentally nearly assassinated Vanyel, which was embarrassing - contingency-plan that was not supposed to be active but there was a miscommunication or something, even in the post-mortem I never figured out exactly what happened there. I - had various plans to weaken Valdemar's defences when my main plan involved taking them over. Employed various very dubious people as bounty hunters. Kidnapped mage-gifted children. I - created a nasty artifact that would summon demons on a person's entire family when triggered, for an unscrupulous man who wanted to take over a neighbouring kingdom, in exchange for his agreement to help with the invasion. Ended up being a rather stupid idea, for reasons I suspect a god specifically wanted me not to know. Makes my recent murder somewhat fitting, though it would have needed to happen to me a hundred times to really balance it out."
"If one of our good gods pulled you here - when they did -
- probably it'd be because the right time was when you were friends with Vanyel and had an army. I'm sure it was a terrible time for - you having the chance to be okay personally -
- but I find it easier to live with, when I see it like that, even though I'm not sure if the plan is that clear -"
...It doesn't feel like the point is really whether he personally is okay, but Leareth doesn't feel like getting into it more right now. It - does help a little, not so much the specific words Carissa is saying as the fact that she's trying to think of something at all.
He closes his eyes and rests his head on her shoulder and decides against apologizing, again, that her goddess sent her to marry someone with such a disturbing past.
So he takes her hand and walks to the bedroom with her. Sits down heavily on the side of the bed. He already feels kind of tired of thinking about wedding planning, and also keeps remembering things that aren't dealt with yet... "Maybe we should fit in going clothes shopping tomorrow as well so you have other non-wedding dresses to wear."
"Everybody's going to be really busy right now, it'll probably be cheaper to just wait until after Signing Day. I paid lots extra to rush the wedding dress but I can get by with just one normal one for a couple of weeks. I could get fitted for lingerie before then, probably, if you specifically object to this horrible itchy shift." She has stripped down to it again.
"I am not the one who has to wear it! It looks so uncomfortable. I suppose you can clean it with magic so it is less inconvenient to get by with one set of clothes, and I have definitely done it before - though honestly, I am capable of sewing and magic makes it quite fast, I could ask Parmida to get a spare dress and we could modify it to fit you."
"...The past is in the past," Leareth says finally. "I think going forward, we can both - try to do better, Cheliax should have better, that is what Aroden was trying to do here. And - I am not sure, but it is almost harder to adjust to that, having done awful things in the name of fixing other things, it...makes it harder to tell. I want you–" He stops. "I am not sure how to say this, I do not want to - just give you another duty - but I want you to know you can say if you think a choice I made was horrible. I am generally not defensive about it, Vanyel has shouted at me plenty. And - I think it would be good for both of us, but maybe especially for you, to - practice expecting better. At least of ourselves, it is not fair to hold everyone in Cheliax to that standard, yet, but... Does that make sense?"
"All of the things you described sounded horrible? I'd need to know - what other ways of doing things you considered and why you picked this one and what you considered the most likely and most harmful ways it could fail, and whether you tended to be good at predicting those things, and - I think - I believe that the answers would usually be that you thought about it about as much as people can, right, and -"
"Yes. I am not perfect at making such predictions, and usually it is a prediction-in-expectation anyway, the fact that I will be wrong sometimes is taken into account. I think most people are far more willing to be wrong about choosing not to act than choosing actions that cause harm as well as benefit. I do hold a somewhat higher barrier to action than inaction, but inaction is also a choice with the consequences that it has, often unpleasant ones. I have very detailed records of nearly all my decisions and I review them afterward. I did make some stupid and probably unjustified calls in the war with Urtho, but in my defence I was not even forty and he attacked first."
"I have absolutely not been doing that! It would defeat the point of what I am hoping for here, I want us to be allies - also Iomedae could probably tell and She would be so furious and - I really do not wish to upset or disappoint Her–" Leareth is kind of surprised how emphatic that feeling is. "Look, I will take down my shields and you can read my thoughts and see."
Leareth is also kind of startled by it. He's trying to unpack why it feels like such an obviously different category in his mind - it's not just the specific details that make it unnecessary and pointless, here, it's... It feels tangled up in why Abadar looked at him and saw a pattern shaped like an ally, a process that could make and keep agreements, that could participate in trades. Which was so startling to Leareth, because most people don't consider him the kind of person one can cooperate with in good faith - because Iomedae was right, he sacrificed that when it seemed like it would be more effective, on net, to have Evil options open to him.
It's - related to why he never tried to mind-control Vanyel, right, and hadn't planned on it, he wouldn't have hesitated if Vanyel had actually ridden north to try to kill him (though in that case he also wouldn't have made it subtle or hard to notice at ALL.) But for ten years they've been talking, and he was trying to communicate. Which is a back-and-forth, it's not really communication anymore if the thing you're doing is slipping alien thoughts into someone's mind, and the latter it's fundamentally not the kind of motion you do toward someone you hope will be your ally. If you're using involuntary, unremarked compulsions then you've already decided someone is an object in the world to be manipulated, not an agent to make trades with.
Leareth is willing to do that, but he doesn't prefer it; he dislikes it, overall, that just isn't very relevant in comparison to what will or won't help him succeed. And the difference between before in Velgarth and now in Golarion is that he can try to have real allies, even make that his default stance, and expect it to work better, because there are enough people in this world who are actually trying to win. Iomedae is also Good, and Lawful, but those aren't even the point, the point is that She is the goddess of defeating and destroying evil. As She said, not of fighting evil, that's different.
...Also he thinks it's very possible Iomedae would set him on fire or something if he mistreated her cleric, and given that, Carissa should maybe feel like she has a little more security to push back on things that bother her, instead of...it seems like she thinks he holds all the cards, here, and that bothers him.
She leans against him, and nods, and -
"Oh -"
And she stops shielding herself, it seems only fair, and tries to explain.
She trusts him, and she is planning to work with him, on Cheliax and then whatever comes next, to be immortal and learn magic from Aroden and take on all of this, even though there's so much and so much of it is things she's not had very long at all to think about, and it seems really likely, right, that he and she are on basically the same page about what being good to each other is and they'll do that and it'll just get easier with time and be kind of uncomplicated eventually and be the thing in real life that gets called true love in stories, and Iomedae will be backing her if she needs it which she won't because she's going to learn magic from Aroden -
- but it would be silly and a mistake, to try to - in reaching for that, make that the only kind of situation she could operate in, make this something that would break if actually he and she have different ideas of what being good to each other is, if actually she has less resources than expected, if actually there's a lot they disagree on - and there are a lot of parts to building something that still works in that case, she hasn't put them all together yet, but one part of it is -
- there's a world where there's a Leareth who isn't very different, right, but who doesn't happen to see Suggestion as a thing-you-don't-do-towards-an-ally, or is undecided about whether she's an ally, and who was surprised, when she said that earlier tonight, and the thing she said - closed a door, right, it told him 'that's a thing you don't do towards an ally' but not what to do instead, and she still wants to marry that Leareth, she still wants to be his ally, and she has to give him a way to get there, and she was thinking of it as kind of a - free thing to offer, right, to say that they could talk about it, it helps in the world where it's needed and it doesn't matter in the world where everything's good and she wins no matter what because, well, that's the world where everything's good and she wins no matter what. And she wasn't thinking about how even in that world it might hurt him, hurt them, for her to be - holding everything in suspension like that -
- and she's not totally sure yet what to do about it but she does want to be his ally, and she mostly is not afraid of him and she thinks she might have lots and lots of security but she doesn't want to count on it, right - she doesn't only want to be able to work if it's true -
:That makes sense: He holds her, quietly, for a moment. :I want...: It would really, really help if he knew what. :Does it help, when I just show you my thoughts?: It's oddly - comforting is entirely the wrong word, it's uncomfortable, but it still seems to ease something in him, doing that.
Maybe it's mostly that she would feel so stupid, right, if she decided Iomedae had her back and her husband loved her and everything was going to be okay, and then a predictable bad thing happened and she wasn't prepared for it because she'd been so busy enjoying a fairy tale where it was safe not to, because she - let herself live in a world that was nice to think about -
- if things are nice to think about they're probably a malicious lie, it was a pretty good rule her entire life -
Leareth understands it a bit, he thinks, it's not the exact same mental pattern - his is the kind of paranoia you develop when you're powerful and have a lot of equally powerful adversaries, hers the kind that you develop when powerless in a hostile world - but he also finds it very hard to just trust and feel that things are good.
And things aren't a nice fairy tale, the world is still dangerous, she shouldn't let down her guard, but - the thing Aroden has with Parmida, that they wanted him to have, is that at the very least the two of them can shield each other, and then it's that much easier to handle all the rest, but that is a lot of trust and it's a big thing for him to ask for, from her, especially when he struggles so much with his side of it as well.
That being said, he doesn't think 'feel stupid' is quite the right framing, here - if he brought his entire army to point A because it was the best plan based on what he knew, and then the enemy went to point B, he wouldn't feel stupid unless he had made a mistake, and - sometimes the highest-value gamble to make does have a downside, a very bad one, but if the likelihood of it is low and the upside is high then it can still be worth it.
Also he really, really doesn't want to hurt her, he's surprisingly distressed about doing it by accident - maybe this is why it was easier with Khemet, who's powerful enough and in control enough that Leareth doesn't worry about that - he should stop thinking about Khemet, this won't help...
"He's important to you. I don't expect you to - partition that away from me all the time so I'm not reminded."
Shiver.
"I have been - telling you when I need things. Even though it's scary. Haven't been - letting you fail tests you didn't know about, that wouldn't be fair. I -
- Iomedae did a thing, when she manifested, I wanted to collapse on the ground or cry or - hide - and instead I was full of sureness that - that saying everything I was too scared to say would actually go fine, that I was safe - and this was a reasonable enough thing to do in that specific context and probably she could've made it - stick - and didn't - because it wouldn't be good for me. But she did also tell me to my face that you were worthy of me and it'd go better than all right, which isn't exactly being subtle -
-
-
- I'm scared that if I fall in love with you then you'll think I'm pathetic and want to be around someone who - isn't -"
Leareth can't figure out how to say the answer in words, so he just holds his thoughts bare for her. It's - just - he's been under the impression here that the entire point of this is that they'll fall in love with each other, and he's definitely in the process of trying; that's part of what's hard, just having a straightforward unemotional business relationship with someone would be treading familiar ground. But instead he's doing his best to be open with her and work toward trusting her, and he's at least partway to being in love with her, he is pretty sure he doesn't go around with nearly so many urges to hold hands and cuddle with people he isn't in love with, and he can sort of see where the rest of that path goes, now...
...and there's a kind of trying to live in a story that involves not-looking at reality, though he doesn't think it's pathetic because why would that help, he thinks it's - beautiful and tragic and very human, and it makes him want to change reality so that all the people who need things desperately, and don't have the strength or cleverness or courage to stare at the ugliness of the broken world and spend years shaping it themselves, will be able to find their stories anyway. But there's a different kind of living the story you want to live that isn't pretending, it's just planning, and Carissa is clever and brave and - wonderful - and she is entirely capable of writing the story she wants to live into the fabric of reality around her, and that, to Leareth, is the opposite of pathetic, it's triumphant and precious and close to the core of why thinking, feeling beings matter. Carissa successfully snuck a cactus familiar past Leareth and Aroden and learned their secrets (fondness, warmth, he's still so impressed),and he absolutely believes she can join him in writing the story where they're in love. Partly because he's pretty sure he wants that and that Iomedae would have known.
Iomedae did not say he would love her (she would not have believed Iomedae if She had). Iomedae said he was worthy of her, and she'd be safer with him than anywhere else, and that it'd be good for the world. It seems very much like a foolish little girl's mistake, to decide that this means he will love her. She doesn't need it, to take on this thing ahead of them.
Is she capable of it? She has no idea. She is pretty sure she is capable of loving him. Might fall into it by accident, even. She is pretty sure she can get the illusion-theatres sorted and plan the wedding and - hold him and confess her fears and do stupid-in-the-dangerous-worlds things like that. Maybe it'll work. Reaching for it still feels ridiculous.
She trusts him to be - trying. She trusts herself to be trying. She trusts that sometimes it'll be enough and sometimes it won't, and that they won't stop trying. That seems like - probably not what love is, but -
Maybe that's what falling in love is like, for people like them, competently working together and confessing their fears to each other and trying, knowing that trying, in itself, sometimes will and sometimes won't be enough.
Also Leareth is forming an opinion that being in love with someone is what makes him want sexual relations with them, which is maybe backward from the order a lot of people have, but when (and it feels like a when, not an if) he does straightforwardly and spontaneously want that with her, that's probably what it means.
That's such an odd way for a person to be! Kind of a nice thought, though, that when he's ready to have that it won't just be that he understands her thoroughly enough to let down his guard around her but that he will - 'love' still feels like a bit of a fake concept - he'll be building a story with her, where they can rely on each other forever.
She feels abruptly exhausted. Snuggles him again, rather than come up with more things to say or think.
She nods sleepily. She sleeps. She has vague sex dreams, some of them nice and some of them awful ("nice" and "awful" are background facts about them, not apparently connected to the things happening), and a dream of Iomedae watching her and saying that She thought she could handle this, and a dream about waking up in Hell and Asmodeus laughing at her, for thinking any of this was real...
Leareth, having looked up the kind of crystal in question, designs a spell plus raw materials that he thinks should replicate the 'extra-fiery' stones for the ring. It still needs more power than he can manage alone, but he doesn't need to sleep for another hour or two and Vanyel also has a Ring of Sustenance, so Leareth leaves Carissa sleeping in his bed (with some reluctance) and slips out to find Vanyel and explain it to him.
Vanyel is in fact still up, and thinks this plan is adorable, but doesn't have the energy to try it tonight, he usually tires himself out by the end of the normal day and spends his extra six hours a night once everyone else is asleep reading books. He has an entire world's worth of scholarship to catch up on, after all.
Leareth talks to him a little, but isn't sure how to bring up any of what still feels hanging-unresolved with Carissa, or whether Carissa would mind that, so he heads back and lies down in the bed with her before he's actually very sleepy. Enjoys being close to her until he eventually falls asleep.
Leareth wakes up at dawn. Sees her busy preparing spells, and doesn't disturb her, just gets up and prays for his and then checks their list of tasks for today.
"Maybe a stationery store first?" he says once they're both finished with spells. "And then talk to Taver about nobles to contact for the wedding invite list - meet with Aroden about the illusion-performers - go back to Absalom - go back to Sothis... Am I missing things, I am probably missing things."
Aroden did manage to inform his staff, some of whom are Chelish, even, and worked in the palace before, but this morning they were asking him about various decisions regarding food and flowers, and worries that everywhere is booked out for Signing Day, and he honestly has very little idea on any of it, except that if they're using his demiplane anyway they don't need 200 days in it and so can maybe draw up a list of various service-providers who could provide their services by then if they had access to time dilation? If that's reasonable?
Carissa seems only minimally intimidated so that's something.
After that meeting they can finish writing up a proposal and then go talk to Taver (who's also intimidating for many people but less so than Aroden) and go to a stationery shop either here or in Absalom, and then fireworks and flowers and grab lunch in there somewhere...
It's pretty relentless. That in itself is fine, Leareth is used to it, it's not nearly as hectic as the one-week deadline Aroden gave him for getting his entire army and all his mages to Golarion. He's less a fan of the part where he can't lean on past contingency-planning almost at all, due to having made zero plans for 'and this is what I will do if I need to have a huge state wedding in a fortnight', and juggling unfamiliar customs...
And when they're in Sothis anyway he should talk to the pharaoh about how one actually books a cute little apartment in Aktun, presumably it's a bit easier to do thirteen days in advance, and he doesn't think they need the top floor or anything, just being in Abadar's divine realm is enough for him.
Another thing to add to the list.
Leareth warns Khemet that it's going to be an extremely busy week and he hopes to visit at least once during it, if only so he doesn't explode from too many flower-related decisions, but in general he won't have a lot of free time.
- oh, and does Khemet think he could pull off attending the wedding, or is it too complicated with security to be worth it?
Leareth isn't sure this is where he wants to assign his limited ability to ask Khemet for costly things that are important to him - he doesn't know how important it should be to him, the state wedding part that is, obviously Carissa herself is going to be very important to him.
Honestly Leareth is probably going to be too busy to actually talk to him for more than ten seconds at the wedding, though he could in principle feed him advice through the telepathic bond and maybe that's worth it.
"I'm - glad she's important to you. I think marriages work a lot better that way."
"I think so too." Sigh. "It is - probably going to be rather important that I be charming and non-scary in public for the wedding, that is half of the point of doing it, and it is true that I could badly use your advice for that part. It is not that I lack leadership experience, obviously I have plenty, just - not the same kind."
"Yes, I think that is part of the problem." Hug. "Thank you. I love you."
And then back to wedding logistics. A proposal is negotiated with the illusion-performers' school. Gorgeous precious stones are obtained from a very proud and delighted Vanyel and delivered to Sothis. Leareth negotiates with food vendors in Egorian, that part is going to be a lot more obnoxious to get in Absalom and Gate over, and also Aroden thinks it'll be actively helpful to public opinion if they can work with as many merchants as possible locally. He meets with nobles who Taver informed him seem less terrible and more inclined to be helpful to the new administration. Invite lists are drafted. Leareth visits Aktun and tries to figure out if selling the rare books from his caches will cover a few days' stay in Axis, the exchange rate really is ridiculous and he wants his operations building very badly but he can't spare any time to think about it right now.
A couple of days later, when he and Carissa are once again split up on separate errands, he remembers to ask Parmida if she can spare any dresses, and Carissa will come back to his rooms to find him taking in the waist on it, using a temporary dress-dummy shaped from mage-energies and pretty much exactly matching her shape, Leareth has a good eye for that. Leareth is, in fact, very fast at sewing using magic; he designed the technique at some point in the past when he was spending a lot of time alone on missions and needed to be able to repair his clothes.
Carissa's very busy - she copied a thousand invitations with magic while approving or disapproving of decorations and schedules and invitation lists, all of which contain people she never heard of anyway, and got a Gate down to Corentyn to talk to her family who are suspicious and scared and confused but will be attending, and got another one up to Vigil to invite representatives of the church there, and then she retained her own solicitor for the contracts just because you're supposed to do that if you're not stupid, and made sure that they stipulated that she gets to keep her spellbook if divorced, which was approximately her only priority there...
She stops at the door to his rooms and takes a second to figure it out and then beams at him. "That's very sweet of you. I like it."
"I am glad. I do not know that much about your fashion preferences yet. I just need a few more minutes and I will be done." He gestures at the sofa. "I made you better shifts too. Cannibalized a bedsheet for it. A non-scratchy one. They are not as complicated as actual dresses."
"I do have other important things left to do today, but if I had to spend one more minute talking to nobles I was going to snap at someone. Perhaps giving you non-scratchy clothes to wear is not that important, but it is restful and pleasing and - you are important to me, right..." Also it's more than worth it to see her smile like that.
"I am going to think about that later," Leareth decides. "We have enough to deal with right now."
And the week continues.
Leareth is, as time passes, starting to be more relaxed and uninhibited with Carissa in private. He almost can't help it, when he's spending nearly all his waking hours doing his best to be in control of dozens of other interactions - and when he's seeing her being competent and reliable organized and on top of things. He still can't summon any interest in sex, but that's as much because he struggles to clear everything else from his head as because the intrinsic desire isn't there. He does enjoy kissing her, when he has any energy for it at bedtime, and giving and receiving massages, and having her fall asleep in his arms. Once the first week is past and Carissa's Ring of Sustenance is in effect, they can fall asleep together.
Osirion communicates arrangements to send a delegation to the wedding, including the pharaoh and one of his wives. (The pharaoh's wives are not allowed to speak to men they're unrelated to, even in public, which would add complications but there's a language barrier anyway.)
He consults Urtho for present ideas.
"Well, something very magic would make either of them happy, I think. Leareth likes books," Urtho is finally used to calling him by his present name instead of Ma'ar, "but I doubt they have any shortage now. He would appreciate something practical, that would save them time or effort, or help keep her safe maybe, but I am sure he has made all sorts of arrangements for that already. Hmm - she is a wizard, if you have rare spells that she would not have heard of, you could let her copy them maybe..."
"I would be pretty surprised if I have anything Aroden doesn't except maybe magic items that require divine spells. I am sure Leareth will be throwing everything he can think of at keeping them safe, but you'd thought of some things he was never able to recreate, I think - is there any way for him to shield her remotely, he was annoyed that the Golarion ring of Shield Other doesn't actually allow him to use his mage abilities through it -"
"Oh! Yes, I do have ideas for how one might do that, it would need paired artifacts and an energy-conduit routed through the Void so that the 'distance' between them is always zero according to the artifacts, and then some specialized scaffolding so he can cast through it - I think it could allow more than one kind of shield, but it would be specific to shielding and not offensive magic or weather-barriers or what have you..."
And Urtho is immediately lost in thought, and starts scrambling for paper.
He knows and loves many people of the type.
He gets a book of known magic items that use divine spells, reads through it. A greater strand of prayer beads would be a great present though he isn't sure there are any for sale anywhere in the world - he could probably cast Gate and Wind Walk for it, with someone else doing the rest of the artifact creation work...it'd take too long even if he has all the beads made in parallel, though he hears there is time dilation on offer specifically for wedding arrangements that require it...he sends an inquiry about access to that for himself and a magic item creator and Urtho, to Parmida who he trusts more than Aroden to know that presents are supposed to be a surprise.
Leareth isn't sure he would even prefer a fancier dress, to the extent he has opinions about what she wears, which is a limited one.
Two nights before the wedding day, he gets back to their rooms (well, his, but it feels like theirs at this point) and flops onto the sofa.
"...Carissa, I am sorry, but I think I very badly need a break, and - an evening to go see Khemet. I do not wish to make you feel more jealous, I promise you will have my undivided attention when we go to Aktun after the wedding."
"For you, perhaps." He lets his cheek rest on Khemet's shoulder. "I keep having to go places in public with Carissa, or she has to go alone, sometimes, and it is nervewracking, now that half of Cheliax knows we are getting married. I never thought I would be this tired of - orienting to possible threats and tracking contingency-plans and being in control of situations, I do that so natively..."
"Yes, that is it exactly." Sigh. "I care about her. We had a conversation about whether we were in love with one another, and - I am moreso than before, it turns out that executing a major, complicated project with someone under time pressure makes me feel closer to them... But it is not as - restful - with her as with you, yet, I - think maybe it matters that you hardly need my protection."
"Maybe someday."
Leareth leans on him. He was desperately craving Khemet's arms around him all day, and now that he has that, he still finds himself wanting - something - the thing this is except more, somehow. He could suggest they do some more of the magic-fighting, that was fun and good stress relief, but it doesn't feel like quite the thing he's hungry for, it's close but it sounds tiring right now...
"I think," Leareth says slowly, "that - I want to be yours tonight - I want to watch you be powerful and scary, and win..."
He takes the hallway that leads out of the Dome, waves the guards there away, takes Leareth's arm, Plane Shifts them to his demiplane.
"Technically," he says, "I guess you still have a little bit of magic here, but knowing you I bet it is all ways to recharge your other magic. Right?"
Leareth does not try to fly away, why would he want to do that.
It's - scary, a little, having basically no magical recourse here, it goes against a lot of long-trained instincts, but - it's all right, it's safe, this is Khemet's place and he, right now, belongs to Khemet, and for just a little while he can stop tracking everything and holding onto the looming future in his mind, and just be here.
This is true. Leareth nods. He's trying not to be, usually he can get through very busy hectic periods without being physically tense about it, holding the tension in his shoulders won't actually help and just gives him headaches - but the last week has been hard along axes he isn't used to.
...Probably some of it is that he doesn't meaningfully have magic right now and this leaves him feeling vaguely like a turtle stripped of its shell. Not in a bad way, necessarily, but it does on some level make him nervous.
He massages him with his free hand. He finishes the spell, which, without Othersense, doesn't feel like anything.
"This is a geas," he says, now with both hands free to hold Leareth, which he does. "For the rest of tonight, I bind you not to resist any spell that I cast on you, and to obey all of my instructions." Petpetpet.
- wow, Leareth had not been expecting that at all and it's terrifying, in a way that speeds his heart rate and makes his breath catch, especially the part where he can't even feel it on him - he feels trapped and helpless, acutely aware of the demiplane's limits around him and Khemet's hands holding him, neither of which he can do anything about. He's scared, but - not in a bad way, it leaves him dizzy and feeling weirdly light. No point having plans if he's pinned down to a single course of action, which is 'whatever Khemet wants of him', so he can just...stop.
Leareth goes limp in Khemet's arms; the only thing he's trying to control now is his breathing, it feels like he can't get enough air, but once he remembers to properly exhale then it's all right, everything is all right...
He's just going to hold him for a while, hold him and pet him gently and maybe resume the massage, which is easier with Leareth so relaxed.
"I love you," he says quietly. "I do need you lucid enough that I can tell if you're enjoying yourself, before I will want to do anything else. I am sure I will learn to read you like this but it will take me some practice."
"Mmm...?" Oh is he supposed to say words now. It's weirdly hard to do, he has to pull his attention in and string a thought together; his mind has some of the same scattered quality from when he was injured after the Heartstone attack, just without any of the bad parts.
"Love you," he says, vaguely. "...I think I am enjoying myself. Feel weird, though."
Leareth kisses him back. The feeling-scared recedes, nudged aside by the distraction, and - well, it's not accomplishing anything, there's no way to act on it, so why bother. He still feels helpless and trapped, but in a calm, level way, just a neutral observation of the world and his current position in it.
This isn't actually a time-dilating demiplane, but still, Leareth feels oddly unmoored from the past and future. There's only right now, this moment, and it's a very good moment.
It's a little scary in an exhilarating way each time he notices it catching onto his mind, and has no choice but to follow that tug. Though he doesn't have very long to dwell on that when Khemet casts Waves of Ecstasy, since he is shortly afterward very distracted and not having any thoughts at all.
This is in some ways very difficult and stressful but in many other ways the most rewarding and entertaining activity ever. It turns out it is way more fun to own people if you do not own them all the time. (Also it might be more fun if they are in charge of countries themselves? What an inconveniently difficult kink to explore.)
He can think of lots to do with him. And he can have Leareth cast Lesser Restoration on both of them so they can do more.
Eventually he decides that he does not want to go right up until it's time for them to fall asleep, like this, he would rather get normal Leareth back so they can talk, so he tells Leareth to dress them both and then he makes himself stronger and scoops Leareth up and Plane Shifts them back.
Leareth obediently dresses Khemet and himself, and goes along with being scooped. Even with Lesser Restoration he's (very pleasantly) exhausted, though not sleepy yet. He thinks vaguely that he wouldn't have minded Khemet going on with this longer, but also doesn't mind stopping now, he probably would have been a bit sad if they had stopped hours ago.
"Happy." He looks it. "I think next time I will be able to read you better and will not have to keep occasionally prodding you to make words at me, sorry about that. I thought about reading your mind but I decided that if I accidentally learned something about Cheliax while I had stolen you away to my demiplane and made you incapable of resisting my spells and read your mind Aroden would have such justified disgruntlement and that would be so awkward."
"A good call. He would be so upset and also confused; I am trying to picture his face if I had to confess that to him. Somehow I suspect he is not into Parmida kidnapping him to demiplanes where he cannot do magic. Or the other way round."
Leareth flops onto Khemet, contentedly. "I wonder why it was so hard to make words. I do not normally have any difficulty with that."
Leareth is quiet for a while, just being right where he is. He feels a lot readier to go back to the final day of hectic wedding planning, like he's managed to relax enough to sink into some kind of ground state that he can stay anchored on, but he's also not impatient about it. The plans that need him steering them can wait another few hours.
"You would like it if there were a next time?" he says eventually. "When we had talked about doing this before, you had not been sure you would want to do it more than once."
"I would like it if I were closer to the thing advertised, either because the advertising was more accurate or because I could hold enough of Abadar in my head to pull it off. I would like it if there were fewer protocols in the contexts where they're awkward, mostly internationally. I liked the fighting, a lot, that kind of not having absolute power is fun..."
At least he only has one wife to keep happy, and also is capable of sexual attraction to her. Leareth doesn't say that out loud, it seems unhelpful.
"I am looking forward to showing her around Aktun," he says instead. "And - being able to walk around near other people and not fear much for either of our safety. Arguably staying there is a ridiculous thing to spend money on, but - it will make me very happy, and hopefully her as well."
She is up and finishing her spell prep and there are speeches to be reviewed and approved and seating assignments to juggle and weather-mages to coordinate to make sure it's nice out and samples from the caterers to be approved-of and security measures to try to think of loopholes in.
She is glad he had a lovely date night. Really. Mostly.
It's a very very long day made possible only by their rings of sustenance but nothing is on fire by the end of it and the party seems to have all of the requisite elements and no one's been left out of it who is likely to hold a grudge for a decade and they are in possession of clothes, food, and wedding rings.
Seems pretty reasonable.
Leareth checks the planning list one final time, two hours before dawn. Satisfies himself that all the necessary pieces and many of the bonus ones have been dealt with.
When they head to bed, he holds Carissa tightly. By the end of tomorrow they'll be married and the thought is, at this point, only a teensy bit overwhelming.
She has stupid terrible dreams about being executed and about being tortured into someone better, unclear whether by Hell or Heaven, and about Leareth but actually he is, by stipulation, evil and going to hurt her, he doesn't do anything but still.
She still wakes up rested, because rings of sustenance are great.
Doesn't really know what spells to pray for. Just kind of prays, generally, for longer than usual, and when she stands up she has a bunch of Remove Fear and Grace and Eagle's Splendour and Blessings of Courage and Life and Blessings of Luck and Resolve.
...she's never not asked for specific spells before and didn't know you get them anyway. It feels significantly more intimate, somehow, if Iomedae chose them. She sits there blushing and wondering if that always works or just this once.
Leareth has formless dreams of unspecified Bad Things happening to Carissa, sometimes while he's not looking because he's distracted looking at food or flowers, sometimes because he's in the middle of a conversation with Khemet, sometimes right in front of him but he's paralyzed and can't do anything. In one of them, Starwind and Moondance turn up with some sort of elaborate wedding-blessing spell, and with the doomy certainty of dream logic, he has to let them get up and give a speech even though he knows that Starwind is going to reach into his robes and draw out the weapon - and they get both of them, this time, but the demons eat Carissa first.
He wakes up a little before dawn and, unusually for him, stays in bed with his eyes half-lidded, focusing on uncovering all the spots of tension trying to sneak up in his body and nudging them loose again.
He prays for his spells and asks for the usual ones that boost his Velgarth magic, and Fly, because even five minutes of flight is in fact useful if something awful happens to Carissa during the wedding. Which it hopefully won't because they've been very thoughtful and careful.
Then he keeps leaning into the sense of Abadar's presence, longer than he strictly needs to, just drawing reassurance from that feeling of being seen by something much bigger than himself.
Leareth has escaped the need to have things done to his hair, so he spends the time Mindspeaking with Taver and Nayoki and going through his list one more time; he's arranged so he shouldn't have to personally do anything or talk to anyone about the various logistics today, but he still feels like he should check in.
Leareth is, at this point, reasonably accurate at telling when she's joking. "Oh, was that you?" he teases back. "We had all assumed it was Aroden's mortal enemies in Rahadoum." (Aroden does not in fact have mortal enemies in Rahadoum; some people were disgruntled but voting on his official status as kind of an asshole was the worst of it.)
Soon they can go on over to the church for the contract signing! The contract is ten pages long, most of them just stipulating in various ways that she cannot run off with half of, or for that matter any of, the country in a divorce. The part that has to be spoken aloud is shorter and doesn't mention divorce at all because that's not very romantic. She affirms that she has read the contract and had independent advice on it and is marrying him of her own free will and means to stay with him and have his children and seek glory together in this life and the next (should that come up, which it hopefully won't).
It's weird how real and meaningful all of that feels to hear said out loud to him. None of it's a surprise, he's read through the contract multiple times. (And, somewhat to his surprise, Vanyel spontaneously offered to help him review it, and was helpful.)
He speaks his own part, looking at her, trying to be relaxed and non-scary.
She's not scared but that's maybe because she's abusing the spell Iomedae gave her at least until they're through all the parts where everyone is watching them. Most of what will happen is the party, she's not scared about the party. It will just involve lots of tedious stressful talking to people who she is not even marrying.
Leareth isn't scared. He feels very alert, focused, vigilant; it's not quite the same sharp-edged crystalline feeling he gets from battle-nerves but it's in that direction.
He's going to be so tired by the end of the day, if it's all like this. And he can't wait for when he's allowed to kiss his wife and scoop her up and Gate her to Aktun, where he can relax because it's not in Abadar's interest to let anything bad happen to them. But, first, formalities in front of everyone and then party.
He almost Mindspeaks Nayoki to check that the illusion-theatre people are getting all of this for later showing elsewhere, and then remembers that she'll probably just tell him off again.
He Mindspeaks him during the party to tell him to check out his present from Urtho, which was handed over to the staff along with all the other presents but which is, Khemet suspects, the one likeliest to actually improve Leareth's wedding day instead of just being nice in the abstract.
:I am sorry for giving you such a difficult job of present-choosing. I think I will save yours for when I am undistracted enough to appreciate it properly:
He finds Carissa, who's talking to different important people neither of them had heard of before last week, and shows her the shield-at-a-distance paired bracelets, which in addition to being an incredibly impressive magic working, are also pretty.
"It lets me cast the same kind of personal shields I do for myself, on you, with the same efficiency. Any kind of shield. And I can sense damage to them as though it were my own shields, and reinforce them if we are under attack. This is an incredibly impressive invention. Urtho made it, apparently, in Aroden's time-dilation demiplane."
"Urtho is an incredible man. Researching new magic is his favourite thing in the entire world. ...He did invent sixteen different potentially-world-destroying superweapons just to see if it was possible, which is perhaps too much enthusiasm for groundbreaking inventions. Hopefully at some point we will spot him here." There are enough people here that searching for him with Thoughtsensing would be frustrating.
"I am already shielding myself, it should look exactly the same as that and not be very alarming. It does not let me do any other kind of spell, since it contains copious extra scaffolding to make shielding in particular easy. I will warn the security people, though."
Leareth Mindspeaks Nayoki, and also Taver, who should have a memorized list of everyone he's supposed to be coordinating with. (Taver is shockingly useful.) He slips on his bracelet.
It is, in fact, no more effortful to shield her than it is to shield himself. He gives her his standard shield against magical attacks, and additional protection against Detect Thoughts, which conveniently won't get in his way or block Mindspeech because it counts as his own shield, and he gives her a passive shield which he can instantly put more power into if she's attacked physically, but that in the meantime won't be irritating. To Detect Magic they'll look like three different layers, form-fitting to her body and of varying 'textures', not very obtrusive once in place and identical to his own.
And then they can return to circling and greeting people and dancing and accepting congratulations and getting asked a lot of times how they met - "Iomedae sent me a vision to tell me to go to them" is the version she feels like explaining to strangers -
When the sun goes down there are fireworks and she is so incredibly incredibly exhausted.
Leareth is too, though a lot less frazzled than he'd expected; being able to put his own shields on Carissa hardly makes her invulnerable, but the fact that he can feel them as directly as his own does wonders for his peace of mind, which isn't strictly rational but oh well.
He puts his arm around her while they watch the fireworks together.
"I feel very married," he says in a murmur, half to himself. "I suppose that is the point. Spend a day entirely about that, in front of everyone, and it feels so real."
"Ah." She can't even feel annoyed, Leareth's been considerably more at ease ever since they got the bracelets and she now has her husband's powerful shielding and spell resistance and apparently he can just make them stronger if anything happens. "I'm ready to go, if you are."
"Just a moment." Still with his arm around her, Leareth Mindspeaks Nayoki and Taver again to say that they're headed out. There are a lot of other people he should thank for their help properly, but he's so tired right now, especially of saying words to people.
Instead he just checks if Khemet is still in Mindspeech range or has already left.
He takes her hand and leads her across into Axis. Some of the tension is already leaving his shoulders. It feels like coming home.
"- Sorry, it is probably a less overwhelming introduction when one is not very tired." Still holding her hand tightly, Leareth quickly dismantles the Gate and then leans on her a bit until he's finished casting his last remaining Recharge Innate Magic for the day; he hasn't been doing that much heavy-lifting magic, technically, but constantly using mage-sight and shielding both of them is tiring by itself, if maintained for sixteen hours straight.
"Abadar does not exactly select people directly." Leareth starts walking, leading her toward the trolleys. "Anyone can travel through who follows the rules. It is a popular city to live in so property is very expensive and most people cannot afford it immediately. The market balances itself out. I needed to sell them a lot of my very old rare books to afford a stay here."
"Huh. I guess maybe that'd turn out more efficient than Hell because people are more motivated to allocate themselves wherever they can make the most money, even if you're claiming a smaller share of it. Or - maybe it gets less out of most people but more out of the most productive ones, and you could place a bet that that matters more?"
"My understanding is that the wealth of Aktun is also less - accessible to the material plane, or directable toward a specific end such as a war. It is a prosperous place, especially if one has skills with high earning potential, but Abadar could not use that wealth to fund a country directly, the way Asmodeus used the output of Hell. It is not for that, I think."
Leareth notices that she's tense. He isn't sure if reaching the little apartment he rented for the week will help or do the opposite of help.
They get off the trolley and he points out the building and walks her over to it, and in a very efficient number of steps he's collected their key and brought her up the elevator to it. It's small, and not as fancy a building as the one Khemet rented a room in for their date, but it has walls and a spacious bed and it's in Abadar's divine realm where he's safe.
He stands just inside the door for a moment, holding both of her hands. "- Carissa, is everything all right?"
"It makes a lot of sense to have priors about the world, to make predictions, and - I am sure that gave adequate predictions in the past." Yet again he's dully angry with Asmodeus, though he doesn't have much energy to put into it. "I cannot promise no bad things; it has caught me by surprise before." Starwind, slipping an artifact from under his robes, shoving him to the ground– "But we are well protected and I do not foresee any specific risks, and danger does not catch me off guard all that often."
Leareth is very tired, but this is the first time they've had un-pressured time alone in weeks, now, and being exhausted is a bit like being mildly drunk, and in short he has no desire at all to stop kissing her and go to sleep. It's not even that late, for people with a Ring of Sustenance.
Eventually he scoops her up and carries her over to the bedroom.
Leareth remembers the way he felt in Khemet's demiplane, the sense that neither past nor future were his problem right now and he could just be here-and-now; he can't recapture all of it, here, but he is definitely not thinking about his operations base layout at all.
He undresses his wife - feels slightly giddy about the 'wife' part - and kisses her some more, and–
Leareth thinks she's enjoying herself? Probably? But he's not Khemet, he doesn't have apparently-not-magic mindreading, and also all of Carissa's default expectations about sex are horrible, so...
He pauses. Takes a breath. :We ought probably - do some communicating here. I want you. I - have not actually done this with a woman before, though, so - I could probably use some guidance here:
(Before, Leareth considered asking Khemet for advice on this and then decided he was absolutely not going to do that.)
:You're very good. I'm glad - I don't even know what I'm glad of.: She's glad that somehow despite having spent her life as a completely reasonable person who wasn't optimizing towards this goal at all she is on a honeymoon on a different plane with a prince who is going to take her virginity and then make her immortal and also she can learn magic with Aroden and it feels - pretend, it still feels pretend, but she wants it more than anything and she can trust it as far as this, right, she can trust the ground not to twist under her right this second -
- she can teach him how to touch her, and then conclude that if she's impatient that probably means that's enough of that, right -
Probably! She should tell him if they need to slow down, of course, but he is a little impatient too -
- it turns out that when Leareth is very relaxed and happy and in a place where he's not watching his surroundings (and probably the tiredness has something to do with it too), and also is around someone who doesn't have powerful shields against everything but formal Mindspeech, he shields less and starts accidentally projecting overtones of whatever he's feeling.
This is very good because those emotions are positive! It's so implausible of him to on top of all his other good qualities like her and want her and be able to let her know it. She cannot quite fathom it and she wants it so badly and probably it'd be distracting and totally throw off the mood if she said 'I love you' and she doesn't even know what those words mean so she doesn't but she kisses him and tries sending impatience right back in his direction though she's not sure if that works.
If she's not just failing to hedge him out but actively shoving thoughts and feelings out for him then he can definitely pick them up.
Leareth is thinking, deep enough that he's not projecting the thought itself, that he probably loves her. He's also confused about all the shades of meaning in that word, but - in the end the part that matters is the reality of it, which is that they're married and they just pulled off a fairly impressive state wedding in two weeks together, and he's so, so grateful to suddenly be in a world where this is even a possibility he can reach for.
Leareth, of course, has no discomfort at all about reaching for something he wants and can see is possible.
He's so happy.
...there turns out to have been some good reason for the advice to take it slowly your first time or it'll hurt, but she doesn't actually care because she is very happy and married and Iomedae was right and everything is wonderful and she is too distracted to doubt all these very implausible opinions of hers, right now, and maybe for a while.
There are a lot of hours left in the night, too, for people who have Rings of Sustenance. Though it was a really long day and Leareth has been out of Lesser Restorations for a while, and well before the time they usually go to sleep he's out of energy to do anything more than flop and cuddle.
:It is a word with complicated meanings: he sends, :but - I think it is accurate enough, now, to say I love you: